75 3121631 D 800S, 810SJ, 860SJ JLG Service English

Service and Maintenance Manual
Model
800S
810SJ
860SJ
S/N 0300182743 &
B300001328 to Present
3121631
June 29, 2018 - Rev D
AS/NZS
INTRODUCTION
SECTION A. INTRODUCTION - MAINTENANCE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
A GENERAL C MAINTENANCE
This section contains the general safety precautions which
must be observed during maintenance of the aerial platform.
It is of utmost importance that maintenance personnel pay FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH SAFETY PRECAUTIONS LISTED IN THIS SECTION
strict attention to these warnings and precautions to avoid COULD RESULT IN MACHINE DAMAGE, PERSONNEL INJURY OR DEATH AND IS A
possible injury to themselves or others, or damage to the SAFETY VIOLATION.
equipment. A maintenance program must be followed to
ensure that the machine is safe to operate. • ENSURE REPLACEMENT PARTS OR COMPONENTS ARE
IDENTICAL OR EQUIVALENT TO ORIGINAL PARTS OR
COMPONENTS.
MODIFICATION OR ALTERATION OF AN AERIAL WORK PLATFORM SHALL BE • NO SMOKING IS MANDATORY. NEVER REFUEL DURING ELEC-
MADE ONLY WITH WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM THE MANUFACTURER. TRICAL STORMS. ENSURE THAT FUEL CAP IS CLOSED AND
SECURE AT ALL OTHER TIMES.
The specific precautions to be observed during maintenance • REMOVE ALL RINGS, WATCHES AND JEWELRY WHEN PER-
are inserted at the appropriate point in the manual. These pre- FORMING ANY MAINTENANCE.
cautions are, for the most part, those that apply when servic-
ing hydraulic and larger machine component parts. • DO NOT WEAR LONG HAIR UNRESTRAINED, OR LOOSE-FIT-
TING CLOTHING AND NECKTIES WHICH ARE APT TO BECOME
Your safety, and that of others, is the first consideration when CAUGHT ON OR ENTANGLED IN EQUIPMENT.
engaging in the maintenance of equipment. Always be con-
• OBSERVE AND OBEY ALL WARNINGS AND CAUTIONS ON
scious of weight. Never attempt to move heavy parts without
MACHINE AND IN SERVICE MANUAL.
the aid of a mechanical device. Do not allow heavy objects to
rest in an unstable position. When raising a portion of the • KEEP OIL, GREASE, WATER, ETC. WIPED FROM STANDING
equipment, ensure that adequate support is provided. SURFACES AND HAND HOLDS.
• USE CAUTION WHEN CHECKING A HOT, PRESSURIZED COOL-
ANT SYSTEM.
SINCE THE MACHINE MANUFACTURER HAS NO DIRECT CONTROL OVER THE • NEVER WORK UNDER AN ELEVATED BOOM UNTIL BOOM HAS
FIELD INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE, SAFETY IN THIS AREA RESPONSIBIL- BEEN SAFELY RESTRAINED FROM ANY MOVEMENT BY
ITY OF THE OWNER/OPERATOR. BLOCKING OR OVERHEAD SLING, OR BOOM SAFETY PROP
HAS BEEN ENGAGED.
B HYDRAULIC SYSTEM SAFETY • BEFORE MAKING ADJUSTMENTS, LUBRICATING OR PER-

FORMING ANY OTHER MAINTENANCE, SHUT OFF ALL
It should be noted that the machines hydraulic systems oper- POWER CONTROLS.
ate at extremely high potentially dangerous pressures. Every
• BATTERY SHOULD ALWAYS BE DISCONNECTED DURING
effort should be made to relieve any system pressure prior to
REPLACEMENT OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS.
disconnecting or removing any portion of the system.
• KEEP ALL SUPPORT EQUIPMENT AND ATTACHMENTS
Do not use your hand to check for leaks. Use a piece of card- STOWED IN THEIR PROPER PLACE.
board or paper to search for leaks. Wear gloves to help protect
hands from spraying fluid. • USE ONLY APPROVED, NONFLAMMABLE CLEANING SOL-
VENTS.
3121631 A-1
INTRODUCTION
REVISON LOG
Original Issue A - March 3, 2017

Revised B - September 05, 2017
Revised C - May 30, 2018
Revised D - June 29, 2018 - Revised Covers
A-2 3121631
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

SECTION A - INTRODUCTION - MAINTENANCE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
A General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1
B Hydraulic System Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1
C Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1
SECTION 1 - SPECIFICATIONS
1.1 Operating Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
1.2 Specifications and Performance Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
1.3 Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1.4 Component Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Engine Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
1.5 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
1.6 Torque Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
1.7 Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Hydraulic Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
1.8 Pressure Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
1.9 Major Component Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
1.10 Operator Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
1.11 Serial Number Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
SECTION 2 - GENERAL
2.1 Machine Preparation, Inspection, and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Preparation, Inspection, and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Pre-Start Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Pre-Delivery Inspection and Frequent Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Annual Machine Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Preventive Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2.2 Service and Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Safety and Workmanship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Cleanliness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Components Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Component Disassembly and Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Pressure-Fit Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Gaskets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Bolt Usage and Torque Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Hydraulic Lines and Electrical Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Hydraulic System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Lubrication and Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
2.3 Lubrication and Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Hydraulic System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Hydraulic Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Changing Hydraulic Oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Lubrication Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
2.4 Cylinder Drift Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Cylinder Leakage Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Cylinder Thermal Drift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
2.5 Pins and Composite Bearing Repair Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
2.6 Welding on JLG Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Do the Following When Welding on JLG Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Do NOT Do the Following When Welding on JLG Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
3121631 i
TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION 3 - CHASSIS & TURNTABLE
3.1 Tires & Wheels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Tire Inflation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Tire Damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Tire Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Wheel Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
3.2 Lockout Cylinder Bleeding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
3.3 Oscillating Axle Lockout Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
3.4 Free Wheeling Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
To Disengage Drive Motors and Brakes (Free Wheel) for Emergency Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
To Engage Drive Motors and Brakes (Normal Operation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
3.5 Wheel Drive Assembly (2WD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
3.6 Wheel Drive Assembly (4WD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
3.7 Drive Hub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Roll and Leak Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
3.8 Drive Brake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
3.9 Drive Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
Shaft Seal Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
Loop Flushing Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
Initial Start-up Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42
3.10 Swing Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
Roll, Leak And Brake Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
Tightening and Torquing Bolts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
Motor Control Valve Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44
Motor and Brake Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
Main Drive Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
Hub-Shaft Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
Carrier Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
Hub-Shaft Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49
Carrier Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49
Main Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50
Motor and Brake Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51
Motor Control Valve Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51
3.11 Swing Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54
Disassembly and inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-61
One Piece Stator Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-69
3.12 Procedure For Setting Swing Gear Backlash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-70
3.13 Swing Bearing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73
Turntable Bearing Mounting Bolt Condition Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73
Wear Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-76
Swing Bearing Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-76
ii 3121631
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Swing Bearing Torque Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-79
3.14 Rotary Coupling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-80
3.15 Generator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-84
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-84
Overload Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-85
Inspecting Brushes, Replacing Brushes and Cleaning Slip Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-85
3.16 Ford Engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-87
3.17 Deutz Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-104
3.18 Deutz TD 2.9 L4 China III Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-114
Check Oil Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-120
Change Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-120
Change Oil Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-121
Change Fuel Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-121
3.19 Deutz EMR 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-122
3.20 GM Engine General Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-134
Maintenance of the Drive Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-134
Engine Electrical System Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-134
Checking/Filling Engine Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-134
Changing The Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-135
Coolant Fill Procedure - Dual Fuel Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-135
3.21 GM Engine Dual Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-137
Fuel Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-137
Electric Lock Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-137
EPR Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-138
Low Pressure Regulator (LPR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-138
Air Fuel Mixer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-139
Electronic Throttle Control (ETC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-139
Engine Control Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-140
Heated Exhaust Gas Oxygen Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-140
Gasoline Multi Point Fuel Injection System (MPFI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-140
Gasoline Fuel Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-141
Gasoline Pressure And Temperature Sensor Manifold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-141
Fuel Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-141
Fuel Injector Rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-141
Fuel Injector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-141
3.22 GM Engine Fuel System Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-142
Propane Fuel System Pressure Relief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-142
Propane Fuel System Leak Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-142
Propane Fuel Filter Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-143
Propane Fuel System Pressure Relief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-143
Electronic Pressure Regulator (EPR) Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-144
Electronic Throttle Control Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-145
Mixer Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-146
Coolant Hose Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-147
Vapor Hose Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-147
Engine Control Module Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-147
Heated Exhaust Gas Oxygen Sensor Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-147
3.23 GM Engine LPG Fuel System Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-148
Fuel System Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-148
Diagnostic Aids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-148
3.24 Counterweight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-209
SECTION 4 - BOOM & PLATFORM
4.1 Platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Platform Valve Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Platform Valve Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Support Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Support Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
3121631 iii
TABLE OF CONTENTS

4.2 Rotator and Slave Cylinder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
4.3 Main Boom Powertrack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
4.4 Powertrack Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
One Piece Bracket Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Two Piece Bracket Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Snap Rings and Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
4.5 Main Boom Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Boom Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
Telescope Cylinder/Boom Cable Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
Telescope Cylinder/Boom Cable Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
Lift Cylinder Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
Lift Cylinder Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
4.6 Wire Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
Three Month Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
12 Year or 7000 Hour Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
Replacement Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
4.7 Boom Rope Torquing Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29
Torque Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29
4.8 Elevation & Capacity Switches - 800S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
4.9 Elevation, Dual Capacity, & Transport Switch - 810SJ & 860SJ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
4.10 Electronic Platform Leveling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34
Normal Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
Platform Leveling Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
CAN Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
Replacing the Level Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
Additional Platform and Jib Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
Platform Leveling Calibration Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
4.11 Helac Rotary actuator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42
Theory of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42
Tools Required for Assembly/Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49
Installing Counterbalance Valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54
Greasing Thrust Washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55
Testing the Actuator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55
Installation and Bleeding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57
4.12 Load Sensing device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58
Calibrating the Load Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58
4.13 Skyguard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60
Functional Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60
Diagnostic & Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61
4.14 Bolt On Fall Arrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62
Inspection Before Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62
iv 3121631
TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION 5 - BASIC HYDRAULICS INFORMATION & SCHEMATICS
5.1 Lubricating O-Rings in the Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Cup and Brush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Dip Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Spray Method. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Brush-on Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
5.2 Hydraulic Connection Assembly And Torque Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Tapered Thread Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Straight Thread Types, Tube and Hose Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Straight Thread Types, Port Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Flange Connection Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Tightening Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Assembly And Torque Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Assembly Instructions for American Standard Pipe Thread Tapered (NPTF) Connections. . . . . . . . . 5-6
Assembly Instructions for British Standard Pipe Thread Tapered (BSPT) Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Assembly Instructions for 37° (JIC) Flare Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Assembly Instructions for 45° SAE Flare Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Assembly Instructions for O-Ring Face Seal (ORFS) Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Assembly Instructions for DIN 24° Flare Bite Type Fittings (MBTL and MBTS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Assembly Instructions for Bulkhead (BH) Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Assembly Instructions for O-Ring Boss (ORB) Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Assembly Instructions for Adjustable Port End Metric (MFF) Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
Assembly Instructions for Metric ISO 6149 (MPP) Port Assembly Stud Ends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34
Assembly Instructions for Adjustable Port End (BSPP) Fittings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37
Assembly Instructions for Flange Connections: (FL61 and FL62). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44
Double Wrench Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47
FFWR and TFFT Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-48
Adjustable Stud End Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-48
O-ring Installation (Replacement) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49
5.3 Hydraulic Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50
Axle Lockout Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50
Jib Lift Cylinder (860SJ Only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-52
Main Boom Lift Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-58
Platform Level Cylinder (SN 0300182743 through 0300183962, SN 0300193127 through
0300198300, SN 0300198661 to Present & SN B300001092 to Present) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-64
Platform Level Cylinder (SN 0300183963 through 0300193126 & SN 0300198301
through 300198660) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-70
Steer Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-75
Telescope Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-80
5.4 Pressure Setting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-87
Set Up of the Function Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-87
Adjustments Made at the Main Valve Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-88
Adjustments Made at the Platform Valve Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-88
5.5 Start Up Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-95
Start Up After Overhaul or Replacement of Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-95
SECTION 6 - JLG CONTROL SYSTEM
6.1 JLG Control System Analyzer Kit Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
To Connect the JLG Control System Analyzer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Using the Analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Changing the Access Level of the Hand Held Analyzer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Adjusting Configuration Using the Hand Held Analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Machine Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Level Vehicle Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
3121631 v
TABLE OF CONTENTS

6.2 Machine Personality Settings and Function Speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18
6.3 Machine Orientation When Doing Speed Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21
Test Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21
6.4 CANBUS Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
Analyzer Diagnostics Menu Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38
SECTION 7 - BASIC ELECTRICAL INFORMATION & SCHEMATICS
7.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
7.2 Multimeter Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Backprobing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Min/Max . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Voltage Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Resistance Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Continuity Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Current Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
7.3 Applying Silicone Dielectric Compound to Electrical Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Installation of Dielectric Grease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Deutsch HD, DT, DTM, DRC Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
AMP Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
AMP Mate-N-Lok . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
DIN Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Exclusions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
7.4 AMP Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Wedge Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Service - Voltage Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
7.5 Deutsch Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
DT/DTP Series Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
DT/DTP Series Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
HD30/HDP20 Series Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
HD30/HDP20 Series Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
7.6 Telematics Gateway. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
Telematics-Ready (TCU) Plug. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
vi 3121631
LIST OF FIGURES
FIGURE NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

1-1. Operator Maintenance and Lubrication Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
1-2. Deutz 2011 Engine Dipstick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
1-3. Serial Number Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
1-4. Torque Chart (SAE Fasteners - Sheet 1 of 5). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
1-8. Torque Chart (METRIC Fasteners - Sheet 5 of 5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
2-1. Engine Operating Temperature Specifications - Ford . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
2-2. Engine Operating Temperature Specifications - Deutz. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
2-3. Engine Operating Temperature Specifications - GM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
3-1. Axle and Steering Installation without Tow Package- Sheet 1 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
3-2. Axle and Steering Installation without Tow Package- Sheet 2 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
3-3. Axle and Steering Installation with Tow Package- Sheet 1 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
3-4. Axle and Steering Installation with Tow Package- Sheet 2 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
3-5. Torque Hub Installation (2WD). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
3-6. Torque Hub Installation (4WD). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
3-7. Main Cover Plate Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
3-8. Carrier Subassembly Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
3-9. Carrier Subassembly Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
3-10. Carrier Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
3-11. Coupling Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
3-12. Input Shaft Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
3-13. Cover Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
3-14. Housing Spindle Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
3-15. Housing Cross Section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
3-16. Housing Cross Section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
3-17. Timing Mark on Carrier Subassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
3-18. Drive Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
3-19. Drive Motor Cross Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
3-20. Removing the Shaft Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
3-21. Loop Flushing Spool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
3-23. Plugs, Fittings and Speed Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
3-24. End Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
3-25. Valve Plate & Rear Shaft Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
3-26. Cylinder Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
3-27. Shaft Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
3-28. Shaft & Front Bearing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
3-29. Swashplate & Servo Piston . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
3-30. Cylinder Kit Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
3-31. Servo Piston . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
3-32. Cylinder Kit Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
3-33. Swashplate and Journal Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
3-34. Shaft and Front Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
3-35. Cylinder Kit Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
3-36. Servo Spring and Minimum Angle Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
3-37. Valve Plate and Rear Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
3-38. End Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
3-39. Shaft Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
3-40. Plugs and Fittings Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
3-42. Motor Control Valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44
3-43. Motor and Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
3-44. Main Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
3-45. Hub-Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
3-46. Carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
3121631 vii
LIST OF FIGURES

3-47. Swing Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52
3-48. Swing Motor and Brake Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53
3-49. Swing Drive Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-55
3-50. Swing Bearing Torque Sequence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-71
3-51. Swing Drive and Turntable Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-72
3-52. Swing Bearing Tolerance Boom Placement (Sheet 1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-74
3-53. Swing Bearing Tolerance Boom Placement (Sheet 2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-75
3-54. Swing Bolt Feeler Gauge Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-76
3-55. Swing Bearing Tolerance Measuring Point. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-76
3-56. Swing Bearing Removal (800S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-77
3-57. Swing Bearing Removal (860SJ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-78
3-58. Rotary Coupling Seal Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-80
3-59. Rotary Coupling Cutaway. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-81
3-60. Rotary Coupling Port Location (7 Port) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-82
3-61. Rotary Coupling Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-83
3-62. Inspecting Generator Brushes, Replacing Brushes and Cleaning Slip Rings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-86
3-63. Ford Engine Installation - Sheet 1 of 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-87
3-67. Deutz T4F TD2.9L Engine Components - Sheet 1 of 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-104
3-70. Arctic Deutz T4F TD2.9L Engine Installation - Sheet 1 of 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-107
3-77. Deutz TD 2.9 L4 China III Engine Installation - Sheet 1 of 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-114
3-83. Deutz 2.9 T4F Dipstick Markings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-120
3-84. Engine Oil Viscosity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-120
3-85. EMR 2 Engine Side Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-122
3-86. Deutz EMR 2 Troubleshooting Flow Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-123
3-87. Deutz EMR 2 Vehicle Side Connection Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-124
3-88. Deutz EMR 2 Engine Side Connection Diagram - Sheet 1 of 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-125
3-89. Deutz EMR 2 Engine Side Connection Diagram - Sheet 2 of 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-126
3-90. EMR 2 Engine Plug Pin Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-127
3-91. EMR 2 Vehicle Plug Pin Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-128
3-92. EMR2 Fault Codes - Sheet 1 of 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-129
3-97. Engine Oil Dip Stick. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-134
3-98. Electric Fuel Lock Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-137
3-99. EPR Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-138
3-100. Low Pressure Regulators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-138
3-101. Air Fuel Mixer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-139
3-102. ETC throttle control device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-139
3-103. LPG Engine Control Unit (ECM). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-140
viii 3121631
LIST OF FIGURES

3-104. ECM Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-140
3-105. Heated Exhaust Gas Oxygen Sensor (HEGO). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-140
3-106. Gasoline Fuel Pressure and Temperature Manifold Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-141
3-107. Filter Lock Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-143
3-108. EPR Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-144
3-109. Pressure Regulator Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-145
3-110. (TMAP) Sensor & Electronic Throttle Control (ETC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-145
3-111. Mixer Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-146
3-112. EPR Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-148
3-113. Counterweight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-209
4-1. Location of Components Platform Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
4-2. Platform Support Torque Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
4-3. Reassembly of Components-Rotator and
Leveling Cylinder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
4-4. Main Boom Powertrack Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
4-5. Powertrack Installation Main Boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
4-6. Boom Assembly Cutaway - Sheet 1 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
4-7. Boom Assembly Cutaway - Sheet 2 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
4-8. Boom Components - Sheet 1 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
4-9. Boom Components - Sheet 2 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
4-10. Disassembly of Sheave Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
4-11. Disassembly Wire Rope Routing Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
4-12. Dimension of Sheaves When New . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
4-13. Proximity Switch Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
4-14. Routing Installation of Retract Wire Ropes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
4-15. Clamping Wire Ropes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29
4-16. Elevation, Dual Capacity and Transport Switch Information - 800S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
4-17. Elevation, Dual Capacity and Transport Switch Installation - 800S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
4-18. Elevation, Dual Capacity, and Transport Switch Information - 810SJ & 860SJ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
4-19. Elevation, Dual Capacity, and Transport Switch Installation - 810SJ & 860SJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
4-20. Level Switches - 800S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35
4-21. Level Switches - 860SJ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36
4-22. Rotary Actuator (Exploded View) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43
4-23. Rotary Actuator (Cutaway View) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44
4-24. Rotator Counterbalance Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54
4-25. Load Sensing Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59
4-26. Skyguard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60
4-27. Bolt On Fall Arrest Cable Tension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62
4-28. Bolt On Fall Arrest System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64
5-1. NPTF thread . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
5-2. BSPT thread. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
5-3. JIC Thread . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
5-4. SAE Thread . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
5-5. ORFS Thread . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
5-6. MTBL-MBTS Thread . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
5-7. Bulkhead Thread . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
5-8. MFF-BSPP Thread . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
5-9. ORB-MPP Thread . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
5-10. Torque Wrench Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
5-11. Double Wrench Method. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47
5-12. FFWR Method. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-48
5-13. Adjustable Stud End Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49
5-14. Axle Lockout Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51
5-15. Cylinder Barrel Support. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-52
5-16. Capscrew Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-52
5-17. Cylinder Rod Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-52
5-18. Jib Lift Cylinder (860SJ Only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-53
3121631 ix
LIST OF FIGURES

5-19. Tapered Bushing Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54
5-20. Composite Bearing Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55
5-21. Rod Seal Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55
5-22. Cylinder Head Seal Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55
5-23. Wiper Seal Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56
5-24. Installation of Head Seal Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56
5-25. Tapered Bushing Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56
5-26. Seating the Tapered Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56
5-27. Hydrolock Piston Seal Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57
5-28. Piston Seal Kit Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57
5-29. Rod Assembly Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57
5-30. Cylinder Barrel Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-58
5-32. Cylinder Rod Support. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-58
5-33. Main Boom Lift Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-59
5-47. Platform Level Cylinder (SN 0300182743 through 0300183962, SN 0300193127 through
0300198300, SN 0300198661 to Present and SN B300001092 to Present) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-65
5-56. Hydrolock Piston Seal Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-69
5-60. Cylinder Head Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-70
5-62. Platform Level Cylinder (SN 0300183963 through 0300193126 & SN 0300198301
through 300198660). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71
5-70. Spanner Nut Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-75
5-72. Steer Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76
x 3121631
LIST OF FIGURES

5-74. Rod Seal Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-78
5-75. Cylinder Head Seal Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-78
5-76. Wiper Seal Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-79
5-77. Installation of Head Seal Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-79
5-78. Installation of Piston Seal Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-79
5-79. Cylinder Barrel Support. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-80
5-81. Cylinder Rod Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-80
5-82. Telescopic Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-81
5-83. Tapered Bushing Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-82
5-85. Rod Seal Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-83
5-86. Cylinder Head Seal Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-83
5-87. Wiper Seal Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-84
5-88. Installation of Head Seal Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-84
5-89. Tapered Bushing Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-84
5-90. Seating the Tapered Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-84
5-91. Piston Seal Kit Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-85
5-93. Control Valve Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-86
5-94. Main Valve Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-89
5-95. Platform Valve Identification (800S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-90
5-96. Platform Valve Identification (860SJ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-91
5-97. Main Valve Cartridge Torque Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-92
5-98. Platform Valve Cartridge Torque Values (800S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-93
5-99. Platform Valve Cartridge Torque Values (860SJ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94
5-100. Hydraulic Schematic - Sheet 1of 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-96
5-101. Hydraulic Schematic - Sheet 2 of 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-97
6-1. Hand Held Analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
6-2. ADE Block Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
6-3. Analyzer Flow Chart Version 6.X Software -Sheet 1 of 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
6-11. Fault Code Light and module Location. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31
6-12. Analyzer Connecting Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32
6-13. Ground Control Module - Sheet 1 of 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33
6-16. Platform Control Module - Sheet 1 of 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36
6-17. Platform Control Module - Sheet 2 of 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37
7-1. Voltage Measurement (DC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
7-2. Resistance Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
7-3. Continuity Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
7-4. Current Measurement (DC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
7-5. Application to Female Contacts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
7-6. Use of Seal Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
7-7. Connector Assembly Figure 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
7-8. AMP Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
3121631 xi
LIST OF FIGURES

7-9. Connector Assembly Figure 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
7-12. Connector Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
7-13. Connector Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
7-14. DT/DTP Contact Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
7-15. DT/DTP Contact Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
7-16. HD/HDP Contact Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
7-17. HD/HDP Locking Contacts Into Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
7-18. HD/HDP Contact Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
7-19. HD/HDP Unlocking Contacts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
7-20. Telematics Gateway Harness - Sheet 1 of 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
7-23. Electrical Components Installation - Sheet 1 of 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
7-24. Electrical Components Installation - Sheet 2 of 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
7-25. Electrical Schematic GM - Sheet 1 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
7-26. Electrical Schematic GM - Sheet 2 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
7-27. Electrical Schematic - Sheet 1 of 17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
7-36. Electrical Schematic - Sheet 10 of 17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31
xii 3121631
LIST OF TABLES
TABLE NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

1-1 Operating Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
1-2 Specifications and Performance Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
1-3 Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1-4 Deutz D2011L04 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1-5 Deutz TD 2.9 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1-6 GM 3.0L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1-7 Ford 2.5L DF, MSG-425 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1-8 Deutz TD 2.9 L4 China III Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
1-9 Battery Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
1-10 Tire Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
1-11 Torque Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
1-12 Hydraulic Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
1-13 Mobilfluid 424 Specs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
1-14 UCon Hydrolube HP-5046 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
1-15 Mobil DTE 10 Excel 32 Specs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
1-16 Mobil EAL 224H Specs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
1-17 Exxon Univis HVI 26 Specs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
1-18 Pressure Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
1-19 Component Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
1-20 Lubrication Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
2-1 Inspection and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
2-2 Cylinder Drift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
2-3 Inspection and Preventive Maintenance Schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
3-1 Wheel Torque Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
3-2 Excessive Noise and/or Vibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
3-3 System Operating Hot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
3-4 Won’t Shift or Slow to Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
3-5 Displacement Identifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
3-6 Slipper Foot Thickness & End Play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
3-7 Cylinder Block Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
3-8 Coupling Port Information Table (7 port) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-84
3-9 Fault Code Cross Reference List (Ford Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-91
3-10 CAN to DTC Cross Reference (Ford Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-97
3-11 LPG Fuel System Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-149
3-12 Symptom Diagnosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-151
3-13 DTC to SPN/FMI Cross Reference Chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-159
3-14 Engine Fault Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-161
4-1 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57
4-2 SkyGuard Function Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61
5-1 NPTF Pipe Thread . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
5-2 BSPT Pipe Thread . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
5-3 37° Flare (JIC)Thread - Steel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
5-4 37° Flare (JIC)Thread - Aluminum/Brass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
5-5 45° Flare (SAE) - Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
5-6 45° Flare (SAE) - Aluminum/Brass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
5-7 O-ring Face Seal (ORFS) - Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
5-8 O-ring Face Seal (ORFS) - Aluminum/Brass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
5-9 DIN 24°Cone (MBTL & MBTS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
5-10 Bulkhead Fittings (BH) - INCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
5-11 Bulkhead Fittings (BH) - METRIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
5-12 O-ring Boss (ORB) - Table 1 of 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
5-18 Metric Flat Face Port (MFF) - L Series - Table 1 of 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
3121631 xiii
LIST OF TABLES
TABLE NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

5-21 Metric Flat Face Port (MFF) - S Series - Table 1 of 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
5-22 Metric Flat Face Port (MFF) - S Series - Table 2 of 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
5-24 Metric Pipe Parallel O-Ring Boss (MPP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
5-25 British Standard Parallel Pipe Port (BSPP) - L Series - Table 1 of 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38
5-28 British Standard Parallel Pipe Port (BSPP) - S Series - Table 1 of 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41
5-31 Flange Code (FL61 & FL62) -Inch Fasteners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45
5-32 Flange Code (FL61 & FL62) - Metric Fasteners. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46
5-33 Cartridge Torque Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-92
5-34 Coil Torque Values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-92
6-1 Analyzer Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
6-2 Machine Configuration Programming Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
6-3 800S Machine Configuration Programming Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
6-4 860SJ Machine Configuration Programming Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
6-5 Machine Personality Settings and Function Speeds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18
6-6 Function Speeds (In Seconds) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21
6-7 ADJUSTMENTS - Personality Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38
6-8 Diagnostic Menu Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40
6-9 Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart (DTC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42
xiv 3121631
SECTION 1. SPECIFICATIONS
1.1 OPERATING SPECIFICATIONS 1.2 SPECIFICATIONS AND PERFORMANCE DATA
Table 1-2. Specifications and Performance Data
Table 1-1. Operating Specifications
Swing 360°
Maximum Work Load (Capacity)
ANSI Tail Swing 4 ft. 8 in. (1.42 m)
Unrestricted: 500 lbs. (227 kg) Platforms 36 in. x 72 in. (0.91m x 1.83m)
Restricted Refer to Capacity Decals on machine 36 in. x 96 in. (0.91m x 2.44m)
for restricted platform capacities Overall Width 8 ft. 2 in. (2.48 m)
Maximum Work Load (Capacity) Stowed Height
CE & Australia 800S 9 ft.11 in.(3.02 m)
Unrestricted: 500 lbs. (230 kg) 810SJ 9 ft. 8 in.(2.97 m)
Maximum Capacity - Dual Rating 860SJ 10 ft.(3.04 m)
ANSI, CSA Stowed Length
800S 1000 lbs. (454 kg) 800S 37 ft. 3.25 in.(11.4 m)
810SJ/860SJ 750 lbs. (340 kg) 810SJ/860SJ 40 ft.(12.2 m)
Maximum Travel Grade (Gradeability)* Wheel base
2WD 30% 800S/860SJ 10 ft.(3.06 m)
4WD 45% 810SJ 10 ft. 1 in. (3.07m)
Maximum Travel Grade (Side Slope)* 5° Ground Clearance
Maximum Vertical Platform Height: 800S/860SJ 11 in.(0.28 m)
800S 80 ft. (24.3 m) 810SJ 13 in.(0.32m)
810SJ 80 ft. 6 in. (24.6 m) Drive Speed
860SJ 86 ft. (26.2 m) Stowed 2WD 3.0 mph (5.5 kph)
Maximum Horizontal Platform Reach Stowed 4WD 3.5 mph (5.6 kph)
800S 71 ft. (21.6 m) Elevated 0.75 mph (1.2 kph)
810SJ 72 ft. (21.9 m) Ground Bearing Pressure - 800S 72 psi (5.06 kgm/cm2)
860SJ 75 ft. (22.9 m)
Ground Bearing Pressure - 810SJ/860SJ 81 psi (5.7 kgm/cm2)
Turning Radius (outside)
800S/ 860SJ 19.75 ft. (6.02 m) Max. Tire Load - 800S 17,350 lbs. (7870 kg)
810SJ 19.58 ft. (6.01 m) Max. Tire Load - 810SJ 18,700 lbs. (8482 kg)
Turning Radius (inside) 12.5 ft. (3.8 m) Max. Tire Load - 860SJ 20,200 lbs. (9163 kg)
Maximum Drive Speed 3.5 mph (5.6 kmph)
Max. Hydraulic System Pressure 4500 psi (310 Bar)
Maximum Wind Speed 28 mph (12.5 m/s)
Maximum Manual Force 400 N
Electrical System Voltage 12 Volts
Gross Machine Weight (Platform Empty)
800S 33,030 lbs. (14,982 kg)
810SJ 36,350 lbs. (16,488 kg)
860SJ 36,229 lbs. (16,433 kg)
* With boom in stowed position
3121631 1-1
1.3 CAPACITIES Table 1-6. GM 3.0L

Table 1-3. Capacities Fuel Gasoline or Gasoline/LP Gas
Fuel Tank Approx. 31 gallons (117 liters) No. of Cylinders 4
Fuel Tank (Optional) Approx. 52.8 gallons (200 liters) BHP
Hydraulic Tank (to Full Line on Sight Gauge) Gasoline 83 hp @ 3000 rpm
S/N 0300182743 to 0300196954 & Approx. 40 gallons (151 liters) LP 75 hp @ 3000 rpm
S/N B300001092 to B300001096 Bore 4.0 in. (101.6 mm)
S/N 0300196955 to Present & Approx. 21 gallons (79.5 liters) Stroke 3.6 in. (91.44 mm)
S/N B300001097 to Present
Displacement 181 cu.in. (3.0 L, 2966 cc)
Oil Capacity w/filter 4.5 qts. (4.25 L)
1.4 COMPONENT DATA Minimum Oil Pressure
at idle 6 psi (0.4 Bar) @ 1000 rpm
Engine Data Hot 18 psi (1.2 Bar) @ 2000 rpm
Table 1-4. Deutz D2011L04 Specifications Compression Ratio 9.2:1
Type Liquid Cooled (Oil) Firing Order 1-3-4-2
Fuel Diesel Max. RPM 2800
Oil Capacity Fuel Consumption
Cooling System 5 qt (4.5 L) Gasoline 1.22 GPH. (4.6 lph)
Crankcase 11 qt (10.5 L) w/Filter LP 1.15 GPH. (4.4 lph)
Total Capacity 16 qt (15 L)
Idle RPM 1000 Table 1-7. Ford 2.5L DF, MSG-425
Low RPM 1800 Fuel Gasoline/LP Gas
High RPM 2600 Oil Capacity 7 qt (6.6 L)
Alternator 55 Amp, Belt Drive Coolant Capacity 0.63 Gallon (2.4 L)
Fuel Consumption 0.88 GPH (3.33 lph) Low RPM 1000 ±50 rpm
Battery 1000 Cold Cranking Amps, 210 minutes High RPM 3200 ±50 rpm
Reserve Capacity, 12 VDC
Alternator 150 AMP
Horsepower 61.6 @ 2600 RPM, full load
Starter 64.4A @3574 RPM
Fan Ratio 1:3
Table 1-5. Deutz TD 2.9 Specifications
Fuel Consumption
Fuel Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel (15 ppm) Gasoline 1 GPH (3.79 LPH)
LP 5.34 lb./h(2.42 Kg/h)
Output 67 hp (50 kW)
Max Output (Power)
Torque 173 ft. lbs. (234 Nm) @ 1800 rpm
Gasoline 84HP @3200
Oil Capacity (Crankcase) 2.4 Gallon (8.9 L) w/Filter LP 80HP @3200
Cooling System 3.3 Gallon (12.5 L) Max Output (Torque)
Low RPM 1200 ±50 rpm Gasoline 142 ft. lbs. (192Nm) @2400 RPM
High RPM 2600 ±50 rpm LP 145 ft. lbs. (197Nm) @2400 RPM
Alternator 95 Amp
Fuel Consumption 1.06 GPH (4.0 lph)
1-2 3121631
Table 1-8. Deutz TD 2.9 L4 China III Specifications 1.5 TIRES

Fuel ChinaLow Sulfur Diesel (500 ppm) Table 1-10. Tire Specifications
No. of Cylinders 4 Ply Load
Size Type Pressure
Output 67 hp (50 kW) Rating Range
Torque 173 ft.lbs. (234 Nm) @ 1800rpm 15 - 625 Pneumatic 16 H 95 PSI
Displacement 177 cu.in. (2.9 L, 2900cc) (6.5 Bar)
Oil Capacity (Crankcase) 2.11 Gallon (8.0 L) w/Filter 15 - 625 Foam-Filled 16 H N/A
Cooling System TBD 18 - 625 Pneumatic 16 H N/A
Low RPM 1200 ± 50 rpm 18 - 22.5 Pneumatic 14 G 70 PSI
(5 Bar)
High RPM 2600 ± 50 rpm
Alternator 95 Amp
Fuel Consumption TBD
1.6 TORQUE REQUIREMENTS
Table 1-11. Torque Requirements
Battery
Torque Value
Table 1-9. Battery Specifications Description Interval Hours
(Dry)
Voltage 12 Volt Wheel Lugs 300 ft. lbs. 150
Type 31-950 (407 Nm)
Cold Cranking Amps 950 CCA @ 0° F (-18° C) Swing Bearing Bolts 190 ft. lbs. 50/600*
Reserve Capacity 205 Minutes @ 80° F (27° C) (258 Nm)
Starter Solenoid
Contacts 95 in. lbs. (9.5 Nm)
Coil 40 in. lbs. (4 Nm) As required
*Check swing bearing bolts for security after first 50 hours
of operation and every 600 hours thereafter (See Swing
Bearing in Section 3).
NOTE: When maintenance becomes necessary or a fastener
has loosened, refer to the Torque Chart to determine
proper torque value.
3121631 1-3
1.7 LUBRICATION
Table 1-14. UCon Hydrolube HP-5046
Hydraulic Oil Type Synthetic Biodegradable
Specific Gravity 1.082
Table 1-12. Hydraulic Oil
Pour Point, Max -58°F (-50°C)
Hydraulic System pH 9.1
S.A.E. Viscosity
Operating
Grade Viscosity
Temperature Range
at 0° C (32° F) 340 cSt (1600SUS)
+0° to + 180° F 10W
(-18° to +83° C) at 40° C (104° F) 46 cSt (215SUS)
+0° to + 210° F 10W-20, 10W30 at 65° C (150° F) 22 cSt (106SUS)
(-18° to +99° C) Viscosity Index 170
+50° to + 210° F 20W-20
(+10° to +99° C) Table 1-15. Mobil DTE 10 Excel 32 Specs
NOTE: Hydraulic oils must have anti-wear qualities at least to API ISO Viscosity Grade #32
Service Classification GL-3, and sufficient chemical stability Specific Gravity 0.877
for mobile hydraulic system service. JLG Industries recom- Pour Point, Max -40°F (-40°C)
mends Mobilfluid 424 hydraulic oil, which has an SAE vis-
cosity index of 152. Flash Point, Min. 330°F (166°C)
Viscosity
NOTE: When temperatures remain consistently below 20 degrees at 40° C 33cSt
F. (-7 degrees C.), JLG Industries recommends the use of
at 100° C 6.6 cSt
Mobil DTE13. Aside from JLG recommendations, it is not
advisable to mix oils of different brands or types, as they at 100° F 169 SUS
may not contain the same required additives or be of com- at 210° F 48 SUS
parable viscosities. cp at -20° F 6,200
Viscosity Index 140
.
Table 1-13. Mobilfluid 424 Specs
SAE Grade 10W30
Gravity, API 29.0
Density, Lb/Gal. 60°F 7.35
Pour Point, Max -46°F (-43°C)
Flash Point, Min. 442°F (228°C)
Viscosity
Brookfield, cP at -18°C 2700
at 40° C 55 cSt
at 100° C 9.3 cSt
Viscosity Index 152
1-4 3121631
1.8 PRESSURE SETTINGS

Table 1-16. Mobil EAL 224H Specs
Type Synthetic Biodegradable Table 1-18. Pressure Settings
ISO Viscosity Grade 32/46 Telescope Out 2500 psi (172 Bar)
Specific Gravity .922 Swing, Left & Right 1700 psi (117 Bar)
Pour Point, Max -25°F (-32°C) Steer 2500 psi (172 Bar)
Flash Point, Min. 428°F (220°C) Platform Level Up 2600 psi (179 Bar)
Operating Temp. 0 to 180°F (-17 to 162°C) Platform Level Down 1800 psi (124 Bar)
Weight 7.64 lb. per gal. Jib, Up & Down 1700 psi (117 Bar)
(0.9 kg per liter)
Viscosity 1.9 MAJOR COMPONENT WEIGHTS
at 40° C 37 cSt
at 100° C 8.4 cSt Table 1-19. Component Weights
Viscosity Index 213 Component Pounds Kilograms
NOTE: Must be stored above 32°F (14°C) Turntable (bare) 3700 1678
Counterweight (800S) 7000 3175
Table 1-17. Exxon Univis HVI 26 Specs Counterweight (860SJ) 8750 3969
Upright 1050 476
Specific Gravity 32.1
Tower 685 311
Pour Point -76°F (-60°C)
Fly Boom (SJ) 472 214
Flash Point 217°F (103°C)
Fly Boom (S) 490 222
Viscosity
Mid Boom (SJ) 750 340
at 40° C 25.8 cSt
Mid Boom (S) 740 336
at 100° C 9.3 cSt
Base Boom (SJ) 1400 635
Viscosity Index 376
Base Boom (S) 1410 640
NOTE: Mobil/Exxon recommends that this oil be checked on a
Boom Assembly 3337 1514
yearly basis for viscosity.
Telescope Cylinder (800S) 590 268
Telescope Cylinder (810SJ) 570 259
Telescope Cylinder (860SJ) 579 263
Slave Cylinder 73 33
Torque Hub (2WD) 218 99
Tire & Wheel (pneu) 269 122
Tire & Wheel (FF) 544 247
3121631 1-5

Figure 1-1. Operator Maintenance and Lubrication Diagram
1-6 3121631
1.10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE 2. Wheel Bearings
NOTE: The following numbers correspond to those in Figure 1-1.,

Operator Maintenance and Lubrication Diagram.
Table 1-20. Lubrication Specifications
KEY SPECIFICATIONS
MPG Multipurpose Grease having a minimum dripping point of 350° F (177° C).
Excellent water resistance and adhesive qualities, and being of extreme
pressure type (Timken OK 40 pounds minimum).
EPGL Extreme Pressure Gear Lube (oil) meeting API service classification GL-5 or
MILSpec MIL-L-2105.
HO Hydraulic Oil. Refer Section 1.7, Hydraulic Oil.
EO Engine (crankcase). Gas (5W30)- API SN, -Arctic ACEA AI/BI, A5/B5 - API SM, Lube Point(s) - Repack
SL, SJ, EC, CF, CD - ILSAC GF-4. Diesel (15W40, 5W30 Arctic) - API CJ-4. Capacity - A/R
Lube - MPG
Interval - Every 2 years or 1200 hours of operation.
3. Wheel Drive Hub
LUBRICATION INTERVALS ARE BASED ON MACHINE OPERATION UNDER NOR-
MAL CONDITIONS. FOR MACHINES USED IN MULTI-SHIFT OPERATIONS AND/
OR EXPOSED TO HOSTILE ENVIRONMENTS OR CONDITIONS, LUBRICATION
FREQUENCIES MUST BE INCREASED ACCORDINGLY.
NOTE: It is recommended as a good practice to replace all filters at

the same time.
1. Swing Bearing - Internal Ball Bearing
Lube Point(s) - Level/Fill Plug

Capacity - 44 oz. (1.3 L) - 1/2 Full
Lube - EPGL
Interval - Check level every 3 months or 150 hours of
operation; change every 2 years or 1200 hours of opera-
tion
Comments - Place Fill port at 12 o’clock position and
Check port at 3 o’clock position. Pour lubricant into fill
Lube Point(s) - 1 Grease Fittings port until it just starts to flow out of check port.
Capacity - A/R
Lube - MPG
Interval - Every 3 months or 150 hrs of operation
Comments - Remote Access.
3121631 1-7
4. Hydraulic Return Filter 6. Hydraulic Tank
Interval - Change after first 50 hours and every 6 months Lube Point(s) - Fill Cap
or 300 hours thereafter or as indicated by Condition Capacity - Tank (to Full mark on sight gauge) S/N
Indicator. 0300182743 to 0300196954 & S/N B300001092 to
B300001096 - Approx. 40 gallons (151 liters)
5. Hydraulic Charge Filter
S/N 0300196955 to Present & S/N B300001097 to Pres-
ent - Approx. 21 gallons (79.5 liters)
System Capacity - 59 gallons (223 liters)
Lube - HO
Interval - Check Level daily; Change every 2 years or
1200 hours of operation.
7. Platform Filter
Interval - Change after first 50 hours and every 6 months

or 300 hours thereafter or as indicated by Condition
Indicator (if equipped).
Interval - Change as necessary.
1-8 3121631
8. A. Oil Change w/Filter - Deutz Comments - Check level daily/Change in accordance

with engine manual.
Lube Point(s) - Fill Cap/Spin-on Element

Capacity - 11 Quarts(10.5 L) Crankcase;
Lube - EO
Interval - Every Year or 1200 hours of operation
Comments - Check level daily/Change in accordance
with engine manual.
B. Oil Change w/Filter - Deutz TD2.9
Figure 1-2. Deutz 2011 Engine Dipstick
C. Oil Change w/Filter - Deutz TD 2.9 L4 China III

Capacity - 9.6 Quarts (9.0 L)
Lube - EO

Capacity - 8.5 Quarts (8.0 L)
Lube - EO
with engine manual.
3121631 1-9
9. Oil Change w/Filter - GM C. Fuel Filter - Deutz TD2.9 (On Engine)
Lube Point(s) - Fill Cap/Spin-on Element Lube Point(s) - Replaceable Element

Capacity - 4.5 qt. (4.25 L) w/filter Interval - Change in accordance with engine manual.
Lube - EO
Interval - 3 Months or 150 hours of operation D. Fuel Filter - Deutz TD 2.9 L4 China III
with engine manual.
10. A. Fuel Filter - Deutz D2011
Lube Point(s) - Replaceable Element

MAE19150
Interval - Every Year or 600 hours of operation.
B. Fuel Filter - Deutz TD2.9 (On Hydraulic Tank) Lube Point(s) - Replaceable Element
Interval - Change in accordance with engine manual

Interval - Change in accordance with engine manual.
1-10 3121631
11. Fuel/Water Separator - Deutz TD 2.9 L4 China III B. Air Filter (Deutz TD 2.9)

Interval - Every 6 months or 300 hours of operation or
as indicated by the condition indicator.
C. Air Filter (Deutz TD 2.9 L4 China III)
MAE25890 Interval - Every 6 months or 300 hours of operation
or as indicated by the condition indicator
Interval - Drain water daily; Change every year or
600hours of operation. 14. Fuel Filter (Propane) - GM Engine
12. Fuel Filter (Gasoline) - GM

Interval - Every 6 months or 300 hours of operation.
13. A. Air Filter
Interval - 3 Months or 150 hours of operation

Comments - Replace filter. Refer to Propane Fuel Filter
Replacement.

Interval - Every 6 months or 300 hours of operation or as
indicated by the condition indicator.
3121631 1-11
1.11 SERIAL NUMBER LOCATION

A serial number plate is affixed to the left rear side of the
frame. If the serial number plate is damaged or missing, the
machine serial number is stamped on the left side of the
frame.
4&3*"-/6.#&3
4&3*"-/6.#&345".1&%
1-"5&
0/'3".&
Figure 1-3. Serial Number Locations
1-12 3121631
Torq ue
Torq ue
To rqu e
Torq ue
To rqu e
Torq ue
Figure 1-4. Torque Chart (SAE Fasteners - Sheet 1 of 5)
3121631 1-13
To rqu e
Torqu e
Torq ue
Tor que
Torq ue
1-14 3121631
Torq ue
Tor que
Torqu e
Cl amp L oa d
Torq ue
To rqu e
To rque
3121631 1-15
To rq ue
To rqu e
To rq ue
Torq u e
To rqu e
To rqu e
1-16 3121631
To rq ue
To rqu e
To rqu e
Tor qu e
To rqu e
Torq ue
Figure 1-8. Torque Chart (METRIC Fasteners - Sheet 5 of 5)
3121631 1-17
NOTES:
1-18 3121631
SECTION 2 - GENERAL
SECTION 2. GENERAL
2.1 MACHINE PREPARATION, INSPECTION, AND Reference the JLG Pre-Delivery and Frequent Inspection Form
and the Inspection and Preventive Maintenance Schedule for
MAINTENANCE items requiring inspection during the performance of these
inspections. Reference the appropriate areas of this manual for
General servicing and maintenance procedures.
This section provides the necessary information needed by Annual Machine Inspection
those personnel that are responsible to place the machine in
operation readiness and maintain its safe operating condition. The Annual Machine Inspection must be performed on an
For maximum service life and safe operation, ensure that all annual basis, no later than thirteen (13) months from the date
the necessary inspections and maintenance have been com- of the prior Annual Machine Inspection. JLG Industries recom-
pleted before placing the machine into service. With proper mends this task be performed by a Factory-Trained Service
care, maintenance, and inspections performed per JLG's rec- Technician. JLG Industries, Inc. recognizes a Factory-Trained
ommendations, and with any and all discrepancies corrected, Service Technician as a person who has successfully com-
this product will be fit for continued use. pleted the JLG Service Training School for the subject JLG
product model. Reference the machine Service and Mainte-
nance Manual and appropriate JLG inspection form for perfor-
Preparation, Inspection, and Maintenance mance of this inspection.
It is important to establish and conform to a comprehensive Reference the JLG Annual Machine Inspection Form and the
inspection and preventive maintenance program. The follow- Inspection and Preventive Maintenance Schedule for items
ing table outlines the periodic machine inspections and main- requiring inspection during the performance of this inspec-
tenance recommended by JLG Industries, Inc. Consult your tion. Reference the appropriate areas of this manual for servic-
national, regional, or local regulations for further requirements ing and maintenance procedures.
for aerial work platforms. The frequency of inspections and
maintenance must be increased as environment, severity and For the purpose of receiving safety-related bulletins, it is
frequency of usage requires. important that JLG Industries, Inc. has updated ownership
information for each machine. When performing each Annual
Pre-Start Inspection Machine Inspection, notify JLG Industries, Inc. of the current
machine ownership.
It is the User’s or Operator’s primary responsibility to perform a
Pre-Start Inspection of the machine prior to use daily or at Preventive Maintenance
each change of operator. Reference the Operator’s and Safety
In conjunction with the specified inspections, maintenance
Manual for completion procedures for the Pre-Start Inspec-
shall be performed by a qualified JLG equipment mechanic.
tion. The Operator and Safety Manual must be read in its JLG Industries, Inc. recognizes a qualified JLG equipment
entirety and understood prior to performing the Pre-Start
mechanic as a person who, by possession of a recognized
Inspection. degree, certificate, extensive knowledge, training, or experi-
ence, has successfully demonstrated the ability and profi-
Pre-Delivery Inspection and Frequent Inspection ciency to service, repair, and maintain the subject JLG product
model.
The Pre-Delivery Inspection and Frequent Inspection shall be
performed by a qualified JLG equipment mechanic. JLG Indus- Reference the Preventive Maintenance Schedule and the
tries, Inc. recognizes a qualified JLG equipment mechanic as a appropriate areas of this manual for servicing and mainte-
person who, by possession of a recognized degree, certificate, nance procedures. The frequency of service and maintenance
extensive knowledge, training, or experience, has successfully must be increased as environment, severity and frequency of
demonstrated the ability and proficiency to service, repair, and usage requires.
maintain the subject JLG product model.
The Pre-Delivery Inspection and Frequent Inspection proce-

dures are performed in the same manner, but at different
times. The Pre-Delivery Inspection shall be performed prior to
each sale, lease, or rental delivery. The Frequent Inspection
shall be accomplished for each machine in service for 3
months or 150 hours (whichever comes first); out of service for
a period of more than 3 months; or when purchased used. The
frequency of this inspection must be increased as environ-
ment, severity and frequency of usage requires.
3121631 2-1
SECTION 2 - GENERAL
Table 2-1. Inspection and Maintenance
Primary Service
Type Frequency Reference
Responsibility Qualification
Pre-Start Inspection Prior to use each day; or User or Operator User or Operator Operation and Safety Manual
At each Operator change.
Pre-Delivery Inspection Prior to each sale, lease, or Owner, Dealer, or User Qualified JLG Mechanic Service and Maintenance Manual
rental delivery. and applicable JLG inspection form.
Frequent Inspection In service for 3 months or 150 hours, whichever Owner, Dealer, or User Qualified JLG Mechanic Service and Maintenance Manual
comes first; or and applicable JLG inspection form.
Out of service for a period of more than 3 months; or
purchased used.
Annual Machine Annually, no later than 13 months from the date of Owner, Dealer, or User Factory Trained Service Service and Maintenance Manual
Inspection the prior inspection. Technician and applicable JLG inspection form.
(Recommended)
Preventative At intervals as specified in the Service and Owner, Dealer, or User Qualified JLG Mechanic Service and Maintenance Manual
Maintenance Maintenance Manual.
2.2 SERVICE AND GUIDELINES 2. At any time when air, fuel, or oil lines are disconnected,
clear adjacent areas as well as the openings and fittings
themselves. As soon as a line or component is discon-
General nected, cap or cover all openings to prevent entry of for-
The following information is provided to assist you in the use eign matter.
and application of servicing and maintenance procedures
3. Clean and inspect all parts during servicing or mainte-
contained in this book.
nance, and assure that all passages and openings are
unobstructed. Cover all parts to keep them clean. Be
Safety and Workmanship sure all parts are clean before they are installed. New
parts should remain in their containers until they are
Your safety, and that of others, is the first consideration when
ready to be used.
engaging in the maintenance of equipment. Always be con-
scious of weight. Never attempt to move heavy parts without
the aid of a mechanical device. Do not allow heavy objects to
Components Removal and Installation
rest in an unstable position. When raising a portion of the 1. Use adjustable lifting devices, whenever possible, if
equipment, ensure that adequate support is provided. mechanical assistance is required. All slings (chains,
cables, etc.) should be parallel to each other and as near
Cleanliness perpendicular as possible to top of part being lifted.
1. The most important single item in preserving the long 2. Should it be necessary to remove a component on an
service life of a machine is to keep dirt and foreign mate- angle, keep in mind that the capacity of an eyebolt or
rials out of the vital components. Precautions have been similar bracket lessens, as the angle between the sup-
taken to safeguard against this. Shields, covers, seals, porting structure and the component becomes less
and filters are provided to keep air, fuel, and oil supplies than 90 degrees.
clean; however, these items must be maintained on a 3. If a part resists removal, check to see whether all nuts,
scheduled basis in order to function properly. bolts, cables, brackets, wiring, etc., have been removed
and that no adjacent parts are interfering.
2-2 3121631
SECTION 2 - GENERAL
Component Disassembly and Reassembly Bolt Usage and Torque Application

When disassembling or reassembling a component, complete
the procedural steps in sequence. Do not partially disassemble
or assemble one part, then start on another. Always recheck SELF LOCKING FASTENERS, SUCH AS NYLON INSERT AND THREAD DEFORMING
your work to assure that nothing has been overlooked. Do not LOCKNUTS, ARE NOT INTENDED TO BE REINSTALLED AFTER REMOVAL.
make any adjustments, other than those recommended, with-
out obtaining proper approval. 1. Always use new replacement hardware when installing
locking fasteners.Use bolts of proper length. A bolt
Pressure-Fit Parts which is too long will bottom before the head is tight
against its related part. If a bolt is too short, there will
When assembling pressure-fit parts, use a molybdenum disul- not be enough thread area to engage and hold the part
fide base compound or equivalent to lubricate the mating sur- properly. When replacing bolts, use only those having
face. the same specifications of the original, or one which is
equivalent.
Bearings 2. Unless specific torque requirements are given within the
1. When a bearing is removed, cover it to keep out dirt and text, standard torque values should be used on heat-
abrasives. Clean bearings in nonflammable cleaning sol- treated bolts, studs, and steel nuts, in accordance with
vent and allow to drip dry. Compressed air can be used recommended shop practices (See Torque Chart Section
but do not spin the bearing. 1).
2. Discard bearings if the races and balls (or rollers) are pit- Hydraulic Lines and Electrical Wiring
ted, scored, or burned.
Clearly mark or tag hydraulic lines and electrical wiring, as well
3. If bearing is found to be serviceable, apply a light coat of as their receptacles, when disconnecting or removing them
oil and wrap it in clean (waxed) paper. Do not unwrap from the unit. This will assure that they are correctly rein-
reusable or new bearings until they are ready to install. stalled.
4. Lubricate new or used serviceable bearings before
installation. When pressing a bearing into a retainer or Hydraulic System
bore, apply pressure to the outer race. If the bearing is to 1. Keep the system clean. If evidence of metal or rubber
be installed on a shaft, apply pressure to the inner race. particles are found in the hydraulic system, drain and
flush the entire system.
Gaskets
2. Disassemble and reassemble parts on clean work sur-
Check that holes in gaskets align with openings in the mating face. Clean all metal parts with non-flammable cleaning
parts. If it becomes necessary to hand-fabricate a gasket, use solvent. Lubricate components, as required, to aid
gasket material or stock of equivalent material and thickness. assembly.
Be sure to cut holes in the right location, as blank gaskets can
cause serious system damage.
3121631 2-3
SECTION 2 - GENERAL
Lubrication Hydraulic Oil

Service applicable components with the amount, type, and 1. Refer to Section 1 for recommendations for viscosity
grade of lubricant recommended in this manual, at the speci- ranges.
fied intervals. When recommended lubricants are not avail-
able, consult your local supplier for an equivalent that meets Changing Hydraulic Oil
or exceeds the specifications listed.
1. Filter elements must be changed after the first 50 hours
of operation and every 300 hours (unless specified oth-
Battery erwise) thereafter. If it is necessary to change the oil, use
only those oils meeting or exceeding the specifications
Clean battery using a non-metallic brush and a solution of
appearing in this manual. If unable to obtain the same
baking soda and water. Rinse with clean water. After cleaning,
type of oil supplied with the machine, consult local sup-
thoroughly dry battery and coat terminals with an anti corro-
plier for assistance in selecting the proper equivalent.
sion compound.
Avoid mixing petroleum and synthetic base oils.
Lubrication and Servicing 2. Use every precaution to keep the hydraulic oil clean. If
the oil must be poured from the original container into
Components and assemblies requiring lubrication and servic- another, be sure to clean all possible contaminants from
ing are shown in the Lubrication Chart in Section 1. the service container. Always clean the mesh element of
the filter and replace the cartridge any time the system
2.3 LUBRICATION AND INFORMATION oil is changed.
3. While the unit is shut down, a good preventive mainte-
Hydraulic System nance measure is to make a thorough inspection of all
hydraulic components, lines, fittings, etc., as well as a
1. The primary enemy of a hydraulic system is contamina- functional check of each system, before placing the
tion. Contaminants enter the system by various means, machine back in service.
e.g., using inadequate hydraulic oil, allowing moisture,
grease, filings, sealing components, sand, etc., to enter Lubrication Specifications
when performing maintenance, or by permitting the
Specified lubricants, as recommended by the component
pump to cavitate due to insufficient system warm-up or
manufacturers, are always the best choice, however, multi-pur-
leaks in the pump supply (suction) lines.
pose greases usually have the qualities which meet a variety of
2. The design and manufacturing tolerances of the compo- single purpose grease requirements. Should any question
nent working parts are very close, therefore, even the arise, regarding the use of greases in maintenance stock, con-
smallest amount of dirt or foreign matter entering a sys- sult your local supplier for evaluation. Refer to Section 1 for an
tem can cause wear or damage to the components and explanation of the lubricant key designations appearing in the
generally results in faulty operation. Every precaution Lubrication Chart.
must be taken to keep hydraulic oil clean, including
reserve oil in storage. Hydraulic system filters should be
checked, cleaned, and/or replaced as necessary, at the
specified intervals required in the Lubrication Chart in
Section 1. Always examine filters for evidence of metal
particles.
3. Cloudy oils indicate a high moisture content which per-

mits organic growth, resulting in oxidation or corrosion.
If this condition occurs, the system must be drained,
flushed, and refilled with clean oil.
4. It is not advisable to mix oils of different brands or types,

as they may not contain the same required additives or
be of comparable viscosities. Good grade mineral oils,
with viscosities suited to the ambient temperatures in
which the machine is operating, are recommended for
use.
NOTE: Metal particles may appear in the oil or filters of new

machines due to the wear-in of meshing components.
2-4 3121631
SECTION 2 - GENERAL
2.4 CYLINDER DRIFT TEST Cylinder Leakage Test

Cylinder oil must be at stabilized ambient temperature
Theory before beginning this test.
When a hydraulic cylinder is supporting a load, cylinder drift Measure drift at cylinder rod with a calibrated dial indicator.
may occur as a result of any of the circumstances below:
In an area free of obstructions, cylinder must have load
• Normal leakage of load holding valves or malfunction of applied and appropriately positioned to detect drift.
load holding valves. See Cylinder Leakage Test and Table 2-
2, Cylinder Drift below for evaluation. Cylinder leakage is acceptable if it passes this test.
• Damaged or worn piston seals. Table 2-2. Cylinder Drift
• Normal thermal expansion or contraction of the hydraulic
oil within cylinders (See Cylinder Thermal Drift below). Max. Acceptable Drift
Cylinder Bore Diameter
in 10 Minutes
The first two circumstances may result in cylinder movement
due to oil leaking out of the cylinder externally or by leaking inches mm inches mm
back to tank or due to oil leaking internally from one cylinder 3 76.2 0.026 0.66
chamber to the other. 3.5 89 0.019 0.48
Thermal expansion or contraction of oil in hydraulic cylinders 4 101.6 0.015 0.38
is a normal occurrence and does not result in oil leaking out of 5 127 0.009 0.22
the cylinder or leaking internally from one cylinder chamber
6 152.4 0.006 0.15
to the other. Thermal expansion or contraction is the tendency
for materials to change size in response to a change in temper- 7 177.8 0.005 0.13
ature. 8 203.2 0.004 0.10
9 228.6 0.003 0.08
NOTE: This information is based on 6 drops per minute cylinder
leakage.
Cylinder Thermal Drift

The oil in all hydraulic cylinders will expand or contract due to
thermal effects over time and may result in changes to the
boom and/or platform position while the machine is station-
ary. These effects occur as the cylinder oil changes tempera-
ture, usually from a higher oil temperature as it cools and
approaches the ambient air temperature. Results of these
effects are related to several factors including cylinder length
and change in temperature over the time the cylinder remains
stationary.
3121631 2-5
SECTION 2 - GENERAL
2.5 PINS AND COMPOSITE BEARING REPAIR 2.6 WELDING ON JLG EQUIPMENT
GUIDELINES NOTE: This instruction applies to repairs, or modifications to the
Filament wound bearings. machine and to welding performed from the machine on
an external structure, or component.
1. Pinned joints should be disassembled and inspected if
the following occurs:
Do the Following When Welding on JLG Equipment
a. Excessive sloppiness in joints.
• Disconnect the battery.
b. Noise originating from the joint during operation.
• Disconnect the moment pin connection (where fitted).
2. Filament wound bearings should be replaced if any of
the following is observed: • Ground only to structure being welded.
a. Frayed or separated fibers on the liner surface. Do NOT Do the Following When Welding on JLG
b. Cracked or damaged liner backing. Equipment
c. Bearings that have moved or spun in their housing.
• Ground on frame and weld on any other area than the
d. Debris embedded in liner surface. chassis.
3. Pins should be replaced if any of the following is • Ground on turntable and weld on any other area than the
observed (pin should be properly cleaned prior to turntable.
inspection):
• Ground on the platform/support and weld on any other
a. Detectable wear in the bearing area. area than the platform/support.
b. Flaking, pealing, scoring, or scratches on the pin sur- • Ground on a specific boom section and weld on any other
face. area than that specific boom section.
c. Rusting of the pin in the bearing area.
• Allow pins, wear pads, wire ropes, bearings, gearing, seals,
4. Re-assembly of pinned joints using filament wound valves, electrical wiring, or hoses to be between the
bearings. grounding position and the welded area.
a. Housing should be blown out to remove all dirt and
debris. Bearings and bearing housings must be free
of all contamination. FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THE ABOVE REQUIREMENTS MAY RESULT IN COM-
b. Bearing / pins should be cleaned with a solvent to PONENT DAMAGE (I.E. ELECTRONIC MODULES, SWING BEARING, COLLECTOR
remove all grease and oil. Filament wound bearing RING, BOOM WIRE ROPES ETC.).
are a dry joint and should not be lubricated unless
otherwise instructed (i.e. sheave pins).
c. Pins should be inspected to ensure it is free of burrs,
nicks and scratches which would damage the bear-
ing during installation and operation.
2-6 3121631
SECTION 2 - GENERAL
Table 2-3. Inspection and Preventive Maintenance Schedule
INTERVAL
AREA Pre-Delivery1 Annual3 Every 2

or Frequent2 (Yearly) Years
Inspection Inspection
Boom Assembly
Boom Weldments 1,2,4 1,2,4
Hose/Cable Carrier Installations 1,2,9,12 1,2,9,12
Pivot Pins and Pin Retainers 1,2 1,2
Sheaves, Sheave Pins 1,2 1,2
Bearings 1,2 1,2
Wear Pads 1,2 1,2
Covers or Shields 1,2 1,2
Extend/Retract Chain or Cable Systems 1,2,3 1,2,3
Boom Assembly 14
Platform Assembly
Platform 1,2
Railing 1 1,2
Gate 1,5 1,5
Floor 1 1,2
Rotator 5,9,15
Lanyard Anchorage Point 1,2,10 1,2,10
Turntable Assembly
Swing Bearing 1,2,14 1,2,3,13,14
Oil Coupling 9
Swing Drive System 11 11
Turntable Lock 1,2,5 1,2,5
Hood, Hood Props, Hood Latches 5 1,2,5
Chassis Assembly
Tires 16,17,18 16,17,18
Wheel Nuts/Bolts 15 15
Wheel Bearings 14,24
Oscillating Axle/Lockout Cylinder Systems 22 5,8
Spindle Thrust Bearing/Washers 1,2
Drive Hubs 11 11
3121631 2-7
SECTION 2 - GENERAL
INTERVAL

Functions/Controls
Platform Controls 5,6 6
Ground Controls 5,6 6
Function Control Locks, Guards, or Detents 1,5 5
Footswitch 5 5
Emergency Stop Switches (Ground & Platform) 5 5
Function Limit or Cutout Switch Systems 5 5
Drive Brakes 5
Swing Brakes 5
Auxiliary Power 5 5
Power System
Engine Idle, Throttle, and RPM 3 3
Engine Fluids (Oil, Coolant, Fuel) 9,11 11
Air/Fuel Filter 1,7 7
Exhaust System 1,9 9
Batteries 1,9 19
Battery Fluid 11 11
Battery Charger 5 5
Fuel Reservoir, Cap, and Breather 1,2,5 1,5
Hydraulic/Electric System
Hydraulic Pumps 1,2,9
Hydraulic Cylinders 1,2,7,9 1,2,9
Cylinder Attachment Pins and Pin Retainers 1,2,9 1,2
Hydraulic Hoses, Lines, and Fittings 1,2,9,12 1,2,9,12
Hydraulic Reservoir, Cap, and Breather 1,2,5,9 1,5 24
Hydraulic Filter 7 7
Hydraulic Fluid 7,11 7,11
Electrical Connections 1,20 20
Instruments, Gauges, Switches, Lights, Horn 1 5,23
General
Operators and Safety Manuals in Storage Box 21 21
ANSI and AEM Manuals/Handbooks Installed (ANSI Markets Only) 21
Capacity Decals Installed, Secure, Legible 21 21
All Decals/Placards Installed, Secure, Legible 21 21
2-8 3121631
SECTION 2 - GENERAL
INTERVAL

Annual Machine Inspection Due 21 21

No Unauthorized Modifications or Additions 21 21
All Relevant Safety Publications Incorporated 21 21
General Structural Condition and Welds 2,4 2,4
All Fasteners, Pins, Shields, and Covers 1,2 1,2
Grease and Lubricate to Specifications 22 22
Function Test of All Systems 21 21, 22
Paint and Appearance 7 7
Stamp Inspection Date on Frame 22
Notify JLG of Machine Ownership 22
Footnotes:
1 Prior to each sale, lease, or delivery
2 In service for 3 months or 150 Hours; or Out of service for 3 months or more; or Purchased used
3
Annually, no later than 13 months from the date of the prior inspection
Performance Codes:
1 - Check for proper and secure installation
2 - Visual inspection for damage, cracks, distortion or excessive wear
3 - Check for proper adjustment
4 - Check for cracked or broken welds
5 - Operates Properly
6 - Returns to neutral or “off” position when released
7 - Clean and free of debris
8 - Interlocks function properly
9 - Check for signs of leakage
10 - Decals installed and legible
11 - Check for proper fluid level
12 - Check for chafing and proper routing
13 - Check for proper tolerances
14 - Properly lubricated
15 - Torqued to proper specification
16 - No gouges, excessive wear, or cords showing
17 - Properly inflated and seated around rim
18 - Proper and authorized components
19 - Fully charged
20 - No loose connections, corrosion, or abrasions
21 - Verify
22 - Perform
23 - Sealed Properly
24 - Drain, Clean, Refill
3121631 2-9
SECTION 2 - GENERAL
-40
4150548 E
Figure 2-1. Engine Operating Temperature Specifications - Ford
2-10 3121631
SECTION 2 - GENERAL
4150548 E
Figure 2-2. Engine Operating Temperature Specifications - Deutz
3121631 2-11
SECTION 2 - GENERAL
4150548 E
Figure 2-3. Engine Operating Temperature Specifications - GM
2-12 3121631
SECTION 3. CHASSIS & TURNTABLE

3.1 TIRES & WHEELS Unless specifically approved by JLG Industries Inc. do not
replace a foam filled or ballast filled tire assembly with a pneu-
matic tire. When selecting and installing a replacement tire,
Tire Inflation ensure that all tires are inflated to the pressure recommended
by JLG. Due to size variations between tire brands, both tires
The air pressure for pneumatic tires must be equal to the air on the same axle should be the same.
pressure that is stenciled on the side of the JLG product or rim
decal for safe and proper operational characteristics. Wheel Replacement
Tire Damage The rims installed on each product model have been designed
for stability requirements which consist of track width, tire
For pneumatic tires, JLG Industries, Inc. recommends that pressure and load capacity. Size changes such as rim width,
when any cut, rip, or tear is discovered that exposes sidewall or center piece location, larger or smaller diameter, etc., without
tread area cords in the tire, measures must be taken to remove written factory recommendations, may result in an unsafe
the JLG product from service immediately. Arrangements condition regarding stability.
must be made for replacement of the tire or tire assembly.
Wheel Installation
For polyurethane foam filled tires, JLG Industries, Inc.
It is extremely important to apply and maintain proper wheel
recommends that when any of the following are discovered,
mounting torque.
measures must be taken to remove the JLG product from
service immediately and arrangements must be made for
replacement of the tire or tire assembly.
WHEEL NUTS MUST BE INSTALLED AND MAINTAINED AT THE PROPER TORQUE
• a smooth, even cut through the cord plies which TO PREVENT LOOSE WHEELS, BROKEN STUDS AND POSSIBLE DANGEROUS
exceeds 3 in. (7.5 cm) in total length. SEPARATION OF WHEEL FROM THE AXLE. BE SURE TO USE ONLY THE NUTS
MATCHED TO THE CONE ANGLE OF THE WHEEL.
• any tears or rips (ragged edges) in the cord plies
which exceeds 1 in. (2.5 cm) in any direction. Tighten the lug nuts to the proper torque to prevent wheels
• any punctures which exceed 1 in. in diameter. from coming loose. Use a torque wrench to tighten the fasten-
ers. If you do not have a torque wrench, tighten the fasteners
• any damage to the bead area cords of the tire. with a lug wrench, then immediately have a service garage or
dealer tighten the lug nuts to the proper torque. Over-tighten-
If a tire is damaged but is within the above noted criteria, the ing will result in breaking the studs or permanently deforming
tire must be inspected on a daily basis to ensure the damage the mounting stud holes in the wheels. The proper procedure
has not propagated beyond the allowable criteria. for attaching wheels is as follows:
1. Start all nuts by hand to prevent cross threading. DO
Tire Replacement NOT use a lubricant on threads or nuts.
JLG recommends a replacement tire be the same size, ply and

brand as originally installed on the machine. Please refer to the
JLG Parts Manual for the part number of the approved tires for
a particular machine model. If not using a JLG approved
replacement tire, we recommend that replacement tires have
the following characteristics:
• Equal or greater ply/load rating and size of original.
• Tire tread contact width equal or greater than

original.
• Wheel diameter, width and offset dimensions equal

to the original.
• Approved for the application by the tire manufac-

turer (including inflation pressure and maximum tire
load).
3121631 3-1
2. Tighten nuts in the following sequence: 3.2 Lockout Cylinder Bleeding

1. Start the engine.
2. Position the turntable to the normal stowed position.
3. Attach clear tubing to bleeder valve nipple.
4. Position a small bucket/bottle in front of the lockout
cylinder bleeder valve and insert clear tubing.
5. Using a 3/8 in. wrench, loosen the bleeder valve, turning
counterclockwise slowly. Bleed air from the top of lock-
out cylinder. Capture hydraulic oil until a steady unbro-
ken stream of hydraulic oil is viewed. Tighten/close the
bleeder valve while stream of hydraulic oil is running.
6. Locate the bleeder valve on the opposite side lockout
cylinder. Repeat the process.
3. The tightening of the nuts should be done in stages. Fol-

lowing the recommended sequence, tighten nuts per
wheel torque chart. Bleeder Valve
Table 3-1. Wheel Torque Chart
TORQUE SEQUENCE
1st Stage 2nd Stage 3rd Stage
70 ft. lbs. 170 ft. lbs. 300 ft. lbs.
(95 Nm) (225 Nm) (405 Nm)
4. Wheel nuts should be torqued after first 50 hours of

operation and after each wheel removal. Check torque
every 3 months or 150 hours of operation.
3-2 3121631
28
28
19
26
27 20 18
23
22
17
30 24
19
25
21
6
1 4
40
36
38
41 29 34
39 43
31 37 42
35
33 31
35
34 39
40
44 45
41
42
43
1001151037 C
32 1001154584 D
1001151034 F
Figure 3-1. Axle and Steering Installation without Tow Package- Sheet 1 of 2
3121631 3-3
1. Pin 13. Shim 25. Special Washer 37. Special Washer

2. Bolt 14. Flat Washer 26. Flat Washer 38. Thrust Washer
3. Bolt 15. Special Washer 27. Axle 39. Bearing
4. Bolt 16. Axle 28. Axle Lockout Cylinder 40. Spindle
5. Bushing 17. Bolt 29. Thrust Washer 41. Steer Cylinder Assembly
6. Bolt 18. Bolt 30. Pin 42. Kingpin
7. Shim Wear 19. Bushing 31. Bolt 43. Plate
8. Stop Plate 20. Wear Shim 32. Bolt 44. Tie-Rod
9. Pin Keeper 21. Keeper Shaft 33. Pin 45. Thrust Washer
10. Shim 22. Wear Shim 34. Pin
11. Shim 23. Wear Shim 35. Pin Keeper
12. Shim 24. Flat Washer 36. Thrust Washer
Figure 3-2. Axle and Steering Installation without Tow Package- Sheet 2 of 2
3-4 3121631
14
1001155194 D
1001155192 E
Figure 3-3. Axle and Steering Installation with Tow Package- Sheet 1 of 2
3121631 3-5
1. Bolt 11. Special Washer 21. Pin Keeper 31. Bushing

2. Bolt 12. Flat Washer 22. Thrust Washer 32. Bushing
3. Bolt 13. Axle 23. Special Washer 33. Thrust Washer
4. Bushing 14. Axle Lockout Cylinder 24. Thrust Washer 34. Screw
5. Bushing 15. Thrust Washer 25. Bearing 35. Stop Pad
6. Axle Wear Shim 16. Pin 26. Spindle 36. Hitch Pin
7. Keeper Shaft 17. Bolt 27. Steer Cylinder 37. Shim
8. Axle Wear Shim 18. Bolt 28. Kingpin 38. Thrust Washer
9. Axle Wear Shim 19. Pin 29. Plate 39. Link
10. Flat Washer 20. Pin 30. Tie-rod
Figure 3-4. Axle and Steering Installation with Tow Package- Sheet 2 of 2
3-6 3121631
3.3 OSCILLATING AXLE LOCKOUT TEST 15. If lockout cylinders do not function properly, have quali-
fied personnel correct the malfunction prior to any fur-
ther operation.
LOCKOUT SYSTEM TEST MUST BE PERFORMED QUARTERLY, ANY TIME A SYS- 3.4 FREE WHEELING OPTION
TEM COMPONENT IS REPLACED, OR WHEN IMPROPER SYSTEM OPERATION IS
SUSPECTED. To Disengage Drive Motors and Brakes (Free Wheel)
NOTE: Ensure boom is fully retracted, lowered and centered
for Emergency Towing
between drive wheels prior to beginning lockout cylinder 1. Chock wheels securely if not on flat level surface.
test.
2. Disconnect both drive hubs by reversing the disconnect
1. Place a 6 in. (15.2 cm) high block with ascension ramp in caps in the center of the hubs.
front of left front wheel. 3. If equipped, move steer/tow selector valve to float (tow)
2. From platform control console, start engine. position by pulling control knob out.
3. Place FUNCTION SPEED CONTROL and DRIVE SPEED/
TORQUE SELECT control switches to their respective
LOW positions.
4. Place DRIVE control lever to FORWARD position and
carefully drive machine up ascension ramp until left
front wheel is on top of block.
5. Carefully activate SWING control lever and position
boom over right side of machine.
6. With boom over right side of machine, place DRIVE con-
trol lever to REVERSE and drive machine off of block and
ramp.
7. Have an assistant check to see that left front wheel or To Engage Drive Motors and Brakes (Normal
right rear wheel remains elevated in position off of
ground. Operation)
8. Carefully activate SWING control lever and return boom 1. If equipped, move steer/tow valve to steer position by
to stowed position (centered between drive wheels). pushing valve knob in.
When boom reaches center, stowed position, lockout
cylinders should release and allow wheel to rest on 2. Connect both drive hubs by inverting disconnect cap in
ground, it may be necessary activate DRIVE to release center of hub.
cylinders. 3. Remove chocks from wheels as required.
9. Place the 6 in. (15.2 cm) high block with ascension ramp
in front of right front wheel.
10. Place DRIVE control lever to FORWARD and carefully
drive machine up ascension ramp until right front wheel
is on top of block.
11. Carefully activate SWING control lever and position
boom over left side of machine.
12. With boom over left side of machine, place DRIVE con-
trol lever to REVERSE and drive machine off of block and
ramp.
13. Have an assistant check to see that right front wheel
remains locked in position off of ground.
14. Carefully activate SWING control lever and return boom
to stowed position (centered between drive wheels).
When boom reaches center, stowed position, lockout
cylinders should release and allow wheel to rest on
ground, it may be necessary activate DRIVE to release
cylinders.
3121631 3-7
3.5 WHEEL DRIVE ASSEMBLY (2WD) plug all openings to ensure no dirt enters the hydraulic
system.
Removal NOTE: The torque hub and drive motor assembly weighs approxi-
mately 275 lbs. (125 kg).
NOTE: The drive motor can be removed through the axle flange as
4. Use a supporting device capable of handling the weight
part of the wheel drive assembly or they can be removed
of the torque hub drive brake and drive motor and
separately through the bottom of the frame while leaving
unbolt the torque hub from the frame. Remove the
the torque hub bolted to the axle.
entire assembly from the machine.
1. Use a jack to lift the frame enough so the tire and wheel 5. Remove the nuts and washers that secure the drive
assembly is off of the ground. Place blocking strong motor to the torque hub and drive brake and remove
enough to support the weight of the machine under the the drive motor. Remove and discard the o-ring
frame and remove the jack. between the drive motor and drive brake.
NOTE: The pneumatic tire & wheel assembly weighs approxi- 6. Remove the drive brake from the torque hub. Remove
mately 269 lbs. (122 kg). The foam-filled tire & wheel and discard the o-ring between the drive brake and
assembly weighs approximately 544 lbs. (247.25 kg). torque hub.
7. If necessary, remove the studs from the torque hub.
2. Remove the tire and wheel assembly.
3. Through the access holes in the axle, tag and disconnect

the hydraulic lines running to the drive motor. Cap or
Figure 3-5. Torque Hub Installation (2WD)
3-8 3121631
Installation 3.6 WHEEL DRIVE ASSEMBLY (4WD)

1. If re-installing the old studs or installing new ones, coat
the threads of the studs with JLG Threadlocker P/N
Removal
0100011 before screwing them into the torque hub. NOTE: The drive motor can be removed through the axle flange as
2. Install a new o-ring between the drive brake and torque part of the wheel drive assembly or they can be removed
hub and slide the drive brake over the studs with the separately through the bottom of the frame while leaving
brake port positioned as shown. the torque hub bolted to the axle.
1. Use a jack to lift the frame enough so the tire and wheel
assembly is off of the ground. Place blocking strong
enough to support the weight of the machine under the
frame and remove the jack.
NOTE: The pneumatic tire & wheel assembly weighs approxi-

mately 269 lbs. (122 kg). The foam-filled tire & wheel
assembly weighs approximately 544 lbs. (247.25 kg).
2. Remove the tire and wheel assembly.

3. Through the access holes in the axle, tag and disconnect
the hydraulic lines running to the drive motor. Cap or
plug all openings to ensure no dirt enters the hydraulic
system.
NOTE: The torque hub and drive motor assembly weighs approxi-
mately 270 lbs. (122 kg).
4. Use a supporting device capable of handling the weight

3. Install a new o-ring between the drive brake and drive of the torque hub and drive motor and unbolt the
motor and slide the drive motor over the studs. Install torque hub from the frame. Remove the entire assembly
the washers and nuts to secure the assembly together from the machine.
and torque the nuts to 75 ft. lbs. (102 Nm).
5. Remove the bolts and washers that secure the drive
4. Place the torque hub flange against the mounting motor to the torque hub and remove the drive motor.
flange on the axle and fasten it in place with the bolts Remove and discard the o-ring between the drive motor
and washers. Torque the bolts to 220 ft. lbs. (298 Nm). and torque hub.
5. Install the tire and wheel assembly.
3121631 3-9
Installation 2. Place the torque hub flange against the mounting

flange on the axle and fasten it in place with the bolts
1. Install a new o-ring between the drive motor and torque and washers. Torque the bolts to 220 ft. lbs. (298 Nm).
hub. Install the bolts and washers to secure them
3. Install the tire and wheel assembly.
together and torque to 110 ft. lbs. (149 Nm).
Figure 3-6. Torque Hub Installation (4WD)
3-10 3121631
3.7 DRIVE HUB TIGHTENING AND TORQUING BOLTS

If an air impact wrench is used to tighten bolts, extreme care
Roll and Leak Test should be taken to ensure the bolts are not tightened beyond
Torque-Hub® units should always be roll and leak tested their specified torque. The following steps describe how to
before disassembly (if possible) and after assembly to make tighten and torque bolts or socket head capscrews in a bolt
sure the unit’s gears, bearings and seals are working properly. circle.
The following information briefly outlines what to look for
when performing these tests.
THE ROLL TEST BOLT A
The purpose of the roll test is to determine if the unit’s gears

are rotating consistently, easily and properly. Release the
brake by applying 400 psi (27.5 bar) to the brake port. To per-
form a roll test, use the recommended tool from table below
(or something equivalent) to apply constant rotational force to
the input of the gearbox. If more drag is felt in the gears only
at certain points, then the gears are not rolling consistently
and easily and should be examined for improper installation
or defects. Some gear packages roll with more difficulty than
others. Do not be concerned if the gears in the unit seem to
roll hard as long as they roll with consistency. Rotate the gear-
box both clockwise and counterclockwise the same number of
turns as the ratio of the unit. The gearbox ratio is the same
number as the last three numbers on the ID tag. BOLT B
THE LEAK TEST

The purpose of a leak test is to make sure the unit is airtight. To
perform a leak test use the leak test fixture from the table
below. If the tool is not available, the gearbox must be sealed
to perform the test. This can be accomplished by assembling
the sealed input device onto the gearbox at the input end and
replace one of the oil plugs with an air chuck. Do not exceed 1. Tighten (but do not torque) bolt “A” until snug.
10 psi (0.7 bar) pressure during the leak test. Higher pressure
will create a false sealing effect in assemblies with lip-seals. 2. Go to the opposite side of the bolt circle and tighten
The unit has a leak if the pressure gauge reading on your leak bolt “B” until equally snug.
check fitting starts to fall after the gearbox has been pressur- 3. Crisscross around the bolt circle and tighten the remain-
ized and allowed to equalize. Leaks will most likely occur at the ing bolts.
pipe plugs, the main seal or wherever o-rings or gaskets are
located. The exact location of a leak can usually be detected by 4. Use a torque wrench to apply the specified torque to
brushing a soap and water solution around the main seal and bolt “A”.
where the o-rings or gaskets meet on the exterior of the unit
5. Using the same sequence, crisscross around the bolt
and then checking for air bubbles. If a leak is detected in a seal,
circle and apply an equal torque to the remaining bolts.
o-ring, or gasket, the part must be replaced and the unit
rechecked. Leak test at 10 psi (0.7 bar) for 20 minutes.
3121631 3-11
Disassembly 2. Remove the magnetic pipe plug (6H) from cover plate
(6A) and drain the oil out of the gearbox.
MAIN COVER PLATE DISASSEMBLY NOTE: Record the condition and volume of the oil.
NOTE: Refer to Figure 3-7.,Figure 3-8. & Figure 3-9. 3. Remove eight bolts (17) followed by four special bolts
(18) from cover subassembly.
1. Perform roll check and leak check prior to disassembling 4. Lift the cover subassembly off of the unit.
the unit.
5. Lift ring gear (4) off the unit.
6A
18
17
6H
4. Ring Gear
6A. Cover Plate
6H. Pipe Plug
17. Hex Bolt
18. Special Bolt
Figure 3-7. Main Cover Plate Disassembly
3-12 3121631
6. If applicable remove spacer (14) from the input shaft 11. Remove internal gear (2) from the unit.
(11).
12. Remove input shaft subassembly from the hub spindle
7. Remove the sun gear (13). subassembly.
8. Lift out the Carrier subassembly from the unit. 13. Take out input coupling subassembly of the hub spindle
subassembly.
9. Remove the input spacer (12) from the unit.
10. Remove two thrust spacers (15) and thrust bearing (16)
from the internal gear (2).
INPUT COUPLING
SUBASSEMBLY
HUB-SPINDLE
SUBASSEMBLY
11
2
15
16
15
12
CARRIER
SUBASSEMBLY
13
2. Internal Gear
11. Input Shaft
12. Input Spacer
13. Sun Gear
15. Thrust Washer
16. Thrust Bearing
Figure 3-8. Carrier Subassembly Removal
NOTE: Figure 3-7. refers to 30, 35, 50, 64 & 73: 1 Ratios.
3121631 3-13
19 HUB-SPINDLE
SUBASSEMBLY
11
2
16
15
15 CARRIER
12 SUBASSEMBLY
13
14
2. Internal Gear
11. Input Shaft
12. Input Spacer
13. Sun Gear
14. Spacer
15. Thrust Washer
16. Thrust Bearing
19. Coupling
Figure 3-9. Carrier Subassembly Removal
NOTE: Figure 3-8. refers to 18, 24, 31 & 43: 1 Ratios.
3-14 3121631
CARRIER DISASSEMBLY 4. Remove first set of needle bearings (3C) from the inside
of the planet gear (3F).
NOTE: Refer to Figure 3-10.
1. Drive planet shaft (3E) out of the carrier pin holes, forc- 5. Remove thrust washer (3D) from planet gear (3F).
ing the roll pin (3G) to sheer off.
6. Remove second set of needle bearings (3C) from the
2. Hold on to the planet gear (3F) and push the planet inside of the planet gear (3F).
shaft (3E) out of the carrier (3A) the thrust washers (3B) &
(3h) will slide off the shaft as it is removed. 7. Repeat steps from 1 to 6 for the remaining two planet
gears (3F).
3. Using a hammer and punch, drive the roll pin (3G) out of
the planet shaft (3E) and carrier (3A).
3B 3H
3C 3D 3C
3F
3H 3B
3G
3A
3E
3A. Carrier
3B. Washer
3C. Needle Bearing
3D. Thrust Washer
3E. Planet Shaft
3F. Cluster Gear
3G. Roll Pin
3H. Ball Indent Washer
Figure 3-10. Carrier Disassembly
3121631 3-15
COUPLING DISASSEMBLY 1. If necessary, remove Internal retaining ring (20) from the
groove of coupling (19).
2. If necessary, remove external retaining ring (21) from
the groove of coupling (19).
SAFETY GLASSES MUST BE WORN DURING THIS NEXT STEPS.
21
19
20
19. Coupling
20. Internal Retaining Ring
21. External Retaining Ring
Figure 3-11. Coupling Disassembly
3-16 3121631
INPUT SHAFT DISASSEMBLY

NOTE: Refer to Figure 3-12. 1. If necessary, remove external retaining ring (10) from
the groove of the input shaft (11).
SAFETY GLASSES MUST BE WORN DURING THIS NEXT STEPS.
11
10
10. External Retaining Ring

11. Input Shaft
Figure 3-12. Input Shaft Disassembly
3121631 3-17
COVER DISASSEMBLY 5. Pull the disengage rod (6E) out of the cover cap (6B).
NOTE: Refer to Figure 3-13. 6. Remove O-ring (6F) from the cover cap (6B) and discard
it.
1. Remove the O-ring (5) from groove in cover (6A) and dis-
card O-ring (5). 7. Remove two hex bolts (6C) from cover cap (6B), if
required.
2. Remove two thrust washers (15) and thrust bearing (16)
from cover (6A). 8. Remove cover cap (6B) from cover plate (6A).
3. Remove two hex bolts (6C) from disengage cap (6D), if 9. Remove O-ring (6G) and discard it.
required.
10. Remove pipe plug (6H) from the cover (6A).
4. Remove the disengage cap (6D) from the cover cap (6B).
5
15
16
15
6A
6H
6G
6B
6C
6F
6E
6D
6C
5. O-ring 6F. O-ring

6A. Cover Plate 6G. O-ring
6B. Cover Cap 6H. Pipe Plug
6C. Hex Bolt 15. Thrust Washer
6D. Disengage Cap 16. Thrust Bearing
6E. Disengage Rod
Figure 3-13. Cover Disassembly
3-18 3121631
HOUSING-SPINDLE DISASSEMBLY 2. Remove thrust washer (7) from the spindle (1A).
NOTE: Refer to Figure 3-14. 3. Remove spring (8) from the spindle (1A).
4. Remove thrust washer (7) from the spindle (1A).
5. Set the unit on a bench so that the spindle (1A) flange is
SAFETY GLASSES MUST BE WORN DURING THESE NEXT STEPS. down.
1. Remove Internal retaining ring (9) from the groove of

the spindle (1A).
1A
1Q
1B
1D
1C
1N
1J
1G
1E
1F
1H
1I
5
7
8
7
9
1A. Spindle 1I. External Retaining Ring

1B. Lip Seal 1J. Pipe Plug
1C. Bearing Cup 1N. Stud
1D. Bearing Cone 1Q. Boot Seal
1E. Bearing Cup 5. O-ring
1F. Bearing Cone 7. Thrust Washer
1G. Housing 8. Spring
1H. Thrust Washer 9. Internal Retaining Ring
Figure 3-14. Housing Spindle Disassembly
3121631 3-19
Figure 3-15. Housing Cross Section
6. Remove the O-ring (5) from the housing (1G) and 8. Remove thrust washer (1H) from the spindle (1A).
discard it.
9. Remove two pipe plugs (1J) from the housing (1G).
10. Turn the unit over and carefully place the unit on a
SAFETY GLASSES MUST BE WORN DURING THESE NEXT STEPS. support base until the spindle (1A) post rests on it.
Ensure there is enough gap to lower the housing (1G)
7. Remove retaining ring (1I) from the groove of spindle down.
(1A).
USING DEAD BLOW HAMMER ON THE HOUSING,

DRIVE THE BEARING CONE OFF THE SPINDLE
SUPPORT SPINDLE USING SUPPORT BASE

Figure 3-16. Housing Cross Section
11. Use a dead blow hammer on the housing (1G) flange to 16. Using a hammer and punch drive the inboard bearing
drive the inboard bearing cone (1F) off of the spindle cup (1E) out of the housing (1G). Be careful not to
(1A). damage the counterbore in the housing.
12. Lift the spindle (1A) out of the housing (1G). 17. Turn the housing (1G) over and drive the outboard
bearing cup (1C) out of the housing (1G). Be careful not
13. If required, remove boot seal (1Q) from the housing (1G).
to damage the counterbore in the housing.
14. Remove lip seal (1B) from the housing (1G).
15. Remove the bearing cone (1D) from the bearing cup
(1C).
3-20 3121631
Assembly 4. Place cover cap (6B) into cover plate (6A) with larger
flange hole on cover cap (6B) located over pipe plug
COVER SUBASSEMBLY (6H) fasten cover cap (6B) with two bolts (6C) located
180 degrees apart. Torque bolts to 70-80 in. lbs. (95- 108
NOTE: Refer to Figure 3-13. Nm).
1. Screw pipe plug (6H) into cover plate (6A) using thread 5. Place disengage cap (6D) on cover cap (6B) with nipple
sealant and hand hexagonal wrench. facing out. Secure with two bolts (6C) located 180
degrees apart. Torque bolts (6C) to 70-80 in. lbs. (95-108
2. Apply grease and position o-ring (6G) over cover cap Nm).
(6B) until it rests against the flange.
6. Turn cover plate (6A) over and push disconnect rod (6E)
3. Blow out internal groove of cover cap (6B) with air hose. into cover cap (6B), until disconnect rod (6E) bottoms
Place greased o-ring (6F) into internal groove of cover out on the disengage cap (6D).
cap (6B).
7. Grease and install o-ring (5) into groove on the cover
NOTE: The disconnect rod (6E) may be used to push the greased o- plate (6A).
ring (6F) into position in the o-ring groove of the cover cap
(6B). 8. Grease and install thrust washers (15) and thrust bearing
(16) into cover plate (6A).
NOTE: Thrust washers (15) has to be assembled onto either sides
of thrust bearing (16) and then, this has to be greased and
installed as a single unit into cover plate (6A).
3121631 3-21
CARRIER SUBASSEMBLY 6. Start planet shaft (3E), with end opposite roll pin hole
first, through the planet shaft hole in carrier (3A),
NOTE: Refer to Figure 3-10. making sure that the roll pin hole with the large chamfer
1. Apply a liberal coat of grease to the bore of cluster gear in the planet shaft is straight up.
(3F). This will enable the needle rollers (3C) to be held in 7. Using ample grease to hold it in position, slide one
place during assembly. thrust washer (3B) over planet shaft (3E) with tang
2. Install first row of 14 needle rollers (3C) into the bore of resting in the cast slot of carrier (3A).
cluster gear (3F). 8. With large end of cluster gear (3F) facing the roll pin
hole in the carrier (3A), place cluster gear (3F) into
NOTE: The last roller installed must be installed end wise. That is
position in carrier (3A) and push planet shaft (3E)
the end of the last roller must be placed in between the
through the cluster gear (3F) without going all the way
ends of the two rollers that form the space and then slid
through.
parallel to the other rollers into place.
9. Slide the second thrust washer (3B) between the cluster
3. Place one spacer (3D) on top of the needle rollers (3C)
gear (3F) and the carrier (3A) with the tang of washer
inside the planet gear (3F).
located in the cast slot of carrier (3A). Finish sliding
4. Install second row of 14 needle rollers (3C) into the bore planet shaft (3E) through the thrust washers (3H) & (3B)
of cluster gear (3F) against spacer (3D). Grease and and into carrier (3A).
install ball indent washers (3H) onto the counterbores of
10. Position the chamfered side on the planet shaft (3E) roll
either sides of cluster gear (3F) with indents away from
pin hole so that it is in line with the hole in the carrier
the cluster gears.
(3A) using a 1/8 in. (3.17 mm) diameter punch.
5. Place carrier (3A) into tool fixture so that one of the roll
11. After using a 3/16 in. (4.76 mm) punch to align the two
pin holes is straight up.
roll pin holes. Drive the roll pin (3G) through carrier (3A)
and into planet shaft (3E) until the roll pin (3G) is flush
with the bottom of the cast tang slot in the carrier (3A).
Use a ¼ in. (6.35 mm) pin punch to make sure the roll pin
(3G) is flush in the slot.
12. Repeat the steps from 1 through 11 for the remaining
two cluster gears (3F).
3-22 3121631
HOUSING SPINDLE SUBASSEMBLY 10. Place snap ring assembly tool T205660 onto spindle
(1A).
11. Place bearing cone (1F) onto the tapered portion of
1. If required, using stud pressing fixture press studs (1N) snap ring assembly tool T205660.
into the flange holes of the hub (1G), be sure stud heads
are tight to the hub flange face. 12. Place spacer (1H) and retaining ring (1I) onto the top of
the bearing cone (1F).
2. Place hub (1G) on table such that long hub end is up.
13. Slowly press bearing cone (1F) spacer (1H) and retaining
3. Press bearing cup (1E) using T148905 with the large ring (1I) all at once using a bearing pressing tool,
diameter side up into cover end of hub (1G). T137970, until the retaining ring (1I) falls into the
4. Turn hub (1G) over and press bearing cup (1C) into hub retaining ring groove on the spindle (1A).
(1G) using T148905 with small diameter side up. 14. Install pipe plug (1J) into hub (1G).
NOTE: Apply generous amount of lubricating oil on all bearings at 15. Grease and install o-ring (5) into hub (1G).
the time of installation.
16. Grease and install thrust washer (7) into spindle (1A).
5. Place bearing cone (1D) on bearing cup (1C).
17. Install spring (8) into spindle (1A) until it bottoms on
6. Press bearing seal (1B) with the open face down into the thrust washer (7).
hub (1G), be sure seal is flush with the hub face.
18. Grease and place second thrust washer (7) on spring (8).
NOTE: Generally Seals should not be reused.
19. Using retaining ring pliers, push retaining ring (9)
7. If the unit requires seal boot (1Q) place on hub (1G) with against thrust washer (7) until retaining ring snaps into
flange end facing up. Coat the inside surface of the seal - place in the spindle (1A) groove.
boot - flange with liberal amount of grease.
8. Place spindle (1A) with large diameter end down on the
bench and coat the seal shoulder with oil.
9. Place hub (1G) onto spindle (1A) making sure the seal
(1B) is in position on the seal shoulder of spindle (1A).
NOTE: The bearing cone (1F) is a press fit onto spindle (1A) and is
installed using snap ring assembly tool T205660.
3121631 3-23
COUPLING SUBASSEMBLY 3. Install input shaft subassembly with the retaining ring
end down into the spindle counterbore.
4. Slide thrust spacer (12) over the input shaft (11) make
sure the large end is against the spindle (1A).
SAFETY GLASSES MUST BE WORN DURING THESE NEXT STEPS. NOTE: Refer to Figure 3-9. with 18, 24, 31 & 43: 1 Ratios.
1. If necessary, install external retaining ring (21) into

groove on OD of coupling (19). 5. Place carrier subassembly with the large end of cluster
2. If necessary, install Internal retaining ring (20) into gears facing up. Position all three punch marks on the
retaining ring groove of the coupling (19). face of large gears at 12 o’clock and secure the gear
teeth using timing fixture.
INPUT SHAFT SUBASSEMBLY
6. With longer shoulder side of ring gear (4) facing down,
NOTE: Refer to Figure 3-12. place the ring gear into mesh with the cluster gear (3F)
and remove this assembly from timing fixture.
NOTE: Be sure that the punch marks remain in their correct loca-
SAFETY GLASSES MUST BE WORN DURING THESE NEXT STEPS. tion during ring gear (4) installation.
1. If necessary, install retaining ring (10) onto the groove of 7. Place Thrust washer (15), thrust bearing (16) and thrust
input shaft (11). washer (15), in order on the pilot diameter on internal
gear (2).
CARRIER SUBASSEMBLY
NOTE: For 30, 35, 50, 54 & 73:1 ratios Skip step 8.
NOTE: Refer to Figure 3-7., Figure 3-8. & Figure 3-9.
1. Place hub-spindle subassembly on the table with 8. Install input gear (13) with counterbore down in mesh
spindle flange side down. with the input shaft (11) splines counterbore down.
2. Set the internal gear (2) with the spline down, so that 9. With small end of cluster gear (3F) down and while
the spline of the spindle (1A) is in mesh with the internal holding ring gear (4) in mesh with carrier sub assembly,
spline of the internal gear (2). place assembly into internal gear (2).
CARRIER
SUBASSEMBLY
TIMING MARK TIMING MARK
TIMING MARK
Figure 3-17. Timing Mark on Carrier Subassembly
3-24 3121631
10. Once in place rotate the ring gear (4) until hole marked 13. Install cover subassembly onto the ring gear (4) being
“X” is aligned with one of shoulder bolt holes in hub sure that the pipe plugs in the hub (1G) and cover (6A)
(1G). are in time with each other. Be sure the thrust washers
(15) & (16) remain on the cover (6).
NOTE: If the gears do not mesh easily or carrier sub assembly does
not rotate freely, then remove the carrier and Ring gear 14. Install four shoulder bolts (18) into the four marked
and check timing (Step 5). counterbore holes in the hub (1G) start shoulder bolts
(18) by hand for the length of at least two threads or two
NOTE: Check each cluster gear (3F) to make sure that the timing full turns before running down and torque to 45-47 ft.
punch-marks is in line with a tooth on the large end & a lbs. (61- 64 Nm).
tooth on the small end of the cluster gear. THESE TWO
TEETH MUST BE IN LINE WITH THE PUNCH-MARKS ON 15. Place the remaining eight bolts (17) into the remaining
EVERY CLUSTER GEAR (3F). holes and torque to 45-47 ft. lbs. (61- 64 Nm).
NOTE: For 30, 35, 50, 54 & 73:1 ratios Skip step 11. 16. Turn the assembly over and insert Input Coupling Sub-
assembly into the spindle (1A) counterbore.
11. Install spacer (14) onto the input shaft (11) against the
input gear (13). 17. The unit should now be leak and roll checked as per
“The Roll Test” and “The Leak Test”. The motor can be
NOTE: Refer to Figure 3-9. with 18, 24, 31 & 43: 1 Ratios reinstalled into the gearbox for the leak check to seal it
off and the unit pressurized through a pipe plug hole on
NOTE: For 18,24, 37 & 43:1 ratios Skip step 12. the cover.
12. Install input gear (13) with counterbore down to mesh
with the teeth of cluster gear (3F).
3121631 3-25
3.8 DRIVE BRAKE Assembly

Disassembly 1. Lightly lubricate rotary shaft seal (12) and assemble to
housing (2) taking care not to damage seal lip.
1. Supporting brake:, remove the six socket head
capscrews and washers (13 & 14) in equal increments to 2. Apply ring of Loctite 641 or equivalent adhesive to full
ensure the spring pressure within the brake is reduced circumference of housing (2) bearing recess adjacent to
gradually and evenly. shoulder.
If a press is available, the cylinder housing (8) can be Apply complete coverage of Loctite 641 to outside
restrained while removing the six capscrews and diameter of bearing (10) and assemble fully In housing
washers (13 & 14). (2), retaining with internal retaining ring (11). Remove
excess adhesive with a clean cloth.
The brake assembly can now be fully dismantled and
the parts examined. Press shaft (1) through bearing (10), ensuring bearing
inner ring Is adequately supported.
2. Remove cylinder housing (8) and piston (9) subassembly
and dismantle if required, removing O-ring seals (15 & 3. Assemble correct quantity of springs (22 & 23) in orien-
17) and backing rings (16 & 18) as necessary. tation required.
3. Remove gasket (7) from housing (2). 4. Lubricate O-ring seals (15 & 17) with Molykote 55M (or
4. Remove friction plates (3 & 6) and pressure plate (4). equivalent) silicon grease and assemble together with
backing rings (16 & 18) to piston (9). To ensure correct
5. Remove two dowel pins (19).
brake operation. It is important that the backing rings
6. Remove springs (22 & 23). are assembled opposite to the pressurized side of pis-
7. Should it be necessary to replace ball bearing (10) or ton.
shaft seal (12), reverse remainder of brake subassembly, 5. Correctly orientate piston (9) aligning spaces with the
supporting on face C of housing (2). two dowel pin holes and, assemble into cylinder hous-
8. Remove internal retaining ring (11). ing (8) taking care not to damage seals and carefully lay
9. Using arbor press or similar to break Loctite seal, remove aside.
brake shaft (1) from housing (2) and lay aside. 6. Locate 2-off pins (19) in housing (2) followed by pressure
10. Reverse housing (2) and press out ball bearing (10). plate (4) and friction plates i.e. an inner (3) followed by
Shaft seal (12) can also be removed if necessary. an outer (6) in correct sequence.
7. Position gasket (7) in correct orientation.
Inspection
8. Align two holes in cylinder with dowel pins (19) and
1. Inspect friction plates (3 & 6) and friction surface on
assemble piston & cylinder sub-assembly to remainder
pressure plate (4) for wear or damage.
of brake securing with 6 capscrews and washers (13 &
2. Examine friction plates (3) and brake shaft (1) for wear or 14). Torque to 55 ft.Ibs. (75 Nm).
damage to the splines.
NOTE: The use of a suitable press (hydraulic or arbor) pressing
3. Examine input and output splines of brake shaft (1) for down on cylinder end face B will ease assembly of the cap-
wear or damage. screws (13).
4. Examine compression springs (22 & 23) for damage or
fatigue.
5. Check ball bearing (10) for axial float or wear.
6. Examine O-ring seals (15 & 17) and backing rings (16 &
18) for damage.
3-26 3121631
13
14
20
7
17
18
9
15
16
3 21
4
19
22
23
2
12
10
11
1. Shaft 6. Outer Plate 11. Retaining Ring 16. Backup Ring 21. Plug
2. Housing 7. Gasket 12. Shaft Seal 17. O-ring 22. Spring (Natural)
3. Friction Plate 8. Cylinder 13. Capscrew 18. Backup Ring 23. Spring (Blue)
4. Pressure Plate 9. Piston 14. Lockwasher 19. Dowel Pin
5. Gasket 10. Ball Bearing 15. O-ring 20. Plug
Figure 3-18. Drive Brake
3121631 3-27
3.9 DRIVE MOTOR Shaft Seal Replacement

Description REMOVAL
The drive motors are low to medium power, two-position axial
piston motors incorporating an integral servo piston. They are 1. Remove the snap ring (1) retaining the shaft seal and
designed for operation in both open and closed circuit appli- support washer.
cations. The standard control is a direct acting single line
hydraulic control. The integral servo piston controls motor dis- 1
placement.
The motors are spring biased to maximum displacement and 2
hydraulically shifted to minimum displacement. Minimum and
maximum displacement can be set with fixed internal stops. 3
The large diameter servo piston allows smooth acceleration
and deceleration with relatively large circuit orificing.
Bias spring
Servo piston
Minimum
Angle Swashplate
Stop
1. Snap Ring
Output 2. Support Washer
Cylinder Shaft 3. Shaft Seal
Block Figure 3-20. Removing the Shaft Seal
Shaft 2. Remove the support washer (2).

Seal
3. Carefully pry out the shaft seal (3).
Piston
Endcap Slipper Bearing
Valve plate NOTE: To avoid damaging the shaft during removal, install a
large sheet metal screw into the chuck of a slide hammer.
Figure 3-19. Drive Motor Cross Section Drive the screw into the seal surface and use the slide ham-
mer to pull the seal.
4. Discard the seal.
INSPECT THE COMPONENTS

Inspect the new seal, the motor housing seal bore and the
sealing area on the shaft for rust, wear and contamination. Pol-
ish the shaft and clean the housing if necessary.
INSTALLATION
1. Cover the shaft splines with an installation sleeve to pro-

tect the shaft seal during installation.
2. Install a new shaft seal with the cupped side facing the
motor. Press seal into housing until it bottoms out. Press
evenly to avoid binding and damaging the seal.
3. Install seal support washer.
4. Install snap ring.
5. Remove the installation sleeve.
3-28 3121631
Loop Flushing Valve INSPECT THE COMPONENTS

Inspect new O-rings and the sealing area for rust, wear, or con-
REMOVAL tamination. Also check springs and poppet for wear.
1. Using a 11/16 in. internal hex wrench remove plug (1) INSTALLATION
and (2).
1. Install orifice poppet (13).
6 2. Install shift spool (12).
9
3. Install spring retaining washers onto springs (10 and 11).
11
2
4. Carefully install centering springs (7, 8 and 9).
11/16 in
27 ft.lbs. 5. Install new O-rings (6, 4 and 5).
(37 Nm)
6. Using a 1/4 in. hex wrench torque plug (3) to 20 ft. lbs.
(27 Nm).
7. Using a 11/16 in. internal hex, torque plugs (2 and 1) to
27 ft. lbs. (37 Nm).
10 12
8
4
1 13
11/16 in
27 ft.lbs.
(37 Nm) 7
5/8 in
5 3 20 ft.lbs.
(27 Nm)
1. Plug 6. O-ring 11. Washer

2. Plug 7. Spring 12. Shift Spool
3. Plug 8. Spring 13. Orifice Poppet
4. O-ring 9. Spring
5. O-ring 10. Washer
Figure 3-21. Loop Flushing Spool
2. Using a 1/4 in. hex wrench remove plug (3).

3. Remove O-rings (4, 5 and 6).
4. Using pliers, remove centering springs (7, 8 and 9).
5. Remove spring retaining washers (10 and 11).
6. Remove shift spool (12).
7. Remove orifice poppet (13).
3121631 3-29
Troubleshooting
Table 3-2. Excessive Noise and/or Vibration
Item Description Action

Check oil level in reservoir and oil Insufficient hydraulic fluid could lead to cavitation that would cause sys- Fill the reservoir to the proper level and ensure that oil supply to the motor
supply to the motor. tem noise. is adequate and the lines are unobstructed.
Check for air in the system. Air trapped within the system lines, or the motor itself, could result in cavi- Ensure that all of the system lines and components are purged of air.
tation that would cause system noise.
Inspect the output shaft cou- A loose or incorrect shaft coupling will produce vibrations that could result Ensure that the correct coupling is used and that it fits properly onto the
plings. in system noise. shaft.
Inspect the output shaft align- Misaligned shafts create excessive frictional vibration that could result in Ensure that the shafts are properly aligned.
ment. system noise.
Hydraulic oil viscosity above limits. Viscosity above acceptable limits will result in cavitation Replace hydraulic oil with appropriate fluid for operating conditions.
that would lead to system noise.
Table 3-3. System Operating Hot

Check oil level in reservoir and oil Insufficient amount of hydraulic fluid will not meet the cooling demands Fill the reservoir to the proper level.
supply to the pump. of the system.
Inspect the heat exchanger, (if so If the heat exchanger fails, or becomes obstructed, it may not meet the Ensure that heat exchanger is receiving adequate air flow and that the
equipped). cooling demands of the system. heat exchanger is in good operating condition. Repair or replace as neces-
sary.
Check the system relief valves. If a system relief valve becomes unseated for an extended period of time or Repair or replace any malfunctioning relief valves as applicable and verify
fails for any other reason, the system could become overheated. that the loads on the machine are not excessive.
Table 3-4. Won’t Shift or Slow to Start

Check the signal line to the servo Obstructed or restricted flow through the servo control signal lines could Ensure that the signal lines are not obstructed or restricted and that signal
control port. result in slow shift or no shift conditions within the motor. pressure is adequate to shift the motor.
Check that the correct supply and Supply and drain orifices determine the shift rate of the motor. The smaller Ensure that the proper control orifices are installed in the motor and verify
drain orifices are properly installed the orifice, the longer the time it takes to shift the motor. Obstruction will that they are not obstructed. Clean or replace as necessary.
and are not obstructed. also increase shift times.
3-30 3121631
Disassembly
NOTE: Removal of the end cap voids warranty. 17
19
During assembly, coat all moving parts with a film of clean
hydraulic oil. This assures that these parts will be lubricated
during start-up.
15
Replace all O-Rings and gaskets.
It is recommended that all O-rings be replaced. Lightly 14

lubricate all O-rings with clean petroleum jelly prior to
assembly.
6 21
9
5 11
2
7
13 18
3
10 12
16
8
4 16
1
20
14. Lock Nut 18. Cavity Plug

15. O-ring Plug 19. Drain Plug
16. Control Line Plug 20. Drain Plug
17. Control Line Plug 21. Work Port Plug
Figure 3-23. Plugs, Fittings and Speed Sensor
1. Plug 5. O-ring 9. Spring 12. Shift Spool
2. Plug 6. O-ring 10. Washer 13. Orifice Poppet
8. Remove all fittings from the unit. Discard any O-rings on
3. Plug 7. Spring 11. Washer
the fittings.
4. O-ring 8. Spring
9. Using an 11/16 in. hex wrench, loosen the speed sensor
Figure 3-22. Loop Flushing Spool lock nut (14) if equipped. Then remove the speed sensor
using a Vi in. hex wrench. Units without speed sensor
1. Using a 11/16 in. wrench remove plug (1) and (2). have an O-ring plug (15) installed in that location;
remove it with a Va inch internal hex wrench.
2. Using a 5/8 in. hex wrench remove plug (3).
10. Using a 1/4 in. internal hex wrench, remove control line
3. Remove O-rings (4, 5 and 6).
plugs (16, 17). Discard O-rings. Using a 3 mm hex
4. Using pliers, remove centering springs (7, 8 and 9). wrench, remove cavity plug (18, if equipped with two-
5. Remove spring retaining washers (10 and 11). line control) from X2 cavity.
6. Remove shift spool (12). 11. Using a 5/16 in. internal hex wrench, remove drain plugs
(19, 20). Discard O-rings.
7. Remove orifice poppet (13).
12. Using a 9/16 in. internal hex wrench, remove work port
plugs (21, if equipped with axial ports). Discard O-rings.
3121631 3-31
25
22
27
30
23 29
29
26
24
28
22. Screw
23. End Cap 25. Valve Plate
24. O-ring 26. End Cap
27. O-ring
Figure 3-24. End Cap 28. O-ring
29. Angle Stop
13. Using an 8 mm internal hex wrench, remove the end 30. Servo Spring
capscrews (22).
Figure 3-25. Valve Plate & Rear Shaft Bearing
14. Remove the end cap (23). Remove O-ring (24) from the
housing or end cap.
NOTE: When the end capscrews are removed, pressure from the
servo spring will cause the end cap to bind on the shaft. TAKE CARE NOT TO SCRATCH THE SURFACE OF THE VALVE PLATE.
Press down on the portion of the end cap covering the
servo piston and hold the end cap level while removing.
15. Remove the valve plate (25) and timing pin (26) from the
end cap.
NOTE: Each displacement has a unique valve plate. For identifica-

tion, the last two digits of the valve plate part number are
stamped on its surface.
16. Remove and discard the O-rings (27 and 28).
17. Remove the rear shaft bearing (29) from the end cap
with a bearing puller.
NOTE: The bearing may be difficult to remove with a puller. Try

this as an alternative: Pack the bearing cavity with heavy
grease. After the shaft is removed, insert it into the bearing
cavity and tap lightly with a soft mallet on the splined end.
The grease will force the bearing out. Use caution not to
drive the bearing past the rear shaft journal as the bearing
may become trapped on the shaft and damaged.
3-32 3121631
18. Remove minimum angle stop (29) and servo spring (30) 20. Turn the housing over and remove the snap ring (32)
from the housing. retaining the shaft seal and support washer. Remove the
support washer (33) and carefully pry out the shaft seal
(34). Discard the seal.
NOTE: To avoid damaging the shaft during seal removal. Install a

large sheet metal screw into the chuck of a slide hammer.
Drive the screw into the seal surface and use the slide ham-
31 mer to pull the seal.
36
35
31. Cylinder Kit Assembly 37
Figure 3-26. Cylinder Kit

38
19. Turn the housing on its side and remove the cylinder kit
assembly (31). Set the assembly aside, being careful not
to scratch the running surface.
NOTE: Grooves on the surface of the cylinder kit identify its dis-
placement:
35. Inner Snap Ring
Table 3-5. Displacement Identifiers 36. Snap Ring
37. Bearing
# of Grooves Frame L Frame K 38. Shaft
1 25 38 Figure 3-28. Shaft & Front Bearing
2 30 45
3 35 -- 21. Remove the inner snap ring (35) and the shaft / bearing
assembly.
22. Remove the snap-ring (36) retaining the shaft front
bearing. Pull the bearing (37) off of the shaft (38).
32
33
34
32. Snap Ring

33. Support Washer
34. Shaft Seal
Figure 3-27. Shaft Seal
3121631 3-33
Lift here
44
39
45
47
40
48
43
42
49
41
46
53
52
39. Swashplate 50
40. Servo Piston
41. Piston Seal 51
42. O-ring
43. Journal Bearings
Figure 3-29. Swashplate & Servo Piston
44. Piston 49. Retaining Ring
45. Slipper Retainer 50. Block Spring Washer
23. Turn housing over and remove the swashplate (39) by
46. Cylinder Block 51. Spiral Retaining Ring
lifting on the end opposite the servo lever.
47. Ball Guide 52. Block Spring
24. Remove the servo piston (40). Remove the piston seal 48. Holddown Pins 53. Inner Block Spring Washer
(41) and O-ring (42) from the servo piston. Discard the
seal and O-ring. Figure 3-30. Cylinder Kit Disassembly
25. Remove the journal bearings (43) from the housing. If 26. Remove pistons (44) and slipper retainer (45) from the
the bearings are to be reused, note the location and ori- cylinder block (46).
entation of each bearing for reassembly.
NOTE: The pistons are not selectively fitted, however units with
high hourly usage may develop wear patterns. Number the
pistons and bores for reassembly if they are to be reused.
27. Remove the ball guide (47), hold-down pins (48) and
retaining ring (49) from the cylinder block.
NOTE: Most repairs do not require block spring removal. Perform

this procedure only if you suspect problems with the block
spring.
3-34 3121631
SLIPPERS
Inspect the running surface of the slippers. Replace any piston
RISK OF PERSONAL INJURY: COMPRESSING THE BLOCK SPRING REQUIRES assemblies with scored or excessively rounded slipper edges.
FORCE OF ABOUT 80 TO 90 LBF (350 TO 400 N). USE A PRESS SUFFICIENT TO Measure the slipper foot thickness. Replace any piston assem-
MAINTAIN THIS FORCE WITH REASONABLE EFFORT. ENSURE THE SPRING IS blies with excessively worn slippers. Check the slipper axial
SECURE BEFORE ATTEMPTING TO REMOVE THE SPIRAL RETAINING RING. end-play. Replace any piston assemblies with excessive end-
RELEASE THE PRESSURE SLOWLY AFTER THE RETAINING RING IS REMOVED. play.
28. Turn the block over. Using a press, apply pressure on the Minimum slipper foot thickness and maximum axial end-play
are given in the table below.
block spring washer (50) to compress the block spring.
Compress the spring enough to safely remove the spiral
Table 3-6. Slipper Foot Thickness & End Play
retaining ring (51). While maintaining pressure, unwind
the spiral retaining ring (51). Carefully release the pres- L Frame K Frame
sure and remove the outer block spring washer (50), Measurement
mm (in.) mm (in.)
block spring (52) and inner block spring washer (53)
Slipper Foot Thickness 2.71 4.07
from the cylinder block.
(0.11) (0.16)
Inspection Piston/Slipper End Play 0.15
(0.006)
After disassembly, wash all parts (including the end-cap and
housing) thoroughly with clean solvent and allow to air dry.
Blow out oil passages in the housing and end cap with com- CYLINDER BLOCK
pressed air. Conduct inspection in a clean area and keep all Measure the cylinder block height. Replace blocks worn
parts free from contamination. Clean and dry parts again after beyond the minimum height specification. Inspect the run-
any rework or resurfacing. ning surface of the cylinder block. Replace or resurface worn
or scratched blocks. Blocks may be resurfaced to the specifica-
PISTON tions shown in the drawing, provided resurfacing will not
Inspect the pistons for damage and discoloration. Discolored reduce the block height below the minimum specification.
pistons may indicate excessive heat; do not reuse. Table 3-7, Cylinder Block Measurements.
Maximum end play
Minimum Slipper
slipper fo ot
thickness
3121631 3-35
Table 3-7. Cylinder Block Measurements
Measurement L25 mm (in.) L30 mm (in.) L35 mm (in.) K38 mm (in.) K45 mm (in.)
Minimum Cylinder Block Height (A) 50.8 (2.00) 50.8 (2.00) 50.8 (2.00) 54.4 (2.14) 54.4 (2.14)
Cylinder Block Surface Flatness 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002
(7.9) (0.0000079) (0.0000079) (0.0000079) (0.0000079)
BALL GUIDE AND SLIPPER RETAINER SWASHPLATE AND JOURNAL BEARINGS

Inspect the ball guide and slipper retainer for damage, discol- Inspect the running face, servo ball-joint and swashplate jour-
oration, or excessive wear. A discolored ball guide or slipper nal surfaces for damage or excessive wear. Some material
retainer indicates excessive heat. Do not reuse. transfer may appear on these surfaces and is acceptable pro-
viding the surface condition meets specifications shown. Mea-
Slipper retainer
sure the swashplate thickness from the journals to the running
face. Replace swashplate if damaged or worn beyond mini-
mum specification. Replace swashplate if the difference in
thickness from one side to the other exceeds specification.
Ball guide
0.0025 mm
[0.0001 in]
VALVE PLATE
The condition of the valve plate is critical to the efficiency of 25.8 mm
LV [1.015 in]
the motor. Inspect the valve plate surfaces carefully for exces-
sive wear, grooves, or scratches. Replace or resurface grooved KV 24.6 mm
[0.969 in]
or scratched valve plates. Measure the valve plate thickness Thickness equality
side to side:
and replace if worn beyond the minimum specification. Valve 0.05 mm [0.002 in]
plates may be resurfaced to the specifications shown in the
drawing, provided resurfacing will not reduce the thickness
below the minimum specification.
3.83 mm [0.151 in] min.
0.025 mm
[0.001 in]
Inspect the journal bearings for damage or excessive wear.

Replace journal bearings if scratched, warped, or excessively
worn. The polymer wear layer must be smooth and intact.
0.0076 mm
[0.00030 in]
convex max
3-36 3121631
SHAFT BEARINGS Assembly

Inspect bearings for excessive wear or contamination. Rotate
the bearings while feeling for uneven movement. Bearings 1. Install new O-ring (1) and piston seal (2) to the servo pis-
should spin smoothly and freely. Replace bearings that appear ton (3). Install the piston seal over the O-ring.
worn or do not rotate smoothly.
NOTE: Installing the piston seal stretches it, making it difficult to
install the servo piston in its bore. Allow 30 minutes for the
seal to relax after installation. To speed up seal relaxation,
compress the seal by installing the piston head into the
servo cavity in the end-cap and let it stand for at least five
minutes.
2
3
SHAFT
Inspect the motor shaft. Look for damage or excessive wear on
the output and block splines. Inspect the bearing surfaces and
sealing surface. Replace shafts with damaged or excessively
worn splines, bearing surfaces, or sealing surfaces.
1
SERVO PISTON AND MINIMUM ANGLE STOP
Inspect the minimum angle stop, servo piston head and servo
piston ball-socket for damage or excessive wear. Replace if
necessary.
3
1. O-ring
LOOP FLUSHING SPOOL
2. Piston Seal
Inspect the loop flushing spool. Check for cracks or damage.
3. Servo Piston
Replace if necessary.
Figure 3-31. Servo Piston
2. After piston seal has relaxed, lubricate and install servo

piston into the housing bore. Align the piston with the
ball socket facing the inside of the housing.
3121631 3-37
4. Turn the block over and install the retaining ring (8),
hold-down pins (9) and ball guide (10) to the cylinder
RISK OF PERSONAL INJURY: COMPRESSING THE BLOCK SPRING REQUIRES block.
ABOUT 80 TO 90 LBF (350 TO 400 N) OF FORCE. USE A PRESS SUFFICIENT TO 5. Install the pistons (11) to the slipper retainer (12). Install
MAINTAIN THIS FORCE WITH REASONABLE EFFORT. ENSURE THE SPRING IS the piston/retainer assembly into the cylinder block.
SECURE BEFORE ATTEMPTING TO INSTALL THE SPIRAL RETAINING RING. Ensure the concave surface of the retainer seats on the
RELEASE THE PRESSURE SLOWLY AFTER THE RETAINING RING IS INSTALLED. ball guide. If you're reusing the pistons, install them to
the original block bores. Lubricate the pistons, slippers,
3. Install the inner block spring washer (4), block spring (5) retainer and ball guide before assembly. Set the cylinder
and outer washer (6) into the cylinder block. Using a kit aside on a clean surface until needed.
press, compress the block spring enough to expose the
retaining ring groove. Wind the spiral retaining ring (7) 6. Install the journal bearings (13) into the housing seats.
into the groove in the cylinder block. Use assembly grease to keep the bearings seated during
assembly. Ensure the locating nubs drop into the cavi-
ties in the seats. If you're reusing the bearings, install
11 them in the original location and orientation. Lubricate
the journal bearings.
12
14
10 13
9
8
13
7 13. Journal Bearings

14. Swashplate
Figure 3-33. Swashplate and Journal Bearing
4. Block Spring Washer 9. Holddown Pins
5. Block Spring 10. Ball Guide 7. Install the swashplate (14) into the housing. Tilt the
6. Outer Washer 11. Piston swashplate and guide the servo lever ball into its socket
7. Spiral Retaining Ring 12. Slipper Retainer in the servo piston rod. Ensure the swashplate seats into
8. Retaining Ring the journal bearings and moves freely. Lubricate the
running surface of the swashplate.
Figure 3-32. Cylinder Kit Assembly
3-38 3121631
8. Press front shaft bearing (15) onto shaft (16). Press bear- 10. Verify swashplate and bearings are properly seated.
ing onto shaft with lettering facing out. Lubricate bear- Install the cylinder kit (19) onto the shaft. Install with the
ing rollers. Install snap-ring (17) onto shaft. slippers facing the swashplate. Rock the shaft to align
the block splines and slide the cylinder kit into place.
Orient the motor with the shaft pointing downward and
verify the cylinder kit, swashplate, journal bearings and
servo piston are all secure and properly installed.
19
15
16
19. Cylinder Kit
Figure 3-35. Cylinder Kit Installation
17
11. Lubricate and install the servo spring (20) and minimum
18 angle stop (21) into the housing bore.
15. Front Shaft Bearing

16. Shaft
17. Snap Ring
18. Snap Ring
21
Figure 3-34. Shaft and Front Bearing
9. While holding the swashplate in place, turn the housing 20

on its side. Install the install shaft/bearing assembly into
housing from the flange end. Install the snap-ring (18).
20. Servo Spring

21. Minimum Angle Stop
Figure 3-36. Servo Spring and Minimum Angle

Stop
3121631 3-39
12. Press the rear shaft bearing (22) into the end cap. Install 15. Install the end cap (25) onto the housing with the end
the bearing with letters facing out. Press until bearing capscrews (26). Check to ensure the end cap will prop-
surface is 0.08 ±0.01 in. (2 ±0.25 mm) above end cap sur- erly seat onto the housing without interference.
face. Improper assembly of the internal components may
prevent the end cap from seating properly. Ensure the
22 3 mm
23 [0.12 in]
O-rings seat properly when installing the end cap.
2 mm
[0.08 in]
26
8 mm
35-45 ft.lbs.
23 (47-61 Nm)
22
24
25
23
25. End Cap

22. Rear Shaft Bearing 26. Screw
23. Timing Pin
24. Valve Plate Figure 3-38. End Cap
Figure 3-37. Valve Plate and Rear Bearing 16. Using an 8 mm internal hex wrench, tighten the end
capscrews. Tighten the screws in opposite corners
13. Install timing pin (23) into its bore in the end cap. Install slowly and evenly to compress the servo spring and
the pin with its groove facing toward or away from the properly seat the end cap. Torque end capscrews 35-45
shaft. Press the pin until the end protrudes 0.12 ±0.01 in. ft. lbs. (47-61 Nm).
(3 ±0.25 mm) above end cap surface. 17. Before installing the shaft seal, ensure the shaft turns
14. Install the valve plate (24) onto the end cap. Install the smoothly with less than 120 in. lbs. (13.5 Nm) of force. If
valve plate with the yellow surface toward the cylinder the shaft does not turn smoothly within the specified
block. Align the slot in the valve plate with the timing maximum force, disassemble and check the unit.
pin. Apply a liberal coat of assembly grease to the end
cap side of the valve plate to keep it in place during
installation.
3-40 3121631
18. Cover shaft splines with an installation sleeve. Install a 19. Install remaining plugs and fittings to the housing. Refer
new shaft seal (27) with the cup side facing the motor. to the drawing below for wrench sizes and installation
Press seal into housing until it bottoms out. Press evenly torques.
to avoid binding and damaging the seal. Install seal sup-
port washer (28) and snap ring (29). 5/16 in 1/4 in
63 ft.lbs. 33 ft.lbs.
(85 Nm) (45 Nm)
29
28
27
9/16 in
125 ft.lbs.
(170 Nm)
27. Shaft Seal 3 mm

1.5 to 2.5 ft.lbs.
28. Seal Support Washer (2.03 to 3.39 Nm)
29. Snap Ring
Figure 3-39. Shaft Seal
1/4 in
33 ft.lbs.
(45 Nm)
5/16in
63 ft.lbs.
(85 Nm)
Figure 3-40. Plugs and Fittings Installation
3121631 3-41
20. Install orifice poppet (30). Initial Start-up Procedures

37 Follow this procedure when starting-up a new motor or when
36 installing a motor that has been removed.
39 33
41
34
30 11/16 in
40 27 ft.lbs.
(37 Nm) UNINTENDED MOVEMENT OF THE MACHINE OR MECHANISM MAY CAUSE
5/8 in INJURY TO THE TECHNICIAN OR BYSTANDERS. TO PROTECT AGAINST UNIN-
20 ft.lbs.
(27 Nm)
TENDED MOVEMENT, SECURE THE MACHINE OR DISABLE / DISCONNECT THE
MECHANISM WHILE SERVICING.
31
32 Prior to installing the motor, inspect for damage incurred dur-
35 ing shipping. Make certain all system components (reservoir,
38
hoses, valves, fittings, heat exchanger, etc.) are clean prior to
filling with fluid.
42
11/16 in
27 ft.lbs. 1. Fill the reservoir with recommended hydraulic fluid.
(37 Nm) Always filter fluid through a 10 micron filter when pour-
ing into the reservoir. Never reuse hydraulic fluid.
2. Fill the inlet line leading from the pump to the reservoir.
Check the inlet line for properly tightened fittings and
30. Orifice Poppet 34. Spring 37. O-ring 40. Plug be certain it is free of restrictions and air leaks.
31. Shift Spool 35. Spring 38. O-ring 41. Plug
3. Fill the pump and motor housing with clean hydraulic
32. Spring 36. Spring 39. O-ring 42. Plug
fluid. Pour filtered oil directly into the upper most case
33. Spring
drain port.
Figure 3-41. Loop Flushing Spool
4. To ensure the pump and motor stay filled with oil, install
case drain lines into the upper most case drain ports.
21. Install shift spool (31).
22. Install spring retaining washers onto springs (32 and 33). 5. Install a 0 to 500 psi (0 to 35 bar) gauge in the charge
23. Carefully install centering springs (34, 35 and 36). pressure gauge port of the pump to monitor system
pressure during start up.
24. Install new O-rings (37, 38 and 39).
25. Using a 5/8 in. wrench torque plug (40) to 20 ft. lbs. (27 NOTE: Follow recommendations in the vehicle / machine opera-
Nm). tor’s manual for prime mover start up procedures.
26. Using a 11/16 in. wrench, torque plugs (41 and 42) to 27
ft. lbs. (37 Nm). 6. While watching the pressure gauge, run the engine at
the lowest possible speed until system pressure builds
to normal levels (minimum 160 psi [11 bar]). Once sys-
tem pressure is established, increase to full operating
speed. If system pressure is not maintained, shut down
the prime mover, determine cause and take corrective
action.
7. Operate the hydraulic system for at least fifteen minutes

under light load conditions.
8. Check and adjust control settings as necessary after

installation.
9. Shut down the prime mover and remove the pressure

gauge. Replace plug at the charge pressure gauge port.
10. Check the fluid level in the reservoir; add clean filtered
fluid if necessary. The motor is now ready for operation.
3-42 3121631
3.10 SWING DRIVE Tightening and Torquing Bolts

If an air impact wrench is used to tighten bolts, extreme care
Roll, Leak And Brake Testing should be taken to ensure that the bolts are not tightened
beyond their specified torque.
Torque-Hub units should always be roll and leak tested before
disassembly and after assembly to make sure that the unit's The following steps describe how to tighten and torque bolts
gears, bearings and seals are working properly. The following or socket head capscrews in a bolt circle.
information briefly outlines what to look for when performing BOLT A
these tests.
NOTE: The brake must be released before performing the roll test.
This can be accomplished by either pressure testing using
the Brake Leak Test procedure below or by tightening the
12 bolts into the piston through the end plate (See Brake
Disassembly Procedure).
NOTE: Bolts must be removed while performing brake release test.
ROLL TEST
BOLT B
The purpose of the roll test is to determine if the unit's gears
are rotating freely and properly. You should be able to rotate
the gears in your unit by applying constant force to the roll
checker. If you feel more drag in the gears only at certain
points, then the gears are not rolling freely and should be
examined for improper installation or defects. Some gear
packages roll with more difficulty than others. Do not be con- 1. Tighten (but do not torque) bolt “A" until snug.
cerned if the gears in your unit seem to roll hard as long as 2. Go to the opposite side of the bolt circle and tighten
they roll with consistency. Release the pressure at the Brake bolt “B” until equally snug.
Housing (6) and remove the test fixtures.
3. Crisscross around the bolt circle and tighten remaining
bolts.
LEAK TEST (MAIN UNIT)
The purpose of a leak test is to make sure the unit is air tight. 4. Now use a torque wrench to apply the specified torque
You can tell if your unit has a leak if the pressure gauge read- to bolt “A”.
ing on your air checker starts to fall after the unit has been 5. Using the same sequence, crisscross around the bolt cir-
pressurized and allowed to equalize. Leaks will most likely cle and apply an equal torque to the remaining bolts.
occur at the pipe plugs, the main seal or wherever o-rings or
gaskets are located. The exact location of a leak can usually be
detected by brushing a soap and water solution around the
main seal and where the o-rings or gaskets meet on the exte-
rior of the unit, then checking for air bubbles. If a leak is
detected in a seal, o-ring or gasket, the part must be replaced
and the unit rechecked. Leak test at 10 psi (0.7 bar) for 20 min-
utes.
Brake Test
The brake test must be performed with the Motor removed

and the Brake Test Plate (T-214404) installed. Install the Hex
Bolts through Brake Test Plate and torque to 80 - 100 ft. lbs.
(108-135 Nm). Install Roll Checking Tool (T-212731) and apply
210 psi (14 bar) to the o-ring port in the side of the Brake
Housing. The roll checking fixture should roll freely. Increase
the pressure to 3000 psi (207 bar) and perform the Roll Test.
NOTE: Failure to perform this lest may result in damaged or inef-

fective brake parts.
3121631 3-43
Motor Control Valve Disassembly 4. Using a wrench, loosen jam nuts on Elbow Fittings (30)
and remove fittings from Brake (6) and Motor Control
NOTE: Refer to Figure 3-42. Valve (32).
5. Remove O-ring Plugs (23) from Motor Control Valve (32).
1. Place unit on bench with the motor end up.
6. Remove Motor Control Valve (32) from Motor (31) by
2. Remove O-ring Plug (1P) and drain the oil from the removing the four Bolts (21) and washers (22).
gearbox.
3. Remove Hydraulic Tubing Assembly (35) by loosening

fittings on both ends of tube with a wrench.
32
31
23
22
21
6
1P
35
1P. O-ring Plug 30. Elbow Fitting

6. Hydraulic Brake 31. Hydraulic Motor
21. Hex Bolt 32. Motor Control Valve
22. Lockwasher 35. Hydraulic Tubing
23. Plug
Figure 3-42. Motor Control Valve
3-44 3121631
Motor and Brake Disassembly 4. Remove the Springs (8L) from the piston.
5. Apply less than 50 psi (3.45 bar) air to the “brake port” to
remove Brake Piston (8A).
1. With unit resting on bench with Motor (31) end up,
loosen Hex Bolts (29) and remove Lift Lugs (28) from the
Motor (31). THE PISTON MAY MOVE QUICKLY. EYE PROTECTION SHOULD BE WORN DUR-
ING THIS PROCEDURE.
2. Pull Motor (31) straight up and remove Motor (31) from
Brake Housing (6).
6. Remove Rotors (8J) and Stators (8K) from Brake Housing
3. Remove O-ring (26) from between Motor (31) and Brake (6).
Housing (6).
6
8K
8J 8K
8J 8K
8J
8K 8J
8K
8A 28
8L 29
26
31
6. Brake Housing 26. O-ring

8A. Brake Piston 28. Lift Lug
8L. Spring 29. Hex Bolt
8J. Rotors 31. Motor
8K. Stator
Figure 3-43. Motor and Brake
3121631 3-45
Main Drive Disassembly 5. Remove Thrust Washer (11) from between Brake Hous-
ing (6) and Carrier Subassembly.
NOTE: Refer to Figure 3-44. 6. Remove Ring Gear (4) from Housing (1G).
1. Remove Sun Gear (8) with Retaining Ring (44) inside. 7. Remove O-ring (5) from between Ring Gear (4) and
Housing (1G).
2. With the unit resting on the Output Shaft (Pinion) (1A),
remove the Bolts (12) from the Brake Housing (6). 8. Remove Carrier Sub-Assembly.
3. Remove the Brake Housing (6) from the main assembly. 9. Remove Thrust Washer (11) from between Carrier Sub-
Assembly and Internal Gear (2).
4. Remove O-ring (5A) from between Brake Housing (6)
and Ring Gear (4). 10. Remove Internal Gear (2).
1A
13
Carrier
Subassembly
11
5
5A
6
1G Hub-Shaft 20
2
Subassembly
3F
44
4 11
8
12
1A. Output Shaft (Pinion) 5. O-ring 12. Bolt

1G. Housing 5A. O-ring 13. Dowel Pin
2. Internal Gear 6. Brake Housing 20. Pipe Plug
3F. Carrier subassembly 8. Sun Gear 44. Ring
4. Ring Gear 11. Thrust Washer
Figure 3-44. Main Drive Assembly
3-46 3121631
Hub-Shaft Disassembly NOTE: The Lip Seal (1B) will be pressed out of the Housing (1G) by
the Bearing Cone (1D) during this step.
4. Remove the Bearing Cone (1E) from the Housing (1G).
1. Using retaining ring pliers remove Retaining Ring (1I)
5. Use a bearing puller to remove the Bearing Cone (1D)
from groove in Output Shaft (1A) and discard.
from the Shaft (1A).
6. Bearing Cups (1C & 1F) will remain in Housing (1G).
EYE PROTECTION SHOULD BE WORN DURING THIS PROCEDURE.
2. Remove Thrust Washer (1H). NOTE: If bearing replacement is necessary, the Bearing Cups (1C &
1F) can be removed with a slide hammer puller or driven
3. While supporting the Housing (1G) on the Output Shaft out with a punch.
(1A) end, press the Output Shaft (1A) out of the Housing
(1G).
1B
1C
1F
1A 1H
1D
1G
1E
1I
1A. Output Shaft 1F. Bearing Cup

1B. Lip Seal 1G. Housing
1C. Bearing Cup 1H. Thrust Washer
1D. Bearing Cone 1I. Retaining Ring
1E. Bearing Cone
Figure 3-45. Hub-Shaft
3121631 3-47
Carrier Disassembly 2. Remove the Planet Shaft (3E) from the Carrier (3A). Use a
small punch to remove the Roll Pin (3D) from the Planet
Shaft (3E).
3. Slide the Planet Gear (3F), the two Thrust Washers (3B)
1. Using a 3/16 in. punch drive the Roll Pin (3G) which out of the Carrier (3A).
holds the Planet Shaft (3E) in the Carrier (3A) down into 4. Remove both rows of Needle Bearings (3C) and the
the Planet Shaft (3E) until it bottoms. Spacer (3D) from the bore of the Planet Gear (3F).
NOTE: Make sure that the Roll Pin has bottomed. Otherwise, dam- 5. Repeat Steps 1 thru 4 for the remaining two Cluster
age to the carrier could occur when the Planet Shaft is Gears (3F).
removed.
3B 3F 3G
3C
3D
3C 3B
3E
3A
3A. Carrier 3E. Planet Shaft

3B. Thrust Washers 3F. Cluster Gear
3C. Needle Bearing 3G. Roll Pin
3D. Spacer
Figure 3-46. Carrier
3-48 3121631
Hub-Shaft Assembly Carrier Assembly

NOTE: Refer to Figure 3-45. NOTE: Refer to Figure 3-46.
1. Press Bearing Cup (1C) into Housing (1G) taking care to 13. Apply a liberal Coat of grease to the bore of Cluster Gear
ensure cup starts square with the bore of Hub (1G). (3F). This will enable the Needle Rollers (3C) to be held in
place during assembly.
2. Place Bearing Cone (1D) in Bearing Cup (1C) in Housing
(1G). 14. Install the first row of Needle Rollers (3C) into the bore of
Cluster Gear (3F).
3. Press or tap Seal (1B) Into the counterbore of Housing
(1G) to the point where it becomes flush with the Hous- 15. Insert Spacer (3D) into bore of Cluster Gear (3F) on top of
ing (1G) face. Care should be taken to ensure Seal (1B) is the Needle Rollers (3C).
being correctly installed (smooth face up). Apply grease
16. Place second row of Needle Rollers (3C) into bore of
to the rubber portion of the seal bore.
Cluster Gear (3F) against Spacer (3D).
4. Invert Hub (1G) and press Bearing Cup (1E) into counter-
17. Place Carrier (3A) so that one of the roll pin holes is
bore of Housing (1G).
straight up.
5. Carefully lower Housing (1G) onto the Output Shaft (1A)
18. Start Planet Shaft (3E) through the hole in Carrier (3A).
until Bearing Cone (1D) contacts the Output Shaft (1A).
Using ample grease to hold it in position, slide one
6. Press on the small end of the Bearing Cone (1D), being Thrust Washer (3B) over the Planet Shaft (3E) with the
careful not to contact the bearing cage, until the Bearing tang resting in the cast slot of the Carrier (3A).
Cone (1D) seats on the shoulder of the Output Shaft
19. With large end of Cluster Gear (3F) facing the roll pin
(1A).
hole in the Carrier, place the Cluster Gear into position in
7. Start the Bearing Cone (1F) onto the Output Shaft (1A). carrier (3A) and push Planet Shaft (3E) through the Clus-
ter Gear (3F) without going all the way through.
8. Press or tap the Bearing Cone (1F) onto the Output Shaft
(1A) until it is just seated in the Bearing Cup (1E). while 20. Slide the second Thrust Washer (3B) between the Cluster
rotating the Housing (G). Gear (3F) and the Carrier (3A) with the tang of the
washer located in the cast slot of the Carrier (3A). Finish
9. Install Bearing Spacer (1H) onto Output Shaft (1A) and
sliding the Planet Shaft (3E) through the Thrust Washer
against Bearing Cone (1F).
(3B) and into the Carrier (3A).
10. Install Retaining Ring (1I) into the groove in the Output
21. Position the non-chamfered side on the Planet Shaft (3E)
Shaft (1A). This Retaining Ring (1I) should never be
roll pin hole so that it is in line with the hole in the Car-
reused in a repair or rebuild.
rier (3A) using a 1/8 in. (3 mm) diameter punch.
22. After using a 3/16 in. (5 mm) punch to align the two roll
pin holes. Drive the Roll Pin (3G) through Carrier (3A)
EYE PROTECTION SHOULD BE WORN DURING THIS PROCEDURE.
and into the Planet Shaft (3E) until the Roll Pin (3G) is
11. Tap the Retaining Ring (1I) with a soft metal punch to flush with the bottom of the cast slot in the Carrier (3A)
ensure that the Retaining Ring (1I) is completely seated outside diameter at the thrust washer (3B) tang. Use a 1/
in the groove of the Output Shaft (IA). 4” (6 mm) pin punch to make sure the Roll Pin (3G) is
flush in the slot.
23. Repeat Steps 1 through 10 for the remaining two Cluster
EYE PROTECTION SHOULD BE WORN DURING THIS PROCEDURE. Gears (3F).
12. Install O-ring Plug (1P) and torque to 23 to 24 ft. lbs. (31
to 32 Nm).
3121631 3-49
Main Drive Assembly NOTE: If gears do not mesh easily or Carrier Assembly does not
rotate freely, then remove the Carrier and Ring Gear and
NOTE: Refer to Figure 3-44. check the Cluster Gear timing.
24. With the Hub Shaft Sub-Assembly resting on the Shaft 32. Install Thrust Washer (11) into the counter-bore on the
(1A) install Internal Gear (2). The spline of the Internal face of the carrier. Use grease to hold in place.
Gear (2) bore will mesh with the spline of the Output
33. Place O-ring (5A) into counter-bore or Brake Housing (6).
Shaft (1A). This will be a tight fit.
Use grease to hold O-Ring in place.
25. Inspect the location of the Internal Gear (2) on the Out-
put Shaft (1A). The portion of the Output Shaft (1A)
should protrude through the Internal Gear (2) bore.
BEWARE OF SHARP EDGES OF THE COUNTER-BORE WHILE SEATING THIS O-
26. Install 4 Dowel Pins (13) into counterbore holes in Hub RING.
(IG).
34. Install the Brake Housing (6), taking care to correctly
27. Install Thrust Washer (11) in counterbore of Carrier Sub- align Pipe Plug (20) with those in the Hub (I G).
Assembly (Small Cluster-Gear end) Use grease to hold in
place. 35. Install Bolts (12) through the Brake Housing (6) into the
Hub (1G) and torque to 23-27 ft. lbs. (31-37 Nm).
28. Place O-ring (5) into Hub counter-bore. Use grease to
hold O-ring in place. 36. With gearbox standing on the pinion end fill gearbox
with 43 oz. of ISO VG150/VG220 gear oil.
37. Install Retaining Ring (44) into the groove in the Sun
BEWARE OF SHARP EDGES OF THE COUNTERBORE WHILE SEATING THIS Gear (8).
ORING.
38. Install the Sun Gear (8) into mesh with the Planet Gears
29. Place Carrier Sub-Assembly on bench with the large end (3F).
of Cluster Gears (3F) facing up with one at the 12 o'clock
39. Install Pipe Plug (20) into Cover (6) torque to 23-24 ft. lbs.
position. Find the punch marked tooth on each gear at
(31-32 Nm).
the large end and locate at 12 o'clock (straight up) from
each planet pin. Marked tooth will be located just under
the Carrier on upper two gears. Check the timing
through the slots in the carrier (See Carrier Sub-Assem-
bly).
30. With large shoulder side of Ring Gear (4) facing down,
place Ring Gear (4) over (into mesh with) cluster gears
(3F). Be sure that cluster gear timing marks (punch
marks) remain in correct location during Ring Gear (4)
installation. The side of the Ring Gear (4) with an "X" or
punch mark stamped on it should be up.
31. While holding Ring Gear (4) and Cluster Gears (3F) in
mesh, place small end of Cluster Gears (3F) into mesh
with the Internal Gear (2). On the Ring Gear (4) locate
the hole marked "X", or punch marked, over one of the
marked counter-bored holes (Step 5) in Hub (1G). Check
timing through the slots in the carrier. Rotate carrier in
assembly to check for freedom of rotation.
3-50 3121631
Motor and Brake Assembly Motor Control Valve Assembly

NOTE: Refer to Figure 3-43. NOTE: Refer to Figure 3-42.
1. Alternate Stators (8K) (O.D. lobes) with Rotors (8J) (I.D. 1. Lay assembly down with motor ports facing up. Remove
splines) into bore of Brake Housing (6). starting with a the two plastic plugs in the motor ports, being careful
Stator (8K) and ending with a Stator (8K). not to lose the O-ring in each port. Assemble the Motor
control Valve (32) onto the Motor (31) with Bolt (21) and
2. Grease the O-rings (8F) & (8D) and backup rings (8H) &
Lock Washers (22). Torque Bolts (21) to 23-27 ft. lbs. (31-
(8E). and place them in their respective grooves in the
37 Nm).
Brake Housing (6) and Piston (8A). Make sure the backup
rings are correctly positioned. NOTE: Be sure to align the holes in the control valve with the
motor ports.
3. Apply grease sparingly to the Piston O.D. (8A) and the
bore of the Brake Housing (6). Insert Piston (8A) into
2. Install Elbow Fittings (30) into Brake (6). Do not tighten
Brake Housing (6) be sure not to damage the O-rings.
jam nuts.
4. Install Springs (8L) into the spring pockets of the Piston
3. Install Elbow Fittings (30) into Motor Control Valve (32).
(8A).
Do not tighten jam nuts.
5. Test the brake and perform the roll test. Remove the
4. Assemble Tube (35) into Elbow Fittings (30) and torque
Brake Test Plate.
to 13-15 ft. lbs (18-20 Nm). Tighten the jam nuts on the
6. Install the O-ring (26) onto the pilot of the Motor (31), Elbow Fittings (30) and torque to 13-15 ft. lbs. (18-20
use grease to keep the O-ring in place. Nm).
7. Place Motor (31) into Brake pilot and line up holes. 5. Install one O-ring Plug (23) into Motor Control Valve (32)
and torque to 30-31 ft. lbs. (41-42 Nm).
8. Assemble Lift Lugs (28) onto Hex Bolts (29). Assemble
Hex Bolts (29) with Lift Lugs (28) through the Motor (31) 6. Pressure test brake, tube and control valve connections
and Brake (6) against Motor flange. Torque to 80-100 ft. by applying 3000 psi (207 bar) pressure to the open port
lbs. (108-136 Nm). in the Motor Control Valve (32) and holding for 1 minute.
Check for leaks at the control-valve-motor interface and
the tube connections. Release pressure and install the
remaining O-ring Plug (23) into Motor Control Valve (32)
and torque to 30-31 ft. lbs. (41-42 Nm).
3121631 3-51
1. Housing 1G. Retaining Ring 3C. Needle Bearing 5. O-ring 11. Dowel Pin
1A. Output Shaft 1H. Pipe Plug 3D. Thrust Washer 6 O-Ring 12. Pipe Plug
1B. Lip Seal 2. Internal Gear 3E. Planet Shaft 7. Brake Housing 16. ID Plate
1C. Bearing 3. Carrier Assembly 3F. Cluster Gear 8. Sun Gear 17. Screw Drive
1D. Bearing 3A. Carrier 3G. Rollpin 9. Thrust washer 25. Internal Retaining Ring
1E. Housing 3B. Tanged Washer 4. Ring Gear 10. Bolt
1F. Thrust Washer
Figure 3-47. Swing Drive Assembly
3-52 3121631
18
1001101060 A
8A. Piston 8H. Spring 21. Elbow 32. Ring 40. Thrust Bearing
8B. 0-Ring 13. Thrust Washer 24. Tube 33. Manifold 41. Inner Seal
8C. Backup Ring 14. Lock washer 26. O-ring 34. Rotor Set 43. Backup Washer
8D. O-Ring 15. Pipe Plug 27. Bolt 35. Wear Plate 43. Housing
8E. Backup Ring 18. 0-Ring 28. End Cover 36. Drive Link 44. Backup Washer
8F. Rotor Disc 19. Lifting lug 29. Commutator Seal 37. Coupling Shaft 45. Seal
8G. Stator Disc 20. Bolt 30. Ring Seal 38. Inner Bearing 46. Washer
31. Commutator and Ring Assy 39. Thrust Washer
Figure 3-48. Swing Motor and Brake Assembly
3121631 3-53
3.11 SWING MOTOR

Disassembly and inspection
1. Place the Torqmotor™ in a soft jawed vice, with coupling
shaft (12) pointed down and the vise jaws clamping
firmly on the sides of the housing (18) mounting flange
or port bosses. Remove manifold port O-Rings (18A) if
applicable.
3. Remove the five, six, or seven special ring head bolts (1)
using an appropriate 1/2 or 9/16 inch size socket.
Inspect bolts for damaged threads, or sealing rings,
under the bolt head. Replace damaged bolts.
IF THE TORQMOTOR™ IS NOT FIRMLY HELD IN THE VISE, IT COULD BE DIS-

LODGED DURINGTHE SERVICE PROCEDURES, CAUSING INJURY.
2. Scribe an alignment mark down and across the Torqmo-
tor™ components from end cover (2) to housing (18) to
facilitate reassembly orientation where required. Loosen
two shuttle or relief valve plugs (21) for disassembly
later if included in end cover. 3/16 or 3/8 inch Allen
wrench or 1 inch hex socket required.
4. Remove end cover assembly (2) and seal ring (4). Discard
seal ring.
NOTE: Refer to the appropriate “alternate cover construction” on

the exploded view to determine the end cover construction
being serviced.
3-54 3121631
1. Special Bolts 8. Rotor Set 12. Coupling Shaft 18A. O-Ring

2. End Cover 8A. Rotor 13. Bearing/Bushing, Inner 19. Bearing/Bushing, Outer
3. Seal Ring-Commutator 8B. Stator or Stator Vane 14. Thrust Washer 20. Dirt & Water Seal
4. Seal Ring 8D. Stator Half 15. Thrust Bearing 21. Plug
5. Commutator Ring 9. Wear Plate 16. Seal
6. Commutator Ring 10. Drive Link 17. Backup Washer
7. Manifold 11. Not Used 18. Housing
Figure 3-49. Swing Drive Motor
3121631 3-55
5. If the end cover (2) is equipped with shuttle valve com- inspection of end cover, commutator, manifold and rotor
ponents, remove the two previously loosened plugs set.
(21).
7. Remove commutator ring (6). Inspect commutator ring
for cracks, or burrs.
BE READY TO CATCH THE SHUTTLE VALVE OR RELIEF VALVE COMPONENTS

THAT WILL FALL OUT OF THE END COVER VALVE CAVITY WHEN THE PLUGS ARE 8. Remove commutator (5) and seal ring (3) Remove seal
REMOVED. ring from commutator, using an air hose to blow air into
ring groove until seal ring is lifted out and discard seal
NOTE: O- ring is not included in seal kit but serviced separately, if ring. Inspect commutator for cracks or burrs, wear, scor-
required. ing, spalling or brinelling. If any of these conditions exist,
replace commutator and commutator ring as a matched
set.
NOTE: The insert and if included the orifice plug in the end cover
(2) must not be removed as they are serviced as an integral
part of the end cover.
6. Thoroughly wash end cover (2) in proper solvent and

blow dry. Be sure the end cover valve apertures, includ-
ing the internal orifice plug, are free of contamination.
Inspect end cover for cracks and the bolt head recesses
for good bolt head sealing surfaces. Replace end cover
as necessary.
NOTE: A polished pattern (not scratches) on the cover from rota-

tion of the commutator (5) is normal. Discoloration would
indicate excess fluid temperature, thermal shock, or excess
speed and require system investigation for cause and close
3-56 3121631
9. Remove manifold (7) and inspect for cracks surface scor- NOTE: The rotor set (8) components may become disassembled
ing, brinelling or spalling. Replace manifold if any of during service procedures. Marking the surface of the rotor
these conditions exist. A polished pattern on the ground and stator that is facing UP, with etching ink or grease pen-
surface from commutator or rotor rotation is normal. cil before removal from Torqmotor™ will ensure correct
Remove and discard the seal rings (4) that are on both reassembly of rotor into stator and rotor set intoTorqmo-
sides of the manifold. tor™. Marking all rotor components and mating spline
components for exact repositioning at assembly will
ensure maximum wear life and performance of rotor set
and Torqmotor™.
NOTE: The manifold is constructed of plates bonded together to

form an integral component not subject to further disas-
sembly for service. Compare configuration of both sides oft
hem an if old to ensure that same surface is reassembled
against the rotor set. NOTE: Series TG and TH may have a rotor set with two stator
halves (8B & 8D) with a seal ring (4) between them and two
sets of seven vanes (8C & 8E). Discard seal ring only if stator
10. Remove rotor set (8) and warplane (9), together to retain halves become disassembled during the service proce-
the rotor set in its assembled form, maintaining the dures.
same rotor vane (8C) to stator (8B) contact surfaces. The
drive link (10) may come away from the coupling shaft
NOTE: A polished pattern on the wear plate from rotor rotation is
(12) with the rotor set and wear plate.You may have to
normal.
shift the rotor set on the warplane to work the drive link
out of the rotor (8A) and warplane. Inspect the rotor set
in its assembled form for nicks, scoring, or spalling on 11. Place rotor set (8) and wear plate (9) on a flat surface and
any surface and for broken or worn splines. If the rotor center rotor (8A) in stator (8B) such that two rotor lobes
set component requires replacement, the complete (180 degrees apart) and a roller vane (8C) centerline are
on the same stator centerline. Check the rotor lobe to
rotor set must be replaced as it is a matched set. Inspect
roller vane clearance with a feeler gage at this common
the warplane for cracks, brinelling, or scoring. Discard
centerline. If there is more than 0.005 inches (0.13 mm)
seal ring (4) that is between the rotor set and wear plate.
of clearance, replace rotor set.
3121631 3-57
NOTE: If rotor set (8) has two stator halves (8B & 8D) and two sets 14. Check exposed portion of coupling shaft (12) to be sure
of seven vanes (8C & 8E) as shown in the alternate con- you have removed all signs of rust and corrosion which
struction TG rotor set assembly view, check the rotor lobe might prevent its withdrawal through the seal and bear-
to roller vane clearance at both ends of rotor. ing. Crocus cloth or fine emery paper may be used.
Remove any key (12A), nut (12B), washer (12C), bolt
12. Remove drive link (10) from coupling shaft (12) if it was (12D), lock washer (12E), or retaining ring (12F).
not removed with rotor set and wear plate. Inspect drive
link for cracks and worn or damaged splines. No percep-
tible lash (play) should be noted between mating spline
parts. Remove and discard seal ring (4) from housing
(18).
15. Remove coupling shaft (12), by pushing on the output

end of shaft. Inspect coupling shaft bearing and seal sur-
faces for spalling, nicks, grooves, severe wear or corro-
sion and discoloration. Inspect for damaged or worn
internal and external splines or keyway. Replace cou-
pling shaft if any of these conditions exist.
13. Remove thrust bearing (11) from top of coupling shaft
(12). Inspect for wear, brinelling, corrosion and a full
complement of retained rollers.
Inspection Areas
3-58 3121631
NOTE: Minor shaft wear in seal area is permissible. If wear exceeds 19. Remove housing (18) from vise, invert it and remove and
0.020 inches (0.51 mm) diametrically, replace coupling discard seal
shaft.
20. A blind hole bearing or seal puller is required.
NOTE: A slight “polish” is permissible in the shaft bearing areas.
Anything more would require coupling shaft replacement.
16. Remove and discard seal ring (4) from housing (18).
17. Remove thrust bearing (15) and thrust washer (14)
Inspect for wear, brinelling, corrosion and a full comple-
ment of retained rollers.
21. Inspect housing (18) assembly for cracks, the machined

surfaces for nicks, burrs, brinelling or corrosion. Remove
burrs that can be removed without changing dimen-
sional characteristics. Inspect tapped holes for thread
damage. If the housing is defective in these areas, dis-
card the housing assembly.
18. Remove seal (16) and backup washer (17) from Small
Frame, housing (18). Discard both.
3121631 3-59
22. If the housing (18) assembly has passed inspection to NOTE: The depth or location of bearing/bushing (13) in relation to
this point, inspect the housing bearings/bushings (19) the housing wear plate surface and the depth or location
and (13) and if they are captured in the housing cavity of bearing/bushing (19) in relation to the beginning of
the two thrust washers (14) and thrust bearing (15). The bearing/bushing counterbore should be measured and
bearing rollers must be firmly retained in the bearing noted before removing the bearings/ bushings. This will
cages, but must rotate and orbit freely. All rollers and facilitate the correct reassembly of new bearings/bushings.
thrust washers must be free of brinelling and corrosion.
The bushing (19) or (13) to coupling shaft diameter
clearance must not exceed 0.010 inch (0.025 mm). A
bearing, bushing, or thrust washer that does not pass
inspection must be replaced. If the housing has passed
this inspection the disassembly of the Torqmotor™ is
completed.
23. If the bearings, bushing or thrust washers must be

replaced use a suitable size bearing puller to remove
bearing/bushings (19) and (13) from housing (18) with-
out damaging the housing. Remove thrust washers (14)
and thrust bearing (15) if they were previously retained
in the housing by bearing (13).
3-60 3121631
Assembly
Replace all seals and seal rings with new ones each time you
reassemble the Torqmotor™ unit. Lubricate all seals and seal
rings with SAE 10W40 oil or clean grease before assembly.
NOTE: Individual seals and seal rings as well as a complete seal kit
are available. The parts should be available through most
OEM parts distributors or Parker approved Torqmotor™
distributors. (Contact your local dealer for availability).
NOTE: Unless otherwise indicated, do not oil or grease parts

before assembly.
Wash all parts in clean petroleum-based solvents before

assembly. Blow them dry with compressed air. Remove any
paint chips from mating surfaces of the end cover, commuta-
tor set, manifold rotor set, wear plate and housing and from
port and sealing areas. NOTE: Bearing mandrel must be pressed against the lettered end
of bearing shell. Take care that the housing bore is square
with the press base and the bearing/bushing is not cocked
when pressing a bearing/bushing into the housing.
SINCE THEY ARE FLAMMABLE, BE EXTREMELY CAREFUL WHEN USING ANY
SOLVENT. EVEN A SMALL EXPLOSION OR FIRE COULD CAUSE INJURY OR
DEATH.
IF THE BEARING MANDREL SPECIFIED IN THE “TOOLS AND MATERIALS
REQUIRED FOR SERVICING” SECTION IS NOT AVAILABLE AND ALTERNATE
METHODS ARE USED TO PRESS IN BEARING/BUSHING (13) AND (19) THE
BEARING/BUSHING DEPTHS SPECIFIED MUST BE ACHIEVED TO ENSURE ADE-
WEAR EYE PROTECTION AND BE SURE TO COMPLY WITH OSHA OR OTHER MAX- QUATE BEARING SUPPORT AND CORRECT RELATIONSHIP TO ADJACENT COM-
IMUM AIR PRESSURE REQUIREMENTS. PONENTS WHEN ASSEMBLED.
1. If the housing (18) bearing components were removed
for replacement, thoroughly coat and pack a new outer
bearing/bushing (19) with clean corrosion resistant
grease recommended in the material section. Press the BECAUSE THE BEARING/BUSHINGS (13) AND (19) HAVE A PRESS FIT INTO THE
new bearing/bushing into the counterbore at the HOUSING THEY MUST BE DISCARDED WHEN REMOVED. THEY MUST NOT BE
mounting flange end of the housing, using the appro- REUSED.
priate sized bearing mandrel, which will control the
bearing/ bushing depth.
Torqmotor™ housings require the use of bearing man-
drel to press bearing/ bushing (19) into the housing to a
required depth of 0.151/0.161 inches (3.84/4.09 mm)
from the end of the bearing counterbore.
3121631 3-61
2. The Torqmotor™ inner housing bearing/bushing (13)

can now be pressed into its counterbore in housing (18)
flush to 0.03 inch (.76 mm) below the housing wear
plate contact face. Use the opposite end of the bearing
mandrel that was used to press in the outer bearing/
bushing (19).
3. Press a new dirt and water seal (20) into the housing (18)
outer bearing counterbore.
The Torqmotor™ dirt and water seal (20) must be
pressed in until its flange is flush against the housing.
3-62 3121631
4. Place housing (18) assembly into a soft jawed vise with

the coupling shaft bore down, clamping against the
mounting flange. ORIGINAL DESIGN LARGE FRAME, TF & TG TORQMOTORS™ THAT DO NOT HAVE
BACKUP WASHER (25) WHEN DISASSEMBLED MUST BE ASSEMBLED WITH A
NEW BACKUP WASHER (17), NEW BACKUP WASHER (25) AND NEW SEAL (16).
6. Assemble thrust washer (14) then thrust bearing (15)

that was removed from the Torqmotor™.
5. On the Torqmotor™ assemble a new backup washer (17)

and new seal (16) with the seal lip facing toward the
inside of Torqmotor™, into their respective counterbores
in housing (18) if they were not assembled in procedure
2.
NOTE: Torqmotors™ require one thrust washer (14) with thrust
bearing (15). The coupling shaft will be seated directly
against the thrust.
7. Apply masking tape around splines or keyway on shaft

(12) to prevent damage to seal.
3121631 3-63
8. Be sure that a generous amount of clean corrosion resis-

tant grease has been applied to the lower (outer) hous-
ing bearing/bushing (19). Install the coupling shaft (12)
into housing (18), seating it against the thrust bearing
(15) in the housings.
9. Apply a small amount of clean grease to a new seal ring

(4) and insert it into the housing (18) seal ring groove.
THE OUTER BEARING (19) IS NOT LUBRICATED BY THE SYSTEM’S HYDRAULIC

FLUID. BE SURE IT IS THOROUGHLY PACKED WITH THE RECOMMENDED
GREASE, PARKER GEAR GREASE SPECIFICATION #045236, E/M LUBRICANT #K-
70M.
NOTE: Mobil Mobilith SHC ® 460.
NOTE: A 102Tube (P/N 406010) is included in each seal kit.
NOTE: The coupling shaft (12) will be flush or just below the hous-
ing wear plate surface on Torqmotors™ when properly
seated. The coupling shaft must rotate smoothly on the NOTE: One or two alignment studs screwed finger tight into hous-
thrust bearing package. ing (18) bolt holes, approximately 180 degrees apart, will
facilitate the assembly and alignment of components as
required in the following procedures. The studs can be
made by cutting off the heads of either 3/8-24 UNF 2A or 5/
16-24 UNF 2A bolts as required that are over 0.5 inch (12.7
mm) longer than the bolts (1) used in the Torqmotor™.
3-64 3121631
10. Install drive link (10) the long splined end down into the 12. Apply a small amount of clean grease to a new seal ring
coupling shaft (12) and engage the drive link splines (4) and assemble it into the seal ring groove on the wear
into mesh with the coupling shaft splines. plate side of the rotor set stator (8B).
13. Install the assembled rotor set (8) onto wear plate (9)
NOTE: Use any alignment marks put on the coupling shaft and
with rotor (8A) counterbore and seal ring side down and
drive link before disassembly to assemble the drive link
the splines into mesh with the drive link splines.
splines in their original position in the mating coupling
shaft splines.
11. Assemble wear plate (9) over the drive link (10) and
alignment studs onto the housing (18).
NOTE: It may be necessary to turn one alignment stud out of the

housing (18) temporarily to assemble rotor set (8) or mani-
fold (7) over the drive link.
NOTE: If necessary, go to the appropriate, “Rotor Set Component

Assembly Procedure.”
NOTE: The rotor set rotor counterbore side must be down against
wear plate for drive link clearance and to maintain the
original rotor-drive link spline contact. A rotor set without
a counterbore and that was not etched before disassembly
can be reinstalled using the drive link spline pattern on the
rotor splines if apparent, to determine which side was
down. The rotor set seal ring groove faces toward the wear
plate (9).
3121631 3-65
14. Apply clean grease to a new seal ring (4) and assemble it 16. Apply grease to a new seal ring (4) and insert it in the
in the seal ring groove in the rotor set contact side of seal ring groove exposed on the manifold.
manifold (7).
17. Assemble the commutator ring (6) over alignment studs

onto the manifold.
NOTE: The manifold (7) is made up of several plates bonded
together permanently to form an integral component. The
manifold surface that must contact the rotor set has it’s
series of irregular shaped cavities on the largest circumfer-
ence or circle around the inside diameter. The polished
impression left on the manifold by the rotor set is another
indication of which surface must contact the rotor set.
15. Assemble the manifold (7) over the alignment studs and
drive link (10) and onto the rotor set. Be sure the correct
manifold surface is against the rotor set.
18. Assemble a new seal ring (3) flat side up, into commuta-
tor (5) and assemble commutator over the end of drive
link (10) onto manifold (7) with seal ring side up.
3-66 3121631
19. Assemble a new seal ring (4) into end cover (2) and
assemble end cover over the alignment studs and onto
the commutator set. If the end cover has only 5 bolt
holes be sure the cover holes are aligned with the 5
threaded holes in housing (18). The correct 5 bolt end
cover bolt hole relationship to housing port bosses.
3121631 3-67
20. Assemble the 5 or 7 special bolts (1) and screw in finger NOTE: The special bolts required for use with the relief or shuttle
tight. Remove and replace the two alignment studs with valve (24) end cover assembly (2) are longer than the bolts
bolts after the other bolts are in place. Alternately and required with standard and cover assembly. Refer to the
progressively tighten the bolts to pull the end cover and individual service parts lists or parts list charts for correct
other components into place with a final torque of 50-55 service part number if replacement is required.
ft. lbs. (68-75 Nm) for the seven 3/8-24 threaded bolts.
21. Torque the two shuttle valve plug assemblies (21) in end
cover assembly to 9-12 ft. lbs. (12-16 Nm) if cover is so
equipped.
Torque the two relief valve plug assemblies (21) in end
cover assembly to 45-55 ft. lbs. (61-75 Nm) if cover is so
equipped.
Thrust
Washers Housing
Steel
Washer
Seal
Thrust Backup
Bearing Washer
Not To Scale
Shaft
3-68 3121631
One Piece Stator Construction 4. Assemble six vanes (8C), or as many vanes that will read-
ily assemble into the stator vane pockets.
A disassembled rotor (8A) stator (8B) and vanes (8C) that can-
not be readily assembled by hand can be assembled by the
following procedures.
1. Place stator (8B) onto wear plate (9) with seal ring (4)
side down, after following Torqmotor™ assembly proce-
dures 1 through 13. Be sure the seal ring is in place.
EXCESSIVE FORCE USED TO PUSH THE ROTOR VANES INTO PLACE COULD
SHEAR OFF THE COATING APPLIED TO THE STATOR VANE POCKETS.
5. Grasp the output end of coupling shaft (12) with locking

pliers or other appropriate turning device and rotate
coupling shaft, drive link and rotor to seat the rotor and
2. If assembly alignment studs are not being utilized, align the assembled vanes (8C) into stator (8B), creating the
stator bolt holes with wear plate and housing bolt holes necessary clearance to assemble the seventh or full
and turn two bolts (1) finger tight into bolt holes complement of seven vanes. Assemble the seven vanes
approximately 180 degrees apart to retain stator and using minimum force.
wear plate stationary.
3. Assemble the rotor (8A), counterbore down if applica-
ble, into stator (8B) and onto wear plate (9) with rotor
splines into mesh with drive link (10) splines.
6. Remove the two assembled bolts (1) if used to retain sta-

NOTE: If the manifold side of the rotor was etched during Torqmo- tor and wear plate.
tor disassembly, this side should be up. If the rotor is not
etched and does not have a counterbore, use the drive link
spline contact pattern apparent on the rotor splines to
determine the rotor side that must be against the wear
plate.
3121631 3-69
3.12 Procedure For Setting Swing Gear Backlash 4. Remove turntable lock pin.
5. Apply JLG Threadlocker P/N 0100019 and pre-torque
Ensure mounting plate and turntable base plate are clean and
swing drive mounting bolts to 30 ft. lbs. (42 Nm).
painted with a uniform coating of minimum thickness (no
runs, drips, etc.).
Set backlash to 0.008 to 0.012 in. (0.203 - 0.304 mm) using the
following procedure:
1. Place the machine on firm, level ground.
2. Place shim (JLG #4071009) between pinion and bearing

at bearing high spot (shown below). The bearing high
spot should be stamped with “X” on the surface below
teeth and marked with yellow paint in the tooth space.
6. Tighten the setscrew until the pinion is completely snug

against the shim and bearing and then back off the set-
screw.
3. Apply JLG Threadlocker P/N 0100019 and torque pivot

bolt to 205 ft. lbs. (280 Nm) (shown below).
7. Apply JLG Threadlocker P/N 0100019 and torque jack

bolt 50 ft. lbs. (68 Nm).
8. Apply JLG Threadlocker P/N 0100019 to the jam nut and
tighten.
NOTE: Torque shoulder bolt against turntable baseplate. Shoul-

der bolt will not tighten against the swing drive mounting
plates.
3-70 3121631
9. Torque the capscrews shown in step 5 to 340 ft. lbs.

(461 Nm).
10. Remove shim and discard.
NOTE: Swing Bearing Torque Sequence is typical for both inner and outer races.
Figure 3-50. Swing Bearing Torque Sequence
3121631 3-71
14
15 13
12
10
16
4
7 11
2
3
6
5 11
1001094899 D
1. Bolt 5. Setscrew 9. Bearing Turntable 13. Snap Pin

2. Bolt 6. Shim 10. Bolt 14. Quick Release Ring
3. Jam Nut 7. Flatwasher 11. Flatwasher 15. Chain
4. Shoulder Bolt 8. Swing Motor/Hub 12. Pin 16. Hose and Fitting
Figure 3-51. Swing Drive and Turntable Bearing
3-72 3121631
3.13 SWING BEARING 2. Check the turntable to bearing Attach bolts as follows:
a. Elevate the fully retracted main boom to full eleva-
Turntable Bearing Mounting Bolt Condition Check tion.
b. At the position indicated on Figure 3-52. try to insert
the 0.0015” feeler gauge between the bolt head and
THE SWING BEARING IS ONE OF THE MOST CRITICAL POINTS ON AN AERIAL hardened washer at the arrow indicated position.
LIFT. IT IS HERE THAT THE STRESSES OF LIFTING ARE CONCENTRATED, AT THE c. Lower the boom to horizontal and fully extend the
CENTER OF ROTATION. BECAUSE OF THIS, PROPER MAINTENANCE OF THE boom.
SWING BEARING BOLTS IS A MUST FOR SAFE OPERATION. d. At the position indicated on Figure 3-54., try and
insert the 0.0015” feeler gauge between the bolt
NOTE: This check is designed to replace the existing bearing bolt head and hardened washer at the arrow indicated
torque checks on JLG Lifts in service. This check must be position.
performed after the first 50 hours of machine operation
and every 600 hours of machine operation thereafter. If
during this check any bolts are found to be missing or
loose, replace missing or loose bolts with new bolts and
torque to the value specified in the torque chart, after lubri-
cating the bolt threads with JLG Threadlocker P/N
0100019. After replacing and retorquing bolt or bolts
recheck all existing bolts for looseness.
1. Check the frame to bearing attach bolts as follows:

a. Elevate the fully extended main boom to horizontal.
(See Figure 3-53.).
b. At the positions indicated on Figure 3-54. try to
insert a.0015 feeler gauge between the bolt and
hardened washer at the arrow indicated position.
c. Ensure that the 0.0015” feeler gauge will not pene-
trate under the bolt head to the bolt shank.
d. Swing the turntable 90 degrees and check some
selected bolts at the new position.
e. Continue rotating the turntable at 90 degrees inter-
vals until a sampling of bolts have been checked in
all quadrants.
3121631 3-73
Figure 3-52. Swing Bearing Tolerance Boom Placement (Sheet 1 of 2)
3-74 3121631
3121631
Figure 3-53. Swing Bearing Tolerance Boom Placement (Sheet 2 of 2)
3-75
Figure 3-55. Swing Bearing Tolerance Measuring Point
Swing Bearing Removal

Figure 3-54. Swing Bolt Feeler Gauge Check
1. From Ground Control station, operate the boom ade-
quately to provide access to frame opening to rotary
Wear Tolerance coupling.
1. From the underside of the machine, at rear center, with

the main boom fully elevated and fully retracted as
shown in Figure 3-52., Swing Bearing Tolerance Boom NEVER WORK BENEATH THE BOOM WITHOUT FIRST ENGAGING BOOM SAFETY
Placement (Sheet 1 of 2), using a magnetic base dial PROP OR PROVIDING ADEQUATE OVERHEAD SLING SUPPORT AND/OR BLOCK-
indicator, measure and record the distance between the ING.
swing bearing and turntable. See Figure 3-55., Swing
Bearing Tolerance Measuring Point. 2. Attach an adequate support sling to the boom and draw
2. At the same point, with the main boom at horizontal all slack from sling. Prop or block the boom if feasible.
and fully extended as shown in Figure 3-53., Swing Bear-
ing Tolerance Boom Placement (Sheet 2 of 2). Using a 3. From inside turntable, remove mounting hardware
which attach rotary coupling retaining yoke brackets to
magnetic base dial indicator, measure and record the
turntable.
distance between the swing bearing and turntable. See
Figure 3-55., Swing Bearing Tolerance Measuring Point.
3. If a difference greater than 0.079 in. (2.00 mm) is deter-
mined, the swing bearing should be replaced. HYDRAULIC LINES AND PORTS SHOULD BE CAPPED IMMEDIATELY AFTER DIS-
CONNECTING LINES TO AVOID THE ENTRY OF CONTAMINANTS INTO THE SYS-
4. If a difference less than 0.079 in. (2.00 mm) is deter-
TEM.
mined and any of the following conditions exist, the
bearing should be removed, disassembled and
inspected for the following: 4. Tag and disconnect the hydraulic lines from the fittings
on the top of the rotary coupling. Use a suitable con-
a. Metal particles in the grease. tainer to retain any residual hydraulic fluid. Immediately
b. Increased drive power required. cap lines and ports.
c. Noise.
5. Attach suitable overhead lifting equipment to the base
d. Rough rotation. of the turntable weldment.
5. If bearing inspection shows no defects, reassemble and
return to service. 6. Use a suitable tool to scribe a line on the inner race of
the swing bearing and on the underside of the turnta-
ble. This will aid in aligning the bearing upon installa-
tion. Remove the bolts and washers which attach the
THE SWING BEARING IS ONE OF THE MOST CRITICAL POINTS ON AN AERIAL turntable to the bearing inner race. Discard the bolts.
LIFT. IT IS HERE THAT THE STRESSES OF LIFTING ARE CONCENTRATED, AT THE
CENTER OF ROTATION. BECAUSE OF THIS, PROPER MAINTENANCE OF THE 7. Use the lifting equipment to carefully lift the complete
SWING BEARINGBOLTS IS A MUST FOR SAFE OPERATION. turntable assembly from the bearing. Ensure that no
damage occurs to the turntable, bearing or frame-
mounted components.
3-76 3121631
Figure 3-56. Swing Bearing Removal (800S)
3121631 3-77
Figure 3-57. Swing Bearing Removal (860SJ)
3-78 3121631
7. Clean any residue off the new bearing bolts, then apply
a light coating of JLG Threadlocker P/N 0100019 and
8. Carefully place the turntable on a suitably supported
install the bolts and washers through the turntable and
trestle.
inner race of the bearing.
9. Use a suitable tool to scribe a line on the outer race of
8. Following the Torque Sequence diagram shown in Fig-
the swing bearing and the frame. This line will aid in
ure 3-50., Swing Bearing Torque Sequence, tighten the
aligning the bearing upon installation. Remove the bolts
bolts to a torque of 190 ft. lbs. (260 Nm).
and washers which attach the outer race of the bearing
to the frame. Discard the bolts. Use suitable lifting 9. Remove the lifting equipment.
equipment to remove the bearing from the frame, then
10. Install the rotary coupling retaining yoke brackets, apply
move the bearing to a clean, suitably supported work
a light coating of JLG Threadlocker P/N 0100011 to the
area.
attaching bolts and secure the yoke to the turntable
with the mounting hardware.
SWING BEARING INSTALLATION 11. Connect the hydraulic lines to the rotary coupling as
1. Using suitable lifting equipment, carefully lower the tagged prior to removal.
swing bearing into position on the frame. Ensure the 12. At ground control station, use boom lift control to lower
scribed line of the outer race of the bearing aligns with boom to stowed position.
the scribed line on the frame. If a new swing bearing is
used, ensure that the filler plug fitting is at 90 degrees 13. Using all applicable safety precautions, activate the
from the fore and aft center line of the frame. hydraulic system and check the swing system for proper
and safe operation.
Swing Bearing Torque Values

JLG INDUSTRIES RECOMMENDS THAT ALL REMOVED BEARING BOLTS BE DIS-
CARDED AND REPLACED WITH NEW BOLTS. SINCE THE SWING BEARING IS THE 1. Outer Race - 190 ft. lbs. (258 Nm) w/JLG Threadlocker
ONLY STRUCTURAL LINK BETWEEN THE FRAME AND TURNTABLE, IT IS IMPER- P/N 0100019.
ATIVE THAT SUCH REPLACEMENT HARDWARE MEETS JLG SPECIFICATIONS.
2. Inner Race - 190 ft. lbs. (258 Nm) w/JLG Threadlocker P/N
USE OF GENUINE JLG HARDWARE IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED.
0100019.
2. Apply a light coating of JLG Threadlocker P/N 0100019 3. See Swing Bearing Torquing Sequence.
to the new bearing bolts and loosely install the bolts
and washers through the frame and outer race of bear-
ing. CHECK THE INNER AND OUTER SWING BEARING BOLTS FOR MISSING OR
LOOSENESS AFTER FIRST 50 HOURS OF OPERATION AND EVERY 600 HOURS
THEREAFTER.
IF COMPRESSED AIR OR ELECTRICALLY OPERATED IMPACT WRENCH IS USED
FOR TIGHTENING THE BEARING ATTACHMENT BOLTS, THE TORQUE SETTING
ACCURACY OF THE TOOL SHOULD BE CHECKED PRIOR TO USE.
3. Refer to the Torque Sequence diagram as shown in Fig-

ure 3-50., Swing Bearing Torque Sequence. Clean any
residue off the new bearing bolts, then apply a light
coating of JLG Threadlocker P/N 0100019 and install the
bolts and washers through the frame and outer race of
the bearing. Tighten the bolts to an initial torque of 190
ft. lbs. (260 Nm) w/JLG Threadlocker P/N 0100019.
4. Remove the lifting equipment from the bearing.
5. Using suitable lifting equipment, carefully position the
turntable assembly above the machine frame.
6. Carefully lower the turntable onto the swing bearing,
ensuring that the scribed line of the inner race of the
bearing aligns with scribed line on the turntable. If a
new swing bearing is used, ensure that the filler plug fit-
ting is at 90 degrees from the fore and aft center line of
the turntable.
3121631 3-79
3.14 ROTARY COUPLING 6. Remove proximity switch.

7. Assemble lip seals (2) in direction shown in Figure 3-58.,
Use the following procedure to install the seal kit.
Rotary Coupling Seal Installation.
1. If not already removed, remove the axle oscillation valve 8. Reassemble O-ring (4).
from the cylinder barrel. The spool of the valve pro-
9. Heat cap seals (5) in hydraulic oil for 5 minutes at 300° F
trudes into the barrel and will damage the spool and
(149° C).
seals if left in place.
10. Assemble cap seals over O-rings.
2. Remove snap ring (7) from end.
11. Reinsert center body into housing (lube with hydraulic
3. Remove thrust ring (3) from the same end.
oil).
4. Remove center body (1) from housing (3).
12. Replace thrust ring and snap ring.
5. Cut off old seals (2, 4, 5).
Figure 3-58. Rotary Coupling Seal Installation
3-80 3121631

1. Center Body 6. Thrust Ring

2. Seal 7. Snap Ring
3. Housing 8. Valve Block (Axle Oscillation)
4. O-ring 9. O-ring
5. Seal 10. Proximity Switch
Figure 3-59. Rotary Coupling Cutaway
3121631 3-81
4 3
1
2
3
5
4
6
7 7
7 5
2 1
6
1
2
5
5
Figure 3-60. Rotary Coupling Port Location (7 Port)
3-82 3121631
8
1001107531 A
1. Housing 7. Bracket 13. Cap Seal 18. Capscrew 23. Check Valve 28. Washer
2. Body 8. Locknut 14. Thrust Ring 19. O-ring 24. Plunger Valve 29. Locknut
3. Rotary Coupling 9. Washer 15. Retaining Ring 20. O-ring 25. Spring 30. Capscrew
4. Block Valve Assembly 10. Washer 16. Plug 21. Bearing 26. Seal 31. Proximity Switch
5. Bolt 11. Seal 17. Torque Lug 22. Plug 27. Bracket
6. Bolt 12. O-ring
Figure 3-61. Rotary Coupling Installation
3121631 3-83
EVERY 500 HOURS

Table 3-8. Coupling Port Information Table (7 port)
Every 500 hours of operation, service the generator brushes
Operating Proof and slip rings. Hostile environments may require more fre-
Port quent service.
Outlets Port Size Description Pressure Pressure
No.
PSI (Bar) PSI (Bar)
1 1 -8 Brake 450 (31) 675 (46.5)
2 2 -6 2 Speed 4500 (310) 6750 (465)
3 1 -6 Steer 2500 (172) 3750 (258.5)
4 1 -6 Steer 2500 (172) 3750 (258.5)
5 2 1-6, 1-16 Drive Reverse 4500 (310) 6750 (465)
6 1 -16 Drive Forward 4500 (310) 6750 (465)
7 3 2-8, 1-6 Drain 250 (17) 375 (26)
Every 500 hours of service, blow out the inside of the genera-
tor. If operating in a hostile environment, clean monthly.
3.15 GENERATOR
STOP ENGINE BEFORE CARRY OUT SCHEDULE MAINTENANCE.

NOTE: Do often service, if operating in hostile environment.
Maintenance Schedule
EVERY 250 HOURS
Every 250 hours of operation, check the drive belt for proper
tension.
1/2 in.
(13 mm)
3-84 3121631
Overload Protection Inspecting Brushes, Replacing Brushes and

Cleaning Slip Rings
Refer to Figure 3-62., Inspecting Generator Brushes, Replacing
STOP THE ENGINE WHENEVER CHECKING OR INSPECTING THE CIRCUIT Brushes and Cleaning Slip Rings.
BREAKER.
INSPECTING BRUSH POSITION
The circuit breaker protects the generator windings from over- Inspect brush alignment with slip rings. View alignment
load. If the circuit breaker opens, generator output stops. If the through the air vents in the stator barrel. The brushes must
circuit breaker continues to open, check for faulty equipment ride completely on the slip rings.
connected to the platform receptacles.
INSPECTING BRUSHES
Remove the end panel. Inspect the wires. Remove the brush
holder assembly. Pull the brushes from the holders.
Replace the brushes if damaged, or if the brush is at or near

minimum length.
CLEANING SLIP RINGS

CIRCUIT Visually inspect the slip rings. Under normal use, the rings turn
BREAKER dark brown.
If the slip rings are corroded or their surface is uneven, remove

the belt to turn the shaft by hand for cleaning.
Clean the rings with 220 grit emery paper. Remove as little
material as possible. If the rings are deeply pitted and do not
clean up, consult generator factory service.
Reinstall the belt, brush holder assembly and end panel.
3121631 3-85
Brush Position On Slip Rings
2
3
Acceptable Unacceptable
Brushes must ride
completely on slip
rings
1/4 in (6 mm)
Or Less - Replace
7/16 in - 1/2 in
2 (11 - 12 mm) New
1. Brush Holder Assembly

2. Brushes
3. Slip Rings
Figure 3-62. Inspecting Generator Brushes, Replacing Brushes and Cleaning Slip Rings
3-86 3121631
3.16 FORD ENGINE

NOTE: Detailed Engine service instructions are provided in the
following publications: Service Manual 3128849.
FUEL FILTER
HOSE CLAMP FUEL PUMP FUEL REGULATOR
TORQUE
TO BE 9-13 IN. LBS.
(1-1.4 Nm.)
ROUTE TO LP
REGULATOR
VALVE ON
ENGINE
ROUTE SUPPLY FUEL

ROTE RETURN FUEL LINE FROM FUEL
LINE ALONG TT SIDE REGULATOR OVER
SHEET AND BEHIND TO ENGINE THRU
FUEL AND HYDRAULIC TT CUTOUT
TANK TO FUEL REGULATOR
AS SHOWN
DUAL FUEL SWITCH

LOCATION
CONSOLE BOX ASSY
1001217193 D
Figure 3-63. Ford Engine Installation - Sheet 1 of 4
3121631 3-87
TAIL PIPE
SEE DETAIL A
DETAIL A
SOME COMPONENTS ARE BLANKED FOR CLARITY 1001217193 D
3-88 3121631
SECURE FUEL LINE AWAY

FROM COOLANT HOSE
ROUTE LP HOSE THRU
USING TIE WIRE
TT CUTOUT ALONG
OTHER FUEL LINE
SEE DETAIL B
SEE DETAIL C
SECURE ENGINE
HARNESS TO STANDOFF
1001217193 D
1. High Pressure Fuel Hose 4. LP Gas Hose 7. High Pressure Fuel Hose 10. Battery Bracket
2. Hose Clamp 5. Engine Tray Pin 8. High Pressure Fuel Hose 11. Battery
3. Fuel Regulator Mount Bracket 6. Ford Engine with Pumps 9. Battery Cable Kit 12. Battery Hold Down Bracket
3121631 3-89
CONNECT TO THE NEGATIVE

TERMINAL AND TORQUE NUT
TO BE 10.6 ± 10 IN. LBS.(1.2 ± 0.4 Nm.)
CONNECT TO THE NEGATIVE

TERMINAL AND TORQUE NUT
TO BE 14 ± 10 IN. LBS.(1.6 ± 0.4 Nm.)
TO ATTACH LANYARD
TO TURNTABLE
REF FUEL TANK
DETAIL B
DETAIL C
1001217193 D
3-90 3121631
Table 3-9. Fault Code Cross Reference List (Ford Engine)
Original DTC Corresponding

Fault Name
Number DTC (Current)
11 Intake cam / distributor position 11
24 Exhaust cam position 24
111 CL high LPG 1151
112 EGO open/lazy pre-cat 1 134
113 EGO open/lazy pre-cat 2/post-cat 1 154
114 EGO open/lazy post-cat 1 140
115 EGO open/lazy post-cat 2 160
121 CL high gasoline bank1 1155
122 CL low gasoline bank1 1156
124 CL low LPG 1152
125 CL high NG 1153
126 CL low NG 1154
131 CL high gasoline bank2 1157
132 CL low gasoline bank2 1158
133 Gasoline cat monitor 420
134 LPG cat monitor 1165
135 NG cat monitor 1166
136 Gasoline cat monitor 430
141 AL high gasoline bank1 171
142 AL low gasoline bank1 172
143 AL high LPG 1161
144 AL low LPG 1162
145 AL high NG 1163
146 AL low NG 1164
147 AL high gasoline bank2 174
148 AL low gasoline bank2 175
161 Battery Voltage High 563
162 Battery Voltage Low 562
163 AUX analog PD1 high 1515
164 AUX analog PD1 low 1516
165 AUX analog PU3 high 1517
166 AUX analog PU3 low 1518
167 AUX analog PUD1 high 1541
168 AUX analog PUD1 low 1542
181 AUX DIG1 high 1551
182 AUX DIG1 low 1552
3121631 3-91

Fault Name
211 IAT high voltage 113
212 IAT low voltage 112
213 IAT higher than expected 1 111
214 IAT higher than expected 2 127
215 Oil pressure low 524
221 ECT/CHT High Voltage 118
222 ECT/CHT Low Voltage 117
223 CHT higher than expected 1 1521
224 CHT higher than expected 2 1522
225 ECT higher than expected 1 116
226 ECT higher than expected 2 217
231 MAP High Pressure 108
232 MAP Low Voltage 107
234 BP high pressure 2229
235 BP low pressure 129
242 Crank sync noise 336
243 Never crank synced at start 16
244 Cam loss 342
245 Cam sync noise 341
246 Crank loss 337
253 Knock 1 sensor Open 327
254 Knock 1 Excessive Signal 326
255 Knock 2 sensor Open 332
256 Knock 2 Excessive Signal 331
261 FP high voltage 92
262 FP low voltage 91
271 FT Gasoline High Voltage 183
272 FT Gasoline Low Voltage 182
273 FT Gaseaous fuel high voltage 188
274 FT Gaseaous fuel low voltage 187
281 TIP High Voltage 238
282 TIP Low Voltage 237
283 TIP Active 236
301 Emissions/catalyst damaging misfire 301
3-92 3121631

Fault Name
311 Injector Loop Open or Low-side short to Ground 261
312 Injector Coil Shorted 262
351 FPump motor loop open or high-side shorted to ground 628
352 FPump motor high-side shorted to power 629
353 Megajector delivery pressure higher than expected 1171
354 Megajector delivery pressure lower than expected 1172
355 Megajector comm lost 1173
359 Fuel run-out longer than expected 1181
361 Megajector voltage supply high 1174
362 Megajector voltage supply low 1175
363 Megajector internal actuator fault detection 1176
364 Megajector internal circuitry fault detection 1177
365 Megajector internal comm fault detection 1178
411 Primary Loop Open or Low-side Short to Ground 2300
412 Primary Coil Shorted 2301
3121631 3-93

Fault Name
511 FPP1 high voltage 2122
512 FPP1 low voltage 2123
513 FPP1 higher than IVS limit 2115
514 FPP1 lower than IVS limit 2139
515 FPP1 higher than FPP2 2126
516 FPP1 lower than FPP2 2121
517 IVS stuck at-idle, FPP1/2 match 2130
518 IVS stuck off-idle, FPP1/2 match 2131
521 FPP2 high voltage 2128
522 FPP2 low voltage 2127
523 FPP2 higher than IVS limit 2116
524 FPP2 lower than IVS limit 2140
525 FPP1/2 simultaneous voltages out of range 1121
526 FPP1 invalid voltage and FPP2 disagrees with IVS 2120
527 FPP2 invalid voltage and FPP1 disagrees with IVS 2125
528 FPP1/2 do not match each other or the IVS 1122
531 TPS1 high voltage 123
532 TPS1 low voltage 122
533 TPS2 high voltage 223
532 TPS2 low voltage 222
535 TPS1 higher than TPS2 221
536 TPS1 lower than TPS2 121
537 Unable to reach higher TPS 2112
538 Unable to reach lower TPS 2111
539 TPS1/2 simultaneous voltages out of range 2135
545 IVS/Brake/Trans-Park interlock failure 1531
551 Max govern speed override 219
3-94 3121631

Fault Name
552 Fuel rev limit 1111
553 Spark rev limit 1112
611 COP failure 606
612 Invalid interrupt 1616
613 A/D loss 1615
614 RTI 1 loss 1612
615 Flash checksum invalid 601
616 RAM failure 604
631 5VE1 low voltage 642
632 5VE1 high voltage 643
633 5VE2 high voltage 653
634 5VE2 low voltage 652
635 5VE 1/2 simultaneous out-of-range 1611
641 Rx Inactive 1621
642 Rx Noise 1622
643 Invalid Packet Format 1623
644 Shutdown Request 1624/1625
646 CAN Tx failure 1626
647 CAN Rx failure 1627
648 CAN addresss conflict failure 1628
655 RTI 2 loss 1613
656 RTI 3 loss 1614
711 Relay Control ground short 686
712 Relay Coil Open 685
713 Relay coil short to power 687
714 Fpump relay control ground short 628
715 Fpump relay coil open 627
716 Fpump relay coil short to power 629
721 Start relay control ground short 616
722 Start relay coil open 615
723 Start relay coil short to power 617
724 Buzzer control ground short 1641
725 Buzzer open 1642
726 Buzzer control short to power 1643
731 PWM1-Gauge1 open / ground short 1631
732 PWM1-Gauge1 short to power 1632
733 PWM2-Gauge2 open /ground short 1633
735 PWM3-Gauge3 open / ground short 1635
741 PWM4 open / ground short 1637
742 PWM4 short to power 1638
3121631 3-95

Fault Name
761 MIL control ground short 1644
762 MIL open 650
763 MIL control short to power 1645
771 Tach output ground short 2618
772 Tach output short to power 2619
1182 Fuel impurity level high 1182
1183 Megajector autozero / lockoff failed 1183
1311 Misfire detected 1311
1629 J1939 TSC1 message receipt lost 1629
1630 J1939 ETC message receipt lost 1630
3-96 3121631
Table 3-10. CAN to DTC Cross Reference (Ford Engine)
DTC DTC and Description SPN FMI

108 MAP pressure high 106 16
107 MAP voltage low 106 4
118 ECT voltage high 110 3
117 ECT voltage low 110 4
116 ECT higher than expected stage 1 110 15
113 IAT voltage high 105 3
112 IAT voltage low 105 4
2229 BP pressure high 108 0
129 BP pressure low 108 1
563 Vbat voltage high 168 15
562 Vbat voltage low 168 17
643 Sensor supply voltage 1 high 1079 3
642 Sensor supply voltage 1 low 1079 4
123 TPS1 voltage high 51 3
122 TPS1 voltage low 51 4
223 TPS2 voltage high 3673 3
222 TPS2 voltage low 3673 4
221 TPS1-2 higher than expected 51 0
121 TPS1-2 lower than expected 51 1
2122 FPP1 voltage high 91 3
2123 FPP1 voltage low 91 4
2128 FPP2 voltage high 29 3
2127 FPP2 voltage low 29 4
2115 FPP1 higher than IVS 91 0
2139 FPP1 lower than IVS 91 1
2116 FPP2 higher than IVS 29 0
2140 FPP2 lower than IVS 29 1
2126 FPP1-2 higher than expected 91 16
2121 FPP1-2 lower than expected 91 18
524 Oil pressure low 100 1
171 Adaptive-learn gasoline bank1 high 4237 0
172 Adaptive-learn gasoline bank1 low 4237 1
1155 Closed-loop gasoline bank1 high 4236 0
1156 Closed-loop gasoline bank1 low 4236 1
1157 Closed-loop gasoline bank2 high 4238 0
1158 Closed-loop gasoline bank2 low 4238 1
1151 Closed-loop LPG high 4236 0
1152 Closed-loop LPG low 4236 1
1153 Closed-loop NG high 4236 0
1154 Closed-loop NG low 4236 1
174 Adaptive-learn gasoline bank2 high 4239 0
175 Adaptive-learn gasoline bank2 low 4239 1
3121631 3-97

1161 Adaptive-learn LPG high 4237 0
1162 Adaptive-learn LPG low 4237 1
1163 Adaptive-learn NG high 4237 0
1164 Adaptive-learn NG low 4237 1
261 Injector 1 open or short to ground 651 5
262 Injector 1 coil shorted 651 6
2300 Spark coil 1 primary open or short to ground 1268 5
2301 Spark coil 1 primary shorted 1268 6
3-98 3121631

217 ECT higher than expected stage 2 110 0
111 IAT higher than expected stage 1 105 15
127 IAT higher than expected stage 2 105 0
327 Knock1 sensor open or not present 731 4
2112 Unable to reach higher TPS 51 7
2111 Unable to reach lower TPS 51 7
1531 Gov1/2/3 interlock failure 0 31
628 Fuel-pump high-side open or short to ground 1347 5
629 Fuel-pump high-side short to power 1347 6
342 Loss of CAM input signal 723 4
341 CAM input signal noise 723 2
336 CRANK input signal noise 636 2
16 Crank and/or cam could not synchronize during start 636 8
606 Microprocessor failure - COP 629 31
1612 Microprocessor failure - RTI 1 629 31
1615 Microprocessor failure - A/D 629 31
1616 Microprocessor failure - Interrupt 629 31
601 Microprocessor failure - FLASH 628 13
604 Microprocessor failure - RAM 630 12
326 Knock1 excessive or erratic signal 731 2
219 RPM higher than max allowed govern speed 515 15
1111 RPM above fuel rev limit level 515 16
1112 RPM above spark rev limit level 515 0
134 EGO1 open / lazy 3217 5
1521 CHT higher than expected stage 1 110 16
1522 CHT higher than expected stage 2 110 0
1515 AUX analog Pull-Down 1 high voltage 710 3
1516 AUX analog Pull-Down 1 low voltage 710 4
1511 AUX analog Pull-Up 1 high voltage 701 3
1512 AUX analog Pull-Up 1 low voltage 701 4
1621 RS-485 Rx inactive 0 31
1622 RS-485 Rx noise 0 31
1623 RS-485 Rx bad packet format 0 31
1624 RS-485 remote shutdown request 0 31
238 TIP high voltage 102 3
237 TIP low voltage 102 4
3121631 3-99

92 FP high voltage 94 3
91 FP low voltage 94 4
420 Catalyst inactive on gasoline (Bank 1) 3050 11
1165 Catalyst inactive on LPG 3050 11
1166 Catalyst inactive on NG 3050 11
1171 MegaJector delivery pressure higher than expected 520260 0
1172 MegaJector delivery pressure lower than expected 520260 1
1173 MegaJector comm lost 520260 31
1174 MegaJector voltage supply high 520260 3
1175 MegaJector voltage supply low 520260 4
1176 MegaJector internal actuator fault detection 520260 12
1177 MegaJector internal circuitry fault detection 520260 12
1178 MegaJector internal comm fault detection 520260 12
1131 WGP voltage high 1192 3
1132 WGP voltage low 1192 4
234 Boost control overboost failure 102 0
299 Boost control underboost failure 102 1
236 TIP active 102 2
183 FT high voltage 174 3
182 FT low voltage 174 4
524 Oil pressure sender low pressure 100 1
521 Oil pressure sender high pressure 100 0
523 Oil pressure sender high voltage 100 3
522 Oil pressure sender low voltage 100 4
337 Crank signal loss 636 4
1625 J1939 shutdown request 1110 31
1626 CAN-J1939 Tx fault 639 12
1627 CAN-J1939 Rx fault 639 12
508 IAC ground short 520201 6
509 IAC coil open/short 520201 5
686 Power relay ground short 1485 4
685 Power relay coil open 1485 5
687 Power relay coil short to power 1485 3
616 Start relay ground short 1321 4
615 Start relay coil open 1321 5
617 Start relay coil short to power 1321 3
1641 Buzzer control ground short 920 4
1642 Buzzer open 920 5
1643 Buzzer control short to power 920 3
628 Fuel pump relay control ground short 1348 4
627 Fuel pump relay coil open 1348 5
629 Fuel pump relay coil short to power 1348 3
1644 MIL control ground short 1213 4
3-100 3121631

650 MIL open 1213 5
1645 MIL control short to power 1213 3
2618 Tach output ground short 645 4
2619 Tach output short to power 645 3
2130 IVS stuck at-idle, FPP1/2 match 558 5
2131 IVS stuck off-idle, FPP1/2 match 558 6
1121 FPP1/2 simultaneous voltages out-of-range (redundancy lost) 91 31
2120 FPP1 invalid voltage and FPP2 disagrees with IVS (redundancy lost) 520199 11
2125 FPP1/2 do not match each other or IVS (redundancy lost) 520199 11
1122 FPP1/2 do not match each other or IVS (redundancy lost) 520199 11
653 Sensor supply voltage 2 high 1080 3
652 Sensor supply voltage 2 low 1080 4
1611 Sensor supply voltage 1 and 2 out-of-range 1079 31
332 Knock2 sensor open or not present 520197 4
331 Knock2 excessive or erratic signal 520197 2
2135 TPS1/2 simultaneous voltages out-of-range 51 31
2428 EGT temperature high 173 0
1628 J1939 CAN address / engine-number conflict 639 13
1631 PWM1-Gauge1 open / ground short 697 5
1632 PWM1-Gauge1 short to power 697 3
1637 PWM4 open / ground short 700 5
1638 PWM4 short to power 700 3
430 Catalyst inactive on gasoline (Bank 2) 3051 11
1541 AUX analog Pull-Up/Down 1 high voltage 704 3
1542 AUX analog Pull-Up/Down 1 low voltage 704 4
1551 AUX digital 1 high voltage 707 3
1552 AUX digital 1 low voltage 707 4
3121631 3-101

188 Gaseous fuel temperature sender high voltage 3468 3
187 Gaseous fuel temperature sender low voltage 3468 4
1629 J1939 TSC1 message receipt loss 695 9
359 Fuel run-out longer than expected 632 31
1630 J1939 ETC message receipt loss 91 19
502 Roadspeed input loss of signal 84 8
1411 EMWT1 voltage high 441 3
1412 EMWT2 voltage high 442 3
1413 EMWT1 voltage low 441 4
1414 EMWT2 voltage low 442 4
1415 EMWT1 higher than expected stage 1 441 15
1419 ERWT1 voltage high 1385 3
1420 ERWT2 voltage high 1386 3
1421 ERWT1 voltage low 1385 4
1422 ERWT2 voltage low 1386 4
1423 ERWT1 higher than expected stage 1 1385 15
8901 UEGO microprocessor internal fault 3221 31
8902 UEGO heater supply high voltage 3222 3
8903 UEGO heater supply low voltage 3222 4
8904 UEGO cal resistor voltage high 3221 3
8905 UEGO cal resistor voltage low 3221 4
8906 UEGO return voltage shorted high 3056 3
8907 UEGO return voltage shorted low 3056 4
8908 UEGO pump voltage shorted high 3218 3
8909 UEGO pump voltage shorted low 3218 4
8910 UEGO sense cell voltage high 3217 3
8911 UEGO sense cell voltage low 3217 4
8912 UEGO pump voltage at high drive limit 3225 3
8913 UEGO pump voltage at low drive limit 3225 4
8914 UEGO sense cell slow to warm up 3222 10
8915 UEGO pump cell slow to warm up 3225 10
8916 UEGO sense cell impedance high 3222 0
3-102 3121631

8917 UEGO pump cell impedance high 3225 0
8918 UEGO pump cell impedance low 3225 1
1311 Cylinder 1 misfire detected 1323 11
301 Cylinder 1 emissions/catalyst damaging misfire 1323 31
1651 J1939 ETC message receipt loss while in-gear 91 9
1182 Fuel impurity level high 520401 0
1183 MegaJector autozero / lockoff failure 520803 31
11 Intake cam / distributor position error 520800 7
24 Exhaust cam position error 520801 7
88 Fuel pressure higher than expected 94 0
87 Fuel pressure lower than expected 94 1
1555 Water Intrusion Detection 709 3
520 Oil pressure sender low pressure stage 1 100 18
916 Shift actuator feedback out-of-range 520226 3
919 Shift unable to reach desired gear 520226 7
920 Shift actuator or drive circuit failed 520226 31
NOTE: For detail Diagnostic Trouble Code of Ford Engine refer DTC manual (PN 3128850).
3121631 3-103
3.17 DEUTZ ENGINE

1. Fan 9. Turbocharger 17. Rear Engine Mount 25. Flywheel 33. Oil Filter
2. Adapter 10. Exhaust Pipe 18. Coupling 26. Fuel Filter 34. Belt Tensioner
3. Drive Belt 11. Spark Arrester 19. Pump Adapter Plate 27. Pressure Sensor 35. Plug
4. Water Pump 12. Pressure Sensor 20. Pump Assembly 28. Rear Engine Mount 36. Alternator
5. Fuel Injector 13. Front Engine Mount 21. Gear Pump Assembly 29. Oil Pan Drain Plug 37. Adapter
6. Thermostat 14. Motor Mount 22. Oil Drain Hose 30. Front Engine/Generator Mount 38. Pulley
7. Oil Fill Cap 15. Shuttle Valve 23. Oil Drain Valve 31. Oil Fill Cap
8. Temperature Sender 16. Catalytic Converter/Muffler 24. Pump Coupler 32. Oil Cooler
Figure 3-67. Deutz T4F TD2.9L Engine Components - Sheet 1 of 3
3-104 3121631
118
95 119 115 114 112
3121631
120 116 113
3 4 96
92 117
2 121
5 59
100
98 111
97
110
1 SUPPLY
7 109 69
8 6
102
91 94 68
93 103 108 RETURN 66
90 64
101 104 107 67 65
9 99 106
70
105
88
86 87
85
10 84
71
11 83 56
82 63
15 72 55 61
16 81 62
73
17 89 80 58 57
VENT
79 74
78 76 54
14 77 75
12
13 52 50
1 53 49 48 47
30
29
26 51
46
25
18
31 38
19
20
32 37
27 33 39
40
NOTE: 34 41 45
HITCH PIN (110) 42 LOCATED ON
23 35
SHOWN HERE 21 28 36 43 TANK SIDE
24 44
FOR CLARITY. 22
3-105
1. Bolt 26. Flatwasher 51. Flanged Bushing 76. Flatwasher 101. Screw
2. Bolt 27. Trim Flex 52. Screw 77. Locknut 102. Fuel Pump
3. Flatwasher 28. Flanged Bushing 53. Flatwasher 78. Flatwasher 103. Clamp
4. Spacer 29. Clamp 54. Pivot Pin 79. Locknut 104. Clamp
5. Engine Control Unit 30. Flatwasher 55. Keeper Pin 80. Nut 105. Hose
6. Clip 31. Seal 56. Screw 81. Flatwasher 106. Bolt
7. Flatwasher 32. Bolt 57. Hose 82. Screw 107. Flatwasher
8. Inlet Hose 33. Flatwasher 58. Clamp 83. Bracket 108. Nut
9. Clamp 34. Bracket Assembly 59. Clamp 84. Locknut 109. Fuel Filter
10. Air Cleaner Assembly 35. Lanyard 60. Elbow Barbed Fitting 85. Starwasher 110. Clamp
11. Clamp 36. Bolt 61. Pipe Sealant 86. Bolt 111. Elbow Barbed Fitting
12. Bolt 37. Flatwasher 62. Elbow Fitting 87. Power Module Replay 112. Bolt
13. Flatwasher 38. Nut 63. Clamp 88. Capscrew 113. Flatwasher
14. Shim 39. Flatwasher 64. Screw 89. Bumper 114. Elbow Barbed Fitting
15. Locknut 40. Screw 65. Clip 90. Intake Pipe 115. Bolt
16. Flatwasher 41. Bolt 66. Pipe Sealant 91. Clamp 116. Screw
17. Bolt 42. Locknut 67. Elbow Barbed Fitting 92. Pipe 117. Clamp
18. Flatwasher 43. Relay 68. Clamp 93. Flatwasher 118. Locknut
19. Locknut 44. Flatwasher 69. Hose 94. Bolt 119. Hose Loop
20. Hitch Pin 45. Battery Bracket 70. Hose 95. Screw 120. Bracket
21. Locknut 46. Battery Hold-down Bolt 71. Relay 96. Clip 121. Hose
22. Flatwasher 47. Battery 72. Bolt 97. Locknut
23. Bolt 48. Battery Hold-Down 73. Bolt 98. Flatwasher
24. Tray 49. Flatwasher 74. Flatwasher 99. Flatwasher
25. Bolt 50. Locknut 75. Relay Mounting Plate 100. Fuel Pump Mount Plate
3-106 3121631
SEE DETAIL A
DETAIL A
1001185674 E
1001185676 F
1. Fuel Filter 3. Supply Line End

2. Return Fuel Line 4. Air Cleaner Assembly
Figure 3-70. Arctic Deutz T4F TD2.9L Engine Installation - Sheet 1 of 7
3121631 3-107
SEE DETAIL C
1
DETAIL C
1001185674 E
1001185676 F
1. Fuel Pump 2. Fuel Filter 3. Supply Line
3-108 3121631
SEE DETAIL D
3 2
1
DETAIL D
1001185674 E
1001185676 F
1. Fuel Filter 2. Fuel Tank 3. Supply Line
3121631 3-109
SEE DETAIL B
1
2
DETAIL B
1001185674 E
1. Battery 2. Battery Cable 3. Relay
3-110 3121631
SEE DETAIL B
DETAIL B 1001185676 F
1. Battery 2. Battery Cable 3. Relay
3121631 3-111
1001185676 F
1. Hydraulic Tank 2. Fuel Tank 3. Engine 4. Tank 5. Control Module
3-112 3121631
1001185674 E
1. Hydraulic Tank 2. Fuel Tank 3. Engine 4. Tank 5. Control Module
3121631 3-113
3.18 DEUTZ TD 2.9 L4 CHINA III ENGINE
ENGINE SIDE VIEW

3
MAE19630B
Figure 3-77. Deutz TD 2.9 L4 China III Engine Installation - Sheet 1 of 6
3-114 3121631
ISO VIEW OF TANK SIDE

NOTE: BATTERY AND RELATED
SEE DETAIL F ITEMS REMOVED FOR CLARITY
DETAIL F
MAE19640B
3121631 3-115
SEE DETAIL C
SEE DETAIL A
ISO VIEW OF ENGINE SIDE
SUPPLY LINE TO FINE

FUEL FILTER ROUTE THRU
6
EXISTING HOSE GUIDE
DETAIL C
NOTE: TURNTABLE SIDE DETAIL A

REMOVED FOR CLARITY
MAE19650B
3-116 3121631
TANK SIDE VIEW
SEE DETAIL D
SEE DETAIL B ISO VIEW OF TANK SIDE

HYDRAULIC TANK REMOVED FOR CLARITY
SUPPLY LINE TO 8 9
FINE FUEL FILTER
6
10
11
DETAIL D DETAIL B
MAE19660B
3121631 3-117
BOTTOM SIDE: T/T PHANTOM DISPLAY 1

LANYARD ATTACHMENT DETAIL E
SEE DETAIL E
ISO VIEW OF TANK SIDE

TURNTABLE REMOVED FOR CLARITY MAE19670B
3-118 3121631
REF BOOM PIN LOCATIONS

REF BOOM PIN LOCATIONS
REF 800S/680S TURNTABLE REF 860SJ TURNTABLE
GLOW PLUG
SOLENOID
MTG BOLT FOR AUX POWER

FUSELINK AUX PUMP SOLENOID PUMP
150 AMP
ALTERNATOR
PRM + -
BATTERY
FUEL PUMP AUX POWER
RELAY RELAY
STARTER ENGINE HARNESS
MTB
ENGINE TRAY
GRD.
GRD.
KEEPER PIN BOLT

ENGINE BLOCK
BATTERY CABLE SCHEMATIC

MAE19680B
1. Battery Cable Kit 4. Battery Bracket 7. Diesel Fuel Decal 10. J-Bolt
2. Deutz China III Engine with Pumps 5. Solenoid Assembly Relay 8. Battery 11. Fuel Pump Bracket
3. Deutz Engine Fuel Harness 6. Fuel Hose 9. Battery Hold Down Bracket
3121631 3-119
NOTE: Refer to engine manufacturer’s manual for detailed oper- Change Engine Oil
ating and maintenance instructions.
1. Allow engine to warm up. Engine oil should reach
Check Oil Level approximately 176° F (80° C).
2. Make sure machine and engine are level.
1. Make sure machine and engine are level and switch
engine OFF before checking oil level. 3. Switch off engine.
2. Remove oil dipstick and wipe with clean cloth. 4. Place oil tray under engine.
3. Insert dipstick to the stop and remove again.
4. Check oil level. Top oil level as shown in figure below
HOT ENGINE OIL CAN CAUSE BURNS. AVOID CONTACT WITH HOT OIL WHEN
with an approved grade and type of oil outlined in
DRAINING.
engine manufacturer’s operator’s manual.
COLLECT USED OIL IN A CONTAINER SUITABLE FOR DISPOSAL OR RECYCLING.

MINIMUM OIL DISPOSE OF USED ENGINE OIL IN ACCORDANCE WITH ENVIRONMENTAL REGU-
LEVEL
LATIONS.
5. Open oil drain valve and drain oil.
6. Close oil drain valve.
MAXIMUM OIL 7. Pour in new engine oil. Refer to Section 1 for capacity
LEVEL
and Figure 7, Pour in new engine oil. Refer to Section 1
for capacity and ..
Figure 3-83. Deutz 2.9 T4F Dipstick Markings
5. Replace dipstick until fully seated.
Figure 3-84. Engine Oil Viscosity
3-120 3121631
Change Oil Filter Change Fuel Filters

1. Wipe area around filter to clean any dirt from area.
2. Using a suitable oil filter removal tool, loosen lube oil fil- FUEL IS FLAMMABLE AND CAN CAUSE DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY. MAKE SURE
ter cartridge and spin off. NO OPEN FLAMES OR SPARKS ARE IN THE AREA WHEN WORKING ON FUEL
SYSTEM. DO NOT SMOKE WHEN WORKING ON THE FUEL SYSTEMS.
1. Wipe area around filter to clean any dirt from area.
2. Disconnect water sensor connector (Pre-filter Only).
3. Remove fuel filter cartridge. Catch any escaping fuel.
3. Catch any escaping oil.

4. Clean any dirt from filter carrier sealing surface.
5. Lightly coat new oil filter rubber gasket with clean oil
6. Screw in new filter by hand until gasket is flush.
7. Hand-tighten filter another half-turn.
4. Clean dirt from filter carrier sealing surface.

5. Apply light film of oil or diesel fuel to rubber gasket of
new filter cartridge.
6. Screw in new filter by hand until gasket is flush. Hand-
tighten filter another half-turn.
8. Check oil level.

9. Check oil pressure.
10. Check oil filter cartridge for leaks.
7. Connect water sensor connector (Pre-filter Only).

8. Open fuel shut-off valve.
9. Check for leaks.
3121631 3-121
3.19 DEUTZ EMR 2 The EMR2 is equipped with safety devices and measures in the
hardware and software in order to ensure emergency running
The EMR2 consists of the sensors, the control unit and the (Limp home) functions.
actuator. Engine-side controls as well as the JLG Control Sys- In order to switch the engine off, the EMR2 is switched in a de-
tem are connected by means of separate cable harnesses to energized fashion over the ignition switch. A strong spring in
the EMR control unit. the actuator presses the control rod in the de-energized con-
dition into the zero position. As a redundancy measure, an
The sensors attached to the engine provide the electronics in additional solenoid serves for switching off and this, indepen-
the control unit with all the relevant physical parameters In dently of the actuator, also moves the control rod in the de-
accordance with the information of the current condition of energized condition into the zero position.
the engine and the preconditions (throttle position etc.), the
After the programming, that is carried out over the ISO9141
EMR2 controls an actuator that operates the control rod of the
interface, the EMR2 possesses a motor-specific data set and
injection pump and thus doses the fuel quantity in accordance
this is then fixedly assigned to the engine. Included in this are
with the performance requirements.
the various application cases as well as the customer’s wishes
regarding a particular scope of function.
The exact position of the regulating rod is reported back and,
if necessary, is corrected, by means of the control rod travel Each EMR2 module is matched by serial number to the engine.
sensor, situated together with the rotation magnets in a hous- Modules cannot be swapped between engines.
ing of the actuator.
Figure 3-85. EMR 2 Engine Side Equipment
3-122 3121631
3121631
Figure 3-86. Deutz EMR 2 Troubleshooting Flow Chart
3-123
3-124
Figure 3-87. Deutz EMR 2 Vehicle Side Connection Diagram
3121631
3121631
Figure 3-88. Deutz EMR 2 Engine Side Connection Diagram - Sheet 1 of 2
3-125
3-126
Figure 3-89. Deutz EMR 2 Engine Side Connection Diagram - Sheet 2 of 2
3121631
Figure 3-90. EMR 2 Engine Plug Pin Identification
3121631 3-127
Figure 3-91. EMR 2 Vehicle Plug Pin Identification
3-128 3121631
3121631
Figure 3-92. EMR2 Fault Codes - Sheet 1 of 5
3-129
3-130
3121631
3121631
3-131
3-132
3121631
3121631
3-133
3.20 GM ENGINE GENERAL MAINTENANCE • Check ignition coil and spark plug cables for hardening,
cracking, chafing, separation, split boot covers and proper
fit.
Maintenance of the Drive Belt
• Replace spark plugs at the proper intervals as prescribed in
The serpentine drive belt utilizes a spring loaded tensioner the engine manufacturer’s manual.
which keeps the belt properly adjusted. The drive belt is an • Check to make sure all electrical components are fitted
integral part of the cooling and charging systems and should securely.
be inspected frequently.
• Check the ground and platform control stations to ensure
When inspecting the belts check for: all warning indicator lights are functioning.
• Cracks or breaks.
Checking/Filling Engine Oil Level
• Chunking of the belt.
• Splits.
• Material hanging from the belt. AN OVERFILLED CRANKCASE (OIL LEVEL OVER THE SPECIFIED FULL MARK)
CAN CAUSE AN OIL LEAK, A FLUCTUATION OR DROP IN THE OIL PRESSURE AND
• Glazing and hardening. ROCKER ARM "CLATTER" IN THE ENGINE.
• Damaged or improperly aligned pulleys.
• Improperly performing tensioner.
CARE MUST BE TAKEN WHEN CHECKING THE ENGINE OIL LEVEL. OIL LEVEL
Check the belt tensioner by pressing down on the midway MUST BE MAINTAINED BETWEEN THE “ADD” MARK AND “FULL” MARK ON THE
point of the longest stretch between pulleys. The belt should DIPSTICK.
not depress beyond 1/2 in. (13mm). If the depression is more
than allowable adjust the tension. To ensure that you are not getting a false reading, make sure
NOTE: Do not over tighten the belt as doing so could cause pre- the following steps are taken to before check the oil level.
mature failures in other belt driven components. 1. Stop the engine if in use.
2. Allow sufficient time (approximately 5 minutes) for the
oil to drain back into the oil pan.
THE ENGINE MANUFACTURER DOES NOT RECOMMEND THE USE OF "BELT 3. Remove the dipstick. Wipe with a clean cloth or paper
DRESSING" OR "ANTI SLIPPING AGENTS" ON THE DRIVE BELT. towel and reinstall. Push the dipstick all the way into the
dipstick tube.
Engine Electrical System Maintenance 4. Remove the dipstick and note the oil level.
The engine electrical system incorporates computers and 5. Oil level must be between the "FULL" and "ADD" marks.
microprocessors to control the engine ignition, fuel control
and emissions. Due to the sensitivity of the computers to good
electrical connections periodic inspection of the electrical wir-
ing is necessary. When inspecting the electrical system use the
following:
• Check and clean the battery terminal connections and

ensure the connections are tight.
• Check the battery for any cracks or damage to the case.
Figure 3-97. Engine Oil Dip Stick
• Check the Positive and Negative battery cables for any cor-
rosion build up, rubbing or chafing, check connection on 6. If the oil level is below the "ADD" mark, proceed to Step
the chassis to ensure they are tight. 7 and 8 and reinstall the dipstick into the dipstick tube.
• Check the entire engine wire harness for rubbing chafing, 7. Remove the oil filter cap from the valve rocker arm
cuts or damaged connections, repair if necessary. cover.
8. Add the required amount of oil to bring the level up to
• Check all wire harness connectors to ensure they are fully
but not over "FULL" mark on the dipstick.
seated and locked.
9. Reinstall the oil fill cap to the valve rocker cover and
wipe away any excess oil.
3-134 3121631
Changing The Engine Oil Coolant Fill Procedure - Dual Fuel Engine
WHEN CHANGING THE OIL, ALWAYS CHANGE THE OIL FILTER. CHANGE OIL DAMAGE TO THE ENGINE COULD OCCUR IF NOT PROPERLY FILLED WITH COOL-
WHEN THE ENGINE IS WARM FROM OPERATION AS THE OILS WILL FLOW ANT. LPG FUELED ENGINES ARE MOST PRONE TO CREATING AN AIR LOCK DUR-
FREELY AND CARRY AWAY MORE IMPURITIES. ING A COOLANT FILL OPERATION DUE TO THE ELECTRONIC PRESSURE
REGULATOR (EPR) BEING THE HIGHEST POINT IN THE COOLING SYSTEM. AN
To change the oil use the following steps: EPR THAT APPEARS TO HAVE FROST FORMING ON IT IS A SIGN THAT THE
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM CONTAINS AIR. THE APPEARANCE AND TEMPERA-
1. Start the engine and run until it reaches normal operat-
TURE OF THE EPR SHOULD BE MONITORED DURING THE COOLANT FILL OPER-
ing temperature.
ATION. A WARM EPR IS AN INDICATION THAT THE COOLING SYSTEM IS
2. Stop the engine. PROPERLY FILLED AND FUNCTIONING.
3. Remove the drain plug and allow the oil to drain.
4. Remove and discard the oil filter and its sealing ring.
5. Coat the sealing ring on the filter with clean engine oil MAKE SURE ENGINE IS COOL BEFORE PERFORMING ANY MAINTENANCE
and wipe the sealing surface on the filter mounting sur- WORK.
face to remove any dust, dirt and debris. Tighten the fil-
ter securely (follow the filter manufacturers 1. Loosen the worm gear clamp on the coolant line run-
instructions). Do not over tighten. ning into the EPR as shown below and remove the hose
from the EPR. Place a rag under the hose to prevent
6. Check the sealing ring on drain plug for any damage,
coolant from running onto the engine/machine.
replace if necessary, wipe the plug with a clean rag and
wipe the sealing surface on the pan and reinstall the pan
plug. Do not over tighten.
7. Fill the crankcase with oil.
8. Start the engine and check for oil leaks.
9. Stop the engine and check the oil level to ensure the oil
level is at "FULL".
10. Dispose of the oil and filter in a safe manner.
3121631 3-135
2. Remove the radiator cap. Fill the radiator with coolant 5. Next, verify that the 2 coolant hoses on the EPR are
until coolant starts to appear from the previously warm. If they are not warm repeat step 3 and 4, other-
removed hose at the EPR. Reinstall the hose back onto wise continue to step 6.
the EPR and continue to fill radiator with coolant.
A PROPERLY PURGED COOLING SYSTEM WILL YIELD A WARM UPPER RADIA-

TOR HOSE AND A WARM EPR HOSE. IF THE UPPER RADIATOR HOSE AND/OR
EPR HOSE ARE NOT WARM TO THE TOUCH AFTER THE ENGINE HAS RUN FOR 5-
8 MINUTES AFTER REACHING OPERATING TEMPERATURE, THE SYSTEM MAY
STILL CONTAIN AIR. IT MAY BE NECESSARY TO REPEAT THE ABOVE STEPS.
6. Fill radiator with coolant as needed and install the radia-

tor cap. Next, remove the cap off the coolant recovery
bottle and fill just below the HOT FULL line and reinstall
the caps.
3. With the radiator cap still removed, start the engine and
run until the thermostat opens. The thermostat opens at
170° F (77° C), which can be checked using the JLG
handheld analyzer.
WHILE ENGINE IS RUNNING, AIR AND/OR STEAM MAY BE PRESENT COMING

FROM THE RADIATOR. THIS IS NORMAL.
4. After running the engine for 5 minutes after it has

reached operating temperature, shut the engine off and
continue to step 5.
WITH THE ENGINE RUNNING OR WHEN SHUTTING OFF THE ENGINE, SOME
HEATED COOLANT MAY SPILL OUT DUE TO AIR "BURPING" OUT OF THE SYS-
TEM WITH THE RADIATOR CAP OFF.
3-136 3121631
3.21 GM ENGINE DUAL FUEL SYSTEM Fuel Filter

NOTE: +20° F (-6.6° C) is the low temperature limit for LP gas, for Propane fuel like all other motor fuels is subject to contamina-
both starting and operation. This applies to all LP gas pow- tion from outside sources. Refueling of the equipment’s tank
ered engines. and removal of the tank from the equipment can inadver-
tently introduce dirt and other foreign matter into the fuel sys-
The Dual Fuel system allows the operator to operate the vehi- tem. It is therefore necessary to filter the fuel prior to entering
cle on either gasoline or LPG by positioning a selector switch the fuel system components downstream of the tank. An
in the operator's platform. When the operator places the selec- inline fuel filter has been installed in the fuel system to remove
tor switch in the gasoline mode the gasoline fuel pump is the dirt and foreign matter from the fuel. The inline filter is
energized. While in the gasoline mode the LPG fuel lock-off is replaceable as a unit only. Maintenance of the filter is critical to
isolated and will not energize. In addition the gasoline injector proper operation of the fuel system and should be replaced as
circuit is enabled and injector pulses are provided to each Section 1. In severe operating condition more frequent
injector and the ECM calibration for gasoline is also enabled. replacement of the filter may be necessary.
When the operator selects the LPG mode the Low Pressure
LPG lock-off is energized and fuel from the LPG tank flows to Electric Lock Off
the Electronic Pressure Regulator (EPR). The EPR receives an
electronic signal to position the secondary lever for the start or The Electric Lock Off device is an integrated assembly. When
run positions and when the engine begins to crank the mixer energized the solenoid opens the valve and allows the Pro-
air valve will rise and fuel will begin flowing to engine. During pane fuel to flow through the device. The valve opens during
this mode the gasoline fuel pump is isolated and will not be cranking and run cycles of the engine. The lock off supply volt-
activated. The primary components of the gasoline dual fuel age is controlled by the engine control module (ECM).
system are the gasoline tank, electric fuel pump and filter, fuel
supply line, injector rail and injectors and the fuel pressure
regulator. The primary components of the LPG dual fuel sys-
tem are the LPG fuel tank, in-fuel filter, LPG Low Pressure lock-
off, Electronic Pressure Regulator (EPR) and the fuel mixer
module. The LPG fuel system operates at pressures which
range from 14.0 inches (355.60 mm) of water column up to
312 psi (21.5 BAR).
Components which are shared by both systems include the
Electronic Throttle Control and the ECM. The ECM contains a Figure 3-98. Electric Fuel Lock Off
dual calibration; one controls the gasoline fuel system during
gasoline operation and one controls the LPG fuel system dur-
ing LPG operation.
3121631 3-137
EPR Assembly When the engine is cranking, sufficient vacuum will be intro-
duced into the secondary chamber from the mixer drawing
The EPR assembly is a combination Low Pressure Regulator the secondary diaphragm down onto the spring loaded lever
and a Voice Coil Assembly. The Voice coil is an electronic actu- and opening the secondary valve allowing vaporized fuel to
ator which is controlled by an internal microprocessor. The pass to the mixer. This mechanical action in conjunction with
microprocessor provides output data to the ECM and receives the EPR reactions causes the downward action on the second-
input data over a CAN BUS connection. The internal micropro- ary lever causing it to open wider allowing more fuel to flow to
cessor receives electrical signals from the Fuel Pressure Sensor the mixer.
FPS and the Fuel Temperature Pressure FTP and communi-
cates the data to the ECM. The ECM uses the FPS and FTP data
to calculate the location of the secondary lever in the LPR and THE VOICE COIL SECTION OF THE EPR ASSEMBLY IS AN EMISSIONS CONTROL
sends that data back to the EPR via the CAN BUS. The internal DEVICE AND CANNOT BE REBUILT. IF THE COIL ASSEMBLY FAILS TO OPERATE
microprocessor in the EPR will then output a signal, which PROPERLY, REPLACE IT WITH AN OEM REPLACEMENT PART ONLY.
causes the voice coil to move and position the secondary lever
to the correct location.
Figure 3-100. Low Pressure Regulators
1. Pressure Regulator Section 4. Primary Test Port

2. Fuel Inlet 5. Secondary Test Port
3. Coolant Passage 6. Voice Coil Section
Figure 3-99. EPR Assembly
Low Pressure Regulator (LPR)

The LPR is a combination vaporizer, pressure regulating
device. The LPR is a negative pressure, two stage regulator that
is normally closed when the engine is not running. When the
engine is cranking or running, a partial vacuum is created in
the fuel line which connects the regulator to the mixer. This
partial vacuum opens the regulator permitting fuel to flow to
the mixer.
Propane fuel enters the primary port of the LPR and passes
through the primary jet and into the primary/ exchanger
chamber. As the propane passes through the heat exchanger
the fuel expands and creates pressure inside the chamber. The
pressure rises as the fuel expands when the pressure rises
above 1.5 psi (10.34 kpa), sufficient pressure is exerted on the
primary diaphragm to cause the diaphragm plate to pivot and
press against the primary valve pin thus closing off the flow of
fuel. This action causes the flow of fuel into the regulator to be
regulated.
3-138 3121631
Air Fuel Mixer Electronic Throttle Control (ETC)

The air valve mixer is an air-fuel metering device and is com- Engine speed and load control is maintained by an ETC device.
pletely self-contained. The mixer is an air valve design, utiliz- Speed and load control are determined by the ECM. Defaults
ing a relatively constant pressure drop to draw fuel into the programmed into the ECM software and throttle position sen-
mixer from cranking to full load. The mixer is mounted in the sors allow the ECM to maintain safe operating control over the
air stream ahead of the throttle control device. engine. The Electronic Throttle Control device or "throttle
body assembly" is connected to the intake manifold of the
When the engine begins to crank, it draws in air with the air engine. The electronic throttle control device utilizes an elec-
valve covering the inlet, negative pressure begins to build. tric motor connected to the throttle shaft. When the engine is
This negative pressure signal is communicated to the top of running electrical signals are sent from the equipment con-
the air valve chamber through 4 vacuum ports in the air valve trols to the engine ECM when the operator depresses an
assembly. A pressure/force imbalance begins to build across equipment function switch. The ECM then sends an electrical
the air valve diaphragm between the air valve vacuum cham- signal to the motor on the electronic throttle control to
ber and the atmospheric pressure below the diaphragm. The increase or decrease the angle of the throttle blade thus
air valve vacuum spring is calibrated to generate from 4.0 increasing or decreasing the air/fuel flow to the engine.
inches (101.6 mm) of water column at start to as high as 14.0
inches (355.60 mm) of water column at full throttle. The vac- The electronic throttle control device also incorporates two
uum being created is referred to as Air Valve Vacuum (AVV). As internal Throttle Position Sensors (TPS) which provide output
the air valve vacuum reaches 4.0 inches (101.6mm) of water signals to the ECM as to the location of the throttle shaft and
column, the air valve begins to lift against the air valve spring. blade. The TPS information is used by the ECM to correct
The amount of AVV generated is a direct result of the throttle speed and load control as well as emission control.
position. At low engine speed the air valve vacuum is low and
the air valve position is low thus creating a small venturi for
the fuel to flow. As the engine speed increase the AVV
increases and the air valve is lifted higher thus creating a much
larger venturi. This air valve vacuum is communicated from
the mixer venture to the LPR secondary chamber via the low
pressure fuel supply hose. As the AVV increases in the second-
ary chamber the secondary diaphragm is drawn further down
forcing the secondary valve lever to open wider.
Figure 3-102. ETC throttle control device
Figure 3-101. Air Fuel Mixer
3121631 3-139
Engine Control Module Heated Exhaust Gas Oxygen Sensor

To obtain maximum effect from the catalyst and accurate con- There are two Heated Exhaust Gas Oxygen Sensors (HEGO).
The first HEGO is mounted in the exhaust system downstream
trol of the air fuel ratio the emission certified engine is
of the engine. It is used to measure the amount of oxygen
equipped with an onboard computer or Engine Control Unit present in the exhaust stream and communicate that to the
(ECM). The ECM is a 32 bit controller which receives input data ECM via an electrical signal. The amount of oxygen present in
from sensors fitted to the engine and fuel system and then the exhaust stream indicates whether the fuel/air ratio is too
outputs various signals to control engine operation. rich or too lean. If the HEGO sensor signal indicates that the
exhaust stream is too rich the ECM will decrease or lean the
One specific function of the controller is to maintain "closed fuel mixture during engine operation, if the mixture is too lean
loop fuel control". Closed loop fuel control is accomplished the ECM will richen the mixture. The ECM continuously moni-
when the exhaust gas oxygen sensor (HEGO) mounted in the tors the HEGO sensor output. If a rich or lean condition is pres-
exhaust system sends a voltage signal to the controller. The ent for an extended period of time and the ECM cannot
controller then calculates any correction that may need to be correct the condition, the ECM will set a diagnostic code and
turn on the MIL light in control box.
made to the air fuel ratio. The controller then outputs signals
to the EPR to correct the amount of fuel being supplied to the The second HEGO is mounted in the exhaust system after the
mixer. At the same time the ECM may correct the throttle muffler. It measures the amount of oxygen in the exhaust sys-
blade position to correct speed and load of the engine. tem after the catalyst treatment has been completed in the
muffler. If the ECM detects that the catalytic action in the muf-
The controller also performs diagnostic functions on the fuel fler is not sufficient and fuel correction cannot correct the mal-
system and notifies the operator of malfunctions by turning function the MIL light is illuminated in the control box and a
on a Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) mounted in the Ground DTC code will stored in the computer.
Control Station and the Platform Control Station. Malfunctions
in the system are identified by a Diagnostic Code number. In
addition to notifying the operator of the malfunction in the THE HEATED EXHAUST GAS OXYGEN SENSOR IS AN EMISSION CONTROL
DEVICE. IF THE HEGO FAILS TO OPERATE, REPLACE IT WITH AN OEM REPLACE-
system the controller also stores the information about the
MENT PART. THE HEGO SENSOR IS SENSITIVE TO SILICONE OR SILICONE
malfunction in its memory.
BASED PRODUCTS AND CAN BECOME CONTAMINATED. AVOID USING SILICONE
SEALERS OR HOSES TREATED WITH SILICONE LUBRICANTS IN THE AIR
STREAM OR FUEL LINES.
Figure 3-103. LPG Engine Control Unit (ECM)
Figure 3-105. Heated Exhaust Gas Oxygen Sensor

(HEGO)
Gasoline Multi Point Fuel Injection System (MPFI)

The primary components of the Gasoline Multi Point Fuel
Injection (MPFI) fuel system are the fuel tank, electric fuel
pump, fuel pressure and temperature sensor manifold, fuel fil-
ter and fuel rail.
Figure 3-104. ECM Assembly
3-140 3121631
Gasoline Fuel Pump Fuel Filter

The Gasoline is stored as a liquid in the fuel tank and in drawn After the fuel is drawn into the fuel pump, the fuel flows
into the fuel system by an electric fuel pump. The fuel pump through the gasoline fuel filter. The fuel filter will trap small
will receive a signal from the ECM to prime the fuel system for particles as the fuel passes through the filter to remove debris
approximately 2 seconds prior to start. Priming of the fuel sys- and prevents the fuel pressure and temperature manifold and
tem provides for a quicker start, when the engine begins to fuel injectors from becoming damaged. Maintenance of the
crank. fuel filter is required as indicated in Section 1.
Fuel Injector Rail

Gasoline Pressure And Temperature Sensor
Fuel flows from the fuel pressure and temperature manifold
Manifold assembly to the fuel rails where the fuel is delivered to the fuel
injectors. The fuel rail also contains a Schrader valve which is
This engine is equipped with a fuel injector rail that does not
utilized to test the regulated pressure of the fuel system.
have a pressure regulator or a return circuit to the fuel tank.
Fuel pressure for this engine is regulated by the engine’s ECM.
The ECM receive fuel pressure and temperature feedback from Fuel Injector
the gasoline fuel sensor manifold and uses this information to
The fuel supply is maintained on the top of the injector from
control the ground side of the fuel pump. Fuel pressure is reg-
the injector rail. The injector is fed a "pulse" signal through the
ulated by the ECM pulse width modulating (PWM) the fuel
wire harness which causes the injector to open. During regular
pump. The fuel pressure and temperature sensor manifold has
operating conditions the ECM controls the opening and dura-
a return or "bleed" circuit that connects back to the fuel tank.
tion of opening of the injector. During lower RPM operation
This circuit is used to bleed off any vapor that develops in the
the injector signals or "pulses" are less frequent then when the
line and return a small amount of fuel to the tank. The fuel
engine is operating at higher RPMs. The engine has been cali-
comes from the fuel tank and passes through the fuel pump.
brated to deliver the precise amount of fuel for optimum per-
Fuel exits the fuel pump, passes through the filter and then
formance and emission control.
enters the fuel pressure and temperature manifold assembly.
Fuel flows through the feed circuit and is delivered to the fuel
injector rail. Fuel that enters the bleed circuits through they
bypass valve in the manifold is returned to the fuel tank.
Figure 3-106. Gasoline Fuel Pressure and Temperature

Manifold Assembly
3121631 3-141
3.22 GM ENGINE FUEL SYSTEM REPAIR Propane Fuel System Leak Test
Propane Fuel System Pressure Relief

NEVER USE AN OPEN FLAME OF ANY TYPE TO CHECK FOR PROPANE FUEL SYS-
TEM LEAKS.
THE PROPANE FUEL SYSTEM OPERATES AT PRESSURES UP TO 312 PSI (21.5
Always inspect the propane fuel system for leaks after per-
BAR). TO MINIMIZE THE RISK OF FIRE AND PERSONAL INJURY, RELIEVE THE
forming service. Check for leaks at the fittings of the serviced
PROPANE FUEL SYSTEM PRESSURE (WHERE APPLICABLE) BEFORE SERVICING
or replaced component. Use a commercially available liquid
THE PROPANE FUEL SYSTEM COMPONENTS.
leak detector or an electronic leak detector. When using both
methods, use the electronic leak detector first to avoid con-
To relieve propane fuel system pressure:
tamination by the liquid leak detector.
1. Close the manual shut-off valve on the propane fuel
tank.
2. Start and run the vehicle until the engine stalls.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
RESIDUAL VAPOR PRESSURE WILL BE PRESENT IN THE FUEL SYSTEM. ENSURE

THE WORK AREA IS WELL VENTILATED BEFORE DISCONNECTING ANY FUEL
LINE.
3-142 3121631
Propane Fuel Filter Replacement INSTALLATION
BE SURE TO REINSTALL THE FILTER MAGNET INTO THE HOUSING BEFORE

1 INSTALLING NEW SEAL
5
6 1. Install the mounting plate to lock off O-ring seal.
10 2. If equipped, install the retaining bolt seal.
7
3. Install the housing seal.
2
4. Drop the magnet into the bottom of the filter housing.
8
5. Install the filter into the housing.
3 6. If equipped, install the retaining bolt into the filter hous-
ing.
4 7. Install the filter up to the bottom of the electric lock off.
8. Tighten the filter bowl retainer to 106 in lbs (12 Nm).
9 9. Open manual shut-off valve. Start the vehicle and leak

check the propane fuel system at each serviced fitting.
Refer to Propane Fuel System Leak Test.
1. Electric Lock off Solenoid 6. Fuel Outlet
2. Housing Seal 7. O-ring Propane Fuel System Pressure Relief
3. Filter Magnet 8. Filter
4. Filter Housing 9. Fuel Inlet
5. Electrical Connector 10. Ring
THE PROPANE FUEL SYSTEM OPERATES AT PRESSURES UP TO 312 PSI (21.5
Figure 3-107. Filter Lock Assembly
BAR). TO MINIMIZE THE RISK OF FIRE AND PERSONAL INJURY, RELIEVE THE
REMOVAL PROPANE FUEL SYSTEM PRESSURE (WHERE APPLICABLE) BEFORE SERVICING
THE PROPANE FUEL SYSTEM COMPONENTS.
1. Relieve the propane fuel system pressure. Refer to Pro-
pane Fuel System Pressure Relief. To relieve propane fuel system pressure:
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable. 1. Close the manual shut-off valve on the propane fuel
3. Slowly loosen the Filter housing and remove it. tank.
4. Pull the filter housing from the Electric lock off assembly. 2. Start and run the vehicle until the engine stalls.
5. Remove the filter from the housing. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
6. Locate Filter magnet and remove it.
7. Remove and discard the housing seal.
RESIDUAL VAPOR PRESSURE WILL BE PRESENT IN THE FUEL SYSTEM. ENSURE
8. If equipped, remove and discard the retaining bolt seal.
THE WORK AREA IS WELL VENTILATED BEFORE DISCONNECTING ANY FUEL
9. Remove and discard mounting plate to lock off O-ring LINE.
seal.
3121631 3-143
Electronic Pressure Regulator (EPR) Assembly 11. Remove the (3) three nuts from the EPR isolators and the
EPR mounting bracket.
Replacement
12. Remove the EPR from the bracket.
13. Remove the (3) three mounting isolators.
INSTALLATION
DO NOT USE TEFLON TAPE ON ANY FUEL FITTING. USE A LIQUID PIPE THREAD
SEALANT WHEN INSTALLING FITTINGS.
CHECK ALL THE O-RINGS ON THE VAPOR AND WATER FITTINGS FOR ANY DAM-
AGE REPLACE IF NECESSARY.
LUBE ALL THE O-RINGS WITH AN O-RING LUBE BEFORE INSTALLING.
1. Install the three (3) rubber isolators to the bottom of the

EPR.
2. Install the EPR assembly to the bracket and tighten the
retaining nuts.
1. Pressure Regulator Section 4. Primary Test Port
2. Fuel Inlet 5. Secondary Test Port NOTE: Do not over tighten the isolators and cause a separation of
3. Coolant Passage 6. Voice Coil Section the isolators.
Figure 3-108. EPR Assembly
3. Install the fuel temperature sensor into the regulator
The EPR assembly is a made up of two separate components. opening and lock in place with the locking pin, connect
The Voice Coil Section is not serviceable and can only be the electrical connector.
replaced as an assembly. The pressure regulator section is ser- 4. Insert the fuel vapor line and fitting into the regulator
viceable and will be detailed in this section. port and lock in place with the locking pin.
REMOVAL 5. Install both the water hoses and fittings into the regula-
tor and lock in place with the locking pin remove the
1. Relieve the propane fuel system pressure. Refer to
clamp pliers from the hoses.
Propane Fuel System Pressure Relief.
6. Install the electric lock off into the regulator inlet and
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable. tighten into proper location, connect the electrical con-
3. Slowly remove the fuel inlet fitting at the Electric Lock nector.
Off. 7. Connect the fuel supply line and tighten until fully
seated.
NOTE: Residual vapor pressure will be present in the fuel system.
8. Connect the EPR electrical connector.
4. Disconnect the electrical connector to the Electric Lock 9. Open the manual valve.
off.
5. Remove the Electric Lock Off from the regulator.
6. Remove the lock pin from the vapor fitting on the regu-
lator housing and remove the fitting and hose and
retain the pin.
7. Remove the lock pin from the pressure sensor on the
regulator housing and remove the Sensor and retain the
pin.
8. Using a clamp pliers pinch off the hoses on the coolant
lines to the regulator.
9. Remove the lock pin from both the water fittings on the
regulator housing and remove the fittings and hoses
and retain the pin.
10. Disconnect the EPR electrical connector.
3-144 3121631
10. Start the vehicle and leak check the propane fuel system REMOVAL
at each serviced fitting Refer to Propane Fuel System
1. Disconnect the TMAP electrical connector.
Leak Test.
2. Remove the two retaining bolts.
3. Remove the TMAP.
INSTALLATION
NOTE: Apply a small amount of O-ring lubricant before
installation.
1. Install in the TMAP.

2. Tighten retaining bolts to 62 lb-in (7 Nm).
Start the vehicle and check for proper operation.
Figure 3-109. Pressure Regulator Section

Electronic Throttle Control Replacement
PRESSURE REGULATOR SECTION REMOVAL See Figure 3-110.
1. Remove the EPR refer to EPR Removal Procedure. REMOVAL

1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Remove the six (6) regulator to voice coil screws using
the special tool and separate the regulator from the 2. Remove the air intake duct.
actuator. 3. Release the hose clamp on the vapor fuel line and
remove the vapor hose.
4. Disconnect the TMAP electrical connector.
DO NOT REMOVE THE SECONDARY DIAPHRAGM RETAINING PLATE AND DIA- 5. Disconnect the electronic throttle control connector.
PHRAGM THIS WILL VOID THE WARRANTY OF THE ACTUATOR SECTION. 6. Remove the manifold to throttle body adapter bolts and
remove the throttle body mixer assembly.
PRESSURE REGULATOR SECTION INSTALLATION 7. Pull the throttle body assembly from the adapter.
1. Install the regulator to the actuator section using the six 8. Remove electronic throttle control device.
(6) retaining screws and tighten 70 in. lbs. (8 Nm). 9. Remove the O-rings gasket and discard.
2. Install the EPR refer to EPR Installation.
Temperature Manifold Absolute Pressure (TMAP)

Sensor
Figure 3-110. (TMAP) Sensor & Electronic Throttle

Control (ETC)
3121631 3-145
INSTALLATION 3. Attach mixer and throttle body together. The two parts
do not bolt together; they will be secured when you
mount it on the intake. Notice the orientation of the air
inlet and throttle body cover.
LIGHTLY LUBRICATE BOTH THROTTLE CONTROL DEVICE TO ADAPTER O-RINGS.
1. Install the O-ring on throttle body. Press it down to the

bottom of the surface.
4. Place gasket on intake manifold and attach mixer/throt-

tle assembly to manifold.
2. Install the two quad seals. Install one seal at a time to

ensure the seal does not roll. The seal must sit flat on the
throttle body.
Figure 3-111. Mixer Assembly
Mixer Replacement
See Figure 3-111.
REMOVAL
1. Remove the Throttle control device Refer to Electronic
Throttle Body Replacement.
2. Remove the four (4) bolts to the throttle control device
to mixer adapter bolts.
3. Remove and discard the mixer to adapter gasket.
3-146 3121631
INSTALLATION Engine Control Module Replacement

REMOVAL
COVER THROTTLE BODY ADAPTER OPENING TO PREVENT DEBRIS FROM
1. Disconnect Negative battery cable.
ENTERING ENGINE UNTIL REASSEMBLY.
2. Remove controller from mounting bracket.
1. Install Mixer to adapter gasket onto the mixer.
3. Push connector lock back to unlock connector.
2. Install the mixer to the throttle control device to mixer
adapter and secure with the 4 retaining screws. Tighten 4. Unplug controller and remove.
80 in. lbs. (9 Nm).
INSTALLATION
3. Install Throttle body. Refer to Electronic Throttle Control
Device Replacement.
4. Start the engine and leak check all fittings and connec- THE CONTROLLER IS CALIBRATED FOR EACH ENGINE VERIFY YOU HAVE THE
tions. CORRECT CONTROLLER
Coolant Hose Replacement 1. Plug connector into controller.
REMOVAL 2. Push lock into place.

1. Drain the coolant. 3. Mount controller into mounting bracket.
2. Using hose clamp pliers, disconnect both hose clamps 4. Reconnect the battery cable.
on each hose.
5. Start engine.
3. Remove the hose from each of the fittings.
6. Check for any DTC codes and clear.
INSTALLATION
7. Verify engine is in closed loop and no warning lights are
NOTE: Use hose material and lengths specified by JLG. illuminated.
1. Install the hose clamps to each hose and set the clamp
back on each hose to make installation easier. Heated Exhaust Gas Oxygen Sensor Replacement
2. Fit the hose to the fittings. REMOVAL
3. Secure by positioning each of the clamps. 1. Disconnect Negative battery cable.
Vapor Hose Replacement 2. Disconnect the O2 sensor electrical connector.
REMOVAL 3. Using an O2 Sensor socket, remove the O2 Sensor and

discard.
1. Using hose clamp pliers disconnect both hose clamps.
INSTALLATION
2. Remove the vapor hose from each fitting.
INSTALLATION
BEFORE INSTALL THE O2 SENSOR LUBRICATE THREADS WITH ANTI-SEIZE
COMPOUND GM P/N 5613695 OR EQUIVALENT. AVOID GETTING COMPOUND
ON THE SENSOR TIP.
THE VAPOR SUPPLY HOSE IS SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED, DO NOT USE HOSE
MATERIAL OR LENGTH OTHER THAN JLG SPECIFIED PARTS.
1. Install O2 sensor. Tighten to 30 ft. lbs. (41 Nm).
1. Install hose clamps and set back on each hose.
2. Start engine.
2. Reinstall the vapor hose to each fitting.
3. Check for any DTC codes and clear.
3. Reset clamps.
4. Verify engine is in closed loop and no warning lights are
4. Start engine and check for leaks. illuminated.
3121631 3-147
3.23 GM ENGINE LPG FUEL SYSTEM DIAGNOSIS Diagnostic Aids

This procedure is intended to diagnose a vehicle operating on
Fuel System Description LPG. If the vehicle will not continue to run on LPG, refer to
Hard Start for preliminary checks. Before proceeding with this
procedure, verify that the vehicle has a sufficient quantity of
fuel and that liquid fuel is being delivered to the LPR. Also,
ensure that the manual shut off valve on the LPG tank is fully
opened and that the excess flow valve has not been activated.
Tools Required:
• 7/16 Open end wrench (for test port plugs).
• DVOM (GM J 39200, Fluke 88 or equivalent).
• 12 volt test light
Diagnostic Scan Tool
Figure 3-112. EPR Assembly • Diagnostic Display tool.

Pressure Gauges
To maintain fuel and emission control on the LPG fuel system • IMPCO ITK-2 Test kit
the Engine Control Units (ECM) relies on numerous engine
sensor and output data from the Electronic Pressure Regulator • Water Column Gauge / Manometer (GM 7333-6 or equiva-
(EPR). The ECM will then determine the target fuel calibration lent).
and command the EPR to reposition the voice coil to the • 0-10 PSI Gauge
proper position which, subsequently reposition the secondary
lever in the pressure regulator to maintain proper control. The Test Description
EPR and ECM will continue to communicate back and forth The numbers below refer to step numbers on the diagnostic
during normal operation. table.
In the event that the EPR fails to communicate or the Commu- 5. This step determines if the LPR requires replacement.
nications Area Network (CAN) cable fails to transmit data the
regulator will operate in an open loop configuration. As the air 6. This step determines if the problems are in the mechanical
valve vacuum in the mixer venturi is communicated to the sec- side of the Pressure Regulator or the Electronic Voice Coil.
ondary chamber of the regulator the secondary diaphragm 10. This step determines if the Mixer requires replacement.
will be drawn in a downwards motion. This downward motion
will cause the secondary lever to open thus allowing more fuel 14. This step determines if the Lock Off requires replacement.
to enter the mixer. 17. This step determines if the Fuel Filter requires replacement.
In the (LPR) the fuel is vaporized and the pressure reduced in
two stages. The first stage reduces the pressure to approxi-
mately 1.0 to 3.0 psi (6.8 to 20.6 kPa). The second stage
reduces the pressure to approximately negative 1.5" of water
column.
The fuel is then drawn from the secondary chamber of the LPR
by the vacuum generated by air flowing through the mixer.
This vacuum signal is also used to generate lift for the mixer air
valve. This vacuum signal is most commonly referred to as air
valve vacuum. In the mixer, the fuel mixes with the air entering
the engine. This air/ fuel mixture is then drawn into the engine
for combustion.
3-148 3121631
Table 3-11. LPG Fuel System Diagnosis
STEP ACTION VALUE(S) YES NO

1 Were you referred to this procedure by a DTC diagnostic chart? -- Go to Step 3 Go to Step 2
2 Perform the On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check. -- Go to the Go to Step 3
Are any DTCs present in the ECM? applicable DTC Table
3 Verify that the LPG fuel tank has a minimum of 1/4 tank of fuel, that the manual valve is open -- Go to Step 4 --
and the tank quick connect is fully engaged
Does the vehicle have fuel?
4 1. Connect a water column gauge or a manometer to the secondary test port of the low pressure -- Go to Step 5 Go to Step 8
regulator (LPR).
2. Start the engine and allow it to reach operating temperature.
Does the engine start and run?
5 With the engine idling, observe the pressure reading for the LPR secondary pressure. -0.5" to Go to Step 25 Go to Step 6
Does the fuel pressure fluctuate rhythmically OUTSIDE the specified range? -2.5" w.c
6 1. Disconnect the EPR electrical connectors. -0.5" to Go to Fuel Control System Go to Step 7
NOTE: This action will cause a DTC to be set by the ECM. -2.5" w.c Diagnosis
2. With the engine idling observe the pressure reading on the secondary test port.
Is the fuel pressure WITHIN the specified range?
7 1. Inspect the air intake stream between the mixer assembly and the throttle body for leaks. -- Go to Step 26 Go to Step 22
2. Inspect the fuel hose connection between the LPR and mixer assembly for damage or leak-
age.
3. Inspect any vacuum hoses for leaks
Was a problem found and corrected?
8 1. Connect a water column gauge or a manometer to the secondary test port of the low pressure -- Go to Step 12 Go to Step 9
regulator (LPR).
2. Crank the engine and observe the pressure reading for the LPR secondary pressure.
Does the fuel pressure indicate a vacuum is present?
9 1. Remove Air induction hose to the mixer -- Go to Step 11 Go to Step 10
2. Observe the air valve for movement while the engine is cranking.
Note: Movement of the air valve will be minimal at cranking speeds.
Does the air valve move when the engine is cranked?
10 1. Inspect the air intake stream to the mixer assembly and the throttle body for vacuum leaks. -- Go to Step 26 Go to Step 24
2. Inspect the vacuum hoses from the mixer for proper connection and condition.
Was a problem found and repaired?
11 Inspect the fuel hose connection between the LPR and the mixer assembly for damage or leak- -- Go to Step 26 Go to Step 12
age.
Was a problem found and repaired?
12 1. Connect a 0-10 psi gauge to the primary test port of the low pressure regulator (LPR). 1- 3 PSI Go to Step 22 Go to Step 13
2. Crank the engine and observe the pressure reading for the LPR primary pressure.
Is the fuel pressure ABOVE the specified value?
13 1. Turn OFF the ignition. -- Go to Step 14 Go to Step 16
2. Disconnect the LPL connector.
3. Install a test light between the pins of the LPL connector.
4. Crank the engine. The test light should illuminate.
Does the test light illuminate?
14 Using a DVOM, check the resistance of the low pressure lock-off (LPL). 12W - 16W Go to Step 15 Go to Step 23
Is the resistance within the specified range?
3121631 3-149
Table 3-11. LPG Fuel System Diagnosis
STEP ACTION VALUE(S) YES NO

15 1. Turn the ignition OFF. -- Go to Step 23 Go to Step 17
2. Close the manual shut-off valve on the LPG tank.
CAUTION: When disconnecting LPG fuel lines, liquid LPG may be present. Perform this step in a
well ventilated area.
3. Loosen the fuel inlet hose fitting at the inlet of the LPL.
Was fuel present when the fitting was loosened?
16 1. Turn OFF the ignition. -- Go to Step 20 Go to Step 21
2. Connect the test light to chassis ground and probe pin A of the LPL connector.
3. Crank the engine. The test light should illuminate.
Does the test light illuminate?
17 1. Remove the LPG fuel filter / LPL. -- Go to Step 19 Go to Step 18
2. Remove the filter from the LPL.
3. Empty the contents of the inlet side of the LPG fuel filter onto a clean surface.
4. Inspect the contents of the LPG fuel filter for an excessive amount of foreign material or
water. If necessary, locate and repair the source of contamination.
5. Verify the LPG fuel filter is not restricted or plugged.
Was a problem found?
18 The fuel supply system or hoses are plugged or restricted, locate and repair the problem. -- Go to Step 26 --
Is the action complete?
19 Replace the fuel filter. Refer to Fuel Filter Replacement. -- Go to Step 26 --
20 Repair the open in the lock-off ground circuit. -- Go to Step 26 --
21 Repair the open in the lock-off power circuit. -- Go to Step 26 --
22 Replace the low pressure regulator (LPR). Refer to Low Pressure Regulator Replacement. -- Go to Step 26 --
23 Replace the lock-off. Refer to Lock-off Replacement. -- Go to Step 26 --
24 Replace the mixer assembly. Refer to Fuel Mixer Replacement. -- Go to Step 26 --
25 The fuel supply system is operating normally, if a failure of the control solenoids is suspected. -- System OK --
Refer to Fuel Control System Diagnosis.
1. Install the test plug in the LPR secondary chamber.

2. If you were sent to this routine by another diagnostic chart, return to the previous diagnostic
procedure.
26 1. Disconnect all test equipment -- System OK --
2. Install the primary and secondary test port plugs.
3. Start the engine.
4. Using SNOOP or equivalent, leak check the test port plugs.
3-150 3121631
Table 3-12. Symptom Diagnosis
Checks Action
Important Preliminary Checks
Before Using This Section Before using this section, you should have performed On Board Diagnostic Check and determined that:
1. The Control Module and MIL (Malfunction Indicator Lamp) are operating correctly.
2. There are no Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) stored, or a DTC exists but without a MIL.
Several of the following symptom procedures call for a careful visual and physical check. The visual and physical checks are very important. The
checks can lead to correcting a problem without further checks that may save valuable time.
LPG Fuel System Check 1. Verify the customer complaint.
2. Locate the correct symptom table.
3. Check the items indicated under that symptom.
4. Operate the vehicle under the conditions the symptom occurs. Verify HEGO switching between lean and rich.
IMPORTANT! Normal HEGO switching indicates the LPG fuel system is in closed loop and operating correctly at that time.
Visual and Physical Checks ² Check all ECM system fuses and circuit breakers.
² Check the ECM ground for being clean, tight and in its proper location.
² Check the vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and proper connections.
² Check thoroughly for any type of leak or restriction.
² Check for air leaks at all the mounting areas of the intake manifold sealing surfaces.
² Check for proper installation of the mixer module assembly.
² Check for air leaks at the mixer assembly.
² Check the ignition wires for the following conditions:
- Cracking
- Hardness
- Proper routing
- Carbon tracking
² Check the wiring for the following items:
- Proper connections, pinches or cuts.
² The following symptom tables contain groups of possible causes for each symptom. The order of these procedures is not important. If the scan
tool readings do not indicate the problems, then proceed in a logical order, easiest to check or most likely to cause first.
Intermittent
DEFINITION: The problem may or may not turn ON the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) or store a Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).
Preliminary Checks ² Refer to Important Preliminary Checks.
² Do not use the DTC tables. If a fault is an intermittent, the use of the DTC tables may result in the replacement of good parts.
Faulty Electrical Connections or Wiring ² Faulty electrical connections or wiring can cause most intermittent problems.
² Check the suspected circuit for the following conditions:
- Faulty fuse or circuit breaker
- Connectors poorly mated
- Terminals not fully seated in the connector (backed out)
- Terminals not properly formed or damaged
- Terminal to wires poorly connected
- Terminal tension insufficient
² Carefully remove all the connector terminals in the problem circuit in order to ensure the proper contact tension. If necessary, replace all the
connector terminals in the problem circuit in order to ensure the proper contact tension.
² Checking for poor terminal to wire connections requires removing the terminal from the connector body.
Operational Test If a visual and physical check does not locate the cause of the problem, drive the vehicle with a scan tool. When the problem occurs, an abnormal
voltage or scan reading indicates the problem may be in that circuit.
3121631 3-151
Checks Action
Intermittent Malfunction Indicator Lamp The following components can cause intermittent MIL and no DTC(s):
(MIL) ² A defective relay, Control Module driven solenoid, or a switch that can cause electrical system interference. Normally, the problem will occur
when the faulty component is operating.
² The improper installation of electrical devices, such as lights, 2-way radios, electric motors, etc.
² The ignition secondary voltage shorted to a ground.
² The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) circuit or the Diagnostic Test Terminal intermittently shorted to ground.
² The Control Module grounds.
Loss of DTC Memory To check for the loss of the DTC Memory:
1. Disconnect the TMAP sensor.
2. Idle the engine until the Malfunction Indicator Lamp illuminates.
The ECM should store a TMAP DTC. The TMAP DTC should remain in the memory when the ignition is turned OFF. If the TMAP DTC does not store
and remain, the ECM is faulty
Additional Checks
No Start
DEFINITION: The engine cranks OK, but does not start.
Preliminary Checks Refer to Important Preliminary Checks.
Control Module Checks If a scan tool is available:
² Check for proper communication with both the ECM.
² Check the fuse in the ECM battery power circuit. Refer to Engine Controls Schematics.
² Check battery power, ignition power and ground circuits to the ECM. Refer to Engine Control Schematics. Verify voltage and/or continuity for
each circuit.
Sensor Checks ² Check the TMAP sensor.
² Check the Magnetic pickup sensor (RPM).
Fuel System Checks Important: A closed LPG manual fuel shut off valve will create a no start condition.
² Check for air intake system leakage between the mixer and the throttle body.
² Verify proper operation of the low pressure lock-off solenoids.
² Check the fuel system pressures. Refer to the LPG Fuel System Diagnosis.
² Check for proper mixer air valve operation.
Ignition System Checks Note: LPG being a gaseous fuel requires higher secondary ignition system voltages for the equivalent gasoline operating conditions.
² Check for the proper ignition voltage output with J 26792 or the equivalent.
² Verify that the spark plugs are correct for use with LPG (R42LTS).
² Check the spark plugs for the following conditions:
- Wet plugs
- Cracks
- Wear
- Improper gap
- Burned electrodes
- Heavy deposits
² Check for bare or shorted ignition wires.
² Check for loose ignition coil connections at the coil.
Engine Mechanical Checks Important: The LPG Fuel system works on a fumigation principle of fuel introduction and is more sensitive to intake manifold leakage than
the gasoline fuel supply system.
² Check for the following:
- Vacuum leaks
- Improper valve timing
- Low compression
- Bent pushrods
- Worn rocker arms
- Broken or weak valve springs
- Worn camshaft lobes.
3-152 3121631
Checks Action
Exhaust System Checks ² Check the exhaust system for a possible restriction:
- Inspect the exhaust system for damaged or collapsed pipes.
- Inspect the muffler for signs of heat distress or for possible internal failure.
² Check for possible plugged catalytic converter. Refer to Restricted Exhaust System Diagnosis.
Hard Start
DEFINITION: The engine cranks OK, but does not start for a long time. The engine does eventually run, or may start but immediately dies.
² Make sure the vehicle's operator is using the correct starting procedure.
Sensor Checks ²Check the Engine Coolant Temperature sensor with the scan tool. Compare the engine coolant temperature with the ambient air temperature
on a cold engine. IF the coolant temperature reading is more than 5 degrees greater or less than the ambient air temperature on a cold engine,
check for high resistance in the coolant sensor circuit. Refer to DTC 111.
² Check the Crankshaft Position (CKP) sensor.
²Check the Throttle position (TPS) sensor.
Fuel System Checks Important: A closed LPG manual fuel shut off valve will create an extended crank OR no start condition.
² Verify the excess flow valve in the LPG manual shut-off valve is not tripped.
² Check mixer module assembly for proper installation and leakage.
² Verify proper operation of the low pressure lock-off solenoids.
² Verify proper operation of the EPR.
² Check for air intake system leakage between the mixer and the throttle body.
² Check the fuel system pressures. Refer to the Fuel System Diagnosis.
Ignition System Checks Note: LPG being a gaseous fuel requires higher secondary ignition system voltages for the equivalent gasoline operating conditions.
² Check the spark plugs for the following conditions:
- Wet plugs
- Cracks
- Wear
- Improper gap
- Burned electrodes
- Heavy deposits
² Check for bare or shorted ignition wires.
² Check for moisture in the distributor cap if applicable.
² Check for loose ignition coil connections.
Important:
1. If the engine starts but then immediately stalls, Check the Crankshaft Position (CKP).
2. Check for improper gap, debris or faulty connections.
Engine Mechanical Checks Important: The LPG Fuel system works on a fumigation principle of fuel introduction and is more sensitive to intake manifold leakage than the
gasoline fuel supply system.
² Check for the following:
- Vacuum leaks
- Low compression
- Bent pushrods
- Worn rocker arms
- Worn camshaft lobes.
² Check the intake and exhaust manifolds for casting flash.
² Check for possible plugged catalytic converter. Refer to Restricted Exhaust System Diagnosis or Exhaust System in the GM Base Engine Service
Manual.
3121631 3-153
Checks Action
Additional Checks ²
Cuts Out, Misses
DEFINITION: A surging or jerking that follows engine speed, usually more pronounced as the engine load increases which is not normally felt above 1500 RPM. The exhaust has a steady spit-
ting sound at idle, low speed, or hard acceleration for the fuel starvation that can cause the engine to cut-out.
Ignition System Checks ² Start the engine.
² Wet down the secondary ignition system with water from a spray bottle and look/listen for arcing or misfiring as you apply water.
² Check for proper ignition output voltage with spark tester J 26792.
² Check for a cylinder misfire.
² Remove the spark plugs in these cylinders and check for the following conditions:
² Insulation cracks
² Wear
² Improper gap
² Burned electrodes
² Heavy deposits
² Visually/Physically inspect the secondary ignition for the following:
² Ignition wires for arcing, cross-firing and proper routing.
² Ignition coils for cracks or carbon tracking.
Engine Mechanical Checks ² Perform a cylinder compression check.
² Check the engine for the following:
- Bent pushrods
- Worn rocker arms
- Worn camshaft lobes
² Check the intake and exhaust manifold passages for casting flash.
Fuel System Checks ² Check the fuel system - plugged fuel filter, low fuel pressure, etc. Refer to LPG Fuel System Diagnosis.
² Check the condition of the wiring to the low pressure lock-off solenoid.
Additional Check Check for Electromagnetic Interference (EMI).
² EMI on the reference circuit can cause a missing condition.
² Monitoring the engine RPM with a scan tool can detect an EMI.
² A sudden increase in the RPM with little change in the actual engine RPM, indicates EMI is present.
² If the problem exists, check the routing of the secondary wires and the ground circuit.
Hesitation, Sag, Stumble
DEFINITION: The vehicle has a momentary lack of response when depressing the accelerator. The condition can occur at any vehicle speed. The condition may cause the engine to stall if it's
severe enough.
Fuel System Checks ² Check the fuel pressure. Refer to LPG Fuel System Diagnosis.
² Check for low fuel pressure during a moderate or full throttle acceleration. If the fuel pressure drops below specification, there is possibly a
faulty low pressure regulator or a restriction in the fuel system.
² Check the Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) sensor response and accuracy.
² Check LPL electrical connection.
² Check the mixer air valve for sticking or binding.
² Check the mixer module assembly for proper installation and leakage.
² Check the EPR electrical connections.
3-154 3121631
Checks Action
Ignition System Checks Note: LPG being a gaseous fuel requires higher secondary ignition system voltages for the equivalent gasoline operating conditions. If a prob-
lem is reported on LPG and not gasoline, do not discount the possibility of a LPG only ignition system failure and test the system accordingly.
² Check for faulty spark plug wires.
² Check for fouled spark plugs.
Additional Check ² Check for manifold vacuum or air induction system leaks
² Check the generator output voltage.
Backfire
DEFINITION: The fuel ignites in the intake manifold, or in the exhaust system, making a loud popping noise.
Preliminary Check ² Refer to Important Preliminary Checks.
Ignition System Checks Important! LPG, being a gaseous fuel, requires higher secondary ignition system voltages for the equivalent gasoline operat-
ing conditions. The ignition system must be maintained in peak condition to prevent backfire.
² Check for the proper ignition coil output voltage using the spark tester J26792 or the equivalent.
² Check the spark plug wires by connecting an ohmmeter to the ends of each wire in question. If the meter reads over 30,000 ohms, replace the
wires.
² Check the connection at each ignition coil.
² Check for deteriorated spark plug wire insulation.
² Check the spark plugs. The correct spark plugs for LPG are (R42LTS).
² Remove the plugs and inspect them for the following conditions:
- Wet plugs
- Cracks
- Wear
- Improper gap
- Burned electrodes
- Heavy deposits
Engine Mechanical Check Important! The LPG Fuel system works on a fumigation principle of fuel introduction and is more sensitive to intake manifold leakage than a
gasoline fuel supply system.
² Check the engine for the following:
- Engine compression
- Manifold vacuum leaks
- Intake manifold gaskets
- Sticking or leaking valves
- Exhaust system leakage
² Check the intake and exhaust system for casting flash or other restrictions.
Fuel System Checks ² Perform a fuel system diagnosis. Refer to LPG Fuel System Diagnosis.
Lack of Power, Sluggishness, or Sponginess
DEFINITION: The engine delivers less than expected power. There is little or no increase in speed when partially applying the accelerator pedal.
² Refer to the LPG Fuel system OBD System Check.
² Compare the customer's vehicle with a similar unit. Make sure the customer has an actual problem. Do not compare the power output of the
vehicle operating on LPG to a vehicle operating on gasoline as the fuels do have different drive feel characteristics.
² Remove the air filter and check for dirt or restriction.
² Check the vehicle transmission Refer to the OEM transmission diagnostics.
3121631 3-155
Checks Action
Fuel System Checks ² Check for a restricted fuel filter, contaminated fuel, or improper fuel pressure. Refer to LPG Fuel System Diagnosis.
² Check for the proper ignition output voltage with the spark tester J 26792 or the equivalent.
² Check for proper installation of the mixer module assembly.
² Check all air inlet ducts for condition and proper installation.
² Check for fuel leaks between the LPR and the mixer.
² Verify that the LPG tank manual shut-off valve is fully open.
² Verify that liquid fuel (not vapor) is being delivered to the LPR.
Sensor Checks ² Check the Heated Exhaust Gas Oxygen Sensor (HEGO) for contamination and performance. Check for proper operation of the MAP sensor.
² Check for proper operation of the TPS sensor.
- Check for possible plugged catalytic converter.
Engine Mechanical Check Check the engine for the following:
² Engine compression
² Valve timing
² Improper or worn camshaft. Refer to Engine Mechanical in the Service Manual.
Additional Check ² Check the ECM grounds for being clean, tight and in their proper locations.
² If all procedures have been completed and no malfunction has been found, review and inspect the following items:
² Visually and physically, inspect all electrical connections within the suspected circuit and/or systems.
² Check the scan tool data.
Poor Fuel Economy
DEFINITION: Fuel economy, as measured by refueling records, is noticeably lower than expected. Also, the economy is noticeably lower than it was on this vehicle at one time, as previously
shown by an by refueling records.
² Check the air cleaner element (filter) for dirt or being plugged.
² Visually (Physically) check the vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and proper connections.
² Check the operators driving habits for the following items:
- Is there excessive idling or stop and go driving?
- Are the tires at the correct air pressure?
- Are excessively heavy loads being carried?
- Is their often rapid acceleration?
² Suggest to the owner to fill the fuel tank and to recheck the fuel economy.
² Suggest that a different operator use the equipment and record the results.
Fuel System Checks ² Check the LPR fuel pressure. Refer to LPG Fuel System Diagnosis.
² Check the fuel system for leakage.
Sensor Checks ² Check the Temperature Manifold Absolute Pressure (TMAP) sensor.
Ignition System Checks ² Verify that the spark plugs are correct for use with LPG (R42LTS).
² Check the spark plugs. Remove the plugs and inspect them for the following conditions:
- Wet plugs
- Cracks
- Wear
- Improper gap
- Burned electrodes
- Heavy deposits
² Check the ignition wires for the following items:
- Cracking
- Hardness
- Proper connections
Cooling System Checks ² Check the engine thermostat for always being open or for the wrong heat range.
3-156 3121631
Checks Action
Additional Check ² Check the transmission shift pattern. Refer to the OEM Transmission Controls section the Service Manual.
² Check for dragging brakes.
Rough, Unstable, or Incorrect Idle, Stalling
DEFINITION: The engine runs unevenly at idle. If severe enough, the engine or vehicle may shake. The engine idle speed may vary in RPM. Either condition may be severe enough to stall the
engine.
Preliminary Check Refer to Important Preliminary Checks.
Sensor Checks ²Check for silicon contamination from fuel or improperly used sealant. The sensor will have a white powdery coating. The sensor will result in a
high but false signal voltage (rich exhaust indication). The ECM will reduce the amount of fuel delivered to the engine causing a severe drive-
ability problem.
²Check the Heated Exhaust Gas Oxygen Sensor (HEGO) performance:
²Check the Temperature Manifold Absolute Pressure (TMAP) sensor response and accuracy.
Fuel System Checks ²Check for rich or lean symptom that causes the condition. Drive the vehicle at the speed of the complaint. Monitoring the oxygen sensors will
help identify the problem.
²Check for a sticking mixer air valve.
²Verify proper operation of the EPR.
²Perform a cylinder compression test. Refer to Engine Mechanical in the Service Manual.
²Check the LPR fuel pressure. Refer to the LPG Fuel System Diagnosis.
²Check mixer module assembly for proper installation and connection.
Ignition System Checks ²Check for the proper ignition output voltage using the spark tester J26792 or the equivalent.
²Check the spark plugs. Remove the plugs and inspect them for the following conditions:
- Wet plugs
- Cracks
- Wear
- Improper gap
- Burned electrodes
- Blistered insulators
- Heavy deposits
²Check the spark plug wires by connecting an ohmmeter to the ends of each wire in question. If the meter reads over 30,000 ohms, replace the
wires.
Additional Checks Important: The LPG Fuel system works on a fumigation principle of fuel introduction and is more sensitive to intake manifold leakage than
the gasoline fuel supply system.
²Check for vacuum leaks. Vacuum leaks can cause a higher than normal idle and low throttle angle control command.
²Check the ECM grounds for being clean, tight and in their proper locations.
²Check the battery cables and ground straps. They should be clean and secure. Erratic voltage may cause all sensor readings to be skewed
resulting in poor idle quality.
Engine Mechanical Check ² Check the engine for the following:
- Broken motor mounts
- Low compression
- Bent pushrods
- Worn rocker arms
- Worn camshaft lobes
Surges/Chuggles
DEFINITION: The engine has a power variation under a steady throttle or cruise. The vehicle feels as if it speeds up and slows down with no change in the accelerator pedal.
Sensor Checks ² Check Heated Exhaust Gas Oxygen Sensor (HEGO) performance.
3121631 3-157
Checks Action
Fuel System Checks ² Check for Rich or Lean symptom that causes the condition. Drive the vehicle at the speed of the complaint. Monitoring the oxygen sensors will
help identify the problem.
² Check the fuel pressure while the condition exists. Refer to LPG Fuel System Diagnosis.
² Verify proper fuel control solenoid operation.
² Verify that the LPG manual shut-off valve is fully open.
² Check the in-line fuel filter for restrictions.
Ignition System Checks ² Check for the proper ignition output voltage using the spark tester J26792 or the equivalent.
² Check the spark plugs. Remove the plugs and inspect them for the following conditions:
- Wet plugs
- Cracks
- Wear
- Improper gap
- Burned electrodes
- Heavy deposits
- Check the Crankshaft Position (CKP) sensor
Additional Check ² Check the ECM grounds for being clean, tight and in their proper locations.
² Check the vacuum hoses for kinks or leaks.
² Check Transmission.
3-158 3121631
Table 3-13. DTC to SPN/FMI Cross Reference Chart
DTC Description SPN Code FMI Code

16 Crank Never Synced at Start 636 8
91 Fuel Pump Low Voltage 5294 4
92 Fuel Pump High Voltage 94 3
107 MAP Low Voltage 106 4
108 MAP High Pressure 106 16
111 IAT Higher Than Expected 1 105 15
112 IAT Low Voltage 105 4
113 IAT High Voltage 105 3
116 ECT Higher Than Expected 1 110 15
117 ECT Low Voltage 110 4
118 ECT High Voltage 110 3
121 TPS 1 Lower Than TPS 2 51 1
122 TPS 1 Signal Voltage Low 51 4
123 TPS 1 Signal Voltage High 51 3
127 IAT Higher Than Expected 2 105 0
129 BP Low Pressure 108 1
134 EGO 1 Open/Inactive 724 10
154 EGO 2 Open/Inactive 520208 10
171 Adaptive Learn High Gasoline 520200 0
172 Adaptive Learn Low Gasoline 520200 1
182 Fuel Temp Gasoline Low Voltage 174 4
183 Fuel Temp Gasoline High Voltage 174 3
187 Fuel Temp LPG Low Voltage 520240 4
188 Fuel Temp LPG High Voltage 520240 3
217 ECT Higher Than Expected 2 110 0
219 Max Govern Speed Override 515 15
221 TPS 2 Signal Voltage Low 51 0
222 TPS 2 Signal Low Voltage 520251 4
223 TPS 2 Signal High Voltage 520251 3
261 Injector Driver 1 Open 651 5
262 Injector Driver 1 Shorted 651 6
336 Crank Sync Noise 636 2
337 Crank Loss 636 4
341 Cam Sync Noise 723 2
342 Cam Sensor Loss 723 4
420 Gasoline Cat Monitor 520211 10
524 Oil Pressure Low 100 1
3121631 3-159
Table 3-13. DTC to SPN/FMI Cross Reference Chart
DTC Description SPN Code FMI Code

562 System Voltage Low 168 17
563 System Voltage High 168 15
601 Flash Checksum Invalid 628 13
604 RAM Failure 630 12
606 COP Failure 629 31
642 External 5V Reference Low 1079 4
643 External 5V Reference High 1079 3
685 Power Relay Open 1485 5
686 Power Relay Shorted 1485 4
687 Power Relay Short to Power 1485 3
1111 Fuel Rev Limit 515 16
1112 Spark Rev Limit 515 0
1151 Closed Loop Multiplier High LPG 520206 0
1152 Closed Loop Multiplier Low LPG 520206 1
1155 Closed Loop Multiplier High Gasoline 520204 0
1156 Closed Loop Multiplier Low Gasoline 520204 1
1161 Adaptive Learn High LPG 520202 0
1162 Adaptive Learn Low LPG 520202 1
1165 LPG Cat Monitor 520213 10
1171 LPG Pressure Higher Than Expected 520260 0
1172 LPG Pressure Lower Than Expected 520260 1
1173 EPR Comm Lost 520260 31
1174 EPR Voltage Supply High 520260 3
1175 EPR Voltage Supply Low 520260 4
1176 EPR Internal Actuator Fault 520260 12
1177 EPR Internal Circuitry Fault 520260 12
1178 EPR Internal Comm Fault 520260 12
1612 RTI 1 loss 629 31
1613 RTI 2 Loss 629 31
1614 RTI 3 Loss 629 31
1615 A/D Loss 629 31
1616 Invalid Interrupt 629 31
1625 Shutdown Request 1384 31
1626 CAN Tx Failure 639 12
1627 CAN Rx Failure 639 12
1628 CAN Address Conflict Failure 639 13
1629 Loss of TSC 1 639 31
2111 Unable to Reach Lower TPS 51 7
2112 Unable to Reach Higher TPS 51
2135 TPS 1/2 Simultaneous Voltages 51 31
2229 BP Pressure High 108 0
3-160 3121631
Table 3-14. Engine Fault Codes
Deutz Blink
SPN FMI Description Possible Cause Action
Code Code
38 731 523925 3 Short circuit to battery error of actuator relay Suspected Components: Check wiring harness and connected loads on
2. Components on Pin A88, K57 cannot be 1- Lamps K57: Warn Ash Charge, Diagnostic, pins A88, K57.
activated. Warn Coolant Temp/Level, Warn Oil,
Internal ECU power stage switched off. Warn Boost Air, Warn Air Filter, Warn Water in
Fuel, SCR, Regeneration, Engine
Running.
2- Relay Preheat A88
3- Exhaust Flap A88
40 733 523927 3 Short circuit to battery error of actuator relay Suspected Components: Check wiring harness and connected loads on
2. Components on Pin A04, A05 cannot be 1- Urea Pump A04 pins A04, A05.
activated. 2- SCR Heater A05
Internal ECU power stage switched off.
42 167 523924 4 Overload at Pins O_V_RH2x: A01, K74, K91. Suspected components: Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
Components on A01, K74, K91 cannot be 1- Pin K91: threshold.
activated. Clutch switch, Brake switch, Engine brake Check wiring harness and connected loads on
Internal ECU power stage switched off. demand, Regeneration activation, Parking pins A01, K74, K91 and/or reflash ECU.
brake, Gearbox N, Fan control 1 If error is still present, exchange ECU.
2- Pin K74:
Boost air cooler bypass or electrical fuel pump
relay, Fan control 2/fuel valve for flame
star
43 731 523925 4 Short circuit to ground actuator relais 3 Suspected components: Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
Overload at Pins O_V_RH3x: A88, K57 1- Pin A88: threshold.
Preheat relay, Exhaust flap Check wiring harness and connected loads on
2- Pin K 57: pinsA88, K57.
- control lamps: If error is still present, exchange ECU.
- OBD, preheat lamp, warning temp., warning
oil, maintenance lamp, regeneration
indicator, alternator management, engine run-
ning, diagnostic
44 732 523926 4 Short circuit to ground aktuator relais 4. Suspected components: Fan, Wiring harness Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
Overload at Pins O_V_PCV: A90 threshold.
Check wiring harness and connected loads on
pin A90.
If error is still present, exchange ECU.
45 318 168 3 Battery voltage: the voltage measured by Battery voltage above warning threshold Check wiring harness and connected alternator.
ECU is out of the target range, system reac- (~38,9Volt), Short cut to battery possible.
tion is initiated
46 318 168 4 Battery voltage: the voltage measured by Battery voltage below warning threshold, Check wiring harness and connected alternator.
ECU is out of the target range, system reac- Short cut to ground
tion is initiated
47 318 168 2 Battery voltage: the voltage measured by If Batteryvoltage (Ubatt_U) > 17V or 31V for Check wiring harness and connected alternator.
ECU is out of the target range, system reac- mor than =0.5sec a warning is generated
tion is initiated Battery voltage above warning threshold
3121631 3-161
Deutz Blink
Code Code
73 7-2-2 523912 4 @ engines < 4l: The sensed raw voltage value is below the mini- The sensed raw voltage value
Throttle valve error, Open Load or Short cut mum threshold. DPM_uRawBrnDVDsP is above the minimum
to Battery, blocked valve or wrong control threshold
signal for valve. DPM_SRCBrnDVDsP.uMin_C
@ engines with Burner T4i: @ CRT < 4l: check throttle valve
Pressure Sensor error after valve (DV2), @ engines with Burner T4i: check back-pressure
lower limit reached valve
84 271 639 14 CAN bus 0: the ECU is not allowed to send CAN BusOff error; CAN 0 (Customer CAN) Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
messages, because the status "BusOff" is threshold.
detected. BusOff bit for CAN A node is set.
Check wiring of CAN bus and if necessary repair
it, check connection cable and if
necessary repair or replace it, check resistance in
CAN lines (120 Ohm)
85 271 1231 14 CAN bus 1: the ECU is not allowed to send CAN BusOff error; CAN 1 (Diagnostic CAN) Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
detected BusOff bit for CAN B node is set.
Warning, no diagnostic with SERDIA2010 Check wiring of CAN bus and if necessary repair
possible it, check connection cable and if
CAN lines (120 Ohm)
86 271 1235 14 CAN bus 2: the ECU is not allowed to send CAN BusOff error; CAN 2 (Engine CAN) Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
detected. BusOff bit for CAN C node is set.
Warning, depends on engine, EAT. Check wiring of CAN bus and if necessary repair
it, check connection cable and if
CAN lines (120 Ohm)
88 223 102 2 Charge air pressure messured by sensor is Charged air cooler pressure below threshold. Check waste gate system if necessary replace
above the shut off threshold. TC,
check CAC if all channels are clean,check charge
air piping if nececery.
89 223 102 2 Charge air pressure messured by sensor is Charge air pressure above shut off threshold Check waste gate system if necessary replace
above the warning threshold TC, check CAC if all channels are clean,
check charge air piping if necessery.
93 225 110 1 Coolant temperature sensor: the voltage of Suspected components:wiring harness, cool- Check wiring harness and connected Coolant
the sensor measured by ECU is out of the tar- ant temperature sensor. Temp Sens.
get range.
96 225 110 3 Coolant temperature sensor: the voltage of Short cut to battery or open load. Check sensor and if necessary replace it, check
the sensor measured by ECU is out of the tar- connection cable and if necessary
get range repair or replace it.
97 225 110 4 Coolant temperature sensor: the voltage of Voltage Surveillance has found shortcut to Check sensor and if necessary replace it, check
the sensor measured by ECU is out of the tar- Ground at Coolant Temperatur Sensor. connection cable and if necessary
get range repair or replace it
Measure Voltage at Coolant Temperature Sen-
sor and renew harness if needed.
98 232 110 0 Coolant temperature: the coolant tempera- Cooling temperature too high. Coolant temper- Clean radiator, check fan drive, check coolant
ture calculated by ECU is above the target ature above warning threshold level, check cooling system in general,
range; the ECU activates a system reaction check thermostat function, check water pump
3-162 3121631
Deutz Blink
Code Code
99 232 110 0 Coolant temperature: the coolant tempera- Coolant temperature above shut off threshold. Clean radiator, check fan drive, check coolant
ture calculated by ECU is above the target level, check cooling system in general,
range. check thermostat function, check water pump
The ECU activates a system reaction
101 235 111 1 Coolant level: the coolant level calculated by Coolant level too low, leakage in cooling sys- Check coolant level, inspect cooling system for
ECU is underneath the allowed minimum. tem, sensor defective, wiring damaged. leakage and if necessary repair it,
check sensor and wiring
121 341 1109 2 Request of engine shut off: the operator Engine Shut Off demand has been ignored by Depending on error requested a shut off.
ignores the engine shut off request within an the user
allowed period.
122 591 523698 11 Shut off request from supervisory monitor- Engine Shut Off due to supervisory function Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
ing function threshold.
Check error memory for additional errorcode to
find root cause.
Depending on additional error follow the docu-
mented "Take action for repair".
129 596 3224 2 DLC Error of CAN-Receive-Frame AT1IG1Vol Not Used Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
NOX Sensor (SCR-system upstream cat; DPF- threshold.
system downstream cat); length of frame Check Nox-Sensor and the wiring from CAN-
incorrect BUS.
130 597 3224 9 Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame Failure of the CAN Bus message NOX sensor and sensor connection check
AT1IG1Vol; NOX sensor (SCR-system
upstream cat; DPF-system downstream cat)
133 766 523938 9 Timeout Error (BAM to packet) for CAN- Failure of the CAN Bus message NOX sensor and sensor connection check
Receive-Frame AT1IGCVol1 information;
factors & Sensorcalibration for NOX Sensor
(SCR-system upstream cat; DPF-system
downstream cat)
134 766 523939 9 Broadcast Announce Message of the calibra- Defective Nox sensor, faulty parameterization NOX sensor and sensor connection check
tion message
of the upstream catalytic NOx sensor has
failed.
Timeout Error (BAM to BAM) for CAN-
Receive-Frame AT1IGCVol1 information.
(SCR-system upstream cat, DPF-system
downstream cat).
135 766 523940 9 Timeout Error (PCK2PCK) for CAN-Receive- Failure of the CAN Bus message NOX sensor and sensor connection check
Frame AT1IGCVol1 information; factors &
Sensorcalibration for NOX Sensor (SCR-sys-
tem upstream cat; DPF-system
downstream cat)
138 114 3234 2 DLC Error of CAN-Receive-Frame AT1O1Vol Failure of the CAN Bus message NOX downstream sensor and sensor connection
NOX Sensor (SCR-system downstream cat; check
DPF-system downstream cat); length of
frame incorrect
139 117 3234 9 Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame Failure of the CAN Bus message NOX downstream sensor and sensor connection
AT1OG1Vol; NOX sensor (SCR-system down- check
stream cat; DPF-system downstream cat)
3121631 3-163
Deutz Blink
Code Code
140 767 523941 9 Timeout Error (BAM to packet) for CAN- Timeout Error (Missing CAN Bus message) NOX downstream sensor and sensor connection
Receive-Frame AT1OGCVol2 information; check
(SCR-system downstream cat; DPF-system
downstream cat)
141 767 523942 9 Timeout Error (BAM to BAM) for CAN- Defective Nox sensor, faulty parameterization. NOX downstream sensor and sensor connection
Receive-Frame AT1OGCVol2 information, check.
Calibration message 1 of the after catalyst
NOx sensor has failed.
Factors & Sensorcalibration for NOX Sensor
(SCR-system downstream cat, DPF-system
downstream cat)
142 767 523943 9 Timeout Error (PCK2PCK) for CAN-Receive- The fault is detected when a timeout error in NOX downstream sensor and sensor connection
Frame AT1OGCVol2 information; factors & packet 2 of NOxSenVol2Rx frame occurs. check
Sensorcalibration for NOX Sensor (SCR-sys-
tem downstream cat; DPF-system
downstream cat)
168 763 523935 12 Timeout Error of CAN-Transmit-Frame Fault is detected if a TimeOut of the EEC3VOL1 Check wiring harness and customer nodes
EEC3VOL1; Engine send messages frame has occured.
169 764 523936 12 Timeout Error of CAN-Transmit-Frame Timeout Error (Missing CAN Bus message) Check wiring harness and customer nodes
EEC3VOL2; Engine send messages
171 3-3-3 523212 9 Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame Timeout Error (Missing CAN Bus message) Check wiring harness and customer devices
ComEngPrt; Engine Protection
179 527 523240 9 Timeout CAN-message FunModCtl; Func- Timeout Error (Missing CAN Bus message) Check CAN Bus cabling (Bus sheduling, polarity,
tion Mode Control short circuit, power interrupt), test
protocol of receiver, check CAN functional
range.
291 119 523776 9 Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame TSC1TE Timeout Error (Missing CAN Bus message) Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
- active threshold.
Check CAN Bus cabling (Bus sheduling, polarity,
short circuit, power interrupt), test
range.
292 119 523777 9 Message TSC1-TE has been missing (passive) Passive timeout Error (Missing CAN Bus mes- Check CAN Bus cabling (Bus scheduling, polar-
sage) ity, short circuit, power interrupt), test
range, check actuator
305 118 898 9 Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame TSC1TE Timeout Error (Missing CAN Bus message) Check CAN Bus cabling (Bus sheduling, polarity,
- active short circuit, power interrupt), test
range.
360 737 523982 0 Powerstage diagnosis disabled; Indicating Powerstage diagnostic can be deactivated due Check wiring, check alternator, check cables and
that battery voltage is not high. to too high battery voltage. repair or replace if necessary.
361 737 523982 1 Powerstage diagnosis disabled; Indicating Powerstage diagnostic can be deactivated due Check wiring, check alternator, check cables and
that battery voltage is not low. to too low battery voltage. repair or replace if necessary.
3-164 3121631
Deutz Blink
Code Code
376 281 630 12 Internal hardware monitoring: the ECU finds Section could not be erased Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
an error during the access to its EEPROM threshold.
memory or works with an alternative value There is no healing possible for the error. In the
every new initialization phase, the
debounce level is set to zero.
If not programmed, EEPROM is defect --> ECU is
defect, reprogramm ECU and if
necessary replace it.
377 281 630 12 Internal hardware monitoring: the ECU finds Minimum 3 blocks could not be readed, There is no healing possible for the error. In the
an error during the access to its EEPROM EEPROM has Checksum Error every new initialization phase, the
memory or works with an alternative value debounce level is set to zero.
If not programmed, EEPROM is defect -->ECU is
necessary replace it
378 281 630 12 Internal hardware monitoring: the ECU finds Block could not be written for minimum 3 times Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
an error during the access to it's EEPROM threshold.
memory or works with an alternative value If not programmed, EEPROM is defect --> ECU is
necessary replace it.
381 693 411 4 Range check cannot be done or interrupted. EGR or wiring defect Check wiring harness and connected EGR.
387 555 523612 12 Internal hardware monitoring: the CPU of Injector shut off demand for the ICO coordinator Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
the ECU is reset and the cause is logged inter- System responses: threshold.
nally; no item will be created in error mem- not Caution ! Sequence error, check error memory
ory for other errors.
389 214 190 0 Engine speed: the engine speed calculated Overspeed monitoring during 1 level of FOC check powertrain settings regarding overspeed
by ECU is above the target range; the ECU (Failure overrun condition) if engine speed
activates a system reaction was over Limit.
390 214 190 11 Engine speed: the engine speed calculated Overspeed monitoring during 2 level of FOC check powertrain settings regarding overspeed
by ECU is above the target range; the ECU (Failure overrun condition) if engine speed
activates a system reaction was over limit.
391 214 190 14 Engine speed: the engine speed calculated Overspeed monitoring during ORC (Override check powertrain settings regarding overspeed
by ECU is above the target range; the ECU conditions) if engine speed was over
activates a system reaction 2900rpm
417 312 171 3 Sensor error SCR-System environment tem- open loop to sensor Check cabling, if environment temperature sen-
perature; DPF-System air inlet temperature; sor is not working, check sensor
signal range check high and if necessary replace it, check connection
cable and if necessary repair or replace it.
418 312 171 4 Sensor error SCR-System environment tem- short circuit to Ground Check cabling, if environment temperature sen-
perature; DPF-System air inlet temperature; sor is not working, check sensor
signal range check low and if necessary replace it, check connection
cable and if necessary repair or replace it
419 212 190 8 Camshaft speed sensor: the ECU receives no When disturbed camshaft signal detected. Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
signal and uses the signal from crankshaft Error in sensor or wiring. threshold, occurs by disturbed
speed sensor as alternative to calculate the camshaft signal.
engine speed Check increment wheel position, clean and
adjust if necessary, check sensor postition.
Check Camshaft Sensor or wiring.
3121631 3-165
Deutz Blink
Code Code
420 212 190 12 Camshaft speed sensor: the ECU receives no Error in sensor or wiring. Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
signal and uses the signal from camshaft threshold, occurs by disturbed or no
speed sensor as alternative to calculate the camshaft signal.
engine speed Check increment wheel position, clean and
Threshold: adjust if necessary, check sensor postition.
Check Camshaft Sensor or wiring.
421 213 190 2 ECU measures a deviation between cam- Offset error between crankshaft and camshaft. Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
shaft and crankshaft angle to target. threshold, occurs by offset between
crankshaft and camshaft.
Check increment wheel position, clean and
Check Camshaft and Crankshaft senor or wiring.
422 212 190 8 Sensor crankshaft speed; disturbed signal Error in sensor or wiring. Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
Crankshaft sensor defect. threshold, occurs by disturbed
crankshaft signal.
Check increment wheel position, clean and
Check Crankshaft Sensor or wiring.
423 212 190 12 Crankshaft speed sensor: the ECU receives no Error in sensor or wiring. Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
signal and uses the signal from camshaft threshold, occurs by disturbed or no
speed sensor as alternative to calculate the Crankshaft signal.
engine speed. Check increment wheel position, clean and
adjust if necessary, check Crankshaft
sensor postition or wiring.
464 228 97 3 Fuel filter water level sensor: the voltage of Sensor not connected or sensor defect. Check of wiring and water in fuel sensor.
sensor measured by ECU is out of the target Check cabling, if charge Water in Fuel sensor is
range not working, check sensor and if
necessary replace it,
check connection cable and if necessary repair
or replace it.
465 228 97 4 Fuel filter water level sensor: the voltage of cable break or short circuit, sensor defective, Check sensor and if necessary replace it, check
sensor measured by ECU is out of the target connection cable damaged. connection cable
range. Short cut to ground. and if necessary repair or replace it.
472 216 94 3 Low fuel pressure sensor: the voltage of sen- cable break or short circuit, sensor defective, Check cabling, if sensor not working, check sen-
sor measured by ECU is out of the target connection cable damaged sor and if necessary replace it, check
range Short cut to battery or open loop connection cable and if necessary repair or
replace it
473 216 94 4 Low fuel pressure sensor: the voltage of sen- cable break or short circuit, sensor defective, Check cabling, if sensor not working, check sen-
sor measured by ECU is out of the target connection cable damaged sor and if necessary replace it, check
range short cut to ground connection cable and if necessary repair or
replace it
474 216 94 1 Low fuel pressure: the low fuel pressure cal- Fuel pressure below warning threshold Check low fuel pressure system (fuel feed
culated by ECU is underneath the target pump, relay , fuse, wiring, sensor) and if
range; the ECU activates a system reaction necessary repair or replace it.
543 263 676 11 Cold start aid relay error. Relay defect or wire harness problem Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
threshold.
check wire harness, replace relay
544 263 676 11 Cold start aid relay open load Relay or wire harness Threshold for error detection is an internal
threshold.
check wire harness, replace relay
3-166 3121631
Deutz Blink
Code Code
545 263 729 5 The cold start aid relay is according to wiring Relay defect or wire harness problem Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
faulty. threshold.
Electrical error, check wires
547 263 729 12 The cold start aid relay is overheated, which High temperature around the cold start relay. Check the functionality of relay and replace it if
causes this error needed.
Check the temperature around the cold start
relay during worst case operation.
549 263 729 3 wiring to the intake air heater device is Intake Air Heater Device: overload, short-circuit Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
faulty. threshold.
Electrical error, Check wiring to the intake air
heater device.
551 263 729 4 wiring to the air intake heater is faulty Relay (for cold start aid) cable break or short to Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
ground: threshold.
Electrical error, check wiring to the air intake
heater.
559 1-5-8 523895 13 Missing or wrong injector adjustment value Missing or wrong injector adjustment value for Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
programming (IMA) injector 1 (in firing cyl. 1. threshold.
order). Check correct injector adjustment value (IMA).
Use SERDIA UseCase to check it.
programming (IMA) injector 2 (in firing cyl. 2 threshold.
order). check dataset and flash correct injector adjuste-
ment value (IMA). Use SERDIA
UseCase to check it.
561 1-5-8 523897 13 Missing or wrong injector adjustment value Missing or wrong parametrisation of injector Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
programming (IMA) injector 3 (in firing adjustment cyl. 3. threshold.
565 151 523350 4 Injector cylinder bank 1: the current drop Short circuit injection bank 1 (all injectors of this Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
measured by ECU is above the target range bank can be affected) threshold.
Check wiring harness, injectors and if necessary
repair/replace it.
566 152 523352 4 Injector cylinder bank 2: the current drop Short circuit injection bank 2 (all injectors of this Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
measured by ECU is above the target range bank can be affected) threshold.
repair/replace it.
567 153 523354 12 Internal hardware monitoring: the ECU Defective powerstage in ECU Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
detects an error of its injector high current threshold.
output. Chip of CY33x defect power stage If error is not removable, change ECU.
components
3121631 3-167
Deutz Blink
Code Code
568 154 651 5 Injector cyl. 1: interruption of electrical con- Interruption of electronic connection Injector Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
nection cyl. 1 threshold.
repair/replace it.
repair/replace it.
repair/replace it.
repair/replace it.
repair/replace it.
repair/replace it.
580 154 651 3 Injector cyl. 1: the current drop measured by Suspected Components: Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
ECU is above the target range injector cylinder 1 threshold.
wiring harness, cable break or short circuit, sen- Check wiring harness, injectors and if necessary
sor defective, connection cable repair/replace it. Use SerDia Injector
damaged test for diagnosis.
test for diagnosis.
test for diagnosis.
3-168 3121631
Deutz Blink
Code Code
test for diagnosis.
592 135 523615 5 Detecting an open load fault in the metering wiring harness defective, cable break Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
unit threshold.
Check wiring harness and metering unit if nec-
essary repair/replace it.
593 135 523615 12 powerstage of metering unit is overheated over temperature Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
threshold.
Check functionality of metering unit and
replace it if needed.
Check temperature of metering unit and
improve the installation in case of overheating.
594 135 523615 3 Fuel metering unit: the current drain mea- short circuit to battery high side Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
sured by ECU is above the target range threshold.
595 135 523615 4 Fuel metering unit: the current drain mea- short circuit to ground high side Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
596 135 523615 3 Fuel metering unit: the current drain mea- short circuit to battery low side Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
597 135 523615 4 Fuel metering unit: the current drain mea- short circuit to ground low side Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
612 555 523612 12 Internal hardware monitoring: the CPU of Plausibility check failed (MoCADC_uNTP_mp is Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
the ECU is reset and the cause is logged inter- higher than MoCADC_uNTPMax_C). threshold.
nally; no item will be created in error mem- If error is still present, exchange ECU.
ory.
613 555 523612 12 Internal hardware monitoring: the CPU of Analysis of test voltage (Value is out of the tar- Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
the ECU is reset and the cause is logged inter- get -> ECU internal error) threshold.
nally; no item will be created in error mem- Check wiring, check connected sensors actua-
ory tors.
614 555 523612 12 Internal hardware monitoring: the CPU of Analysis of the ratiometric correction (Value is Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
the ECU is reset and the cause is logged inter- out of the target -> ECU internal error) threshold.
nally; Check wiring, check connected sensors actua-
no item will be created in error memory tors.
615 555 523612 12 Internal hardware monitoring: the CPU of Error report due to an error in the plausbility of Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
the ECU is reset and the cause is logged inter- Function Coordination(FC) and threshold.
nally; Monitoring Modul(MM)(ECU internal error) If error is still present, exchange ECU.
no item will be created in error memory
3121631 3-169
Deutz Blink
Code Code
616 555 523612 12 Internal hardware monitoring: the CPU of Error report due to an interrupted SPI communi- Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
the ECU is reset and the cause is logged inter- cation (ECU internal error) threshold.
ory
617 555 523612 12 Internal hardware monitoring: the CPU of multiple error in complete ROM-test during Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
the ECU is reset and the cause is logged inter- postdrive detected (ECU internal error) threshold.
ory
618 555 523612 12 Internal hardware monitoring: the CPU of Too less bytes received by monitoring memory Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
the ECU is reset and the cause is logged inter- from CPU as response (ECU internal threshold.
nally; no item will be created in error mem- error). Loss of synchronization sending bytes to If error is still present, exchange ECU.
ory the monitoring memory from CPU
619 555 523612 12 Internal hardware monitoring: the CPU of Suspected components: Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
the ECU is reset and the cause is logged inter- Injector threshold.
nally; no item will be created in error mem- ECU If error is still present, exchange ECU.
ory wiring harness/connector
620 555 523612 12 Internal hardware monitoring: the CPU of Error trying to set MM Response time (ECU Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
the ECU is reset and the cause is logged inter- internal error) threshold.
ory
621 555 523612 12 Internal hardware monitoring: the CPU of Error detected in the internal ECU communica- Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
the ECU is reset and the cause is logged inter- tion, Too many SPI errors during threshold.
nally; no item will be created in error mem- MoCSOP execution If error is still present, exchange ECU.
ory
623 555 523612 12 Internal hardware monitoring: the CPU of Error in the check of the shut-off path test of the Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
the ECU is reset and the cause is logged inter- under voltage detection (ECU internal threshold.
nally; no item will be created in error mem- error). Diagnostic fault check to report the error If error is still present, exchange ECU.
ory in undervoltage monitoring
624 555 523612 12 Internal hardware monitoring: the CPU of Error in the check of the shut-off path of the Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
the ECU is reset and the cause is logged inter- monitoring module (ECU internal error). threshold.
ory
625 555 523612 12 Internal hardware monitoring: the CPU of Time out error trying to set or cancelling the Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
the ECU is reset and the cause is logged inter- alarm task (ECU internal error). Failure threshold.
nally; no item will be created in error mem- setting the alarm task period If error is still present, exchange ECU.
ory
627 555 523612 12 Internal hardware monitoring: the CPU of Error in time monitoring of the shut-off path Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
the ECU is reset and the cause is logged inter- test (ECU internal error). Diagnostic fault threshold.
nally; no item will be created in error mem- check to report the timeout in the shut If error is still present, exchange ECU.
ory off path test
628 555 523612 12 Internal hardware monitoring: the CPU of Error in the check of the shut-off path test of the Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
the ECU is reset and the cause is logged inter- over voltage detection (ECU internal threshold.
nally; no item will be created in error mem- error). Diagnostic fault check to report the error If error is still present, exchange ECU.
ory in overvoltage monitoring
629 555 523612 12 The two voltage values (ADC_VAL1, Defect pedal or wiring Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
ADC_VAL2), detected by threshold.
the accelerator pedal, are not plausible to Check Pedal, repair or exchange the Pedal.
each other. Check wiring.
3-170 3121631
Deutz Blink
Code Code
630 555 523612 12 Impermissible offset between the engine Calculated engine speed in level 1/2 implausi- Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
speed of level 2 and level 1 ble (-> ECU internal error). threshold.
631 555 523612 12 Diagnostic fault check to report the plausi- Implausible injection energizing time for either Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
bility error between level 1 energizing time PiIx or MI1 or PoIx. threshold.
and level 2 information If error is still present, exchange ECU.
632 555 523612 12 Error in the plausibility of the start of ener- Implausible start of energising of either PiIx or Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
gising angles MI1 or PoIx. threshold.
633 555 523612 12 Error in the plausibility of the energising The energising times of the zero fuel quantity Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
times of the zero fuel quantity calibration calibration ZFC is out of the target. (-> threshold.
ECU internal error) If error is still present, exchange ECU.
634 555 523612 12 Error in the plausibility of PoI2 efficiency. Error in the plausibility of PoI2 efficiency. Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
threshold.
635 555 523612 12 Error in the PoI2 shut-off. Error in the PoI2 shut-off. Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
threshold.
636 555 523612 12 Error in the plausibility of PoI3 efficiency. Error in the plausibility of PoI3 efficiency. Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
threshold.
637 555 523612 12 Engine speed: the engine speed calculated Error in the plausibility of current energising Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
by ECU is above the target range; the ECU time with maximum permitted energising threshold.
activates a system reaction time. Diagnostic fault check to report the error If error is still present, exchange ECU.
due to Over
Run
638 555 523612 12 Error in the plausibility of the wave correc- Error in the plausibility of the wave correction Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
tion parts parts threshold.
639 555 523612 12 Plausibility error of the Rail pressure sensor In case the gradient of rail pressure is larger than Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
the max threshold or lesser than the threshold.
min threshold. Check metering unit or cable.
Rail metering unit defect. Check Rail pressure. Check the Rail System of
Leakge in the Rail System. leakage.
640 555 523612 12 Error in the torque comparison between per- Error in the torque comparison between the Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
missible engine torque and current actual permissible inner engine torque and the threshold.
torque current plausible actual torque. If error is still present, exchange ECU.
641 555 523612 12 Diagnosis of curr path limitation forced by The torque comparison is not plausible with the Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
ECU monitoring level 2 torque monitoring. threshold.
642 555 523612 12 Diagnosis of lead path limitation forced by The setpoint path of the air system is limited by Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
ECU monitoring level 2 the limitation torque of the functional threshold.
control unit monitoring. If error is still present, exchange ECU.
643 555 523612 12 Diagnosis of set path limitation forced by If the quantity setpoint is exceeds the limit of Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
ECU monitoring level 2. the torque function. threshold.
644 555 523612 3 supply voltage too high not used Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
threshold.
3121631 3-171
Deutz Blink
Code Code
646 555 523612 4 supply voltage too low not used Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
threshold.
714 555 523612 12 Error report "WDA wire is active" due to a Error detection by monitoring module Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
defect query/response communication threshold.
Software reset.
715 555 523612 12 Error report "ABE wire is active" due to The reason is that a slow dropping of the vehicle Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
undervoltage detection electrical system voltage (defective threshold.
autobattery) Software reset.
should not lead the ECU OCWDA's diagnose to
enter an error in the fault memory due
to an undervoltage
recognition.
716 555 523612 12 Error report "ABE wire is active" due to over- If the ABE/WDA powerstage shut-off is active Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
voltage detection due to an overvoltage detection. threshold.
software reset.
717 555 523612 12 Error report "ABE/WDA active" due to an The reason is that a slow dropping of the vehicle Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
unknown reason electrical system voltage (defective threshold.
autobattery) Software reset.
should not lead the ECU OCWDA's diagnose to
enter an error in the fault memory due
to an undervoltage
recognition.
732 224 100 3 Oil pressure sensor: the voltage of sensor short circuit to battery or cable break check battery and wiring
measured by ECU is out of the target range Check cabling. If sensor not working, check sen-
sor and if necessary replace it,
or replace it.
733 224 100 4 Oil pressure sensor: the voltage of sensor Short circuit to ground The sensed raw voltage value Oil_uRawPSwmp
measured by ECU is out of the target range is above Oil_SRCPSwmp.uMin_C
Check cabling, if sensor not working, check sen-
sor and if necessary replace it, check
connection cable and if necessary repair or
replace it
No detail informationen!
736 231 100 1 Oil pressure is below the target range (warn- Oilpressure too low (pressure below warning Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
ing threshold) threshold) threshold.
Check oil level, check engine for oil leckage,
measure oil pressure external to evaluate
sensor value
737 231 100 1 Oil pressure is below the target range (shut Oilpressure too low (pressure below shut off Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
off threshold) threshold). threshold.
Check oil level, check engine for oil leckage,
measure oil pressure external to evaluate
sensor value.
747 145 1237 2 Override switch switch: the ECU receives a Switch is blocked, taster locked, connection If the Block Button is pressed shorter than the
permanent signal. cable damaged Maximum Plausible pressing Time.
plausbility error "override switch > 250ms Check cabling, if sensor is not working, check
pressed". switch and if necessary replace it, check
replace it.
3-172 3121631
Deutz Blink
Code Code
752 136 107 0 Air filter differential pressure: the pressure Pressure loss above target range with system Check airfilter and if necessary clean or renew it,
difference of the intake air between the filter reaction, air filter clogged or defective, check cabling, check sensor and if
inlet and outlet calculated by ECU is above sensor not working, connection cable damaged necessary replace it, check connection cable
the target range and the ECU activates a Pressure value above warning threshold and if necessary repair or replace it
system reaction
772 223 102 2 Deviation between sensed intake manifold deviation between ambient pressure sensor 1) Exchange boost pressure sensor
pressure is not plausible compared to envi- and charge air pressure sensor at not 2) Exchange ECU
ronment pressure. Which sensor is not okay running engine to high
can not be said.
774 223 102 1 charge air pressure below lower limit measured charge air pressure below the thresh- Check complete air system of engine for mas-
old. sive leakage, especially from compressor
to intake air manifold.
Check air filter.
Exchange charge air presure sensor.
776 223 102 3 Charge air pressure sensor: the measured The Sensor Voltage is above the Threshold. Check cabling, if charge air pressure/tempera-
voltage of sensor by ECU is out of the target ture sensor is not working, check sensor
range and if necessary replace it, check connection
cable and if necessary repair or replace it.
777 223 102 4 Charge air pressure sensor: the measured The Sensor Voltage is below the Threshold. Check cabling, if charge air pressure/tempera-
voltage of sensor by ECU is out of the target ture sensor is not working, check sensor
range and
if necessary replace it, check connection cable
and if necessary repair or replace it
791 693 411 0 delta pressure across venturi in EGR line sensed value of venturi difference pressure > Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
above physical high limit high limit threshold.
EGR-Valve blocked open
EGR-Valve actuator defect
EGR-cooler defect (check for coolant water)
Reed Valve defect
Intake throttle blocked in closed position =>
Check intake throttle
Exhaust pressure too high => Check Exhaust
pressure
Check Nox-sensor upstream SCR catalyst
dp venturi sensor defect
792 693 411 1 delta pressure across venturi in EGR line sensed value of venturi difference pressure < Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
below physical low limit low limit threshold.
Check correct mounting of difference pressure
sensor at venturi tube
Exchange difference pressure sensor broken
3121631 3-173
Deutz Blink
Code Code
793 693 411 11 DFC is stored in EEPROM and status kept until deviation between desired O2 concentration in Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
check is allowed intake air manifold threshold.
to be carried out again and the real O2-concentration within intake air EGR-Valve mechanically blocked open or closed
DFC can be reset by service routine 216 manifold > limit EGR-pipe blocked with metall plate instead
sealing downstream EGR-Valve
EGR-Valve actuator defect
Reed Valve defect
Intake throttle blocked in closed position =>
Check intake throttle
Exhaust pressure too high => Check Exhaust
pressure
795 693 411 3 The sensed raw voltage EGR Delta pressure Sensor defect Check cabling, if charge EGR Delta pressure sen-
Air_uRawPEGRDeltaP is above the maxi- sor is not working, check sensor and
mum threshold. if necessary replace it, check connection cable
and if necessary repair or replace it.
796 693 411 4 The sensed raw voltage value EGR Delta pressure Sensor defect Check cabling. If charge EGR Delta pressure sen-
Air_uRawPEGRDeltaP is above the mini- sor is not working, check sensor and
mum threshold. if necessary replace it, check connection cable
and if necessary repair or replace it.
825 253 523009 9 The pressure relief valve (PRV) has reached Rail pressure has exceeded the trigger thresh- Replace pressure relief valve (PRV) and reset
the number of allowed activations. old of the pressure limiting valve. fault with Serdia.
826 146 523470 2 The pressure relief valve (PRV) has been Rail pressure has exceeded the trigger thresh- Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
opened due to excessive pressure. old of the pressure limiting valve. threshold.
Reset the fault and at reappearance check injec-
tion system.
827 146 523470 2 The pressure relief valve (PRV) has been Rail pressure has exceeded the trigger thresh- Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
opened due to excessive pressure. old of the pressure limiting valve. threshold.
Reset the fault and at reappearance check injec-
tion system.
828 146 523470 12 Rail pressure relief valve: is open. Shut Off after PRV Open Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
Shutoff conditions. threshold.
Check PRV opening counter and if necessary
replace PRV,
check rail-pressure sensor for plausibility and if
check FCU and if necessary replace it.
829 146 523470 12 Rail pressure relief valve is open. Warning PRV open Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
Warning conditions. threshold.
replace PRV,
3-174 3121631
Deutz Blink
Code Code
830 146 523470 14 Rail pressure relief valve is open. (PRV) Open PRV Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
threshold.
Only after ECU reset.
replace it,
831 146 523470 11 Rail pressure relief valve can not be opened Railpressure out of tolerance range (PRV can not Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
due to the railpressure. be opened by a pressure peak in this threshold.
operating point) Check railpressure, check rail pressure sensor for
plausibility, check FCU.
832 146 523470 11 Rail pressure is out of the expected average Averaged rail pressure is outside the expected Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
range. tolerance range. threshold.
The PRV can not be opened at this operating Check PRV and replace if necessary.
point with a pressure shock.
833 2-5-3 523009 10 The pressure relief valve (PRV) has reached Rail pressure has exceeded the trigger thresh- Replace pressure relief valve (PRV) and reset
the allowed opening time. old of the pressure limiting valve. fault with Serdia.
839 1-4-3 523450 4 Diagnostic fault check for min error of COM The sensed raw value is less than the threshold. Check cabling, check sensor and if necessary
message. replace it,
or replace it.
856 134 523613 0 Rail pressure: the fuel pressure in rail calcu- Pressure governor deviation exceeds the limit- Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
lated by ECU is below the target range which ing value based on the engine speed. threshold.
is dependant on the engine speed. (A) Check for leakage
(B) Check fuel-primary pressure
(C) Change components, check sensor and if
necessary replace it, check fuel system
and if necessary repair it
857 134 523613 0 Rail pressure: the fuel pressure in rail calcu- maximum positive deviation of rail pressure Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
lated by ECU is below the target range which exceeded concerning set flow of fuel. threshold.
is dependant on the engine speed. (A) Check for leakage
(B) Check fuel-primary pressure
(C) Change components, check sensor and if
necessary replace it, check fuel system
and if necessary repair it
858 134 523613 0 Rail pressure: the fuel pressure in rail calcu- leakage is detected based on fuel quantity bal- Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
lated by ECU is above the target range which ance. threshold.
is dependant on the engine speed. (A) Check backflow pressure
(B) Check Injector function with SerDia
(C) Change components (metering unit, injec-
tor) if necessary
859 134 523613 0 Rail pressure: the fuel pressure in rail calcu- Maximum negative rail pressure deviation with Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
lated by ECU is above the target range which metering unit on lower limit is exceeded. threshold.
is dependant on the engine speed. (A) Check backflow pressure
tor) if necessary
3121631 3-175
Deutz Blink
Code Code
861 134 523613 1 Rail pressure: the fuel pressure in rail calcu- Rail pressure falls below the limiting value Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
lated by ECU is below the target range based on the engine speed. threshold.
which is dependant on the engine speed. (A) Check backflow pressure
tor) if necessary
862 134 523613 0 Rail pressure: the fuel pressure in rail calcu- Rail pressure exceeds the limiting value. (A) Check backflow pressure
lated by ECU is above the target range. (B) Check pressure relief valve and metering
unit.
(C) Change components if necessary
864 134 523613 2 Rail pressure metering unit, Setpoint of Pressure pump delivery quantity in overrun Threshold for detection is an internal ECU
metering unit in overrun mode not plausi- exceeds the threshold based on the threshold.
ble. pressure. (A) Check backflow pressure
(B) Check pressure relief valve and metering
unit.
876 146 523470 7 Rail pressure is out of the expected average Rail pressure is out of the expected average (A) Check railpressure relief valve and replace if
range. range. necessary.
PRV can not be opened. (B) Check high pressure pumps, pressure relief
valve and metering unit.
877 147 157 3 Rail pressure sensor: the voltage of sensor Short cut to battery. Check cabling, check rail pressure sensor and if
measured by ECU is out of the target range. Damaged rail pressure sensor. necessary replace it,
or replace it.
878 147 157 4 Rail pressure sensor: the voltage of sensor Check cabling, check rail pressure sensor and if Check cabling, check rail pressure sensor and if
measured by ECU is out of the target range. necessary replace it, necessary replace it,
check connection cable and if necessary repair check connection cable and if necessary repair
or replace it. or replace it.
925 148 523720 8 Supply module heater: Duration of switch on uty cycle for temperature readout from supply When the received supply module heater tem-
is too long. module heater to the control unit is out perature duty cycle SCR_rSMT is out of
of range; Supply modul defect, fault in the wir- the failurerange (SCR_rSMFailMax_C <
ing. SCR_rSMHtrT < SCR_rSMFailMin_C)
Supply module check and replace if necessary.
Check the wiring.
926 148 523720 8 Supply module heater: Dutycycle timing Duty cycle for temperature readout from supply When the received supply module heater duty
over error threshold. module heater to the control unit is not cycle SCR_rSMHtrT is in the valid range
valid. (SCR_r-
Supply modul defect, fault in the wiring. Supply module check and replace if necessary.
Check the wiring.
927 689 523721 11 Supply module heater: temperature mea- Duty cycle for temperature readout from supply Threshold for detection is an internal ECU
surement not available. module heater to the control unit is not threshold.
available. No erasing in the current driving cycle.
Check the wiring.
928 928 691 8 Supply module heater: PWM time periode PWM signal for temperature readout from sup- The Time period of the received PWM signal
out of valid range. ply module to the control unit is out of SCR_tiSMPerPwm is within the specified
range. range of150ms to 250ms
Check the wiring.
3-176 3121631
Deutz Blink
Code Code
929 691 523722 8 Supply module heater: Faulty PWM signal PWM Signal for temperature readout from sup- Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
from supply module. ply module to the control unit is not valid. threshold.
Supply modul defect, fault in the wiring. When valid Sync followed by temperature
information signal is received AND valid sync
and temperaturesignal for both information is
received one after the other.
Check the wiring.
930 689 523721 8 Supply module heater: Dutycycle timing Duty cycle for temperature readout from supply Supply module check and replace if necessary.
over error threshold. module to the control unit is out of Check the wiring.
range.
Supply modul defect, fault in the wiring.
931 689 523721 8 Supply module heater: Dutycycle timing out Duty cycle for temperature readout from supply When the received supply module duty cycle
of valid range. module to the control unit is not valid. SCR_rSMT is in the valid range
Supply modul defect, fault in the wiring. (SCR_rSMTVld-Min_C <= SCR_rSMT <=
SCR_rSMTVldMax_C), OR in the failure
range (SCR_rSMFailMin_C <=SCR_rSMT <=
SCR_rSMFailMax_C)
Check wiring.
932 1-2-6 29 3 Diagnostic fault check of short circuit to sup- The signal exceeds the applicatable threshold; If the signal is below the applicatable threshold
ply voltage signal range violation APP_uRawSRCHiHTLIS_C, the signal
(signal range check high) of acceleration range violation is reset
pedal signal. after the healing debouncing.
In case when the CCP is active (CCP_stActive =
1)and the reading from the EEPROM
memory is successful, the
signal is below the threshold
APP_uHTLISCCPHi[1], a signal range violation
is reset
after debouncing.
935 2-2-6 91 3 Analog accelerator pedal sensor 1 or double Sensor defect. Check cabling, check accelerator pedal sensor
accelerator pedal sensor: the voltage mea- Short cut to battery or open loop. and if necessary replace it, check
sured by ECU is out of the target range or the connection cable and if necessary repair or
calculated pedal position is implausible replace it.
compared with the position of the second If the signal is below the applicatable threshold
pedal APP_uRaw1SRCHigh_C, the signal
range violation is reset after
the healing debouncing.
937 1-2-6 29 4 Diagnostic fault check of short circuit to The signal is below the applicatable threshold; If the signal exceeds the applicatable threshold
ground (signal range check low) of accelera- signal range violation APP_uRawSRCLoHTLIS_C, the signal
tion pedal signal range violation is reset
after the healing debouncing.
In case when the CCP is active (CCP_stActive =
1)and the reading from the EEPROM
memory is successful, the
signal exceeds the threshold
APP_uHTLISCCPLo[1], a signal range violation
is reset
after debouncing.
3121631 3-177
Deutz Blink
Code Code
940 2-2-6 91 4 Analog accelerator pedal sensor 1 or double Short circuit to ground. Check cabling, check accelerator pedal sensor
accelerator pedal sensor: the voltage mea- and if necessary replace it, check
sured by ECU is out of the target range or the connection cable and if necessary repair or
calculated pedal position is implausible replace it
compared with the position of the second If the signal exceeds the applicatable threshold
pedal APP_uRaw1SRCLow_C, the signal
range violation is reset after the
healing
946 282 1079 13 Internal hardware monitoring: the ECU Suspected components EDC17cv52 Check cabling of external components, check
detects a deviation of the target range of the Pin A19: DEF press / Exh.PressBeforeTurb (P3) / working voltage and if necessary correct
power supply voltage of sensor output 1. Air Pump Press it,
/BrnFuelPressAfterDV2 Pin K19: Fan Speed Sen- check connection cable and if necessary repair
sor or replace it,
Pin A21: LDF6T / OilPress / LowFuelPress Pin if error is not removable, change ECU.
A17: Rail Pressure Sensor
Suspected components EDC17cv54
Pin A21: CAM speed Pin K44: Delta Press Venturi
/ Poti EGR or Inlet Throttle
Pin A24: LDF6T / OilPress / LowFuelPressPin
K43: Reserve 5V Sensor Supply
Pin A09: second footpedal
Pin A21: Cam speed Pin K44: DEF press / Air Fil-
terDiffPress
Pin A24: LDF6T / OilPress / LowFuelPress Pin
K43: second footpedal
Pin A09: Delta Press Venturi
detects a deviation of the target range of the Pin K16: second footpedal working voltage and if necessary correct
power supply voltage of sensor output 2. Pin A20: Exh.PressAfterTurb/DPFDiffPress/ it, check connection cable and if necessary
BrnDV1Press/HCIPressDV1DV2 repair or replace it, if error is not removable,
Suspected components EDC17cv54 change ECU.
Pin K45: DPF Diff Press / Exh. Press After Turb /
Fan Speed Sensor
Pin A46: first footpedal
Pin A22: Fan Speed Sensor
Pin K45: Position EGR or Intake throttle flap
Pin K46: First footpedal
detects a deviation of the target range of the Pin A18: DeltaPressVenturi / Position intake working voltage and if necessary correct
power supply voltage of sensor output 3. throttle flap it,
Pin K20: First footpedal check connection cable and if necessary repair
Pin K21: Air FilterDiffPress or replace it,
Suspected components EDC17cv54 and cv56 if error is not removable, change ECU.
Pin A07: Rail pressure
956 512 677 3 Start relay (high side power stage): the cur- Short cut HighSide-output to battery. Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
rent drop measured by ECU is above the tar- threshold.
get range. Check cabling and start relay and if necessary
replace it,
or replace it.
3-178 3121631
Deutz Blink
Code Code
957 512 677 4 Start relay (high side power stage): Shortcut HighSide-output to ground. Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
the current drain measured by ECU is above threshold.
the target range. Check cabling and start relay and if necessary
replace it,
or replace it.
958 512 677 5 Start relay (low side power stage): the cur- Open circuit/disconnection LowSide-Output. Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
get range Check cabling and start relay and if necessary
replace it,
or replace it.
959 512 677 12 Start relay (low side power stage): the cur- Temperature over limit. Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
replace it,
or replace it.
960 512 677 3 Start relay (low side power stage): the cur- Shortcut LowSide-Output to battery. Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
rent drain measured by ECU is above the tar- threshold.
replace it,
or replace it.
961 512 677 4 Start relay (low side power stage): the cur- Shortcut LowSide-Output to ground. Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
replace it,
check connection cable of terminal 50 and if
necessary repair or replace it.
973 555 523612 14 Internal hardware monitoring: the CPU of Visibility of Softwareresets in DSM Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
the ECU is reset and the cause is logged inter- threshold.
nally;
no item will be created in error memory.
974 555 523612 14 Internal hardware monitoring: the CPU of Visibility of Softwareresets in DSM Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
nally;
no item will be created in error memory.
975 555 523612 14 Internal hardware monitoring: the CPU of Visibility of SoftwareResets in DSM Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
nally; If possible the software update has to be done.
no item will be created in error memory Replace the ECU.
976 2-2-6 91 11 Diagnostic fault check of synchronism of sin- Measured voltage of accelerator pedal 1 is out of Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
gle potentiometer and Low idle switch(LIS). plausible range. threshold.
Check cabling, check accelerator pedal and
pedal sensor and if necessary replace it,
or replace it.
When the PWM period APP_tiPWMPer is in
between APP_tiSRCLoPWMPer_C and
APP_tiSRCHiPWMPer_C .
3121631 3-179
Deutz Blink
Code Code
978 1-2-6 29 2 Diagnostic fault check of synchronism of Plausibility error between sensor and idle Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
hand throttle and Low idle switch(LIS). switch threshold.
The accelerator pedal must have detected full
load and idle plausibility at least once.
980 515 523550 12 Terminal 50 was operated for more than 2 Startinformation to Starter (T50-switch) Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
minutes. This may happen due to short to erratic/defect. threshold.
battery or wrong usage of Terminal 50. Check cabling, if sensor not working, check start
Starter control is disabled until this error is switch and if necessary replace it,
healed. check connection cable and if necessary repair
or replace it.
992 128 105 1 Charged Air cooler down stream tempera- Sensed temperature within intake air manifold actual temperature below -40°C?
ture. < threshold. exchange sensor
Temperature below lower physical thresh-
old.
994 128 105 3 Charge air temperature sensor: the voltage Short circuit to battery. The sensor raw signal Air_uRawTCACDs (volt-
of sensor measured by ECU is out of the tar- sensor voltage > limit age) > Air_SRCTCACDs.uMin_C.
get range. Check CAC-sensor and if necessary replace it,
check connection cable and if
995 128 105 4 Charge air temperature sensor: the voltage Short circuit to ground or open load. The sensor raw signal Air_uRawTCACDs (volt-
of sensor measured by ECU is out of the tar- sensor voltage < limit. age) is below Air_SRCTCACDs.uMin_C.
get range. Check CAC-sensor and if necessary replace it,
check connection cable and if
necessary repair or replace it
996 233 105 0 Charge air temperature downstream calcu- Charge air temperature (downstream) over Check CAC system and clean it. Check fan func-
lated by ECU is above the target range. warning threshold. tionality.
The ECU activates a system reaction. Check cooling perfomance with temperature
measurement.
997 233 105 0 Charge air temperature downstream calcu- Charge air temperature (downstream) over the Check CAC system and clean it. Check fan func-
lated by ECU is under the shut down thresh- low threshold. tionality. Check cooling perfomance
old. with temperature measurement.
The ECU activates a system reaction.
1007 682 412 3 EGR downstream temperature sensor: the Short circuit to battery. Check wiring harness to TEGR-sensor.
voltage of sensor measured by ECU is out of sensor voltage > limit Exchange TEGR-sensor.
the target range.
1008 682 412 4 EGR downstream temperature sensor: the Short circuit to ground or open load. Check wiring harness to TEGR-sensor.
voltage of sensor measured by ECU is out of sensor voltage < limit Exchange TEGR-sensor.
the target range.
1011 771 523960 0 Physical range check high for EGR cooler Sensed temperature downstream EGR-cooler EGR-Valve blocked open
downstream temperature. > limit. EGR-Valve actuator defect
Reed Valve defect
Intake throttle blocked in closed position
Exhaust pressure too high
3-180 3121631
Deutz Blink
Code Code
1012 771 523960 1 Physical range check low for EGR cooler sensor voltage > lower limit EGR-Valve blocked open
downstream temperature. EGR-Valve actuator defect
Reed Valve defect
Intake throttle blocked in closed position
Exhaust pressure too high
1014 594 5763 6 Actuator error EGR-Valve. Short cut to batterie. Check wiring and repair or replace if necessary,
Signal range check high. check actuator with SERDIA test for
EGR and if necessary replace it.
1015 594 520521 5 Actuator error EGR-Valve. Short cut to ground. Check wiring and repair or replace if necessary,
Signal range check low. check actuator with SERDIA test for
EGR and if necessary replace it.
1016 594 5763 7 Actuator position for EGR valve is not plausi- Position error of throttle flap (deviation > 7%). Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
ble, internal error, angular misalignement of threshold.
the flap. Threshold for error detection, deviation from
setpoint > 7%.
Troubleshooting with SERDIA 2010 Use Case
"EGR Diagnostic".
1022 5-9-4 5763 6 Actuator error EGR-Valve; signal range check Short circuit to battery or open circuit. Check cabling, actuator defect, check actuator
high, measured current by ECU is over target and if necessary replace it, check
replace it.
1023 5-9-4 5763 5 Actuator error EGR-Valve; signal range check Short circuit to ground. Check wiring, check cabels and repair or replace
low, measured current is below target if necessary, check actuator with
SERDIA 2010 test for EGR and if necessary
replace it.
1024 594 5763 3 Actuator of the external EGR valve: the ECU Short cut to battery or open loop. Check cabling, actuator defect, check actuator
detects a short circuit to battery or open and if necessary replace it, check
load. connection cable and if necessary repair or
replace it.
1025 594 5763 4 Actuator of the external EGR valve: the ECU Short cut to ground Check cabling, actuator defect, check actuator
detects a short circuit to ground. and if necessary replace it, check
replace it.
3121631 3-181
Deutz Blink
Code Code
1036 683 4768 2 Static plausibility check: Static plausibility check: Check ambient temperature => value plausi-
The exhaust temperature value from the The exhaust temperature value from the sensor ble?
sensor before DOC, the exhaust temperature before DOC, the exhaust temperature upstream DOC sensor mounted within exhaust
value from the sensor after DOC, the temper- value from the sensor after DOC, the tempera- line?
ature value from the sensor before ture value from the sensor before T upstream DOC sensor physically mounted in
SCR-Cat, the environment temperature and SCR-Cat, the environment temperature and the correct position upstream DOC? (not
the coolant engine temperature their ratios coolant engine temperature their ratios upstream SCR or downstream DOC?)
to each other exceed their related thresh- to each other exceed their related thresholds. Check T upstream DOC sensor
olds. (difference between temperature after DOC and Check other T-sensors within EAT-system
Dynamic plausibility check with environ- temperature before DOC > Threshold 1 (Exh_tOxiCatDs & UCatUsT_tFlt_mp show
ment temperature sensor value: difference between temperature befor DOC and plausible values? No errors on them?
The exhaust temperature value from the before SCR > Threshold 2
sensor before DOC is lower than an applica- difference between temperature after DOC and
ble environment temperature threshold before SCR < Threshold 3
difference between temperature after DOC and
ambinet temperature < Threshold 4
differnece between temperatur ambient tem-
perature and engine temperature <
Threshold 5)
Dynamic plausibility check with environment
temperature sensor value:
The exhaust temperature value from the sensor
before DOC is lower than an applicable
environment temperature threshold (< envi-
ronmental temperature + Threshold 6)
1039 683 4765 0 The exhaust temperature value from the sensed temperature upstream DOC > shut-off Check air path of engine: EGR-Valve, Intake-
sensor befor DOC limit Throttle,
is above an applicable upper shutoff thresh- Check Turbocharger and Piping each for leakage
old and correct function
TOxiCatUs_tShOffThresHiAds_C = Thresh- Check injectors: is an injector got stuck?
old 1 in Normal and Exchange temperature sensor upstream DOC
Heatmodes
(TOxiCatUs_tShOffThresHiRgn_C = Thresh-
old 2
in stand-still)
1040 683 4765 0 The exhaust temperature value from the Sensed temperature upstream DOC > warning Check air path of engine: EGR-Valve, Intake-
sensor befor DOC limit Throttle, Turbocharger and Piping each
is above an applicable upper warning for leakage and correct function
threshold Check injectors: is an injector got stuck?
TOxiCatUs_tWarnThresHi_C = Threshold Exchange temperature sensor upstream DOC
1044 683 4768 3 Oxidation catalyst upstream temperature The sensed raw voltage value Check wiring harness to temperature sensor
sensor: the voltage of sensor measured by Exh_uRawTOxiCatUs is above upstream DOC
ECU is out of the target range Exh_SRCTOxiCatUs.uMax_C Exchange temperature sensor upstream DOC
Shortcut to battery
1045 683 4768 4 Oxidation catalyst upstream temperature The sensed raw voltage value Check wiring harness to temperature sensor
sensor: the voltage of sensor measured by Exh_uRawTOxiCatUs is upstream DOC
ECU is out of the target range below Exh_SRCTOxiCatUs.uMin_C Exchange temperature sensor upstream DOC
Shortcut to ground
3-182 3121631
Deutz Blink
Code Code
1069 668 4360 0 The filtered urea cat upstream temperature Sensed temperature upstream SCR > physical Check temperature difference across DOC
is greater than an applicable maximum tem- high limit (Exh_tOxiCatDs-Exh_TOxiCatUs) at higher
perature threshold engine load => high difference > 100 K?
If yes, the engine emitts too many Hydrocar-
bons => check injectors: is an injector got
stuck?
=> Check EGR Valve
If difference normal the exhaust out of the engie
itself is too hot:
=> Check air path of engine: EGR-Valve,
Intake-Throttle, Turbocharger and Piping
each for leakage and correct function
If that error was set while stand-still operation
the error source could be exothermal
soot burn off in DPF (which should not happen)
=> Dismount DPF and check it visually
exchange temperature sensor upstream SCR
1070 668 4360 1 The filtered temperature before urea cat is Sensed temperature upstream SCR catalyst < Cold start and ambient temperature < Thresh-
less than an applicable minimum tempera- than physical low limit old? Missdetection?
ture threshold Check wiring harness to UCatUsT-sensor
Exchange UCatUsT-sensor
1072 668 4361 3 Urea catalyst upstream temperature sensor: Voltage of temperature sensor upstream SCR Check sensor
the voltage of sensor measured by ECU is out catalyst > maximum limit Check wiring
of the target range Short circuit to battery Replace UCatUsT-sensor
1073 668 4361 4 Urea catalyst upstream temperature sensor: Voltage of temperature sensor upstream SCR Check sensor
the voltage of sensor measured by ECU is out catalyst < minimum limit Check wiring
of the target range Short circuit to ground Replace UCatUsT-sensor
1075 677 3361 6 Urea dosing valve: the current measured Fault in the wiriing Check wiring
value by ECU at the end of the injection is too Defect urea dosing injection valve Check the urea dosing injection valve
high
1077 677 3361 3 Urea dosing valve (low side power stage): Fault in the wiring Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
the current drain measured by ECU is above threshold
the target range See substitute function
Check the wiring
1078 677 3361 3 Urea dosing valve (high side power stage): Fault in the wiring Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
the target range Check the wiring
1079 677 3361 4 Urea dosing valve (low side power stage): Fault in the wiring Check the wiring
the current drain measured by ECU is above
the target range
1080 677 3361 4 Urea dosing valve (high side power stage): Fault in the wiring Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
the target range Check the wiring
1090 674 4345 5 Urea backflow line heater: the current drain Open load Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
measured by ECU is above the target range If this error detected during the heating phase is threshold
a result error: KWP 1089 Check wiring
Broken wiring, broken heating element in back- Check heating element
flow line
3121631 3-183
Deutz Blink
Code Code
1092 674 4345 3 Urea backflow line heater: the current drain Shortcut to battery Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
Short cut to battery or broken wiring, broken Check heating element
heating element in backflow line
1093 674 4345 4 Urea backflow line heater: the current drain Shortcut to ground Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
Short cut to ground or broken wiring, broken Check heating element
heating element in backflow line
1094 673 4343 5 Urea pressure line heater: the current drain Open load Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
Broken wiring, broken heating element in pres- Check heating element
sure line
1096 673 4343 3 Urea pressure line heater: the current drain shortcut to battery Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
broken heating element in pressure line Check heating element
1097 673 4343 4 Urea pressure line heater: the current drain Shortcut to ground Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
Short cut to ground or broken wiring, broken Check heating element
heating element in pressure line
1098 676 523718 5 Urea heater relay: the current drain mea- Open load Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
sured by ECU is above the target range If this error detected during the heating phase it threshold
is a result error: KWP 1089 Test SCR main relay
Broken wiring Check cabling, if necessary replace relay.
broken relay
1100 676 523718 3 Urea heater relay: the current drain mea- Shortcut to battery Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
is a result error: KWP 1089 Check wiring
Broken wiring, broken relay Check SCR main relay
1101 676 523718 4 Urea heater relay: the current drain mea- Shortcut to ground Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
is a result error: KWP 1089 Check wiring
Broken wiring, broken relay Check SCR main relay
1102 675 4341 5 Urea heater supply line: the current drain Electrical error Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
measured by ECU is above the target range threshold
Check wire harness
Check supply line
Check wire harness
Check supply line
Check wire harness
Check supply line
3-184 3121631
Deutz Blink
Code Code
1106 672 523719 5 Urea supply module heater: the current Open load Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
drain measured by ECU is above the target If this error detected during the heating phase is threshold
range a result error: KWP 1089 Check wiring
Broken wiring Check cabling, if necessary replace supply mod-
Heating element in supply module defect ule
1108 672 5232719 3 Urea supply module heater: the current Short circuit to battery Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
drain measured by ECU is above the target If this error detected during the heating phase it threshold
range is a result error:KWP 1089 Check wiring
1109 672 523719 4 Urea supply module heater: the current Shortcut to ground Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
drain measured by ECU is above the target If this error detected during the heating phase it threshold
range is a result error: KWP 1089 Check wiring
1110 671 4366 5 Urea tank heating valve: the current drain Open load Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
Broken wiring Check urea tank heating valve
Urea tank heating valve defect
1112 671 4366 3 Urea tank heating valve: the current drain Shortcut to battery Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
1113 671 4366 4 Urea tank heating valve: the current drain Shortcut to ground Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
1117 666 523632 11 Urea supply module pump: the current drain When the pump motor does not switch to pump Threshold for error is an internal ECU threshold
measured by ECU is above the target range actuation mode after temperature
measurement has
been carried out.
1118 666 4375 5 Urea supply module pump: the ECU can not Open load Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
measure any reaction during pump control Broken wiring threshold
Pump in urea supply module defect The hardware detects the presence of load on
the PWM output power stage for the
urea pump module actuator.
Check wiring
Check pump in the urea supply module
1120 666 4375 3 Urea supply module pump: the current drain Shortcut to battery Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
a result error: KWP 1089 The hardware detects absence of any short cir-
Broken wiring cuit to battery on the PWM output power
Pump in urea supply module defect stage for the urea pump module actuator
Check wiring
3121631 3-185
Deutz Blink
Code Code
1121 666 4375 4 Urea supply module pump: the current drain Shortcut to ground Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
a result error: KWP 1089 The hardware detects a short circuit to ground
Broken wiring error on the PWM output power stage
Pump in urea supply module defect for the UreaPump Module Motor Actuator. The
error is updated by setting bit 1 of
measuring point UPmp-
Mot_stPrevTstRslt_mp
Check wiring
1122 665 4334 0 The absolute pressure value of the urea Suspected Components: Check the urea pump
pump is greater than an applicable maximal Urea pump defect Check the supply module pressur sensor
filtered pressure threshold Supply module pressure sensor defect Clean the urea pump (filter)
Pump contains dirty parts
1123 665 4334 1 Urea supply module pressure sensor: The Check the urea pump Check the urea pump
absolute pressure value of the urea pump is Check the supply module pressur sensor Check the supply module pressur sensor
less than an applicable minimal filtered Clean the urea pump (filter) Clean the urea pump (filter)
pressure threshold
1127 665 523632 3 Urea supply module pressure sensor: the Shortcut to battery Check wiring
current drain measured by ECU is above the Broken wiring Check pressure sensor in urea supply module
target range Pressure sensor in urea supply module defect
1128 665 523632 4 Urea supply module pressure sensor: the Shortcut to ground Check wiring
current drain measured by ECU is above the Broken wiring Check pressure sensor in urea supply module
target range Pressure sensor in urea supply module defect
The sensed raw voltage value
SCR_uRawUPmpP is above
SCR_SRCUPmpP.uMin_C
1129 667 4376 5 Urea supply module reversal valve: the cur- Open load Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
rent drain measured by ECU is above the tar- Fault in the wiring threshold
get range Reversal valve in the urea supply module defect Check wiring
Check urea supply modul
1131 667 4376 3 Urea supply module reversal valve: the cur- Shortcut to battery Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
1132 667 4376 4 Urea supply module reversal valve: the cur- Shortcut to ground Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
3-186 3121631
Deutz Blink
Code Code
1135 669 3031 0 The urea tank temperature sensor detects a Sensed urea tank temperature > physical range Case "CANBUS sensor":
value above the maximum allowed thresh- high limit Check urea tank temperature: really hot?
old Check CANBus-message of DEF sensor urea tank
temperature Com_dRxSCR2Byt2
Compare it to Com_dRxSCR1Byt1 (urea tem-
perature at quality sensor) identical?
Tank heater permantly on?
Check wiring of DEF-quality sensor
Case "analog DEF T & Level sensor":
Check urea tank temperature: really hot?
Check urea tank temperature SCR_tSensUTnkT
Compare urea tank temperature to EnvT_t or to
SCR_tSMT (the urea temperature
inside the supply module) identical?
Tank heater permantly on?
Check wiring of analog DEF T & Level sensor
1136 669 3031 1 The urea tank temperature sensor detects a sensed urea tank temperature < physical range Case "CANBUS sensor":
value lower than the minimum allowed low limit Check ambient temperature EnvT_t => About
threshold. -40 °C? If yes Error could be plausible
Check CANBus-message of DEF sensor urea tank
temperature Com_dRxSCR2Byt2
Compare it to Com_dRxSCR1Byt1 (urea tem-
perature at quality sensor) identical?
Check wiring of DEF-quality sensor
Check quality sensor
Case "analog DEF T & Level sensor":
Check urea tank temperature: really that cold?
Check ambient temperature EnvT_t =>
About -40 °C? If yes Error could be plausible
Check urea tank temperature SCR_tSensUTnkT
Check wiring of analog DEF T & Level sensor
Check analog DEF T & Level sensor
1137 6-6-9 4365 2 Signal error in case of Urea tank temperature CAN message is not send properly. Check sensor connector
trnasmitted via CAN-signal Com_tUTnkT. Check CANbus
1138 6-6-9 4365 3 Urea tank temperature sensor: he current Shortcut or open load. Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
drain measured by ECU is above the target threshold.
range. The Sensed raw voltage value SCR_uRawUTnkT
is below SCR_SRCUTnkT.uMax_C.
Check wiring.
1139 6-6-9 4365 4 Urea tank temperature sensor: he current Shortcut or open load. Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
drain measured by ECU is above the target threshold.
range. The sensed raw voltage value SCR_uRawUTnkT
is above SCR_SRCUTnkT.uMin_C.
Check wiring.
1157 228 97 12 Fuel filter water level sensor: the maximum Water level in fuel pre-filter reservoir over limit Measure Voltage at Water in Fuel Sensor and
level is exceeded (bad fuel quality) renew harness if needed.
1170 555 523612 12 Internal hardware monitoring: the CPU of Error during positive test (ECU internal error). Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
the ECU is reset and the cause is logged inter- Diagnostic fault check to report that the threshold.
nally; no item will be created in error mem- positive test failed Reflash ECU. If error is still activ replace ECU.
ory
3121631 3-187
Deutz Blink
Code Code
1180 318 168 0 Battery voltage: the voltage measured by Battery voltage over limit Check alternator, regulator of alternator and if
ECU is out of the target range necessary replace it, check wiring and
voltage of alternator
1181 318 168 1 Battery voltage: the voltage measured by Battery voltage below limit Check alternator, cabling, contact resistance,
ECU is out of the target range safety fuses, too high load in energy
system, check battery and if necessary replace it
1183 226 172 1 sensed air temperature within air intake sensed air temperature within air intake path of Cold start and ambient temperature < thresh-
path of engine below physical low limit engine below physical low limit old
Check wiring harness to AFST-sensor
Exchange AFST-sensor
1222 2-1-2 190 14 Camshaft- and Crankshaft speed sensor sig- Sensors for engine speed are defect. Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
nal not available on CAN or defect. threshold.
Check wiring, check cabels and repair or replace
if necessary.
1223 594 5763 6 Actuator EGR-Valve: Open load on ECU out- Open circuit on component wiring Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
put is detected threshold.
Check wiring, component, ECU
Check repair with SerDia 2010 use case
1224 594 5763 6 Actuator EGR-valve: too high curent is going Overload on component wiring Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
into the actuator. Output is switched off threshold.
1226 594 5763 3 Actuator EGR-valve: short cut to battery is Short-Circuit to battery on component wiring Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
detected threshold.
1227 594 5763 3 Actuator EGR-valve: short cut to battery on Short-Circuit to battery on component wiring Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
ECU pin is detected threshold.
1228 594 5763 4 Actuator EGR-valve: short cut to ground on Short-Circuit to ground on component wiring Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
1229 594 5763 4 Actuator EGR-valve: short cut to battery on Short-Circuit to ground on component Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
1230 5-9-4 5763 6 Actuator error EGR-valve; Overload by short- Short Circuit over Load Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
circuit threshold.
Check wiring, component
1231 5-9-4 5763 11 Power stage overtemperature due to high Temperature dependent Over Current Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
current. threshold.
Check wiring, component
1232 5-9-4 5763 4 Actuator error EGR-Valve (2.9;3.6) or Throt- Monitoring for CY146 Under Voltage. Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
tle-Valve (4.1;6.1;7.8); Voltage below threshold.
threshold Check wiring, component
3.6) Drosselklappe (4.1;6.1;7.8); Voltage
below threshold;
3-188 3121631
Deutz Blink
Code Code
1239 788 523984 3 Actuator relay 5: the voltage measured by Short-Circuit to battery to component Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
ECU is out of the target range threshold.
1241 176 523986 4 Actuator relay 4: the voltage measured by Short-Circuit to ground to component Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
1242 791 523987 4 Actuator relay 5: the voltage measured by Short-Circuit to ground to component Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
1337 565 2797 4 Injector diagnosis: Timeout of Injetor detec- Short-Circuit to ground on component wiring Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
tion cylinder bank 0 threshold.
Note: affected injector has to be evaluated
according to firing order
1338 566 2798 4 Injector diagnosis: Timeout of Injetor detec- Short-Circuit to ground on component wiring Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
tion cylinder bank 1 threshold.
Note: affected injector has to be evaluated
1339 565 2797 4 Injector test: Short cut to ground on cylinder Short-Circuit to ground on component wiring Check wiring, component, ECU
bank 0 Note: affected injector has to be evaluated
1340 566 2798 4 Injector test: Short cut to ground on cylinder Short-Circuit to ground on component wiring Check wiring, component, ECU
bank 1 Note: affected injector has to be evaluated
1381 839 164 2 Rail pressure safety function is not executed Rail pressure is still above threshold. Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
correctly threshold.
Reset the fault and at reappearance check ECU
and injection system
1398 681 1136 0 ECU internal temperature; temperature Short-Circuit in ECU, ECU heated by hot air Close warm air circuits, replace ECU
measured by ECU is out of the target range
1425 226 172 0 sensed intake air temperature at air filter > sensed intake air temperature at air filter > Check outside conditions:
physical high limit physical high limit Temperature > Threshold within the intake air
system of the engine?
E.G: engine sucks in air from hot asphalt out of
paver bucket
Sensor positioned within black air filter housing
above engine lid at hot environmental
conditions and idling or similar?
=> if yes check with application team to adapt
limits
if not check sensor and wiring harness
exchange sensor
1434 8-3-6 524050 11 CAN; not used not used not used
1435 8-3-7 524051 11 CAN; not used not used not used
3121631 3-189
Deutz Blink
Code Code
1455 711 3711 12 Temperature Phy_tPfWgh, the weighted temperature Phy_tPfWgh, the weighted DPF Check temperature upstream DOC
DPF temperature < Threshold 1 temperature, is below or above Exh_tSensOxiCatUs within Stand-still: > 450
Temperature Phy_tPfWgh, the weighted the target temperature towards the end of the °C? If
DPF temperature > Threshold 2 stand-still main phase. not:
towards the end of the stand-still main => Check air path of engine: EGR-Valve,
phase. Intake-Throttle, Turbocharger and Piping
each for leakage and correct function
Check temperature difference across DOC by
Exh_tSensOxiCatDs -
Exh_tSensOxiCatUs within Stand-still: <
100°C? If not:
Check exhaust pipe downstream turbo charger
for oil?
check injectors: is an injector got stuck?
Too many hydrocarbons in exhaust? White
smoke (at hot EAT system, not at cold
start)?
Check air path of engine: EGR-Valve, Intake-
Throttle, Turbocharger and Piping each
for leakage and correct function
Check exhaust gas temperature sensors within
EAT-system: T upstream DOCC, T
downstream DOC & T upstream SCR catalyst
all three of them can influence Phy_tPfWgh
1505 8-4-3 524057 2 Low fuel pressure: the low fuel pressure cal- Fuel pressure below warning threshold Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
culated by ECU is underneath the target threshold.
range; the ECU activates a system reaction Check low fuel pressure system (fuel feed
pump, relay , fuse, wiring, sensor) and if
1533 246 524074 9 Open load sensor internally at NOx-sensor Open load sensor internally at NOx-sensor Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
downstream SCR downstream SCR threshold.
Check NOx-Sensor downstream SCR catalyst:
water inside? Shake out sensor after
dismounting. => If water inside, replace sen-
sor.
Check mounting position of sensor and judge it
regarding condense water formation /
agglomeration.
Check wiring harness
Exchange sensor
1534 247 524075 11 Short circuit sensor internally at NOx-sensor Short circuit sensor internally at NOx-sensor Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
Check NOx-Sensor downstream SCR catalyst:
water inside? Shake out sensor after
sor.
agglomeration? Rearrange if critical and possi-
ble
Exchange sensor
3-190 3121631
Deutz Blink
Code Code
1535 248 524076 9 Open line sensor internally at NOx-sensor Open line sensor internally at NOx-sensor Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
NOx Sensors are CAN Sensors --> no HW Pin Check NOx-Sensor upstream SCR catalyst:
on the ECU water inside? Shake out sensor after
sor.
agglomeration.
Exchange sensor
1536 249 524077 11 Short circuit sensor internally at NOx-sensor Short circuit sensor internally at NOx-sensor Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
NOx Sensors are CAN Sensors --> no HW Pin Check NOx-Sensor upstream SCR catalyst:
on the ECU water inside? Shake out sensor after
sor.
agglomeration.
Exchange sensor
1537 255 524078 9 Lambda value of NOx-Sensor downstream sensed lambda value of Nox-sensor down- Check whether NOx-sensor downstream SCR
SCR is out of range. stream SCR catalyst is > physical high limit catalyst is physically mounted within the
When the filtered Lambda concentration ComRxSCR_rCanLamDs_mp > threshold exhaust line
value at the sensor Check Lambda values of NOx-sensor down-
(ComRxSCR_rFltLamDs_mp) is greater than stream SCR catalystat at idle conditions,
the physical range check max. lambda ComRxSCR_rCanLamDs_mp > threshold?
threshold Compare to ComRxSCR_rCanLamUs_mp. Val-
ues must be almost identical
Check CANBus of NOx-sensor downstream SCR
catalyst
Check NOx-sensor downstream SCR catalyst
wiring
itself
Replace NOx-sensor downstream SCR catalyst
3121631 3-191
Deutz Blink
Code Code
1538 256 524079 9 sensed lambda value of NOx-sensor down- sensed lambda value of NOx-sensor down- Compare to ComRxSCR_rCanLamUs_mp.
stream SCR catalyst is < physical low limit stream SCR catalyst is < physical low limit ComRxSCR_rCanLamDs_mp must be
ComRxSCR_rCanLamDs_mp < threshold ComRxSCR_rCanLamDs_mp < threshold almost identical!
If almost identical,
Check air path of engine: EGR-Valve, Intake-
Throttle, Turbocharger and Piping each
for leakage and correct function
Check injection system of engine. Injector
stuck?
if sensed lambda upstream SCR higher
(ComRxSCR_rCanLamUs_mp) : Diesel in
Urea-tank?
Check CANBus of NOx-sensor downstream SCR
catalyst
wiring
itself
1539 257 524080 9 sensed lambda value of Nox-sensor sensed lambda value of Nox-sensor upstream Check whether NOx-sensor upstream SCR cata-
upstream SCR catalyst is > physical high SCR catalyst is > physical high limit lyst is physically mounted within the
limit ComRxSCR_rCanLamUs_mp > Threshold exhaust line
ComRxSCR_rCanLamUs_mp > Threshold Check Lambda values of NOx-sensor upstream
SCR catalystat at idle conditions,
ComRxSCR_rCanLamUs_mp < Threshold?
Compare to ComRxSCR_rCanLamDs_mp. Must
be almost identical
Check CANBus of NOx-sensor upstream SCR cat-
alyst
Check NOx-sensor upstream SCR catalyst wiring
Check NOx-sensor upstream SCR catalyst itself
Replace NOx-sensor upstream SCR catalyst
1540 258 524081 9 sensed lambda value of Nox-sensor sensed lambda value of Nox-sensor upstream Check air path of engine: EGR-Valve, Intake-
upstream SCR catalyst is < physical low limit SCR catalyst is < physical low limit Throttle, Turbocharger and Piping each
ComRxSCR_rCanLamUs_mp < Threshold ComRxSCR_rCanLamUs_mp < Threshold for leakage and correct function
Check injection system of engine. Injector
stuck?
Check CANBus of NOx-sensor upstream SCR cat-
alyst
1542 261 524083 9 sensed NOx-value of NOx-sensor down- sensed Nox-value of Nox-sensor downstream Check CANBus of NOx-sensor downstream SCR
stream SCR catalyst < Threshold SCR catalyst < physical low limit catalyst
wiring
itself
3-192 3121631
Deutz Blink
Code Code
1544 912 524085 9 sensed Nox-value of Nox-sensor upstream sensed Nox-value of Nox-sensor upstream SCR Check CANBus of NOx-sensor upstream SCR cat-
SCR catalyst < Threshold catalyst < physical low limit alyst
1555 869 524063 5 Urea backflow line heater: broken wiring Open Load on wiring to component Check wiring, component
detected
Threshold 1 <
SCRHtr_rUHtrMeasRatio_mp < Threshold
2
1556 869 524063 5 Urea main relay: broken wiring detected relay defect Check wiring, component
Threshold 1 < relay not connected
SCRHtr_rUHtrMeasRatio_mp < Threshold wiring harness broken
2 problems with supply voltage
1557 869 524063 5 Urea pressure line heater: broken wiring Open load on wiring to component Check wiring, component
detected
Threshold 1 <
2
1558 869 524063 3 SCR heater mainrelay; short circuit to battery Short-Circuit to battery on wiring to component Check wiring, component
Threshold 1 <
2
1559 869 524063 4 Connection between heating valve (Y31) on Faulty wiring, faulty heater relay (K27-K31), Disconnect plug from heating valve (Y31) and
the control unit Pin A:92 and defective heating valve (Y31), reset fault.
Load side SCR heater main relay (K31) is a broken element in heating. If fault is still present you have to look in the wir-
short cut to ground. ing of Y31 to the control unit Pin A:92.
Threshold 1 < If error is no longer present, you have to check
SCRHtr_rUHtrMeasRatio_mp < Threshold the wiring of Y31 via relay K31
2 and possibly the heating cables and relay (K27-
K30).
1560 869 524063 5 SCR relay for suction line not connected relay defect Check wiring, component
Threshold 1 < relay not connected
SCRHtr_rUHtrMeasRatio_mp < Threshold wiring harness broken
2 problems with supply voltage
1561 869 524063 5 Open load on wiring to component Open load on wiring to component Check wiring, component
Threshold 1 <
2
1562 869 524063 5 SCR heater tank; open load Open load on wiring to component Check wiring, component
3121631 3-193
Deutz Blink
Code Code
1565 892 524065 0 The relativ pressure value of the exhaust gas sensed presure upstream SCR catalyst > physi- Check for crystallisation in exhaust line
from the urea cat upstream cal high range limit f(exhaust volume upstream SCR and dwnstream of urea injector
sensor is greater than an applicable maxi- flow) Check correct connection from exhaust line to
mum pressure threshold UCatUsP_pRelFlt_mp > UCatUsP_pMax_mp pressure sensor upstream SCR catalyst:
syphons?, water in tube?, water in sensor?
Check that exhaust pipe outlet is free (down-
stream SCR catalyst)
Check wiring of pressure sensor upstream SCR
catalyst
Check pressure sensor upstream SCR catalyst:
sensor has no connection to vehicle body? =>
Ensure that sensor is free
Does sensor oscillate heavely at engine low idle
/ high idle? => try to supress the
oscillating
Exchange pressure sensor upstream SCR cata-
lyst
Check calculated exhaust volume flow of
engine within EDC: SCR_dvolSCRUs
pausible? If not:
Check T sensor upstream SCR catalyst, check
complete engine air path: EGR-Valve,
Intake throttle, turbocharger, piping for leak-
age and function
Check SCR catalyst: Broken? Exchange SCR-Cat-
alyst
1566 892 524065 1 The relativ pressure value of the exhaust gas sensed presure upstream SCR catalyst > physi- Check correct connection from exhaust line to
from the urea cat upstream sensor is less cal high range limit f(exhaust volume pressure sensor upstream SCR catalyst:
than an applicable minimum pressure flow) leakage?
threshold UCatUsP_pRelFlt_mp < UCatUsP_pMin_mp Check electric connector: 4h pin open / new
connector type used? pressure exchange
from inside electrical connector with the envi-
ronemt possible
Check exhaust line: any leakages upstream of
SCR catalyst?
catalyst
lyst
Check calculated exhaust volume flow of
engine within EDC: SCR_dvolSCRUs
pausible? If not:
Check T sensor upstream SCR catalyst, check
complete engine air path: EGR-Valve,
Intake throttle, turbocharger, piping for leak-
age and function
Check SCR catalyst: Broken? Exchange SCR-Cat-
alyst
1569 892 524065 3 voltage of pressure sensor upstream SCR > voltage of pressure sensor upstream SCR > volt- Check wiring of pressure sensor upstream SCR
voltage high limit age high limit catalyst
Check pressure sensor upstream SCR catalyst
lyst
3-194 3121631
Deutz Blink
Code Code
1570 892 524065 4 voltage of pressure sensor upstream SCR < voltage of pressure sensor upstream SCR < volt- Check wiring of pressure sensor upstream SCR
voltage low limit age low limit catalyst. Check pressure sensor
upstream SCR catalyst. Exchange pressure sen-
sor upstream SCR catalyst
1581 894 524067 0 Filtered urea supply module heater temper- sensed temperature of supply module heater > Compare SCR_tSMT with SCR_tSMHtrT. Both
ature value is above an applicable maximum physical high range limit show the same value?
heater temperature threshold of the supply Check urea tank temperature
module (SCR_tAdapUTnkT). Very hot (> 70°C), urea
The temperature is read out via the PWM sig- tank heater
nal of the urea pump. That is only possible in permanet on?
status init of the SCR-system short after igni- Does the pump never stop working? Check wir-
tion was switched on. When that state is ing to supply module
left the sensed temperature value is frozen. Compare SCR_tSMT with SCR_tSMHtrT. Both
show different values or urea tank
temperature (SCR_tAdapUTnkT) is cold:
exchange urea pump unit
Supply module heater temperature sensor
defect
Supply module heater defect
Supply module defect
1582 894 524067 1 Filtered urea supply module heater temper- sensed temperature of supply module heater < Check ambient temperature EnvT_t < Thresh-
ature value is below an applicable minimum threshold old?
heater temperature threshold of the supply Compare SCR_tSMT with SCR_tSMHtrT
module Check wiring with regard to supply modul
The temperature is read out via the PWM sig- heater
nal of the urea pump. That is only possible in exchange urea pump unit
status init of the SCR-system short after igni- Supply module heater temperature sensor
tion was switched on. When that state is defect
left the sensed temperature value is frozen. Supply module defect
1585 894 524067 0 Filtered urea supply module temperature sensed temperature of urea within supply mod- Compare SCR_tSMT with SCR_tSMHtrT. Both
value (SCR_tSMT) is above an applicable ule > physical high range limit show the same value?
maximum temperature threshold of the Check urea tank temperature
supply module (SCR_tAdapUTnkT). Very hot (> 70°C), ure tank
nal of the urea pump. That is only possible in permanet on?
status init of the SCR-system short after igni- Does the pump never stop working? Check wir-
tion was switched on. When that state is ing to supply module
left the sensed temperature value is frozen. Compare SCR_tSMT with SCR_tSMHtrT. Both
show different values or urea tank
temperature (SCR_tAdapUTnkT) is cold:
exchange urea pump unit
Supply module temperature sensor defect
Supply module heater defect
Supply module defect
3121631 3-195
Deutz Blink
Code Code
1586 894 524067 1 Filtered urea supply module temperature sensed temperature of urea within supply mod- Check ambient temperature EnvT_t < thresh-
(SCR_tSMT) value is below an applicable ule < physical low range limit old?
minimum temperature threshold of the sup- Compare SCR_tSMT with SCR_tSMHtrT
ply module Check wiring with regard to supply modul
nal of the urea pump. That is only possible in exchange urea pump unit
status init of the SCR-system short after igni- Supply module temperature sensor defect
tion was switched on. When that state is Supply module defect
left the sensed temperature value is frozen.
1593 129 1761 0 The urea tank level sensor detects a value Suspected components: Check level sensor and float gauge
higher than the maximum allowed thresh- Urea Quality Sensor defect
old mechanical defect at the float gauge
1594 129 1761 1 The DEF tank level sensor detects a value Suspected components: Check level sensor and float gauge
lower than the minimum allowed threshold Urea Quality Sensor defect
mechanical defect at the float gauge
1598 892 524065 2 Comparison of urea cat upstream exhaust absolut value of difference between sensed Check electric connector: 4h pin open / new
gas- and environment pressure, the differ- pressure upstream SCR catalyst and connector type used?
ence should not exceed a certain limit environmental pressure > limit pressure exchange from inside electrical con-
abs(UCatUsP_pDiffEnvCat_mp) > Thresh- abs(UCatUsP_pDiffEnvCat_mp) > Threshold nector with the environemt possible?
old water in sensor?
sensor frozen?
catalyst
lyst
Check intake manifold pressure sensor
(Air_pCACDs)
Check ambient pressure sensor (EnvP_p)
3-196 3121631
Deutz Blink
Code Code
1639 966 524147 13 No proper urea pressure level could be build This error shows up, if no proper urea pressure Make sure that frozen lines, pump or tank can be
up within the SCR system state "Fill Lines" level could be build up within the SCR excluded!
=> SCRCo_stStatus_mp = 1 within some system state "Fill Lines" => Check whether there is urea in the urea tank
miuntes SCRCo_stStatus_mp = 1 within some minutes Check urea lines:
Once the urea pump pressure has exceeded the All lines connected? The right lines connected to
threshold the error is declared as the correct places?
okay. Suction line blocked?
Suspected components: No leakage? Not also urea to the outside but also
Suction line blocked air into the lines, especially in the
PWM Powerstage has a defect and a default suction line!
value which leads not to a rising pressure Perform service routine "pressure test":
Pump Pressure sensor defect Does the urea pump work? => check wiring
pump filter contains dirty parts harness & PWM signal for pump
reverting valve continously open Does the urea pressure rise?
DFC already healed?
If all unsuccessful so far:
Check urea pressure sensor: At ignition on and
SCR system state = 0 ("Init check"),
SCR_pAbsAdapUPmpP shall be identical to
EnvP_p. Fulfilled: Sensor okay!
Check reverting valve => see
DFC_SCRCoRevVlvBlk
Check pump filter: dirt inside?
Suspected components:
Urea pump broken
Reverting valve continously open
Urea suction line, backflow line broken or con-
nection swapped
PWM Powerstage has a defect
Pump Pressure sensor broken
1646 869 524063 12 SCR supply module temperature is not Suspected components: Check
reaching a threshold before a calibratable Enviroment temperature sensor defect Environment temperature sensor
time is exceeded. SCR supply module temperature sensor defect SCR supply module temperature sensor
Corresponding to the environmental Tem- SCR supply module electrical heater defect SCR supply module electrical heater
perature a specific defrosting time is given.
After starting the defrosting a clock counter
is starting. Does the counter reach the given
defrosting time limit, an error will be
detected. Is the temperature reached in time
the clock counter will be reset
Example: by using the calibrated tempera-
ture/time curve --> environmental temper-
ature 0°C --> defrosting time limit 6000s --
> if the clock counter reaches 6000s the error
will
be detected
3121631 3-197
Deutz Blink
Code Code
1655 138 1761 14 The urea tank volume ratio is below the actual urea tank level SCRUTnk_rVol_mp [%] is Check urea level => if empty, then fill in urea
threshold of <5% below applicable threshold 5% Check DEF level sensor.
If there is urea in the tank, then move the floater
of the level sensor. The floater must
be free. If you lift the sensor body, then
SCRUTnk_rVol_mp must change.
Exchange DEF level sensor, if no change of value
or it's implausible.
1656 138 1761 14 The urea tank volume ratio is below the actual urea tank level SCRUTnk_rVol_mp [%] is Check urea level => if empty, then fill in urea
threshold of <2.5% below 2.5% Check DEF level sensor.
If there is urea in the tank, then move the floater
of the level sensor. The floater must
be free. If you lift the sensor body, then
Exchange DEF level sensor, if no change of value
or it's implausible.
1666 924 524100 9 Timeout error of CAN-Transmit-Frame Com- Open load on CANBUS wiring. Check wiring, component.
DPFHisDat.
1672 9-4-2 524118 9 Timeout error of CAN-Receive-Frame If the frame CM1 message is not transmitted Check CAN Bus cabling (Bus sheduling, polarity,
ComRxCM1 successfully short circuit, power interrupt), test
range.
1676 928 524104 9 Timeout error of CAN-Receive-Frame Com- Time out of Check CANBUS EAT Control Receive Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
RxDPFCtl. CM1 Module Customer Recieve Message, PGN65348. threshold.
Message. The message is not received. Check CANBUS EAT Control Receive Message,
PGN65348.
CM1 Module Customer Recieve Message.
1683 9-4-5 524121 9 Timeout error of CAN-Receive-Frame Com- Timeout Error (Missing CAN Bus message) Check CAN Bus cabling (Bus sheduling, polarity,
RxTrbChActr short circuit, power interrupt), test
range.
1687 9-4-9 524125 9 Timeout error of CAN-Receive-Frame Com- Timeout Error (Missing CAN Bus message) Check CAN Bus cabling (Bus sheduling, polarity,
TxTrbChActr short circuit, power interrupt), test
range.
1705 972 524156 9 Timeout error of CAN-Receive-Frame Timeout Error (Missing CAN Bus message) Check CAN Bus cabling (Bus sheduling, polarity,
ComRxEBC2 from wheel speed sensor. Defect on wheel speed sensor. short circuit, power interrupt), test
range.
Replace the wheel speed sensor.
1752 415 2791 7 EGR actuator is mechanically blocked. EGR actuator faulty or blocked. Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
threshold.
Check the EGR actuator and EGR valve to
mechanical blockage / clean.
Check for free movement of the valve. If it'S
blocked, then exchange the EGR valve.
1753 415 2791 2 corrupted CAN communication with actua- CAN bus error or faulty EGR actuator. Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
tor. threshold.
Check other CAN bus components. If no mes-
sage is sent, fix the wiring.
If o.k. exchange EGR actuaror.
3-198 3121631
Deutz Blink
Code Code
1754 415 2791 13 EGR actuator can not learn stop positions. Error detection during the learning process. Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
Possibly only second failure if other EGRTV threshold.
failures occure. Start Serdia Usecase to reset EGR actuator.
Check EGR valve and mounting situation. If o.k.
change EGR actuator.
1755 415 2791 12 Internal electrical fault of EGR actuator. Internal damage of EGR actuator due to high Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
temperature or electrical wiring issue. threshold.
Exchange EGR actuator.
1756 415 2791 13 EGR actuator can not learn stop positions Interruption of learning process due to mechan- Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
because procedure was interrupted. ical damage. threshold.
Start Serdia Usecase to reset EGR actuator.
1757 415 2791 6 Overcurrent to EGR actuator. High voltage from battery. Check battery voltage. Check if EGR is blocked or
EGR actuator is blocked or moving very hard. not running smoothly.
If everything is o.k. change EGR actuator.
1758 415 2791 3 Overvoltage at EGR actuator. High voltage from the battery Check battery voltage.
1759 415 2791 4 Undervoltage at EGR actuator. Low voltage from the battery. Check battery voltage.
1760 415 2791 13 Stop positions of EGR valve not o.k. Mechanical damage of EGR actuator. Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
EGR valve is blocked or moving very hard. threshold.
Start Serdia Usecase to reset EGR actuator.
1761 415 2791 7 EGR actuator spring broken. mechanical damage of spring due to overstress. Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
threshold.
Exchange EGR actuator.
1762 415 2791 16 Internal actuator temperature above thresh- overheating of EGR actuator Let EGR actuator cool down, check heat accu-
old. mulation during worst case operation.
1763 415 2791 0 Internal actuator temperature is above Overheating of EGR actuator during operation. Let EGR actuator cool down and check heat
threshold. accumulation during worst case operation.
1827 192 524141 7 DEF dosing valve is blocked with crystalized While SCR system is starting up and fter urea Check electrical connection of urea injector:
urea or other deposits. pressure reaches 10000 hPa, the DEF - wiring harness
dosing module is tested. Expectation is that - connector
urea pressure drops below 1500 hPa if Conduct SERDIA use-case "injection test". If it is
injector works properly. The test is repeated up faulty:
to 3 times before an error is set. - remove urea injector from exhaust line:
SCRSysPresMon_stPresDropDet_mp = 0 while - check for crystallisation direct on injector noz-
SCRCo_stStatus_mp = 16. zle / plate
Suspected component: - rinse it thoroughly in water
wiring harness - remount urea injector and conduct SERDIA
DEF dosing valve use-case "injection test"
The error is stored into the EEPROM of the ECU If the error is still active, then exchange urea
and status at ECU shut down is injector.
regained at ignition on.
1857 555 523612 12 Fault in the monitoring during the engine wiring is not according DEUTZ requirements Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
start. Start requested in level 1, but not engine start conditions are not observed threshold.
released in level 2 which leads to no fuel low battery voltage during start check other active errors and fix them.
injection. malfunction of starter check all needed engine start conditions, e.g.
neutral switch.
check the engine speed during starting of the
engine. If it's too low, then check the
battery voltage and then check the starter for
malfunction.
3121631 3-199
Deutz Blink
Code Code
1858 192 524141 7 DEF dosing valve is blocked with crystalized While SCR system is starting up and fter urea Check electrical connection of urea injector:
urea or other deposits. pressure reaches 10000 hPa, the DEF - wiring harness
dosing module is tested. Expectation is that - connector
urea pressure drops below 1500 hPa if Conduct SERDIA use-case "injection test". If it is
injector works properly. The test is repeated up faulty:
to 3 times before an error is set. - remove urea injector from exhaust line:
SCRSysPresMon_stPresDropDet_mp = 0 while - check for crystallisation direct on injector noz-
SCRCo_stStatus_mp = 16. zle / plate
Suspected component: - rinse it thoroughly in water
wiring harness - remount urea injector and conduct SERDIA
DEF dosing valve use-case "injection test"
The error is stored into the EEPROM of the ECU If the error is still active, then exchange urea
and status at ECU shut down is injector.
regained at ignition on.
1863 995 524177 7 The error shows up, if no proper urea presure This error shows up, if no proper urea presure Make sure that DEF lines, pump and tank are not
could be build up within the SCR system could be build up within the SCR system frozen.
state "Fill Lines" => SCRCo_stStatus_mp = state "Fill Lines" => SCRCo_stStatus_mp = 1. Check for DEF level in the tank.
1. 3 cases can lead to the error: Check DEF lines:
Case A: increasing pressure is detected within Are all DEF lines connected?
15s the check has passed => no error Is the suction line blocked?
Case B: The pressure threshold was not reached Is ther any leakage? Not only urea to the outside
within the 60s but case A was not but also air into the lines, especially in
positiv. the suction line!
Case C: The minimum pressure of 3000 hPa was Perform SERDIA usecase "pressure test":
not reached within the 60s. Does the DEF pump work? => check wiring har-
ness & PWM signal for pump.
Does the urea pressure increase?
All errors are already healed?
If still unsuccessful so far:
Check urea pressure sensor: At ignition on and
Check DEF pump filter: Is any dirt inside?
Suction line
PWM Powerstage has a defect and a default
value which leads not to a rising pressure
DEF pump pressure sensor defect
DEF pump filter contains dirty parts
3-200 3121631
Deutz Blink
Code Code
1864 996 524178 7 The urea pump is not able to control the urea The urea pump controller is not able to control Make sure that DEF lines, pump and tank are not
pressure between 9bar and 11 bar. the urea pressure between 9bar and 11 frozen.
bar due to malfunction in the SCR system. Check for DEF level in the tank
Suspected components: Check DEF lines:
- DEF pump broken All lines connected? The right lines connected to
- Reverting valve continously open the correct places?
- Urea suction line, backflow line broken or con- Suction line blocked?
nection swapped Is there any leakage? Not also urea to the out-
- PWM Powerstage has a defect side but also air into the lines, especially
- Pump Pressure sensor broken in the suction line!
Perform SERDIA usecase "pressure test":
Does the DEF pump work properly? => check
wiring harness & PWM signal for pump
Does the DEF pressure rise?
Is the error healed?
If still unsuccessful so far:
- Check DEF pressure sensor: At ignition on and
- Check reverting valve
- Check DEF pump filter: dirt inside?
DEF pump broken
Reverting valve continously open
DEF suction line, backflow line broken or con-
nection swapped
PWM Powerstage has a defect
DEF pump pressure sensor broken
1865 668 4360 2 Error at static plausibility check: Error at static plausibility check: Check whether temperature sensor upstream of
absolut temperature difference of sensed absolut temperature difference of sensed tem- SCR catalyst is physically mounted
temperature upstream SCR catalyst and perature upstream SCR catalyst and within exhaust pipe
ambient temperature > as static plausibility ambient temperature > as static plausibility If cold start condition can be made sure (engine
limit limit was off for at least 8 h) compare
at engine cold start (engine was off for at at engine cold start (engine was off for at least 8 values of EnvT_t, EngDa_tEng, Exh_TOxiCatUs,
least 8 h), temperature upstream of SCR cat- h), temperature upstream of SCR Exh_tOxiCatDs and
alyst is expected to be identical to ambient catalyst is expected to be identical to ambient SCR_tSensUCatUsT at ignition on, without
temperature => see enable conditions for temperature => see enable conditions for starting the engine. All identical?
details. details. Compare values of Exh_TOxiCatUs,
Error at dynamic plausibility check: Error at dynamic plausibility check: Exh_tOxiCatDs and SCR_tSensUCatUsT after 15
temperature difference of sensed tempera- temperature difference of sensed temperature min in constant operation point: show all simi-
ture upstream SCR catalyst and ambient upstream SCR catalyst and ambient lar values (30 K tolerance width). Are
temperature < as dynamic plausibility limit temperature < as dynamic plausibility limit ambient temperature and (EnvT_t), cooling
dynamic check is blocked if static plausibility dynamic check is blocked if static plausibility water temperature (EngDa_tEng) plausible?
check is already faulty check is already faulty Sensor coated with urea crystalls? Dismount
=> Temperature upstream SCR catalyst => Temperature upstream SCR catalyst must urea injector and inspect temperature
must be by 40°C higher than ambient tem- be by 40°C higher than ambient sensor upstream SCR catalyst visually
perature if engine runs and a certain delay temperature if engine runs and a certain delay Check wiring of sensor
time has expired. time has expired. Replace sensor
3121631 3-201
Deutz Blink
Code Code
1866 665 4334 2 absolute difference of sensed urea pump absolute difference of sensed urea pump pres- Check environment pressure sensor (EnvP_p)
pressure (SCR_pAbsSensUPmpP) and ambi- sure (SCR_pAbsSensUPmpP) and => plausible value?
ent pressure (EnvP_p) > limit ambient pressure (EnvP_p) > limit Engine shut-off and immediately re-started?
abs(UPmpP_pDiffPmpEnv_mp) > abs(UPmpP_pDiffPmpEnv_mp) > => Shut-off again. Wait until afterun of
UPmpP_pDiffPmpEnv_C (250 hPa) UPmpP_pDiffPmpEnv_C ECU has finished, re-Start engine
Back-flow line free? Does the urea pump pres-
sure show values < 1000 hPa in SCR
state emptying (64)?
Check revision valve => Does the urea pump
pressure show values < 1000 hPa in SCR
state emptying (64)? => exchange supply
module
Supply module pressure sensor defect =>
exchange supply module
1867 894 524067 2 absolute diference of sensed temperature of absolute diference of sensed temperature of Compare SCR_tSMT with SCR_tSMHtrT, EnvT_t
supply module heater temperature and supply module heater temperature and and CEngTds_t and
ambient temperature ambient temperature SCR_tAdapUTnkT => All identical? If not:
UPmpT_tDiffPmpHtrAmb_mp > threshold UPmpT_tDiffPmpHtrAmb_mp > threshold Has the machine been brought from cold envi-
ronment into a warm one or vice versa
without engine running, e.g. at workshop?
Environment temperature sensor defect
Coolant temperature sensor defect
Problem at Supply module unit (broken?) =>
1868 894 524067 2 absolute diference of sensed temperature of absolute diference of sensed temperature of Compare SCR_tSMT with SCR_tSMHtrT, EnvT_t
supply module temperature and ambient supply module temperature and ambient and CEngTds_t and
temperature > threshold temperature UPmpT_tDiffPmpAmb_mp > SCR_tAdapUTnkT => All identical? If not:
threshold Has the machine been brought from cold envi-
ronment into a warm one or vice versa
without engine running, e.g. at workshop?
Environment temperature sensor defect
Coolant temperature sensor defect
Problem at Supply module unit (broken?) =>
1874 971 524152 2 CAN message is not received fora definite CAN message is not received for a definite time Check eletrical connection oif urea quality sen-
time => error is set. As soon as the message => error is set. As soon as the sor
is received the error heals. message is received the error heals. Check engine CAN bus
Check urea quality sensor itself
Exchange urea quality sensor
1875 997 524153 2 CAN message is not reseived for a definite CAN message is not reseived for a definite time Check eletrical connection of suction unit sen-
time => error is set. As soon as the message => error is set. As soon as the sor (combined sensor with tank level and
is received the error heals. message is received the error heals. tank temperature)
Check engine CAN bus
Check level sensor itself
Exchange suction unit
3-202 3121631
Deutz Blink
Code Code
1880 138 1761 14 The DEF tank level is below the threshold. actual DEF tank level SCRUTnk_rVol_mp [%] is Check DEF level => if empty, refill
below the threshold Check DEF level sensor.
If there is urea in the tank loose the sensor and
move it. The floater must be free and
move if you lift the sensor body.
Compare SCRUTnk_rVol_mp to:
1 = SCR_rawUTnkLvl
2 = SCR_rAdapUtnkLvl
3 = SCRUTnk_rActTnkVol
*SCRUTnk_facVolPer_mp
In case of malfunction, exchange DEF level sen-
sor.
1881 683 4768 2 At engine cold start conditions the sensed Difference temperature of exhaust gas temper- Check whether all exhaust gas temperature
exhaust gas temperature downstream DOC ature downstream DOC and fixed sensors within the EAT system are
(Exh_tSensTOxiCatDs) ambient temperature at ignition on exceeds a mounted properly: Within the exhaust line and
has exceeded the sum of ambient tempera- certain limit earlier than the difference at correct positions.
ture (EnvT_t) + offset (40°C) earlier than the temperature of exhaust gas temperature Check the position of the sensor upstream SCR
sensed exhaust gas upstream DOC and fixed ambient temperature which might be physically mounted in
temperature upstream of DOC at ignition on. the wrong position.
(Exh_tSensTOxiCatUs). If cold start condition can be made sure (engine
The check is only performed once each igni- was off for at least 8 h) compare
tion cycle and only if the start is judged a cold values of EnvT_t, EngDa_tEng, Exh_TOxiCatUs,
start. Exh_tOxiCatDs and
Error status is frozen for that ignition cycle. SCR_tSensUCatUsT at ignition on, without
No healing possible. starting the engine. All identical? Then the
sensors itself are okay.
Check exhaust piping for leakage.
Check wiring of sensors
Replace sensors
Check DOC => physicallly intact?
1891 272 524190 14 Not enough urea in tank or low urea quality Low DEF tank level Check DEF level in tank. If there is no DEF, refill
or hardware tampering failure is detected or Low DEF quality up to volume above the warning
hardware failure is detected Hardware Tampering is active threshold.
Hardware Failure is active Check the DEF quality in the tank. If wrong fluid
is filled, refill with proper DEF.
Check other errors based on hardware malfunc-
tions.
1892 273 524191 14 A low DEF tank level or a low DEF quality is Low DEF tank level Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
detected or hardware tampering(system Low DEF quality threshold.
components are pinched off) or hardware Hardware Tampering is active Check the DEF level in tank. If there is no DEF,
failures as shortcut to battery, shortcut to Hardware Failure is active refill up above the warning level.
ground Check DEF quality filled in the tank.
etc. are detected. Check other errors based on hardware tamper-
ing or failure.
3121631 3-203
Deutz Blink
Code Code
1893 275 524193 8 The total time in standstill-regeneration Stand-still mode is very often aborted by the Read out stand-still statistics => see service
mode exceeds the long-limit threshold operator. manual:
within last 500h total engine run time. Stand-still mode does not reach required tem- Stand-still operation finished or often inter-
The error is activated if the engine runs to perature level and regeneration level is rupted by driver / engine shut-off? => Run
many times in Standstill regeneartion. therefore reached after a short time again stand-still and instruct operator
Stand-still operation required often by soot
load => Check dp DPF pressure sensor
Stand-still mode does not reach required tem-
perature level:
Check engine air path: Intake Trottle, EGR-Valve
and turbocharger okay?
Any leakage in engine air intake sytem or
exhaust gas system?
Check temperature sensors within exhaust sys-
tem: upstream DOC, downstream DOC
If soot load level of DPf allow it:
Perform Stand-still and check reached temper-
ature level upstream and downstream
DOC: T upstream DOC in the range of 480-
550°C? Downstream DOC after 25 min
stand-still main phase 590°C are reached?
Temerature traces are steady and even?
Temperature downstream DOC higher than
upstream DOC but difference does not
exceed 100 K?
Very small difference (< 10 K after 25 min
stand-still main phase, 590 °C downstream
DOC are not reached) => exchange DOC
Very big difference (>100 K after 25 min stand-
still main phase, 590 °C downstream
DOC exceeded) => check injection system of
engine & engine air path
3-204 3121631
Deutz Blink
Code Code
1894 276 524194 8 The total time in standstill-regeneration Stand-still mode is aborted / interrupted too Read out stand-still statistics => see service
mode exceeds the long-limit threshold: 2,5h often by the operator manual:
stand-still operation within 50h total motor Stand-still is required too often due to miscalcu- Stand-still operation finished or often inter-
run time. lation in the soot model rupted by driver / engine shut-off? => Run
The error is activated if the engine runs to Stand-still mode does not reache temperature stand-still and instruct operator
much time in short Standstill regeneartion. level and regeneration level is therefore Stand-still operation required often by soot
reached after a short time again. load => Check dp DPF pressure sensor
Stand-still mode does not reach required tem-
perature level:
Check engine air path: Intake Trottle, EGR-Valve
and turbocharger okay?
Any leakage in engine air intake sytem or
exhaust gas system?
Check temperature sensors within exhaust sys-
tem: upstream DOC, downstream DOC
If soot load level of DPF allows it:
Perform Stand-still and check reached temper-
ature level upstream and downstream
DOC: T upstream DOC in the range of 480-
550°C? Downstream DOC after 25 min
stand-still main phase 590°C are reached?
Temerature traces are steady and even?
Temperature downstream DOC higher than
upstream DOC but difference does not
exceed 100 K?
Very small difference (< 10 K after 25 min
stand-still main phase, 590 °C downstream
DOC are not reached) => exchange DOC
Very big difference (>100 K after 25 min stand-
still main phase, 590 °C downstream
DOC exceeded) => check injection system of
engine & engine air path
1895 277 3519 12 The integrated temperature sensor of the Temperature sensor inside the UQS defect. Check the temperature sensor signal for plausi-
Urea Quality Sensor measures higher tem- CAN Communication corrupted. bility. In case of improper signal,
perature than threshold Overheating of the DEF tank due to malfunction exchange the suction unit in the tank.
of the heating valve. Check CAN bus communication for proper sig-
Flow direction is of coolant is wrong due to nal. In case of improper signal, exchange
mixed up the hoses routed to the heating the suction unit in the tank.
valve. Check the function of heating valve and routing
Overheating of the DEF tank due to heat transfer of the hoses. The coolant flow through
from neighbor parts. the heating valve must be observed according
to the shown arrow.
In case all actions above are OK, check the real
temperature in the DEF tank during
worst case condition and improve the installa-
tion of the DEF tank.
1896 278 3520 3 The integrated diagnostic of the Urea Quality wiring harness of UQS corrupted Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
Sensor recognized a short circuit to battery CAN Communication corrupted threshold.
Check the wiring harness from the ECU to the
suction unit of the DEF tank
Check the CAN bus communication. If the signal
is corrupt, then exchange the suction
unit.
3121631 3-205
Deutz Blink
Code Code
1897 278 3520 4 The integrated diagnostic of the Urea Quality wiring harness to the suction unit in the DEF Threshold for error detection is an internal ECU
Sensor recognized a short circuit to ground. tank is corrupted threshold.
CAN Communication corrupted Check the wiring to the suction unit in the DEF
tank.
Check the CAN bus communication. In case the
communication is corrupt, exchange
the suction unit in the DEF tank.
1898 277 3519 3 The integrated diagnostic of the tempera- Wrong diagnostic of the short circuits logic Check the wiring to the suction unit in the DEF
ture sensor of the Urea Quality Sensor recog- inside the temperature sensor of the UQS tank.
nized a short circuit to battery. CAN Communication corrupted Check the CAN bus communication of the suc-
The UQS Sensor is an combined sensor of tion unit. In case the communication is
tank temperature, filling grade and DEF corrupt, exchange the suction unit.
quality and it is also an CAN sensor --> no
PIN
1899 277 3519 4 The integrated diagnostic of the tempera- DEF quality sensor in the suction unit of the DEF Check the wiring to the suction unit of the DEF
ture sensor of the Urea Quality Sensor recog- tank is defect tank.
nized a short circuit to ground CAN Communication corrupted Check the CAN bus communication from the
suction unit. In case the signal is corrupt,
exchange the suction unit in the DEF tank.
3-206 3121631
Deutz Blink
Code Code
1900 279 524195 14 The standstill request of detected crystalli- Back pressure upstream SCR catalyst has Dismount urea injector from exhaust line and
zation is ignored for more than reached a level which indicates inspect visually the injector and the
5h(>300min) crystallisation inside of exhaust line. exhaust line for urea crystallisation upstream of
This will be activated if there is a standstill The error detection depends on the sensed pres- SCR catalyst:
request activated by Crystalisation Monitor- sure upstream of the SCR catalyst and If crystallisation can be clearly seen, then stand-
ing. the calculated exhaust volume flow through still must be processed.
the mixer pipe. Has the engine been operated in low load for
In case of error is set, but no crystallisation can longer time? If yes, then it could be the
be found in the mixing pipe, a possible reaoson for crystallisation.
reason can be the defect sensors: Does the NOx-Sensors work properly? Compare
- exhaust pressure & temperature upstream of ComRxSCR_rNOxUs to
the SCR catalyst, ComRxSCR_rNOxDs, when
- the ambient pressure ComRxSCR_stNOxRdyUs = 1 &
- the exhaust mass flow => Check air path sys- ComRxSCR_stNOxRdyDs = 1 (Warm engine
tem at the engine. and EAT-system,
SCRT_tCatAvrgExhGs_mp > 250°C,
SCR_stStatus = "Dosing" = 8): sensed NOx
upstream of SCR catalyst must be higher than
downstream of SCR catalyst.
Go to idle and wait until SCR system enters sta-
tus "stand-by" (no dosing),
SCRT_tCatAvrgExhGs_mp < 225°C:
ComRxSCR_rNOxUs = ComRxSCR_rNOxDs
Clean urea injector: rinse it thourougly under
water
Check EGR-Path: difference pressure sensor at
venturi tube, EGR cooler, EGR-Valve,
Reed-Valve, Intake throttle regarding function
and leakage. Does the EGR-cooler leak
water in the exhaust?
Check air path for leakage
Check turbocharger
No crystallisation can be seen in the mixing
pipe:
Check exhaust pressure sensor upstream of SCR
catalyst (SCR_pSensUCatUsP):
tube, water in sensor?
Check environmental pressure sensor
(EnvP_p): plausible?
Check exhaust temperature sensor upstream of
SCR-catalyst (SCR_tSensUCatUsT):
plausible compared to Exh_tOxiCatUs &
Exh_tOxiCatDs e.g. when engine has idled for
20 minutes?
=> Run stand-still to remove crystallisation
and to reset the DFC
3121631 3-207
Deutz Blink
Code Code
1904 2-7-8 3520 2 Measured DEF Quality from UQS is too low. Suspected components: Check that there is liquid urea of known quality
Quality value received from UQS is < 22 % for Urea quality sensor defect in the tank first
a certain time and a certain number or for Wrong installation (measuring air) Check urea tank level. Add urea until level is at
measuring conditions not observed for a cer- Urea level sensor defect least 10 cm above sensor.
tain time. Non urea filled in tank Ensure that urea is not frozen / sufficient urea is
CANBUS problems liquid
Evaluation conditions for new quality check not Check Sensor: Are urea tank temperature and
fulfilled after one previous mal detection level displayed? Changes the level if you
refill urea?
Check electrical connection
Check CANBus
New quality detection is carried out if urea re-
fill is detected or if an quality evaluation
was triggered and was not finished success-
fully: To provoke a quality measurement: refill
urea, at least 10 % of tank volume
Wait until quality evaluation was carried out,
can take up to 30 minutes => check value.
It should be about 33 %
Exchange quality sensor
1907 278 3520 13 Urea quality at UQS out of range the speci- Suspected components Check DEF quality and/or DEF quality sensor
fied thresholds; invalid quality of the urea DEF quality sensor
qualiy DEF
1908 277 3519 13 Temperature at UQS out of range the speci- Suspected Components Check temperature system and/or DEF quality
fied thresholds; invalid quality of the tem- Tank heater sensor
perature DEF sensor
1911 127 3532 3 The urea quality value from the sensor is Suspected Components: Check DEF quality and/or sensor.
greater than the maximum physical range UQS defect
threshold
Comment: tank temperature is measured by
the UQS sensor
1912 127 3532 4 The urea quality value from the sensor is Suspected Components: Check DEF quality and/or Sensor.
lower than the minimum physical range UQS defect
threshold.
1914 669 4365 3 Internal error of DEF quality sensor. Suspected componentes: Check wiring harness and DEF qualitysensor
DEF quality sensor
Wiring harness
1915 6-6-9 4365 4 Internal error of DEF quality sensor. Suspected componentes: Check wiring harness and DEF qualitysensor
DEF quality sensor
Wiring harness
1917 2-8-6 3936 14 Standstill escalation by time. In case the Stand-still request ignored by the operator. Perform Stand-still. If soot load level of DPF has
standstill request will not be released within Display / stand-still request lamp broken. increased too high already call service
50 h by the driver this fault code will be set. to perform stand-still.
In case the DPF soot load level remove DPF =>
Exchange DPF.
3-208 3121631
3.24 COUNTERWEIGHT Machines originally equipped with foam filled tires cannot be
converted to pneumatic tires and 4 wheel drives cannot be
Both the 800S, 810SJ and the 860SJ share the same tail and converted to 2 wheel drives without adding counterweight.
frame counterweights regardless of market. However, there is No counterweight difference is required between the narrow
a difference in frame counterweights depending on the and wide pneumatic tire options. Similarly, no counterweight
equipped tires and wheel drive options. Pneumatic tire difference is required between the narrow and wide foam
machines require more frame counterweight than is required filled tires.
with foam filled tires and 2 wheel drive machines require more
counterweight than 4 wheel drives.
Figure 3-113. Counterweight
3121631 3-209
NOTES:
3-210 3121631
SECTION 4. BOOM & PLATFORM
4.1 PLATFORM Platform Valve Installation

1. Install platform control valve onto the mounting bracket
Platform Valve Removal and secure using hardware.
1. Tag and disconnect the hydraulic lines from the plat- 2. Install the mounting bracket onto the platform support
form control valve. Use suitable container to retain any and secure using hardware.
residual hydraulic fluid. Cap hydraulic lines and ports.
2. Remove hardware securing cover from the platform
support. Remove cover.
3. Install cover onto the platform support securing the

hardware.
3. Remove hardware securing the mounting bracket to the
platform support. Take out the mounting bracket along
with platform control valve.
4. Remove hardware securing the platform control valve to
the mounting bracket. Remove platform control valve.
4. Remove tag and reconnect the hydraulic lines to the

platform control valve.
3121631 4-1
Support Removal 4. Remove the bolts securing the support to the rotator.
BOLTS
ROTATOR
LOCKNUT & SHAFT
PLATFORM SUPPORT
5. Using a suitable brass drift and hammer, remove the

Figure 4-1. Location of Components Platform Support rotator shaft, then remove the support from the rotator.
1. Disconnect electrical cables from control console.

2. Remove the bolts securing the platform to the platform
support, then remove the platform.
NOTE: The platform support weighs approximately 77 lbs. (35 kg).
3. Using a suitable device, support the platform support.
4-2 3121631
Support Installation 5. Position the platform on the platform support and

install the bolts securing the platform to the platform
1. Using a suitable device, support the platform support support. Torque the bolts to 75 ft. lbs. (102 Nm).
and position it on the rotator.
NOTE: The platform support weighs approximately 77 lbs. (35 kg).
2. Install the rotator center bolt.
6. Connect the electrical cables to the platform control

console.
3. Apply JLG Threadlocker P/N 0100011 to the eight bolts

securing the support to the rotator and install the bolts.
4. Torque the nut on the rotator center bolt to 586 ft. lbs.
(795 Nm). Torque the retaining bolts to 40 ft. lbs. (55
Nm).
3121631 4-3
A,B,D
NOTE: If any rotator bolts are replaced, replace all
bolts on the rotator and torque them.
C,D
A Torque to 40 ft. lbs. (55 Nm)

B JLG Threadlocker P/N 0100011
C Torque to 586 ft. lbs. (795 Nm)
D Check torque every 150 hours of operation
E Torque to 75 ft. lbs. (102 Nm)
Figure 4-2. Platform Support Torque Values
4.2 ROTATOR AND SLAVE CYLINDER 6. Tag and disconnect hydraulic lines to the platform
(slave) leveling cylinder. Use a suitable container to
retain any residual hydraulic fluid. Cap hydraulic lines
Removal and ports. Remove the platform (slave) cylinder.
1. Tag and disconnect hydraulic lines to rotator. Use suit-

able container to retain any residual hydraulic fluid. Cap
hydraulic lines and ports.
2. Supporting the rotator, remove hardware from pin #1.

Using a suitable brass drift and hammer remove pin #1
from the fly boom.
3. Remove the hardware from pin #2. Using a suitable

brass drift and hammer, remove pin #2 from the fly
boom and remove the rotator.
4. Telescope the fly section out approximately 20 inches

(50 cm) to gain access to the platform (slave) leveling
cylinder. (860 SJ only).
5. Supporting the platform (slave) cylinder, remove the

hardware from pin #3. Using a suitable brass drift and Figure 4-3. Reassembly of Components-Rotator and
hammer remove pin #3 from the fly boom. Leveling Cylinder
4-4 3121631
4.3 MAIN BOOM POWERTRACK 6. Remove bolt #1 securing the push tube on the fly boom
section.
Removal
1. Disconnect wiring harness connectors located in tower
upright.
HYDRAULIC LINES AND PORTS SHOULD BE CAPPED IMMEDIATELY AFTER DIS-

CONNECTING LINES TO AVOID ENTRY OF CONTAMINANTS INTO SYSTEM.

2. Tag and disconnect hydraulic lines from connectors at
boom assembly. Use suitable container to retain any
residual hydraulic fluid. Cap hydraulic lines and ports.
3. Disconnect dual capacity indicator limit switch from side

of boom section.
Figure 4-4. Main Boom Powertrack Components
4. Remove hydraulic lines and electrical cables from Pow-
ertrack. 7. Remove bolt #2 securing the push tube on the mid
boom section.
5. Using suitable lifting equipment, adequately support
Powertrack weight along entire length. 8. With Powertrack supported and using all applicable
safety precautions, remove bolts #3, #4 and #5 securing
rail to the base boom section. Remove Powertrack from
boom section.
3121631 4-5
4-6
HOSE AND CABLE CARRIER
1001156965 B
Figure 4-5. Powertrack Installation Main Boom
3121631
4.4 POWERTRACK MAINTENANCE 3. Remove the screws from the flat bar on the other side of
the powertrack.
One Piece Bracket Maintenance
1. Place the powertrack on a workbench.
4. Pull up on the loose side of the round bar to allow the

poly roller to slide off.
2. Remove the screws from the bars on one side of the

powertrack on the first link.
3121631 4-7
5. Slide the poly roller off of the round bar. 7. Slide the flat bar out.
6. Hold the round bar to remove the other screw. 8. Remove the snap ring from one side of the bracket.
9. Remove the snap ring from the other side of the bracket.
4-8 3121631
10. Push down with slight pressure on the link and slide the Two Piece Bracket Maintenance
bracket side up and over the extrusion on the link.
1. Loosen the screw.
11. Repeat the previous step on the other side.
2. Slide the roller off the bar.
12. Slide the bracket off of the powertrack.
3. Hold the bar tightly and remove the other screw.
3121631 4-9
4. Hold the flat bar and remove the screws. 6. Remove the screws from the bar. Remove the snap ring
and pin.
5. Remove the snap rings and pins.

7. Slide the link out.
4-10 3121631
Snap Rings and Screws A snap ring that is not seated is shown below.
WHEN PERFORMING MAINTENANCE ON THE POWERTRACK, MAKE SURE TO

DISCARD AND REPLACE ALL OLD SCREWS.
Make sure screws are tight and installed properly.
A seated and closed snap ring is shown below.
LOOSE SCREW TIGHT SCREW
Make sure that all snap rings are closed and seated.
10-24 x 0.812 button torx socket head with blue locking patch:
• Tighten to 45-50 in. lbs. (5-5.6 Nm).
CLOSED • Use T-25 torx bit.
• Do not reuse this screw. After removing replace with a new
OPEN one.
An open snap ring is shown below.
3121631 4-11
4.5 MAIN BOOM ASSEMBLY 5. Using a 3/8 drive extension approximately 4 ft. (1.2 m)
long, remove the bolts and washers securing the cable
mount block to the boom fly section.
Removal
1. Using suitable lifting equipment, adequately support
boom assembly weight along entire length.
HYDRAULIC LINES AND PORTS SHOULD BE CAPPED IMMEDIATELY AFTER DIS-

CONNECTING LINES TO AVOID ENTRY OF CONTAMINANTS INTO SYSTEM.
2. Tag and disconnect hydraulic lines from telescope cylin-

der. Use a suitable container to retain any residual
hydraulic fluid. Cap hydraulic lines and ports.
Boom Disassembly
NOTE: The following procedure assumes the boom is removed
from the machine.
1. Extend the boom approximately 2 ft. (0.6 m). This will

enable access to the bolts that secure the cable mount 6. Remove the four bolts, shims, and attachment blocks
block to the boom fly section. that secure the telescope cylinder barrel to the boom
mid section.
2. Remove hardware securing the telescope cylinder.
3. Remove hardware securing the cover plate on the bot-
tom front of the base boom section.
NOTE: Do not allow wire rope to rotate. This may damage the
wire rope.
4. Clamp both threaded ends of wire rope to prevent rota-

tion. Note: Do not clamp on threads. Remove jam nuts
and nuts which secure the wire rope adjustments to the
bottom front of the base boom section.
4-12 3121631
7. Remove the four bolts, shims, and mounting blocks that 8. Using overhead cranes or other suitable lifting/support-
secure the telescope cylinder rod to the boom base sec- ing devices, carefully pull the telescope cylinder out
tion. from the back of the boom. At the same time, also pull
the cable mount block out so the extension cables come
out with the telescope cylinder and do not bind. The lift-
ing/supporting devices will have to be repositioned to
support the weight of the cylinder as it is drawn out of
the boom.
WHEN REMOVING THE TELESCOPE CYLINDER FROM THE BOOM, IT MAY BE

NECESSARY AT SOME POINT TO TURN THE CYLINDER SLIGHTLY IN ORDER TO
CLEAR ASSEMBLIES MOUNTED WITHIN THE BOOM. CARE MUST BE TAKEN TO
MOVE THE CYLINDER SLOWLY FROM THE BOOM. DAMAGE TO COMPONENTS
MAY RESULT FROM FORCIBLE IMPACT WITH THESE ASSEMBLIES.
NOTE: The telescope cylinder weighs approximately 600 lbs.

(272 kg).
3121631 4-13

Figure 4-6. Boom Assembly Cutaway - Sheet 1 of 2
4-14 3121631

1. Base Boom 9. Retract Cable

2. Mid Boom 10. Extend Cable Adjustment
3. Fly Boom 11. Retract Cable Adjustment
4. Telescope Cylinder 12. Proximity Switch
5. Extend Sheave 13. Wear Pad
6. Retract Sheave 14. Shims
7. Sheave Block 15. Wear Pad
8. Extend Cable
Figure 4-7. Boom Assembly Cutaway - Sheet 2 of 2
3121631 4-15

1. Pivot Pin 6. Pin Cover

2. Power Link 7. Lift Cylinder Pivot Pin
3. Tower 8. Tower Pin
4. Level Link 9. Level Link Pin
5. Boom Pivot Pin 10. Upright
Figure 4-8. Boom Components - Sheet 1 of 2
4-16 3121631

%&5"*-$4+
%&5"*-$4
%&5"*-#4
%&5"*-#4+

%&5"*-%4+
%&5"*-"#PUI.PEFMT
%&5"*-$
%&5"*-%
%&5"*-#
%&5"*-"
1. Pivot Pin 5. Level Cylinder Attach Pin

2. Level Link Pivot Pin 6. Level Cylinder
3. Lift Cylinder Pivot Pin 7. Level Cylinder Pivot Pin
4. Boom Rest 8. Rotator
Figure 4-9. Boom Components - Sheet 2 of 2
3121631 4-17
9. Carefully remove the telescope cylinder and sheave 13. Remove hardware which secures the wear pads to the
assembly. Place telescope cylinder on a suitable trestle. front of mid boom section; remove wear pads from the
top, sides and bottom of the mid boom section.
a. Remove hardware from the wear pads; remove wear
pads from cylinder. 14. Using an overhead crane or suitable lifting device,
b. Remove hardware from the wire rope guard; remove fly boom section from mid section. Note: When
remove guard from cylinder. removing fly boom section from mid boom section,
retract wire rope must be dragged along with fly boom
c. Remove hardware from the sheave pin; remove pin
section.
and sheave from cylinder.
15. Remove hardware which secures the wear pads to the
rear end of fly boom section; remove wear pads from
the top, sides and bottom of the fly boom section.
16. When removing wire rope from fly boom section, push
the cable into fly boom. Route wire rope back through
holes in the side of the fly boom section.
Figure 4-10. Disassembly of Sheave Assembly

front of base boom section; remove wear pads from the
top, sides and bottom of the base boom section.
10. Using an overhead crane or suitable lifting device,
remove mid and fly boom sections from base section.
Note: When removing mid and fly boom sections from
base boom section, retract wire rope must be dragged
along with boom sections.
rear end of mid boom section; remove the wear pads
from the top, sides and bottom of the mid boom sec-
tion.
12. Remove hardware which secures the sheave guards and
sheave assemblies to mid boom section, remove sheave Figure 4-11. Disassembly Wire Rope Routing Procedure
assemblies from mid boom section.
4-18 3121631
Inspection 8. Inspect inner diameter of boom pivot bushing for scor-

ing, distortion, wear, or other damage. Replace bearing
as necessary.
NOTE: When inspecting pins and bearings Refer to the guidelines
established in Section 2 - General. 9. Inspect all wear pads for excessive wear or other dam-
age. Replace pads when worn to within 1/8 inch (3.2
1. Inspect all sheaves (extend and retract wire ropes and mm) of threaded insert.
telescope cylinder) for excessive groove wear, burrs or 10. Inspect extend and retract wire rope attach point com-
other damage. Replace sheaves as necessary. ponents for cracks, stretching, distortion, or other dam-
age. Replace components as necessary.
NOTE: To check the size, contour and amount of wear, a groove
gauge is used. Replace the sheave if worn as shown in the 11. Inspect all threaded components for damage such as
following drawing. stretching, thread deformation, or twisting. Replace as
necessary.
12. Inspect structural units of boom assembly for bending,
cracking, separation of welds, or other damage. Replace
boom sections as necessary.
Assembly
NOTE: When installing fly section wear pads, install same number
and thickness of shims as were removed during disassem-
bly.
1. Measure inside dimensions of the base and mid sections

to determine the number of shims required for proper
lift.
2. Measure inside dimensions of the mid section to deter-
mine the number of shims required for proper lift.
3. Install side, top and bottom wear pads to the rear end of
fly section; shim evenly to the measurements of the
inside of mid section.
Figure 4-12. Dimension of Sheaves When New
2. Inspect extend and retract wire rope sheave bearings for

wear, scoring, or other damage, and for ovality.
3. Inspect extend wire rope and retract wire rope sheave

pins for scoring, tapering and ovality. Replace pins as
necessary.
4. Inspect telescope cylinder sheave pin for scoring, taper-

ing and ovality. Replace pins as necessary.
5. Inspect boom pivot pin for wear, scoring, tapering and

ovality, or other damage. Replace pins as necessary.
6. Inspect telescope cylinder attach point for scoring,

tapering and ovality. Replace pins as necessary.
7. Inspect main lift cylinder attach pin for wear, scoring,

tapering and ovality, or other damage. Ensure pin sur-
faces are protected prior to installation. Replace pins as
necessary.
3121631 4-19
NOTE: To avoid damaging the proximity switch, install and adjust the switch AFTER assem-
bling the switch block and compression spring, and after torquing the wire ropes.
To adjust the proximity switch, thread the switch all the way in and back out
1/8 to 1/2 a turn.
Figure 4-13. Proximity Switch Adjustment
4-20 3121631
4. Install retract wire ropes into rear end of fly section, 9. Properly position the retraction wire rope sheaves
route wire ropes through holes in side of fly boom sec- assemblies at the rear end of the mid boom section;
tion and pull into slot. ensure all sheave-to-mounting block attachment holes
align. Install the sheave pins and secure them with
mounting hardware. Position retract wire ropes onto the
sheaves.
10. Install sheave guards to rear end of mid boom section

and secure with mounting hardware.
11. Slide mid boom section into the base boom section.
Allow the retraction wire ropes to trail between the bot-
tom surfaces of boom sections. Shim boom, if necessary,
for a total of 1/16 inch (0.062) clearance.
12. Install wear pads into the forward position of the base
boom section. Shim boom, if necessary, for a total of 2/
10 inch (0.20) clearance.
13. Install sheave block to bottom of base boom section

and adjust block so that retract wire ropes do not come
into contact with boom surfaces.
14. Install wire rope threaded ends through attachment

holes in the bottom of base boom section. Loosely
install nuts and jam nuts onto the threaded ends of wire
ropes.
15. Pull the boom sections out to approximately where they

Figure 4-14. Routing Installation of Retract Wire Ropes were extended to for telescope cylinder removal.
5. Install side, top and bottom wear pads to the rear end of 16. Install a new extend sheave on the end of the telescope
mid section; shim evenly to the measurements of the cylinder.
inside of mid section.
17. Route new extend cables around the telescope cylinder.
Loosely fasten the threaded end of the cables to the rod
end of the telescope cylinder with the adjusting nuts
WHEN ASSEMBLING BOOM SECTIONS, ENSURE THAT THE BOOM SLIDING TRA-
JECTORIES HAVE BEEN CLEARED OF CHAINS, TOOLS, AND OTHER OBSTRUC- and lock nuts. Install the opposite end of the cables in
TIONS. the cable mount block.
6. Shim the insides of the boom sections for a total of 1/16 18. Use tape or tie straps to fasten the cables to the tele-
inch (0.062) clearance (if the action is centered, there will scope cylinder assembly. It is important that the tape or
be 1/32 clearance on each side). straps be strong enough to hold the cable in place yet
weak enough to break and fall away when the cables are
7. Slide fly boom section into the mid boom section. Shim
adjusted.
boom, if necessary, for a total of 1/16 inch (0.062) clear-
ance.
8. Install wear pads into the forward position of the mid
boom section. Shim boom, if necessary, for a total of 2/ WHEN PUSHING THE TELESCOPE CYLINDER INTO THE BOOM, IT MAY BE NEC-
10 inch (0.20) clearance. ESSARY AT SOME POINT TO TURN THE CYLINDER SLIGHTLY IN ORDER TO
MOVE THE CYLINDER SLOWLY INTO THE BOOM. DAMAGE TO COMPONENTS

(272 kg).
3121631 4-21
19. Using adequate lifting equipment, carefully push the 21. Apply JLG Threadlocker P/N 0100011 to the bolts and
telescope cylinder assembly and cables back into the fasten the telescope cylinder barrel to the boom mid
boom. section with the bolts, shims, mounting blocks.
20. Apply JLG Threadlocker P/N 0100011 to the bolts and

fasten the telescope cylinder rod to the boom base sec- 22. Using a 3/8 drive extension approximately 4 ft. (1.2 m)
tion with the bolts, shims, mounting blocks. long, install the bolts and washers securing the cable
mount block to the boom fly section. Tape the bolts to
the socket at the end of the extension to prevent it from
coming out of the socket before it engages the mount-
ing threads.
23. Connect all the hydraulic lines to the cylinder as tagged

during the removal procedure.
24. Adjust the boom cables as outlined under Section 4.7,
Boom Rope Torquing Procedures.
4-22 3121631
Installation 5. Using a 3/8 drive extension approximately 4 ft. (1.2 m)

long, remove the bolts and washers securing the cable
1. Using a suitable lifting device, position boom assembly mount block to the boom fly section.
on upright so that the pivot holes in both boom and
upright are aligned.
2. Install boom pivot pin, ensuring that location of hole in
pin is aligned with attach point on upright.
3. If necessary, gently tap pin into position with soft
headed mallet. Secure pin mounting hardware.
4. Connect all wiring to the ground control box.
5. Connect all hydraulic lines running along side of boom
assembly.
6. Using all applicable safety precautions, operate lifting
device in order to position boom lift cylinder so that
holes in the cylinder rod end and boom structure are
aligned. Insert the lift cylinder pin, ensuring that loca-
tion of hole in pin is aligned with attach point on boom.
7. Align holes in boom structure with hole in master cylin-
der. Insert the master cylinder pin, ensuring that loca- 6. Remove the four bolts, shims, and attachment blocks
tion of hole in pin is aligned with attach point on boom. that secure the telescope cylinder barrel to the boom
mid section.
8. Adjust retract and extend cables to the proper torque.
Refer to Section 4.7, Boom Rope Torquing Procedures.
9. Using all applicable safety precautions, operate machine
systems and raise and extend boom fully, noting the
performance of the extension cycle.
10. Retract and lower boom, noting the performance of the
retraction cycle.
Telescope Cylinder/Boom Cable Removal

1. Make sure the machine is on a firm, level surface.
2. Raise the boom to a horizontal position.
3. Extend the boom approximately 2 ft. (0.6 m). This will
enable access to the bolts that secure the cable mount
block to the boom fly section.
4. Tag and disconnect all hydraulic hoses running to the
telescope cylinder. Cap or plug all openings to prevent
any foreign matter from entering the hydraulic system.
3121631 4-23
7. Remove the four bolts, shims, and mounting blocks that 9. Push the boom fly sections back in to gain access to the
secure the telescope cylinder rod to the boom base sec- boom retraction cable.
tion. 10. Remove the screws securing the sheave guards to the
boom mid section and remove the sheave guards.
11. Remove the adjusting nuts and lock nuts from the oppo-
site end of the retraction cables at the front of the boom
base section. To aid in installing new retraction cables,
WHEN REMOVING THE TELESCOPE CYLINDER FROM THE BOOM, IT MAY BE
fasten a length of tie wire as long as the retraction
NECESSARY AT SOME POINT TO TURN THE CYLINDER SLIGHTLY IN ORDER TO cables to the ends of the cables.
MOVE THE CYLINDER SLOWLY FROM THE BOOM. DAMAGE TO COMPONENTS

(272 kg).
8. Using overhead cranes or other suitable lifting/support-

ing devices, carefully pull the telescope cylinder out
from the back of the boom. At the same time, also pull
the cable mount block out so the extension cables come
out with the telescope cylinder and do not bind. The lift-
ing/supporting devices will have to be repositioned to
support the weight of the cylinder as it is drawn out of
the boom.
4-24 3121631
12. Twist the ends of the retraction cables to remove the 4. Install the sheave guards and secure them in place with
ends of the cables from the slots in the side of the boom the retaining screws.
fly section.
5. Pull the boom sections out to approximately where they

were extended to for telescope cylinder removal.
13. From the rear of the boom, pull out the boom retraction
cables. 6. Install a new extend sheave on the end of the telescope
cylinder.
Telescope Cylinder/Boom Cable Installation 7. Route new extend cables around the telescope cylinder.
Loosely fasten the threaded end of the cables to the rod
1. Attach the threaded end of the new retraction cables to
end of the telescope cylinder with the adjusting nuts
the tie wires used in the removal procedure.
and lock nuts. Install the opposite end of the cables in
2. From the front of the boom, pull the retraction cables the cable mount block.
through the boom and through the attachment holes in
8. Use tape or tie straps to fasten the cables to the tele-
the bottom of the boom base section. Loosely install the
scope cylinder assembly. It is important that the tape or
adjustment nuts and jam nuts.
straps be strong enough to hold the cable in place yet
3. Install new retract sheaves, then route the opposite end weak enough to break and fall away when the cables are
of the retraction cables around the sheaves. Push the adjusted.
ends of the cables through the slots in the side of the
boom fly section.
3121631 4-25

fasten the telescope cylinder barrel to the boom mid
WHEN PUSHING THE TELESCOPE CYLINDER INTO THE BOOM, IT MAY BE NEC- section with the bolts, shims, mounting blocks.
ESSARY AT SOME POINT TO TURN THE CYLINDER SLIGHTLY IN ORDER TO
MOVE THE CYLINDER SLOWLY INTO THE BOOM. DAMAGE TO COMPONENTS
NOTE: The telescope cylinder weighs approximately600 lbs.

(272 kg).
9. Using adequate lifting equipment, carefully push the

telescope cylinder assembly and cables back into the
boom.
12. Using a 3/8 drive extension approximately 4 ft. (1.2 m)

long, install the bolts and washers securing the cable
mount block to the boom fly section. Tape the bolts to
the socket at the end of the extension to prevent it from
coming out of the socket before it engages the mount-
ing threads.

fasten the telescope cylinder rod to the boom base sec-
tion with the bolts, shims, mounting blocks.
13. Connect all the hydraulic lines to the cylinder as tagged

during the removal procedure.
14. Adjust the boom cables as outlined under Section 4.7,
Boom Rope Torquing Procedures.
15. Run the boom through all lift and telescope functions
and check for proper operation or any leakage.
4-26 3121631
Lift Cylinder Removal 6. Remove the bolt and keeper pin securing the lower lift
cylinder pivot pin and remove the pivot pin.
1. Elevate the boom enough to gain access to the lift cylin-
der lower pivot pin.
2. Use an adequate supporting device to support the
weight of the boom and associated components as
shown below.
NOTE: The supporting device must be able to support approxi-

mately 5350 lbs (2430 kg).
7. Using the lifting device, slide the lift cylinder back

enough to allow the cylinder end to clear the attach-
ment point on the boom.
8. Slide the lift cylinder sideways enough to remove it from
the machine.
Lift Cylinder Installation

3. Tag and disconnect the hydraulic hoses from the lift cyl- 1. Using an adequate lifting device, position the lift cylin-
inder. der in the machine in the same manner that it was
4. Use an adequate lifting device to support the lift cylin- removed.
der. 2. Install the lower pivot pin and secure it in place with the
keeper pin and bolt.
NOTE: The lift cylinder weighs approximately 618 lbs (280 kg).
3. Connect the hydraulic lines to the cylinder as tagged
5. Remove the bolt and keeper pin securing the main lift during removal.
cylinder pivot pin and remove the pivot pin.
4. Extend the cylinder rod until it aligns with the attach-
ment point on the boom. Take care not to extend the
cylinder rod too far.
5. Install the main lift cylinder pivot pin and secure it in
place with the keeper pin and bolt.
6. Remove the supporting device and function check the
boom to make sure the lift cylinder operates properly
and there are no leaks.
3121631 4-27
4.6 WIRE ROPE 6. Inspect sheaves with a groove wearout gauge for exces-
sive wear.
Each day before using the machine:
1. Raise the main boom to approximately horizontal.
2. Extend and retract the boom sections.
3. Check for delayed movement of the fly section, which
indicates loose wire ropes.
Inspection
NOTE: The pictures in this paragraph are just samples to show the
replacement criteria of the rope. Observe the groove so that it may be clearly seen whether the
contour of the gauge matches the
1. Inspect ropes for broken wires, particularly valley wire contour of the bottom of the groove.
breaks and breaks at end terminations. 7. Ropes passing inspection should be lubricated with wire
rope lubricant before reassembly.
Three Month Inspection

1. Remove boom covers and visually (with flashlight)
inspect the ropes for rust, broken wires, frays, abuse, or
Flexing a wire rope can often expose broken wires hidden in any signs of abnormalities.
valleys between strands.
2. Check rope tension by deflecting the ropes by hand.
Properly tensioned ropes should have little or no move-
2. Inspect ropes for corrosion. ment.
3. Inspect ropes for kinks or abuse.
12 Year or 7000 Hour Replacement
1. Mandatory wire rope and sheave replacement.
Additional inspection required if:

a. Machine is exposed to hostile environment or con-
A kink is caused by pulling down a loop ditions.
in a slack line during improper handling, b. Erratic boom operation or unusual noise exists.
installation, or operation.
c. Machine is idle for an extended period.
4. Inspect sheaves for condition of bearings/pins. (See d. Boom is overloaded or sustained a shock load.
Dimension Of Sheaves for proper dimension.)
e. Boom exposed to electrical arc. Wires may be fused
5. Inspect sheaves for condition of flanges. (See Dimension internally.
Of Sheaves for proper dimension.)
Replacement Criteria
1. Sheaves and wire rope must be replaced as sets.
2. Rusted or corroded wire ropes.
3. Kinked, “bird caged”, or crushed ropes.
4. Ropes at end of adjustment range.
5. Sheaves failing wearout gage inspection.
6. Ropes with 6 total broken wires in one rope lay, 3 in one

strand in one rope lay, 1 valley break, or 1 break at any
end termination.
4-28 3121631
4.7 BOOM ROPE TORQUING PROCEDURES 4. Torque retract adjusting nuts (platform end) to 15 ft. lbs.
(20 Nm) alternating between the two wire ropes and
keeping approximately the same amount of thread
Torque Procedures beyond the adjusting nut.
1. Position boom in fully down and fully retracted position.
NOTE: Do not allow wire rope to rotate. This may damage the
2. Clamp both threaded ends of wire rope to prevent rota- wire rope.
tion.
5. Repeat the torque procedure in step #4 to the extend
NOTE: Do not clamp on threads. wire ropes (turntable end).
6. Extend the boom 2 - 3 ft. using the telescope function.
Repeat step #4.
7. Retract the boom 1 - 2 ft. using the telescope function.
Do not bottom out telescope cylinder. Repeat step #5.
8. Extend the boom approximately 2 - 3 ft. again and check
torque on the retract wire ropes.
9. Retract the boom without bottoming out telescope cyl-
inder and check torque on the extend wire ropes.
NOTE: Step #8 and #9 may need to be repeated to equalize the
torque on all 4 wire ropes.
10. After all wire ropes have been properly torqued, install
nylon collar locknuts. Remove all clamping devices and
Figure 4-15. Clamping Wire Ropes install all covers and guards. Check the boom for proper
function.
3. Install adjusting nuts (or remove nylon collar locknuts if
re-adjusting) to both retract and extend wire ropes.
3121631 4-29
4.8 ELEVATION & CAPACITY SWITCHES - 800S
(ANSI Only)

(ANSI Only)
1 Boom Capacity Length Switch to trip boom when it’s 216" ± 1" (5486mm ± 25mm) from fully extended
2 150.75" ± 1" (3829mm ± 25mm) position of boom sections to Trip Capacity Length Switch (ANSI Only)
18.25" ± 1" (463.5mm ± 25mm) position of boom sections to trip Transport Length Switch
3 Boom Transport Length Switch to trip when boom is 18" ± 1" from fully retracted
4 Boom Capacity Angle Switch to trip when upper boom is 50° to 55° above horizontal. 52° is the preferred trip angle
Boom Capacity Angle Switch to reset when upper boom is 59° to 64° above horizontal. 61° is the preferred reset angle
5 Boom Elevation Switch to trip when upper boom is 7° to 12° above horizontal. 9° is the preferred trip angle
Boom Elevation Switch to reset when upper boom is 3° below horizontal to 2° above horizontal. 0° is the preferred reset angle
6 End of Stroke Switch should trip when boom is 5° to 7° from end of extended cylinder stroke
Figure 4-16. Elevation, Dual Capacity and Transport Switch Information - 800S
4-30 3121631
(ANSI Only)
BOOM CAPACITY
LE NG TH SWITCH (ANSI Only)
BOOM TRANSPORT
LE NG TH SWITCH
0271360 K
Figure 4-17. Elevation, Dual Capacity and Transport Switch Installation - 800S
3121631 4-31
4.9 ELEVATION, DUAL CAPACITY, & TRANSPORT

SWITCH - 810SJ & 860SJ
(ANSI Only)

(ANSI Only)
1 Boom Capacity Length Switch to trip boom when it’s 180" ± 1" (4572mm ± 25mm) from fully extended
2 160.25" ± 1" (4070mm ± 25mm) position of boom sections to Trip Capacity Length Switch (ANSI Only)
18.25" ± 1" (463.5mm ± 25mm) position of boom sections to trip Transport Length Switch
3 Boom Transport Length Switch to trip when boom is 18" ± 1" from fully retracted
4 Boom Capacity Angle Switch to trip when upper boom is 44° to 49° above horizontal. 46° is the preferred trip angle
Boom Capacity Angle Switch to reset when upper boom is 52° to 57° above horizontal. 55° is the preferred reset angle
5 Boom Elevation Switch to trip when upper boom is 9° to 14° above horizontal. 12° is the preferred trip angle
Boom Elevation Switch to reset when upper boom is 1° below horizontal to 4° above horizontal. 2° is the preferred reset angle
6 End of Stroke Switch should trip when boom is 5° to 7° from end of extended cylinder stroke
Figure 4-18. Elevation, Dual Capacity, and Transport Switch Information - 810SJ & 860SJ
4-32 3121631
BOOM CAPACITY
ANGLE SWITCH (ANSI Only)
BOOM ELEVATION
SWITCH
BOOM CAPACITY
LENGTH SWITCH (ANSI Only)
BOOM TRANSPORT
LENGTH SWITCH
0271362 K
Figure 4-19. Elevation, Dual Capacity, and Transport Switch Installation - 810SJ & 860SJ
3121631 4-33
4.10 ELECTRONIC PLATFORM LEVELING PRIMARY AND SECONDARY TILT SENSOR INTERACTION
Two tilt sensors, mounted on each side of the platform support,
Description are used to measure the incline of the platform with respect to
gravity and control the automatic platform angle control func-
Electronic platform leveling replaces the conventional hydraulic
tion. The right one (as viewed from standing in the platform) is
method of platform leveling. The term “platform leveling” does
used as the primary sensor and the left one as a secondary
not refer to the system maintaining the platform at level (or 0°)
backup sensor.
with respect to gravity, but instead refers to the controls auto-
matically maintaining the platform within several degrees of a If a fault occurs with the primary sensor, control will revert to the
preset angle. secondary sensor. (This is discussed in more detail in the error
response section.)
To control electronic platform leveling the platform is equipped
with a pair of tilt sensors, one primary and one secondary, Because of the mounting orientation of the tilt sensors, the pri-
mounted to the non-rotating portion of the platform rotator, mary tilt sensor will output ascending voltage values with
level up and level down valves that are used to provide propor- increases in positive platform tilt angle. The backup or secondary
tional hydraulic flow for each directional function, and a control tilt sensor will output descending voltage values with increases
module that interprets the sensor readings and actuates the lev- in positive platform angle.
eling valves.
4-34 3121631
0273695 D
Figure 4-20. Level Switches - 800S
3121631 4-35
0273695 D
Figure 4-21. Level Switches - 860SJ
4-36 3121631
PLATFORM VALVES In order to provide a better system response, the controls also
compute the rate of angular change of the platform position
The platform specific valves are located in a manifold at the plat- and set the leveling valve positions to achieve a matching
form. velocity. The measured velocity is the average platform speed
There are six valves that control various platform functions. Two over the last 0.5 seconds. The desired valve command is com-
control Platform Level up and down for the leveling function, puted by comparing the measured velocity to the desired
two are used to rotate the platform, and two to control jib up and velocity and setting the valve opening to correspond to the
down. required amount of make-up angle. The amount the valve
opens when making an automatic correction is proportional
All platform valves are Pulse Width Modulated (PWM’d). PWM is a to and directly affected by:
method of setting the voltage across a valve, and therefore the
flow through it, by varying the On/Off duty cycle of the control
• Crackpoint setting
module output. PWM permits proportional flow control.
There is also a Platform Dump Valve, located in the platform • Velocity error (proportional factor)
valve manifold, which is used to hydraulically isolate the control
• Sum of velocity errors over time (integral factor)
valves and to improve hydraulic response.
These three factors are summed together with appropriate
The Ground Module controls this valve to enable automatic plat-
gain factors to compute the resulting current to the valves.
form leveling and to provide manual platform leveling in the
The operator does not have control over the latter two factors,
event that the Platform Module is inoperable.
but can affect the resulting current by adjusting the crack-
In ground mode, the platform dump valve is turned on whenever point. Increasing the crackpoint makes the valve current
any platform or jib valve output is turned on. Whenever all plat- higher, resulting in quicker more aggressive control and larger
form and jib valves are turned off, the platform dump valve is amounts of overshoot. Decreasing the crackpoint will result in
turned off. smoother operation but may not permit enough platform
velocity to keep up with the boom (i.e., may get platform time-
In platform mode, the platform dump valve is turned on when- out alarms) in some multi-function operations. The platform
ever the footswitch is depressed. controls are set up to provide smooth leveling operations for
the majority of conditions and will perform best for steady
Normal Operation operator command, as opposed to command values for func-
tion, that change frequently.
AUTOMATIC PLATFORM ANGLE CONTROL
The level system will assume a new fixed set point (fixed incline In order to obtain acceptable performance while performing all
of the platform with respect to gravity) each time the control sys- hydraulic functions, five sets of parameters are used. These
tem is powered up (cycling of the EMS) and each time the foot- “zones” allow compensation for differences in how the basket
switch is engaged. level changes when doing different functions. These zones are as
follows:
Automatic platform angle control only functions while operating
drive, telescope, lift or swing. It does not adjust the platform
1. Lift up
angle while operating any other function (e.g. rotate, jib, or
steer). Furthermore, machines equipped with control system 2. Lift down
software P5.0 and later, automatic platform angle control for
drive and swing may be disabled by using the analyzer. For this 3. Other boom functions
case, the platform angle setpoint is taken when the joystick
moves from a non-leveling function (drive/swing) to a leveling 4. Drive
function (lift/tele).
5. Auxiliary
The machine controls attempt to maintain the angle of the
platform to setpoint by providing a command proportional to The other boom functions zone includes Swing, Telescope, Jib
the angular error from setpoint. Since the sensors used to swing (It is not necessary to level with jib lift, since the mechani-
measure the platform angle are fluid-filled, gravity-based sen- cal linkage keeps the basket level).
sors, reading the sensors in real time would cause constant
correction of the platform position due to machine vibration These zones are prioritized when multiple functions are active.
and inertial changes of the boom. Therefore, the sensor read- The priorities are as follows.
ings are averaged over time, or filtered, in order to achieve a
more uniform reading. This filtering has the advantage of pro- 1. Auxiliary power and any other function, zone = auxiliary
viding smoother operation, but has the disadvantage of caus- power
ing a lag (or sluggishness) in the system response. This lag may
cause the platform to be several degrees from setpoint. 2. Drive and any other function, zone = Drive
3121631 4-37
3. Lift up and any other function, zone = Lift up Platform Leveling Fault
4. Lift down and any other function, zone = Lift down The JLG Control System takes a snapshot of the two sensor val-
5. Other boom functions, zone = Other boom functions ues and records the difference once on each power up. The Con-
trol system allows a ±5 degrees difference from those values. For
During the power-up procedure, function enable, in both Plat- example, if Sensor 1 is at 5 degrees and Sensor 2 is at 11 degrees,
form and Ground Mode, is delayed during the 1.5 second startup the difference is 6 degrees and the DTC is triggered when the
lamp test. During this 1.5 second startup period, the basket level sensors are 1 degree (or less) apart or 11 degrees (or more) apart.
up valve will be energized at 100% duty cycle for 0.5 second, and
then the basket level down valve energized at 100% duty cycle If a fault occurs in the platform leveling system the following will
for 0.5 second. This will help to keep the valves from sticking. occur:
PLATFORM LEVEL MANUAL OVERRIDE 1. Automatic platform angle control will stop and the plat-
form dump valve will be disabled (level, rotate, and jib
In addition to automatic platform angle control, the operator is functions disabled). The exception is when there is a
able to manually adjust the platform level position by means of fault in only one sensor automatic platform angle con-
the level override switches located at the platform and ground trol will remain active as the control system will use the
control positions (similar to a Master/Slave hydraulic system). other sensor to control leveling.
If a command from the Platform Level Up and Down toggle 2. The level system fault lamp will flash (to indicate that
switch on either the platform or the ground is received, auto- the leveling function has been lost).
matic platform angle control will cease and the appropriate out-
put will be commanded to turn on. 3. The platform alarm will sound.
The duty cycle of the output shall be scaled from the pump 4. A system fault will be logged.
potentiometer. When the toggle switch is released, after one sec- 5. All function speeds (lift, swing, telescope and drive) will
ond, the current filtered value of tilt angle will be taken as the be placed in creep mode (except when the platform is in
new set point. the transport position see below).
In other words the operator can chose a platform level incline To reset the fault the emergency stop switch should be recycled.
other than level with gravity and the system will maintain the
chosen platform angle within several degrees of setpoint.
IF THE LEVEL SYSTEM FAULT INDICATOR REMAINS ILLUMINATED, RETURN

THE PLATFORM TO THE STOWED POSITION, SHUT DOWN THE MACHINE, AND
REPAIR THE LEVELING SYSTEM.
4-38 3121631
ERROR RESPONSE 3. In the case of a short to battery on the platform dump

valve, the valve cannot be turned off. The controllability
If basket level varies from the current setpoint by ± 5.5° for more of the platform leveling function will be impaired and
than 2 seconds for large variations from setpoint when the plat- the following will occur:
form is not in the transport position, the controls assume the sys-
a. All interactions with platform leveling shall cease.
tem is not properly set up or has degraded and initiate a fault.
b. The Electronic Leveling System Fault Lamp shall
When the unit is in the transport position and driving and the flash (to indicate that the leveling function has been
current setpoint varies by ± 5.5° for more than 10 seconds the lost).
events 1,2,3 & 4 above will occur. (note function speeds will oper- c. The platform alarm will sound.
ate normally). Since the control system can not anticipate all con- d. A system fault will be logged.
ditions under which a machine is to be operated, these e. All function speeds (lift, swing, telescope and drive)
parameters have been chosen to provide reasonable perfor- will be placed in creep mode (except when the plat-
mance and safe operation. If an error occurs, cycling the EMS will form is in the transport position).
clear the fault. The operator should evaluate the operating situa- Lift, swing, drive and telescope will continue to operate
tion and assess his machine to determine the source of the fault.
In each of the cases above it shall be necessary to re-cycle the
VALVE DRIVER ERRORS EMS to clear the fault. Operable functions shall be in the creep
mode except while below elevation.
There are three possible level valve driver errors, short to battery, TILT SENSOR ERRORS
short to ground, and open circuit.
If the secondary tilt sensor is faulty, the control system will con-
1. In the case of a short to ground or an open circuit, the tinue to utilize information from the primary sensor.
platform valve cannot be turned on and the following If the primary sensor is faulty, the control system will switch to
will occur: the backup sensor for control.
a. All interactions with platform leveling shall cease In both cases above the following will occur:
b. The Electronic Leveling System Fault Lamp shall 1. The Electronic Leveling System Fault Lamp will flash (to
flash (to indicate that the leveling function has been indicate that there is a leveling fault).
lost). 2. The platform alarm will sound.
c. The platform alarm will sound. 3. A system fault will be logged.
d. A system fault will be logged. 4. All function speeds (lift, swing, telescope, jib and drive)
will be placed in creep mode (except when the platform
e. All function speeds (lift, swing, telescope and drive) is in the transport position).
will be placed in creep mode (except when the plat-
form is in the transport position). 5. Automatic platform angle control remains active.
Lift, swing, drive and telescope will continue to operate.
2. In the case of a short to battery on one of the platform
leveling valves, the valve cannot be turned off and the In each of the cases above it will be necessary to re-cycle the EMS
following will occur: to clear the fault. Operable functions shall be in the creep mode
except while below elevation.
a. The platform dump valve will be turned off to pre-
vent unintended tilting of the platform.
b. All interactions with platform leveling shall cease.
c. The Electronic Leveling System Fault Lamp shall

flash (to indicate that the leveling function has been
lost).
d. The platform alarm will sound.
e. A system fault will be logged.

f. All function speeds (lift, swing, telescope and drive)
will be placed in creep mode (except when the plat-
form is in the transport position)
3121631 4-39
When both sensors appear to be working but have measure- Additional Platform and Jib Valves
ments that disagree by ±5.5º The following will occur:
The high side drivers for the platform left and right and the jib up
1. All interactions with platform leveling shall cease.
and down valves are be located in the Platform Module and are
2. The Electronic Leveling System Fault Lamp shall flash (to PWM’d. The control for these functions are the same as currently
indicate that the leveling function has been lost). implemented for the EPBC except that the flow through the
valves is individually controllable instead of controlled by single
3. The platform alarm will sound. the flow control valve. The individually controlled duty cycle will
4. A system fault will be logged. be the same as would otherwise have been commanded to the
flow control valve.
5. All function speeds (lift, swing, telescope and drive) will
be placed in creep mode (except when the platform is in Only one platform or jib function is allowed at one time to limit
the transport position) the amount of current draw, minimizing the voltage drop on the
supply to the PM.
At this point, the operator must use the level up and down tog-
gle switch to manually level during descent. It shall be necessary The function is enabled first shall remain active until it is
to re-cycle the EMS to clear the fault. released. Any other function commanded while another func-
tion is active is ignored.
CAN Errors If only one other function is commanded when the active func-
The Ground Module has two direct outputs dedicated to overrid- tion is released, the other function will be activated.
ing the Platform Module’s control of the leveling valves. The
If more than one function is commanded when the active func-
EPBC Ground Module “Platform Level Up/Down” outputs are
tion is released, only one function shall be activated.
used to control the platform level up and down valves.
When in ground mode, if the Ground Module reads a platform Platform Leveling Calibration Procedure
leveling switch command, the switch command is communi-
cated over CAN to the Platform Module where it is handled nor- STEP 1: SETTING THE PLATFORM VALVE MINIMUMS
mally.
1. Put machine into “Ground Mode”.
If Ground Module determines that CAN communication is inop-
erable, it turns on the platform control valve and the appropriate 2. Start machine and plug in Analyzer.
platform leveling override outputs while the switch is engaged. 3. Go to the “Access Level 2” screen.
If the Platform Module is still running when CAN is down nothing 4. Enter “33271” to get into Access Level 1 mode.
will operate when in platform mode. When the operator
switches to ground mode, the platform will not control any of its 5. Go to the “Personalities” menu and adjust the following
valve outputs and a CAN error message is signaled. personalities. Refer to the Personality Ranges/Defaults
table in Section 6 - JLG Control System for proper setting
Replacing the Level Sensors values.
Earlier generations of this machine had three different genera- Basket Level Up Min
tions of level sensors that were used on this machine. JLG P/N Basket Level Up Max
4360503, P/N 4360528, and P/N 4360544. P/N 4360528 and Basket Level Down Max
4360544 supersede P/N 4360503. If one of the 4360503 sensors Jib Up Min
fail, BOTH sensors must be replaced with two P/N 4360544 sen- Jib Down Min
sors. 4360503 Sensors can be identified by the code SSY0185-13
which is printed on the sensor. Otherwise, single 4360528 or 6. Recycle EMS.
4360544 9999 sensors may be replaced.
STEP 2: CALIBRATING THE PLATFORM LEVEL
SENSORS (FOR PLATFORM SOFTWARE PRIOR TO VERSION
P3.4)
1. Put machine into “Ground Mode”.
2. Start machine and plug in Analyzer.
3. Manually level the platform with the switch on the MTB.
4. Go to the “Access Level 2” screen.
5. Enter “33271” to get into Access Level 1 mode.
6. Go to the “Calibrations” menu and hit ENTER.
4-40 3121631
7. Use RIGHT ARROW go to “Plat. Leveling” screen. 19. Hit ESC to exit.
8. Hit ENTER. “Calibrate?” prompt should appear. 20. Cycle power to the machine.
9. Hit ENTER again to calibrate level sensors. 21. The preceding steps will provide acceptable crackpoint
settings for the majority of machines. However, there
10. When calibration has been successful “Cal Complete” exists the possibility certain machines could still have
should appear. too high or too low a crackpoint setting.
11. Cycle power to the machine. If the operator can feel small jolts in the platform from
STEP 3: BLEEDING THE PLATFORM VALVES the valve opening during a leveling operation, the
crackpoint is likely too high. A high crackpoint may also
Start up the machine and exercise the following platform func- lead to over-leveling, causing the platform to drift
tions (from the ground) eight (8) to ten (10) times for 5 seconds beyond the set point. An example of this would be the
in each direction. platform tilting too far backwards during a Lift Up oper-
ation. Use the following guidelines to evaluate whether
Basket Rotate further crackpoint adjustment is required.
Basket Level
a. Telescope the boom halfway.
Jib U/D (if configured)
b. Perform a continued Lift Up command (do not cycle
STEP 4: CALIBRATING THE PLATFORM LEVEL UP AND DOWN the joystick on/off repeatedly). If the basket leans
VALVE CRACKPOINTS backward (over compensates), the Level Down
crackpoint is too high. If the basket leans forward or
NOTE: Since the valve position which allows minimum oil flow
a BASKET LEVELING SYSTEM TIMEOUT fault occurs,
(crackpoint) is dependent on the oil pressure, verify the
the Level Down crackpoint is too low.
proper stand-by pressure as outlined in Section 5.4 prior to
setting the crackpoints. c. Perform a continued Lift Down command (do not
cycle the joystick on/off repeatedly). If the basket
1. Put machine into “Ground Mode”. leans forward (over compensates), the Level Up
crackpoint is too high. If the basket leans backwards
2. Start machine and plug in Analyzer. or the Tilt Cutout Alarm comes on, the Level Up
crackpoint is too low.
3. Go to the “Access Level 2” screen.
If Platform Level is slow to respond during Lift com-
4. Enter “33271” to get into Access Level 1 mode.
mands, causing PLATFORM LEVEL TIMED OUT faults, it
5. Go to the “Calibrations” menu and hit ENTER. may be necessary to increase the crackpoint settings.
Use the following guidelines to evaluate whether fur-
6. Go to the “Basket U Crkpt” Screen. Hit ENTER. ther crackpoint adjustment is required.
7. “Calibrate?” prompt should appear. Hit ENTER again. a. Perform a continued Lift Up command (do not cycle
8. You will hear engine go to 1800 rpm. the joystick on/off repeatedly). If the PLATFORM
LEVEL TIMED OUT fault sets or if Platform Level
9. Using UP ARROW, increase the value until you see the Down seems slow to respond, an increase in the
basket up movement. (Typically from 275 – 425). Platform Level Down crackpoint may be necessary.
10. Hit ENTER again. “Cal Complete” message should appear b. Perform a continued Lift Down command (do not
cycle the joystick on/off repeatedly). If the PLAT-
11. Engine should again return to idle. FORM LEVEL TIMED OUT fault sets or if Platform
Level Up seems slow to respond an increase in the
12. Hit ESC should return to “Basket U Crkpt” screen.
Platform Level Up crackpoint may be necessary.
13. Hit RIGHT ARROW to get to the “Basket D Crkpt” screen.
Hit ENTER.
14. “Calibrate?” prompt should appear. Hit ENTER again.
15. You will hear engine go to 1800 rpm.
16. Using UP ARROW, increase the value until you see the
basket down movement. (Typically from 275 – 425).
17. Hit ENTER again. “Cal Complete” message should
appear.
18. Engine should again return to idle.
3121631 4-41
4.11 HELAC ROTARY ACTUATOR The shaft is supported radially by the large upper radial bearing
and the lower radial bearing. Axially, the shaft is separated from
the housing by the upper and lower thrust washers. The end cap
Theory of Operation is adjusted for axial clearance and locked in position by set
screws or pins.
The rotary actuator is a simple mechanism that uses the sliding
spline operating concept to convert axial piston motion into The actuators are equipped with factory installed counterbal-
powerful shaft rotation. Each actuator is composed of a housing ance valves, which performs four major functions.
with integrated gear ring (1) and only two moving parts: the cen- • Protects the actuator in the event of overload
tral shaft with integrated bearing tube and mounting flange (2),
• Enables the actuator to hold position without drifting
and the annular piston sleeve (3). Helical spline teeth machined
when external loads are applied
on the shaft engage matching splines on the inside diameter of
the piston. The outside diameter of the piston carries a second • Reduces hydraulic backlash by pressuring the hydraulic
set of splines, of opposite hand, which engage with matching fluid
splines in the housing. As hydraulic pressure is applied, the pis- • Provides a constant controlled rate of rotation in over-cen-
ton is displaced axially within the housing similar to the opera- ter load conditions
tion of a hydraulic cylinder while the splines cause the shaft to
rotate. When the control valve is closed, oil is trapped inside the
housing, preventing piston movement and locking the shaft in
position.
Bars indicate starting positions of piston and Applying fluid pressure will displace the piston axially
shaft. Arrows indicate direction they will rotate. while the helical gearing causes the piston and shaft
The housing with integral ring gear remains sta- to rotate simultaneously.
tionary.
The double helix design compounds rotation: shaft
rotation is about twice that of the piston. Applying
pressure to the opposite port will return the piston
and shaft.
4-42 3121631
1. Housing 200. T-Seal 302. Wear Guide

2. Shaft 202. T-Seal 304. Thrust Washer
3. Piston Sleeve 204. O-ring 304.1. Wiper Seal
4. End Cap 205. Cup Seal 400. Counterbalance Valve
109. Lock Pin 207. Backup Ring 401. Counterbalance Valve
113. Capscrew
Figure 4-22. Rotary Actuator (Exploded View)
3121631 4-43

1. Housing 109. Lock Pin 302. Wear Guide

2. Shaft 113. Capscrew 304. Thrust Washer
3. Piston Sleeve 200. T-Seal 304.1. Wiper Seal
4. End Cap 202. T-Seal 400. Stop Tube (Optional)
103.1. Screw (Optional) 204. O-ring 420.1. Bushing
103.2. Washer (Optional) 205. Cup Seal 420.2. Bushing (Optional)
106.1. Port Plug 207. Backup Ring 421.1. Bushing (Optional)
106.2. Port Plug
Figure 4-23. Rotary Actuator (Cutaway View)
4-44 3121631
Tools Required for Assembly/Disassembly

Upon assembly and disassembly of the actuator there are basic
tools required. The tools and their intended functions are as fol-
lows:
1. Pipe Vise
2. Hex Wrench - Removal and replacement of port plugs
and set screws.
3. Assorted Screws
4. Safety Glasses
5. End Cap Removal Tools
6. Drill
7. Flashlight- Helps in locating and examining timing
marks, component failure and overall condition.
8. Rubber mallet- removal and installation of shaft and pis-
ton sleeve assembly.
9. Plastic Mandrel
10. Pry bar- removal of end cap and manual rotation of
shaft.
11. Felt Marker- Highlights timing marks and outlines trou-
bled areas. Permanent ink is recommended.
12. T - Handle Screw Extractor
The seal tool is merely a customized standard flat head screw-
13. Hex Wrench Set - Removal and replacement of port driver. To make this tool you will need to heat the flat end with a
plugs and set screws (106,110). torch. Secure the heated end of the screwdriver in a vise and
physically bend the heated end to a slight radius. Once the radius
14. Seal tools - Removal and installation of seals and wear
is achieved round off all sharp edges of the heated end by using
guides. Directions on making a seal tool are provided at
a grinder. There may be some slight modifications for your own
bottom.
personal preference.
15. Punch
16. Dowel Pins - Removal and installation of end cap.
TO AVOID INJURY: BE CAREFUL WHEN HANDLING THE SCREWDRIVER WHEN
HOT
3121631 4-45
Disassembly
1. Remove port plugs (106.1) (106.2) and drain oil. Inspect
oil for signs of contamination, i.e. water, metal shavings.
5. Install the end cap removal tools provided with the

Helac seal kit.
2. Remove the capscrews (113) over end caplock pins

(109).
6. Using a metal bar, or something similar, unscrew the end

cap (4) by turning it counterclockwise.
3. Using a 1/8” (3 mm) drill bit, drill a hole in the center of

each lock pin to a depth of approximately 3/ 16” (5 mm).
7. Remove the end cap (4) and set aside for later inspec-
tion.
4. Remove the lock pins using an “Easy Out” (a size #2 is

shown). If the pin will not come out with the “Easy Out”,
use 5/16” drill bit to a depth of 1/2” (12.7mm) to drill out
the entire pin.
4-46 3121631
8. Remove the stop tube (400) if included. The stop tube is 10. Prior to removing the shaft, (2), use a felt marker to
an available option to limit the rotation of the actuator. clearly indicate the timing marks between shaft and pis-
ton. This will greatly simplify timing during assembly.
11. Remove the shaft (2). It may be necessary to strike the

threaded end of the shaft with a rubber mallet.
9. Every actuator has timing marks for proper engage-

ment.
12. Before removing the piston (3), mark the housing (1)
ring gear in relation to the piston O.D. gear. There should
now be timing marks on the housing (1) ring gear, the
piston (3) and the shaft (2).
3121631 4-47
13. To remove the piston (3) use a rubber mallet and a plas- 16. Remove the wear guides (302) from the end cap (4) and
tic mandrel so the piston is no damaged. shaft (2).
14. At the point when the piston gear teeth come out of 17. Remove the main pressure seal (205).
engagement with the housing gear teeth, mark the pis-
ton and housing with a marker as shown.
18. Remove the thrust washers (304), from the end cap (4)
and shaft (2).
15. Remove the o-ring (204) and backup ring (207) from end
cap (4) and set aside for inspection.
4-48 3121631
Inspection
19. Remove the O-ring (304.1) from its groove in the end
cap (4) and shaft (2).
PRIOR TO ASSEMBLY OF ACTUATOR, THESE STEPS MUST BE CLOSELY FOL-

LOWED TO INSURE PROPER OPERATION OF THE ACTUATOR.
1. Clean all parts in a solvent tank and dry with com-

pressed air prior to inspecting.
2. Carefully inspect all critical areas for any surface finish
abnormalities: Seal grooves, bearing grooves, thrust sur-
faces, rod surface, housing bore and gear teeth.
SMALL OR MINOR SURFACE SCRATCHES CAN BE CAREFULLY POLISHED.

20. Remove the piston O.D. piston seal (202).
Assembly
21. Remove the piston I.D. seal (200).
1. Gather all the components and tools into one location

prior to re-assembly. Use the cut away drawing to refer-
ence the seal orientations.
3121631 4-49
2. Coat the thrust washers (304) with a generous amount 5. Install the wear guide (302) on the end cap (4) and shaft
of Lithium grease. Install the thrust washer (304) onto (2).
shaft (2) and end cap (4).
6. Install the O-ring (204) and backup ring (207) into the
3. Install the exclusion (304.1) into it’s groove on the shaft inner seal groove on the end cap (4).
(2) and end cap (4) around the outside edge of the
thrust washer (304).
4. Using a seal tool install the main pressure seal (205) onto
shaft (2) and end cap (4). Use the seal tool in a circular
motion.
4-50 3121631
7. Install the inner T-seal (200) into the piston (3) using a
circular motion. Install the outer T-seal (202) by stretch-
ing it around the groove in a circular motion. Each T-seal
has 2 backup rings (see drawing for orientation).
9. Looking into the housing bore from the shaft flange

end, rotate the piston (3) until the marks you put on the
piston and the housing (1) during disassembly align as
Beginning with the inner seal (200) insert one end of shown. Using a rubber mallet, tap the piston into the
backup ring in the lower groove and feed the rest in housing until the gear teeth contact.
using a circular motion. Make sure the wedged ends
overlap correctly. Repeat this step for the outer seal
(202).
10. Looking into the bore from the opposite end of the
housing (1) be sure the timing marks align correctly.
Rotate the piston as necessary until aligned, then gently
8. Insert the piston (3) into the housing (1) as shown, until
tap the piston (3) into the housing until the gear teeth
the outer piston seal (202) is touching inside the hous-
mesh together. Tap the piston into the housing until it
ing bore.
completely bottoms out against the ring gear.
11. Install the shaft (2) into the piston (3). Be careful not to
damage the seals. Do not engage the piston gear teeth
yet.
3121631 4-51
12. Looking at the actuator from the end opposite the shaft 14. Install the stop tube (400) onto the shaft end if neces-
flange, use the exisitng timing marks to align the gear sary. Stop tubes are an available option to limit the rota-
teeth on the shaft (2) with the gear teeth on the inside of tion of an actuator.
the piston (3). When the marks align, gently tap the
flange end of the shaft with a rubber mallet until the
gear teeth engage.
15. Coat the threads on the end of the shaft with antiseize
grease to prevent galling.
13. Install two bolts in the threaded holes in the flange.

Using a bar, rotate the shaft in a clockwise direction until
the wear guides are seated inside the housing bore.
AS THE SHAFT IS ROTATED, BE CAREFUL NOT TO DISENGAGE THE PISTON AND

HOUSING GEARING.
4-52 3121631
16. Thread the end cap (4) onto the shaft (2) end. Make sure 18. Place the lock pins (109) provided in the Helac seal kit in
the wear guide stays in place on the end cap as it is the holes with the dimple side up. Then, using a punch,
threaded into the housing (1). tap the lock pins to the bottom of the hole.
17. Tighten the end cap (4) using a metal bar. In most cases 19. Insert the set screws (113) over the lock pins. Tighten
the original holes for the lock pins will align. them to 25 in. lbs. (2.8 Nm).
3121631 4-53
Installing Counterbalance Valve 3. The bolts that come with the valve are grade 8 bolts.
New bolts should be installed with a new valve. JLG
Refer to Figure 4-24., Rotator Counterbalance Valve. Threadlocker P/N 0100011 should be applied to the
shank of the three bolts at the time of installation.
1. Make sure the surface of the actuator is clean, free of any
contamination and foreign debris including old JLG 4. Torque the 1/4 inch bolts 110 to 120 inch. lbs. (12.4 to
Threadlocker. 13.5 Nm). Do not torque over 125 inch. lbs. (14.1 Nm).
Torque the 5/16-inch bolts 140 inch. lbs. (15.8 Nm). Do
2. Make sure the new valve has the O-rings in the counter- not torque over 145 inch. lbs(16.3 Nm).
bores of the valve to seal it to the actuator housing.
Figure 4-24. Rotator Counterbalance Valve
4-54 3121631
Greasing Thrust Washers Testing the Actuator

If the equipment is available, the actuator should be tested on
5. After the actuator is assembled but before it is put into
a hydraulic test bench. The breakaway pressure — the pres-
service, the thrust washer area must be packed with sure at which the shaft begins to rotate — should be approxi-
Lithium grease. mately 400 psi (28 bar). Cycle the actuator at least 25 times at
3000 psi (210 bar) pressure. After the 25 rotations, increase the
6. There are two grease ports located on both the shaft
pressure to 4500 psi (315 bar) to check for leaks and cracks.
flange and the end cap. They are plugged with cap- Perform the test again at the end of the rotation in the oppo-
screws (6) or set screws. Remove the grease port screws site direction.
from the shaft flange and end cap. (See exploded view)
TESTING THE ACTUATOR FOR INTERNAL LEAKAGE
If the actuator is equipped with a counterbalance valve, plug
the valve ports. Connect the hydraulic lines to the housing
ports. Bleed all air from the actuator (see Installation and
Bleeding) Rotate the shaft to the end of rotation at 3000 psi
(210 bar) and maintain pressure. Remove the hydraulic line
from the non-pressurized side.
Continuous oil flow from the open housing port indicates
internal leakage across the piston. Replace the line and rotate
the shaft to the end of rotation in the opposite direction.
Repeat the test procedure outlined above for the other port. If
there is an internal leak, disassemble, inspect and repair.
IF A HYDRAULIC TEST BENCH IS NOT AVAILABLE, THE ACTUATOR CAN BE

ROTATED BY HAND, OPEN THE PRESSURE PORTS AND USE A PRY BAR WITH
CAPSCREWS INSERTED INTO THE SHAFT FLANGE TO TURN THE SHAFT IN THE
DESIRED DIRECTION.
7. Insert the tip of a grease gun into one port and apply
grease to the shaft flange. Continue applying until
grease flows from the opposite port. Cycle the actuator
five times and apply grease again. Repeat this process
on the end cap. Insert the capscrews into the grease
ports and tighten to 25 in-lbs. (2.8 Nm).
3121631 4-55
Installation and Bleeding 2. With an operator in the platform, open both bleed nip-
ples 1/4 turn. Hydraulically rotate the platform to the
After installation of the actuator on the equipment, it is impor- end of rotation (either clockwise or counterclockwise),
tant that all safety devices such as tie rods or safety cables are and maintain hydraulic pressure. Oil with small air bub-
properly reattached. bles will be seen flowing through the tubes. Allow a 1/2
To purge air from the hydraulic lines, connect them together gallon of fluid to be purged from the actuator.
to create a closed loop and pump hydraulic fluid through 3. Keep the fittings open and rotate the platform in the
them. Review the hydraulic schematic to determine which opposite direction to the end position. Maintain hydrau-
hydraulic lines to connect. The linear feet and inside diameter lic pressure until an additional 1/4 gallon of fluid is
of the hydraulic supply lines together with pump capacity will pumped into the container.
determine the amount of pumping time required to fully
purge the hydraulic system. 4. Repeat steps 2 & 3. After the last 1/2 gallon is purged,
close both bleed nipples before rotating away from the
Bleeding may be necessary if excessive backlash is exhibited end position.
after the actuator is connected to the hydraulic system. The
following steps are recommended when a minimum of two
gallons (8 liters) is purged.
1. Connect a 3/16” inside diameter x 5/16” outside diame-
ter x 5 foot clear, vinyl drain tube to each of the two
bleed nipples. Secure them with hose clamps. Place the
vinyl tubes in a clean 5-gallon container to collect the
purged oil. The oil can be returned to the reservoir after
this procedure is completed.
TYPICAL CONFIGURATION
OF ACTUATOR
4-56 3121631
Troubleshooting
Table 4-1. Troubleshooting
Problem Cause Solution

1. Shaft rotates slowly or not at all a. Insufficient torque output a. Verify correct operating pressure. Do not exceed OEM’s
pressure specifications. Load may be above maximum
capacity of the actuator.
b. Low rate of fluid flow b. Inspect ports for obstructions and hydraulic lines for
restrictions and leaks.
c. Control or counterbalance valve has internal leak c. Disconnect hydraulic lines and bypass valve. Leave valve
ports open and operate the actuator through housing ports
(do not exceed OEM’s operating pressure). The valve must
be replaced if a steady flow of fluid is seen coming from the
valve ports.
d. Piston and/or shaft seal leak d. Remove the plug and the housing’s valve ports. Operate
the actuator through the housing ports. Conduct the inter-
nal leakage test as described in the Testing section on page
24 of this manual.
e. Corrosion build-up on the thrust surfaces e. Re-build the actuator. Remove all rust then polish.
Replacement parts may be needed.
f. Swollen seals and composite bearings caused by incom- f. Re-build the actuator. Use fluid that is compatible with
patible hydraulic fluid seals and bearings.
2. Operation is erratic or not responsive a. Air in actuator a. Purge air from actuator. See bleeding procedures.
3. Shaft will not fully rotate a. Twisted or chipped gear teeth overload conditions a. Check for gear binding. Actuator may or may not be able
to be re-built and may need to be replaced.
b. Check thread length of port fittings. Fittings should not

b. Port fittings are obstructing the piston during stroke reach inside the housing bore.
4. Selected position cannot be maintained a. Control or counterbalance valve has internal leak a. Disconnect hydraulic lines and bypass valve. Leave valve
ports open and operate the actuator through housing ports
(do not exceed OEM’s operating pressure). The valve must
be replaced if a steady flow of fluid is seen coming from the
valve ports.
b. Piston and/or shaft seal leak b. Remove the plug and the housing’s valve ports. Operate
the actuator through the housing ports. Conduct the inter-
nal leakage test as described in the Testing section of this
manual.
c. Air in actuator c. Purge air from actuator. See bleeding procedures
3121631 4-57
4.12 LOAD SENSING DEVICE 8. Select Machine Set-Up>Load Cell>1 Warn Only.
9. Select Machine Diagnostics>System Load Cell on the
Calibrating the Load Sensor Analyzer.
NOTE: Refer to Section 6 - JLG Control System. 10. Adjust P2 until the Load = 0%.
11. Place 525 lbs. (238 kg) in the center of the basket.
1. Place the boom in the following position.
12. Adjust P1 until the Load = 100%.
a. Boom - Stowed
13. Verify that the overload indicator lights continuously
b. Telescope - In and the alarm sounds continuously during an overload
c. Jib - 0 Degrees condition.
d. Swing - 0 Degrees 14. Remove the weight from the platform.
e. Basket Level - 0 Degrees 15. Adjust P2 until the Load = 0%.
f. Basket Rotate - 0 Degrees
16. Place 525 lbs. (238 kg) in the center of the basket.
g. Weight in Basket - 0
17. Adjust P1 until the Load = 100%.
h. Machine parked on firm, level surface
18. Remove the weight from the basket.
2. Activate both emergency stop switches and turn the key
switch to the platform position. 19. Seal the potentiometers with fingernail polish.
3. Remove all loads from the platform, including the oper-

ator.
4. Turn P1 clockwise (in) until the potentiometer begins to
click.
5. Plug the analyzer into the port in the platform.
6. Select Access Level from Main Menu.
7. Enter 33271.
4-58 3121631
Figure 4-25. Load Sensing Device
3121631 4-59
4.13 SKYGUARD NOTE: Machine will treat Soft Touch/SkyGuard override switch as
if it is a Soft Touch and SkyGuard switch.
Operation 1. In an area free of obstructions, from platform controls
Skyguard is used to provide enhanced control panel protec- test the SkyGuard feature by operating the telescopic
tion. When the SkyGuard sensor is activated, functions that out functions and engaging the SkyGuard sensor, tele-
were in use at the time of actuation will reverse or cutout. The scopic out function will be stopped, soft touch indicator
table below outlines these functions. light will flash at 3HZ, the horn will be turned on until
the SkyGuard sensor and footswitch is disengaged.
2. With SkyGuard sensor engaged, press and hold the yel-
low “Override Soft Touch” button and then operate a
function switch or joystick to check if the operation can
be resumed.
3. Disengage the SkyGuard sensor, release controls, recycle
the foot switch, make sure normal operation is available.
In Ground Mode:
Operation will be allowed regardless of SkyGuard switch acti-
vation.
IF SKYGUARD SYSTEM IS INSTALLED ON MACHINE &

“SOFT TOUCH” IS SELECTED.
Figure 4-26. Skyguard Machine will treat the Soft Touch/SkyGuard override switch as
if it is a Soft Touch switch.
Functional Test
IF SKYGUARD SYSTEM IS INSTALLED ON MACHINE & IF SKYGUARD SYSTEM IS INSTALLED ON MACHINE &
“SKYGUARD” IS SELECTED IN MACHINE SET UP. “NONE” IS SELECTED.
In Platform Mode: Skyguard sensor status will be ignored. No function cutout or
reversal will be implemented.
1. In an area free of obstructions, from the platform con-
trols test the SkyGuard feature by operating the tele-
scope out functions and engaging (and holding) the
SkyGuard sensor. Telescope function will be stopped
and telescope in function will be activated for a short
duration. Soft touch indicator light will flash at 3HZ,
horn will be turned on, until the SkyGuard sensor and
footswitch is disengaged.
2. With SkyGuard sensor engaged, press and hold
the yellow “Override Soft Touch” button and then oper-
ate a function switch or joystick to check if the operation
can be resumed.
3. Disengage the SkyGuard sensor, release controls, recycle
the foot switch, make sure normal operation available.
In Ground Mode:
Operation will be allowed regardless of SkyGuard sensor acti-
vation.
IF SKYGUARD SYSTEM IS INSTALLED ON MACHINE &

“BOTH” IS SELECTED.
In Platform Mode:
4-60 3121631
Diagnostic & Troubleshooting have failed, it needs to be changed immediately.
If you are experiencing a problem that is not described here,

see your authorized dealer for service. 2. If machine operation is not available:
Help menu or diagnostics menu is to be used to collect

1. Check the configuration under the menu “MACHINE the fault information.
SETUP  STOUCH/SKYGUARD” according to the actual Depending on configuration, diagnostics menu
system installed on machine. Make sure recommended will read:
configuration described is selected.
Diagnostics->System->Skyguard switch
If SkyGuard does Not Function with sensor engaged. Diagnostics->System->STOUCH OR SG

Pressing to engage the SkyGuard sensor will change the
switch or relay to open/close status.
AUTHORIZED TECHNICIAN OR OPERATOR IS REQUIRED TO CONDUCT AN OPER-
ATION CHECK OF SKYGUARD SENSOR DAILY. If the switch status states “Closed” regardless of sensor
activation status:
Help menu or diagnostics menu is to be used to collect Power or ground wire is not making good contact and/
the fault information. or may be loose or broken.
Depending on configurations, diagnostics menu Both relays failed (low probability).
will read:
If the switch status is in disagreement, then one relay
Diagnostics->System->Skyguard switch may have failed or one relay isn't inserted into the
Diagnostics->System->STOUCH OR SG holder correctly. This may also be noticed since machine
will not be able to be operated.
Pressing to engage the SkyGuard sensor will change the
switch or relay to open/close status.
Switch disagreement fault (2563) and SkyGuard switch
If the switch status stays in “Open” while the actual Sky- activation fault (0039) will be shown under
Guard sensor is pressed, then the SkyGuard sensor may Help menu.
Table 4-2. SkyGuard Function Table

Main Main Tele Main Tele Main Drive Forward Drive Reverse Basket Basket Jib
Lift In Out Swing Level Rotate Lift
DOS DOS DOS DOS
Enabled Not Enabled Not
Enabled Enabled
R C R R R C* R R C C C
R = Indicates Reversal is Activated
C = Indicates Cutout is Activated
* Disregard when boom is in line and driving forward with or without steering and no other function active
Note: When Soft Touch is enabled with SkyGuard all functions are cut out only.
3121631 4-61
4.14 BOLT ON FALL ARREST • Cable: Inspect cable for proper tension, broken strands,
kinks, or any signs of corrosion.
The bolt on fall arrest system is designed to provide a lanyard
attach point while allowing the operator to access areas out- GAP
GAPSHOWING:
SHOWING:
side the platform. Exit/Enter the platform through the gate INCORRECT
INCORRECT
area only. The system is designed for use by one person.
Personnel must use fall protection at all times. A full body har-
ness is required with lanyard not to exceed 6 ft. (1.8 M) in
length, that limits the maximum arrest force to 900 lbs. (408
kg).
NO GAP:
External Fall Arrest System capacity is 310 lb (140 kg) - one (1) NO GAP: CORRECT
CORRECT
person maximum.
Do not move the platform during use of the external fall arrest
system.
DO NOT OPERATE ANY MACHINE FUNCTIONS WHILE OUTSIDE OF PLATFORM.

BE CAREFUL WHEN ENTERING/EXITING THE PLATFORM AT ELEVATION.
Figure 4-27. Bolt On Fall Arrest Cable Tension
• Fittings & Brackets: Ensure all fittings are tight and there are
IF THE EXTERNAL FALL ARREST SYSTEM IS USED TO ARREST A FALL OR IS OTH- no signs of fractures. Inspect brackets for any damage.
ERWISE DAMAGED, THE ENTIRE SYSTEM MUST BE REPLACED AND THE PLAT-
FORM FULLY INSPECTED BEFORE RETURNING TO SERVICE. REFER TO THE • Attachment Ring: No cracks or signs of wear are accept-
SERVICE MANUAL FOR REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION PROCEDURES. able. Any signs of corrosion requires replacement.
THE EXTERNAL FALL ARREST SYSTEM REQUIRES AN ANNUAL INSPECTION AND • Attaching Hardware: Inspect all attaching hardware to
CERTIFICATION. THE ANNUAL INSPECTION AND CERTIFICATION MUST BE ensure there are no missing components and hardware is
PERFORMED BY A QUALIFIED PERSON OTHER THAN THE USER.
properly tightened.
Inspection Before Use • Platform Rails: No visible damage is acceptable.
The external fall arrest system must be inspected before each

use of the aerial work platform. Replace components if there Installation
are any signs of wear or damage.
1. Install the retaining hardware (bolts, nuts, and washers)
Before each use, perform a visual inspection of the following and secure the brackets to the platform rail. Tighten the
components: nuts but do not torque them yet.
BOLT
WASHER
WASHER
NUT
4-62 3121631
2. Attach the fall arrest cable to the right hand bracket ent at the outside diameter of the washers. Ensure the
Using the attaching bolt and nut. Orient the bolt as cable has not rotated during tightening.
shown below. Do not tighten the nut so cable can still
rotate.
BOLT
NUT
6. Tighten the first jam nut against the retaining nut to

keep the nut from loosening. Tighten the remaining jam
nut against the first jam nut.
7. Torque the nuts and bolts securing the brackets to 15
ft.lbs. (20 Nm).
3. Install the Attachment Ring onto the cable.
4. Without twisting the fall arrest cable, pull it thru the left
hand bracket and mark the top of the swaged cable end.
Install the fall arrest cable through the left hand bracket
and secure it using the belleville washers, washer, retain-
ing nut, and jam nuts. Orient the hardware as shown
below and with the belleville washers so the gap is pres-
ent at the outside diameter of the washers. install the
nuts onto the cable finger tight so the mark on the cable
does not move.
WASHER
BELLEVILLE
NUT WASHER
JAM NUT
5. Use the two jam nuts to prevent the cable from rotating
while the nut is tightened. Tighten the nut until the bel-
leville washers are fully compressed and no gap is pres-
3121631 4-63
7
1,2,3,4
5
1. Belleville Washer
2. Washer
6 3. Hex Nut
4. Jam Nut
5. LH Bracket
6. Attachment Ring
7. Cable
8. RH Bracket
9. Decal
Figure 4-28. Bolt On Fall Arrest System
4-64 3121631
SECTION 5. BASIC HYDRAULICS INFORMATION & SCHEMATICS
5.1 LUBRICATING O-RINGS IN THE HYDRAULIC 2. Holding the fitting over the hydraulic oil container,
brush an even film of oil around the entire o-ring in the
SYSTEM fitting, making sure the entire o-ring is completely satu-
rated.
When assembling connectors in the hydraulic that use o-ring
fittings, it is necessary to lubricate all fittings with hydraulic oil
prior to assembly. To lubricate the fittings, use one of the fol-
lowing procedures.
NOTE: All O-ring fittings must be pre-lubricated with hydraulic oil

prior to assembly.
Cup and Brush

The following is needed to correctly oil the o-ring in this man-
ner:
3. Turn the o-ring on the other side of the fitting and
• A small container for hydraulic oil repeat the previous step, ensuring the entire o-ring is
coated with hydraulic oil.
• Small paint brush
1. Hold the fitting in one hand while using the brush with
the other hand to dip into the container. Remove excess
hydraulic oil from the brush so an even film of oil is
applied on the o-ring.
3121631 5-1
Dip Method Spray Method

NOTE: This method works best with Face Seal o-rings, but will This method requires a pump or trigger spray bottle.
work for all o-ring fitting types.
1. Fill the spray bottle with hydraulic oil.
The following is needed to correctly oil the o-ring in this man- 2. Hold the fitting over a suitable catch can.
ner:
3. Spray the entire o-ring surface with a medium coat of
• A small leak proof container oil.
• Sponge cut to fit inside the container
• A small amount of hydraulic oil to saturate the sponge.
1. Place the sponge inside the container and add hydraulic
oil to the sponge until it is fully saturated.
2. Dip the fitting into the sponge using firm pressure.
Upon lifting the fitting, a small droplet will form and drip
from the bottom of the fitting. This should signify an
even coating of oil on the fitting.
Brush-on Method
This method requires a sealed bottle brush.
1. Fill the bottle with hydraulic oil.

2. Using slight pressure to the body of the spray bottle,
invert the bottle so the brush end is in the downward
position.
3. Brush hydraulic oil on the entire o-ring, applying an
3. O-ring Boss type fittings will require more pressure in even coat of oil.
able to immerse more of the fitting into the saturated
sponge. This will also cause more oil to be dispersed
from the sponge.
5-2 3121631
5.2 HYDRAULIC CONNECTION ASSEMBLY AND SAE = 45° flare per SAE J512
TORQUE SPECIFICATION
Tapered Thread Types
NPTF = national tapered fuel (Dry Seal) per SAE J476/J512
Figure 5-4. SAE Thread

ORFS = o-ring face seal per SAE J1453
Figure 5-1. NPTF thread

BSPT = British standard pipe tapered per ISO7-1
Figure 5-5. ORFS Thread

MBTL = metric flareless bite type fitting, pressure rating L
(medium) per ISO 8434, DIN 2353
MBTS = metric flareless bite type fitting, pressure rating S
(high) per ISO 8434, DIN 2353
Figure 5-2. BSPT thread
Figure 5-6. MTBL-MBTS Thread

Straight Thread Types, Tube and Hose Connections BH = bulkhead connection – JIC, ORFS, MBTL, or MBTS types
JIC = 37° flare per SAE J514
Figure 5-3. JIC Thread
Figure 5-7. Bulkhead Thread
3121631 5-3
Straight Thread Types, Port Connections Flange Connection Types

ORB = o-ring boss per SAE J1926, ISO 11926 FL61 = code 61 flange per SAE J518, ISO 6162
MPP = metric pipe parallel o-ring boss per SAE J2244, ISO FL62 = code 62 flange per SAE J518, ISO 6162
6149, DIN 3852
Figure 5-9. ORB-MPP Thread
Tightening Methods
Torque = Application of a twisting force to the applicable con-
nection by use of a precise measurement instrument (i.e.
MFF = metric flat face port per ISO 9974-1 torque wrench).
BSPP = British standard parallel pipe per ISO 1179-1, DIN 3852- Finger Tight = The point where the connector will no longer
2 thread onto the mating part when tightened by hand or fin-
gers. Finger Tight is relative to user strength and will have
some variance. The average torque applied by this method is 3
ft. lbs. (4 Nm). Also referred to as ‘Hand Tight.’
TFFT = Turns From Finger Tight; Application of a preload to a
connection by first tightening the connection by hand (fin-
gers) and applying an additional rotation counted by a
defined number of turns by use of a tool.
FFWR = Flats From Wrench Resistance; Application of a pre-
load to a connection by tightening to the point of initial
wrench resistance and turning the nut a described number of
‘flats’. A ‘flat’ is one side of the hexagonal tube nut and equates
to 1/6 of a turn. Also referred to as the ‘Flats Method.’
Figure 5-8. MFF-BSPP Thread
5-4 3121631
Assembly And Torque Specifications 4. Take care to identify the material of parts to apply the
correct torque values.
Prior to selecting the appropriate torque from the tables
within this section, it is necessary to properly identify the con- a. Verify the material designation in the table head-
nector being installed. Refer to the Figures and Tables in this ings.
section. b. If specifications are given only for steel fittings and
components, the values for alternate materials shall
GENERAL TUBE TYPE FITTING ASSEMBLY be as follows: Aluminum and Brass- reduce steel val-
INSTRUCTIONS ues by 35%; Stainless Steel- Use the upper limit for
steel.
1. Take precautions to ensure that fittings and mating
components are not damaged during storage, handling 5. To achieve the specified torque, the torque wrench is to
or assembly. Nicks and scratches in sealing surfaces can be held perpendicular to the axis of rotation.
create a path for leaks which could lead to component
contamination and/or failure.
2. When making a connection to tubing, compression or
flare, inspect the tube in the area of the fitting attach-
ment to ensure that the tube has not been damaged.
3. The assembly process is one of the leading causes for
contamination in air and hydraulic systems. Contamina-
tion can prevent proper tightening of fittings and adapt-
ers from occurring.
a. Avoid using dirty or oily rags when handling fittings.
b. If fittings are disassembled, they should be cleaned
and inspected for damage. Replace fittings as nec-
essary before re-installing.
c. Sealing compounds should be applied where speci-
Figure 5-10. Torque Wrench Angle
fied; however, care should be taken not to introduce
sealant into the system. 6. Refer to the appropriate section in this manual for more
d. Avoid applying sealant to the area of the threads specific instructions and procedures for each type of fit-
where the sealant will be forced into the system. ting connection.
This is generally the first two threads of a fitting.
e. Sealant should only be applied to the male threads.
f. Straight thread fittings do not require sealants. O-
rings or washers are provided for sealing.
g. When replacing or installing an O-ring, care is to be
taken while transferring the O-ring over the threads
as it may become nicked or torn. When replacing an
O-ring on a fitting, the use of a thread protector is
recommended.
h. When installing fittings with O-rings, lubrication
shall be used to prevent scuffing or tearing of the O-
ring. See O-ring Installation (Replacement) in this
section.
3121631 5-5
Assembly Instructions for American Standard Pipe NEVER BACK OFF (LOOSEN) PIPE THREADED CONNECTORS TO ACHIEVE ALIGN-
MENT. MEET THE MINIMUM REQUIRED TURNS AND USE THE LAST TURN FOR
Thread Tapered (NPTF) Connections. ALIGNMENT.
1. Inspect components to ensure male and female port
5. Rotate male fitting the number of turns per Table 5-1,
threads are free of rust, splits, dirt, foreign matter, or
NPTF Pipe Thread. See FFWR and TFFT Methods for TFFT
burrs.
procedure requirements.
2. Apply a suitable thread sealant, such as Loctite 567, to
NOTE: TFFT values provided in Table 5-1, NPTF Pipe Thread are
the male pipe threads if not already applied. Ensure the
applicable for the following material configurations:
first 1 to 2 threads are uncovered to prevent system con-
tamination.
• STEEL fittings with STEEL mating components
3. Assemble connection hand tight. • STEEL fittings with ALUMINUM or BRASS mating compo-
4. Mark fittings, male and female. nents
• ALUMINUM or BRASS fittings with STEEL mating compo-
nents
OVER TIGHTENING MAY CAUSE DEFORMATION OF THE PIPE FITTING AND • ALUMINUM or BRASS fittings with ALUMINUM or BRASS
DAMAGE TO THE JOINING FITTING, FLANGE OR COMPONENT MAY OCCUR. mating components.
Table 5-1. NPTF Pipe Thread
TYPE/FITTING IDENTIFICATION
Turns From Finger
Thread Size ØA*
Material Dash Size Tight (TFFT)**
(UNF) (in) (mm)
2 1/8 - 27 0.40 10.24 2 to 3
STEEL, ALUMINUM, OR BRASS FITTINGS WITH
4 1/4 - 18 0.54 13.61 2 to 3

STEEL, ALUMINUM, OR BRASS MATING C
6 3/8 - 18 0.67 17.05 2 to 3

8 1/2 - 14 0.84 21.22 2 to 3
12 3/4 - 14 1.05 26.56 2 to 3
16 1 - 11 1/2 1.31 33.22 1.5 to 2.5
20 1 1/4 - 11 1/2 1.65 41.98 1.5 to 2.5
OMPONENTS
24 1 1/2 - 11 1/2 1.89 48.05 1.5 to 2.5

32 2 - 11 1/2 2.37 60.09 1.5 to 2.5
* ØA thread dimension for reference only.

** See FFWR and TFFT Methods subsection for TFFT procedure requirements.
5-6 3121631
Assembly Instructions for British Standard Pipe MENT. MEET THE MINIMUM REQUIRED TURNS AND USE THE LAST TURN FOR
ALIGNMENT.
Thread Tapered (BSPT) Connections
5. Rotate male fitting the number of turns per Table 5-2,
1. Inspect components to ensure male and female port
BSPT Pipe Thread. See FFWR and TFFT Methods for TFFT
threads are free of rust, splits, dirt, foreign matter, or
procedure requirements.
burrs.
NOTE: TFFT values provided in Table 5-2, BSPT Pipe Thread are
2. Apply a suitable thread sealant, such as Loctite 567, to
applicable for the following material configurations:
the male pipe threads if not already applied. Ensure the
first 1 to 2 threads are uncovered to prevent system con-
• STEEL fittings with STEEL mating components
tamination.
• STEEL fittings with ALUMINUM or BRASS mating compo-
3. Assemble connection hand tight. nents
4. Mark fittings, male and female. • ALUMINUM or BRASS fittings with STEEL mating compo-
nents
• ALUMINUM or BRASS fittings with ALUMINUM or BRASS
OVER TIGHTENING MAY CAUSE DEFORMATION OF THE PIPE FITTING AND mating components.
DAMAGE TO THE JOINING FITTING, FLANGE OR COMPONENT MAY OCCUR.
NEVER BACK OFF (LOOSEN) PIPE THREADED CONNECTORS TO ACHIEVE ALIGN-
Table 5-2. BSPT Pipe Thread
Turns From Finger
Thread Size ØA*
MATERIAL Dash Size Tight (TFFT)**
(BSPT) (in) (mm)
2 1/8 - 28 0.38 9.73 2 to 3
STEEL, ALUMINUM, OR BRASS FITTINGS WITH
4 1/4 - 19 0.52 13.16 2 to 3

6 3/8 - 19 0.66 16.66 2 to 3
8 1/2 - 14 0.83 20.96 2 to 3
STEEL, ALUMINUM, OR BRASS
12 3/4 - 14 1.04 26.44 2 to 3

MATING COMPONENTS
16 1 - 11 1.31 33.25 1.5 to 2.5

20 1 1/4 - 11 1.65 41.91 1.5 to 2.5
24 1 1/2 - 11 1.88 47.80 1.5 to 2.5
32 2 - 11 2.35 59.61 1.5 to 2.5
* ØA thread dimension for reference only.

** See Appendix B for TFFT procedure requirements.
3121631 5-7
Assembly Instructions for 37° (JIC) Flare Fittings 3. Torque assembly to value listed in Table 5-3, 37° Flare
(JIC)Thread - Steel or Table 5-4, 37° Flare (JIC)Thread -
1. Inspect the flare for obvious visual squareness and con- Aluminum/Brass while using the Double Wrench
centricity issues with the tube OD. Ensure surface is Method per Double Wrench Method. Refer to FFWR and
smooth, free of rust, weld and brazing splatter, splits, TFFT Methods for procedure requirements if using the
dirt, foreign matter, or burrs. If necessary replace fitting FFWR method.
or adapter.
NOTE: Torque values provided in Table Table 5-3, 37° Flare
(JIC)Thread - Steel and Table 5-4, 37° Flare (JIC)Thread -
Aluminum/Brass are segregated based on the material
DO NOT FORCE A MISALIGNED OR SHORT HOSE/TUBE INTO ALIGNMENT. IT configuration of the connection.
PUTS UNDESIRABLE STRAIN ONTO THE JOINT EVENTUALLY LEADING TO LEAK-
AGE. ALUMINUM/BRASS FITTINGS OR ALUMINUM/BRASS MATING
COMPONENTS’ indicate either the following material configu-
2. Align tube to fitting and start threads by hand. rations:
nents
THE TORQUE METHOD SHOULD NOT BE USED ON LUBRICATED OR OILY FIT-
TINGS. NO LUBRICATION OR SEALANT IS REQUIRED. THE LUBRICATION
nents
WOULD CAUSE INCREASED CLAMPING FORCE AND CAUSE FITTING DAMAGE.
mating components.
5-8 3121631
Table 5-3. 37° Flare (JIC)Thread - Steel
Type/Fitting Identification Torque

Flats from
Thread Wrench
MATERIAL
ØA* ØB* [Ft-Lb] [N-m]

Dash Size Size Resistance
(F.F.W.R)**
(UNF) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) Min Nom Max Min Nom Max
2 5/16-24 0.28 7.00 0.31 7.75 6 7 7 8 9 10 --
3 3/8-24 0.34 8.60 0.37 9.50 8 9 10 11 12 14 --
STEEL FITTINGS WITH STEEL MATING COMPONENTS;
4 7/16-20 0.39 10.00 0.44 11.10 13 14 14 18 19 19 1-1/2 to 1-3/4

5 1/2-20 0.46 11.60 0.50 12.70 14 15 15 19 20 21 1 to 1-1/2
UN-LUBRICATED THREADS
6 9/16-18 0.51 13.00 0.56 14.30 22 23 24 30 31 33 1 to 1-1/2

8 3/4-16 0.69 17.60 0.75 19.10 42 44 46 57 60 63 1-1/2 to 1-3/4
10 7/8-14 0.81 20.50 0.87 22.20 60 63 66 81 85 89 1 to 1-1/2
12 1 1/16-12 0.97 24.60 1.06 27.00 84 88 92 114 120 125 1 to 1-1/2
14 1 3/16-12 1.11 28.30 1.19 30.10 100 105 110 136 142 149 1 to 1-1/2
16 1 5/16-12 1.23 31.30 1.31 33.30 118 124 130 160 168 176 3/4 to 1
20 1 5/8-12 1.54 39.20 1.63 41.30 168 176 185 228 239 251 3/4 to 1
24 1 7/8-12 1.80 45.60 1.87 47.60 195 205 215 264 278 291 3/4 to 1
32 2 1/2-12 2.42 61.50 2.50 63.50 265 278 292 359 377 395 3/4 to 1
* ØA and ØB thread dimensions for reference only.
** See Appendix B for FFWR procedure requirements.
3121631 5-9
Table 5-4. 37° Flare (JIC)Thread - Aluminum/Brass
TYPE/FITTING IDENTIFICATION Torque

Flats from
Thread Wrench
MATERIAL

Dash Size Size Resistance
(F.F.W.R)**
2 5/16-24 0.28 7.00 0.31 7.75 4 4 5 5 6 7 --
3 3/8-24 0.34 8.60 0.37 9.50 5 6 7 7 8 9 --
ALUMINUM/BRASS FITTINGS OR ALUMINUM/BRASS
MATING COMPONENTS; UN-LUBRICATED THREADS
4 7/16-20 0.39 10.00 0.44 11.10 8 9 9 11 12 13 1-1/2 to 1-3/4

5 1/2-20 0.46 11.60 0.50 12.70 9 10 10 12 13 14 1 to 1-1/2
6 9/16-18 0.51 13.00 0.56 14.30 14 15 16 19 20 21 1 to 1-1/2
8 3/4-16 0.69 17.60 0.75 19.10 27 29 30 37 39 41 1-1/2 to 1-3/4
10 7/8-14 0.81 20.50 0.87 22.20 39 41 43 53 56 58 1 to 1-1/2
12 1 1/16-12 0.97 24.60 1.06 27.00 55 57 60 74 78 81 1 to 1-1/2
14 1 3/16-12 1.11 28.30 1.19 30.10 65 68 72 88 93 97 1 to 1-1/2
16 1 5/16-12 1.23 31.30 1.31 33.30 77 81 84 104 109 114 3/4 to 1
20 1 5/8-12 1.54 39.20 1.63 41.30 109 115 120 148 155 163 3/4 to 1
24 1 7/8-12 1.80 45.60 1.87 47.60 127 133 139 172 180 189 3/4 to 1
32 2 1/2-12 2.42 61.50 2.50 63.50 172 181 189 234 245 257 3/4 to 1
** See FFWR and TFFT Methodsfor FFWR procedure requirements.
5-10 3121631
Assembly Instructions for 45° SAE Flare Fittings Torque fitting to value listed in Table 5-5, 45° Flare (SAE) - Steel
and Table 5-6, 45° Flare (SAE) - Aluminum/Brass while using
1. Inspect the flare for obvious visual squareness and con- the Double Wrench Method outlined in this section. Refer to
centricity issues with the tube OD. Ensure surface is FFWR and TFFT Methods for procedure requirements if using
smooth, free of rust, weld and brazing splatter, splits, the TFFT method.
dirt, foreign matter, or burrs. If necessary replace fitting
or adapter. NOTE: Torque values provided in Table 5-5, 45° Flare (SAE) - Steel
and Table 5-6, 45° Flare (SAE) - Aluminum/Brass are segre-
gated based on the material configuration of the connec-
tion.
DO NOT FORCE A MISALIGNED OR SHORT HOSE/TUBE INTO ALIGNMENT. IT
PUTS UNDESIRABLE STRAIN ONTO THE JOINT EVENTUALLY LEADING TO LEAK- ALUMINUM/BRASS FITTINGS OR ALUMINUM/BRASS MATING
AGE. COMPONENTS’ indicate either the following material configu-
rations:
2. Align tube to fitting.
3. Tighten fitting by hand until hand tight. nents
nents
THE TORQUE METHOD SHOULD NOT BE USED ON LUBRICATED OR OILY FIT-
TINGS. NO LUBRICATION OR SEALANT IS REQUIRED. THE LUBRICATION
WOULD CAUSE INCREASED CLAMPING FORCE AND CAUSE FITTING DAMAGE. mating components.
3121631 5-11
Table 5-5. 45° Flare (SAE) - Steel

Thread
MATERIAL

Dash Size Size
4 7/16-20 0.39 9.90 0.44 11.10 13 14 14 18 19 19
STEEL MATING COMPONENTS;
STEEL FITTINGS WITH
6 5/8-18 0.56 14.30 0.63 15.90 22 23 24 30 31 33

8 3/4-16 0.69 17.50 0.75 19.10 42 44 46 57 60 62
10 7/8-14 0.81 20.60 0.87 22.20 60 63 66 81 85 89
12 1 1/16-14 0.98 25.00 1.06 27.00 84 88 92 114 119 125
Table 5-6. 45° Flare (SAE) - Aluminum/Brass

Thread
MATERIAL

Dash Size Size
4 7/16-20 0.39 9.90 0.44 11.10 8 9 9 11 12 12
MATING COMPONENTS;
OR ALUMINUM/BRASS
ALUMINUM/BRASS
6 5/8-18 0.56 14.30 0.63 15.90 14 15 15 19 20 20

FITTINGS
8 3/4-16 0.69 17.50 0.75 19.10 27 29 30 37 39 41

10 7/8-14 0.81 20.60 0.87 22.20 39 41 43 53 56 58
12 1 1/16-14 0.98 25.00 1.06 27.00 55 58 61 75 79 83
** See FFWR and TFFT Methods for TFFT procedure requirements.
5-12 3121631
Assembly Instructions for O-Ring Face Seal (ORFS) 5. Torque nut to value listed in Table 5-7, O-ring Face Seal
(ORFS) - Steel or Table 5-8, O-ring Face Seal (ORFS) - Alu-
Fittings minum/Brass while using the Double Wrench Method.
Refer to FFWR and TFFT Methods for procedure require-
1. Ensure proper O-ring is installed. If O-ring is missing ments if using the FFWR method.
install per O-ring Installation (Replacement).
NOTE: Torque values provided in Table 5-7, O-ring Face Seal
2. Ensure surface is smooth, free of rust, weld and brazing (ORFS) - Steel and Table 5-8, O-ring Face Seal (ORFS) - Alu-
splatter, splits, dirt, foreign matter, or burrs. If necessary minum/Brass are segregated based on the material config-
uration of the connection.
replace fitting or adapter.
ALUMINUM/BRASS FITTINGS OR ALUMINUM/BRASS MATING
COMPONENTS’ indicate either the following material configu-
CARE TO BE TAKEN WHEN LUBRICATING O-RING. AVOID ADDING OIL TO THE rations:
THREADED CONNECTION OF THE FITTING. THE LUBRICATION WOULD CAUSE • STEEL fittings with ALUMINUM or BRASS mating compo-
INCREASED CLAMPING FORCE AND CAUSE FITTING DAMAGE. nents
3. Pre-lubricate the O-ring with Hydraulic Oil. nents
4. Place the tube assembly against the fitting body so that • ALUMINUM or BRASS fittings with ALUMINUM or
the flat face comes in contact with the O-ring. Hand BRASS mating components
thread the nut onto the fitting body.
Table 5-7. O-ring Face Seal (ORFS) - Steel
Flats from Wrench

Resistance (F.F.W.R)**
Thread Size ØA* ØB* [Ft-Lb] [N-m]
MATERIAL
Swivel &
Dash Size Tube Nuts
(UNF) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) Min Nom Max Min Nom Max Hose Ends
4 9/16-18 0.51 13.00 0.56 14.20 18 19 20 25 26 27 1/4 to 1/2 1/2 to 3/4

6 11/16-16 0.63 15.90 0.69 17.50 30 32 33 40 43 45 1/4 to 1/2 1/2 to 3/4
8 13/16-16 0.75 19.10 0.81 20.60 40 42 44 55 57 60 1/4 to 1/2 1/2 to 3/4
STEEL MATING COMPONENTS;
STEEL FITTINGS WITH
10 1-14 0.94 23.80 1.00 25.40 60 63 66 81 85 89 1/4 to 1/2 1/2 to 3/4

12 1 3/16-12 1.11 28.20 1.19 30.10 85 90 94 115 122 127 1/4 to 1/2 1/2 to 3/4
16 1 7/16-12 1.34 34.15 1.44 36.50 110 116 121 149 157 164 1/4 to 1/2 1/2 to 3/4
20 111/16-12 1.59 40.50 1.69 42.90 150 158 165 203 214 224 1/4 to 1/2 1/2 to 3/4
24 2-12 1.92 48.80 2.00 50.80 230 242 253 312 328 343 1/4 to 1/2 1/2 to 3/4
32 2 1/2-12 2.43 61.67 2.50 63.50 375 394 413 508 534 560 1/4 to 1/2 1/2 to 3/4
3121631 5-13
Table 5-8. O-ring Face Seal (ORFS) - Aluminum/Brass
Flats from Wrench

Resistance (F.F.W.R)**
Thread Size ØA* ØB* [Ft-Lb] [N-m]
MATERIAL
Dash Swivel &

Tube Nuts
Size (UNF) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) Min Nom Max Min Nom Max Hose Ends
4 9/16-18 0.51 13.00 0.56 14.20 12 13 13 16 18 18 1/4 to 1/2 1/2 to 3/4

6 11/16-16 0.63 15.90 0.69 17.50 20 21 22 27 28 30 1/4 to 1/2 1/2 to 3/4
ALUMINUM/BRASS FITTINGS OR
8 13/16-16 0.75 19.10 0.81 20.60 26 28 29 35 38 39 1/4 to 1/2 1/2 to 3/4

MATING COMPONENTS;
ALUMINUM/BRASS
10 1-14 0.94 23.80 1.00 25.40 39 41 43 53 56 58 1/4 to 1/2 1/2 to 3/4

12 1 3/16-12 1.11 28.20 1.19 30.10 55 58 61 75 79 83 1/4 to 1/2 1/2 to 3/4
16 1 7/16-12 1.34 34.15 1.44 36.50 72 76 79 98 103 107 1/4 to 1/2 1/2 to 3/4
20 111/16-12 1.59 40.50 1.69 42.90 98 103 108 133 140 146 1/4 to 1/2 1/2 to 3/4
24 2-12 1.92 48.80 2.00 50.80 12 13 13 16 18 18 1/4 to 1/2 1/2 to 3/4
32 2 1/2-12 2.43 61.67 2.50 63.50 20 21 22 27 28 30 1/4 to 1/2 1/2 to 3/4
** See FFWR and TFFT Methods for FFWR procedure requirements.
5-14 3121631
Assembly Instructions for DIN 24° Flare Bite Type

Fittings (MBTL and MBTS)
A NON-SQUARE TUBE END CAN CAUSE IMPROPERLY SEATED FITTINGS AND

LEAKAGE.
1. Inspect the components to ensure free of contamina-

tion, external damage, rust, splits, dirt, foreign matter, or
burrs. Ensure tube end is visibly square. If necessary
replace fitting or tube.
2. Lubricate thread and cone of fitting body or hardened
pre-assembly tool, as well as the progressive ring and
nut threads.
3. Slip nut and progressive ring over tube, assuring that
they are in the proper orientation.
4. Push the tube end into the coupling body.
5. Slide collet into position and tighten until finger tight.
Mark nut and tube in the finger-tight position. Tighten
nut to the number of flats listed in Table 5-9, DIN
24°Cone (MBTL & MBTS) while using the Double Wrench
Method. The tube must not turn with the nut.
3121631 5-15
Table 5-9. DIN 24°Cone (MBTL & MBTS)
DIN 24° CONE FLARELESS BITE FITTING

(With or Without O-Ring)
Thread M Torque Flats from

Tube O.D. ØA* ØB* C* ØD*
MATERIAL
Size Wrench
TYPE
[Ft-Lb] [N-m]
Resistance
(mm) (Metric) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) Min Nom Max Min Nom Max (F.F.W.R)**
6 M12 x 1.5 10.50 12.00 7.00 6.20 1.5 to 1.75
DIN 24° CONE FLARELESS BITE (MBTL) FITTING
8 M14 x 1.5 12.50 14.00 7.00 8.20 1.5 to 1.75

FFWR is the recommended
10 M16 x 1.5 14.50 16.00 7.00 10.20 1.5 to 1.75
method of fitting assembly.
12 M18 x 1.5 16.50 18.00 7.00 12.20 1.5 to 1.75
15 M22 x 1.5 20.50 22.00 7.00 15.20 Torque values are application 1.5 to 1.75
18 M26 x 1.5 24.50 26.00 7.50 18.20 specific due to variability in the 1.5 to 1.75
fitting supplier, coating,
22 M30 x 2 27.90 30.00 7.50 22.20 lubrication, and other physical 1.5 to 1.75
28 M36 x 2 33.90 36.00 7.50 28.20 characteristics of the connection. 1.5 to 1.75
STEEL FITTINGS WITH STEEL MATING COMPONENTS
35 M45 x 2 42.90 45.00 10.50 35.30 1.5 to 1.75

Refer to the specific procedure
42 M52 x 2 49.90 52.00 11.00 42.30 1.5 to 1.75
in the
Thread M Torque Flats from
Tube O.D. ØA* ØB* C* ØD* Wrench
Size
TYPE
[Ft-Lb] [N-m]
Resistance
(mm) (Metric) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) Min Nom Max Min Nom Max (F.F.W.R)**
6 M14 x 1.5 12.50 14.00 7.00 6.20 1.5 to 1.75
DIN 24° CONE FLARELESS BITE (MBTS) FITTING
8 M16 x 1.5 14.50 16.00 7.00 8.20 1.5 to 1.75

FFWR is the recommended
10 M18 x 1.5 16.50 18.00 7.50 10.20 1.5 to 1.75
method of fitting assembly.
12 M20 x 1.5 18.50 20.00 7.50 12.20 1.5 to 1.75
14 M22 x 1.5 20.50 22.00 8.00 14.20 Torque values are application 1.5 to 1.75
16 M24 x 1.5 22.50 24.00 8.50 16.20 specific due to variability in the 1.5 to 1.75
fitting supplier, coating,
20 M30 x 2 27.90 30.00 10.50 20.20 lubrication, and other physical 1.5 to 1.75
25 M36 x 2 33.90 36.00 12.00 25.20 characteristics of the connection. 1.5 to 1.75
30 M42 x 2 39.90 42.00 13.50 30.20 1.5 to 1.75
Refer to the specific procedure
38 M52 x 2 49.90 52.00 16.00 38.30 1.5 to 1.75
in the
* ØA, ØB, C, & ØD thread dimensions for reference only.
** See Appendix B for FFWR procedure requirements.
5-16 3121631
Assembly Instructions for Bulkhead (BH) Fittings

1. Ensure threads and surface are free of rust, weld and
brazing splatter, splits, burrs or other foreign material. If
necessary replace fitting or adapter.
2. Remove the locknut from the bulkhead assembly.
3. Insert the bulkhead side of the fitting into the panel or
bulkhead bracket opening.
4. Hand thread the locknut onto the bulkhead end of the
fitting body.
5. Torque nut onto fitting per Table 5-10 and Table 5-11
while using the Double Wrench Method.
3121631 5-17
Table 5-10. Bulkhead Fittings (BH) - INCH
FASTENING JAM NUT

for Bulkhead Connectors
Torque
MATERIAL
Thread Size
TYPE
Dash Size [Ft-Lb] [N-m]

(UNF) Min Nom Max Min Nom Max
4 9/16-18 15 16 17 20 22 23
6 11/16-16 25 27 28 34 37 38
O-RING FACE SEAL (ORFS)
8 13/16-16 55 58 61 75 79 83
BULKHEAD FITTING
10 1-14 85 90 94 115 122 127

12 1 3/16-12 135 142 149 183 193 202
14 1 5/16-12 170 179 187 230 243 254
16 1 7/16-12 200 210 220 271 285 298
20 1 11/16-12 245 258 270 332 350 366
24 2-12 270 284 297 366 385 403
Torque
Thread Size
TYPE
Dash Size [Ft-Lb] [N-m]

STEEL FITTINGS
(UNF) Min Nom Max Min Nom Max

3 3/8-24 8 9 9 11 12 12
4 7/16-20 13 14 14 18 19 19
5 1/2-20 20 21 22 27 28 30
37° FLARE (JIC) BULKHEAD FITTING
6 9/16-18 25 27 28 34 37 38
8 3/4-16 50 53 55 68 72 75
10 7/8-14 85 90 94 115 122 127
12 1 1/16-12 135 142 149 183 193 202
14 1 3/16-12 170 179 187 230 243 254
16 1 5/16-12 200 210 220 271 285 298
20 1 5/8-12 245 258 270 332 350 366
24 1 7/8-12 270 284 297 366 385 403
32 2 1/2-12 310 326 341 420 442 462
5-18 3121631
Table 5-11. Bulkhead Fittings (BH) - METRIC
FASTENING JAM NUT

for Bulkhead Connectors
Connecting Tube Torque

Thread M Size
MATERIAL TYPE O.D. [Ft-Lb] [N-m]
(mm) (metric) Min Nom Max Min Nom Max
6 M12 x 1.5 14 15 16 19 20 22
8 M14 x 1.5 17 18 19 23 24 26
DIN 24° CONE FLARELESS BITE
10 M16 x 1.5 22 23 24 30 31 33
(MBTL) BULKHEAD FITTING
12 M18 x 1.5 35 37 39 47 50 53
15 M22 x 1.5 44 47 50 60 64 68
18 M26 x 1.5 70 75 80 95 102 108
22 M30 x 2 115 120 125 156 163 169
28 M36 x 2 150 157 164 203 213 222
35 M45 x 2 155 162 169 210 220 229
42 M52 x 2 220 230 240 298 312 325
Torque
STEEL FITTINGS
Connecting Tube
Thread M Size
DIN 24° CONE FLARELESS BITE (MBTS) BULKHEAD FITTING
O.D. [Ft-Lb] [N-m]

(mm) (metric) Min Nom Max Min Nom Max
6 M14 x 1.5 17 15 16 23 20 22
8 M16 x 1.5 22 18 19 30 24 26
10 M18 x 1.5 35 23 24 47 31 33
12 M20 x 1.5 40 35 37 54 47 50
14 M22 x 1.5 44 47 50 60 64 68
16 M24 x 1.5 70 75 80 95 102 108
20 M30 x 2 115 120 125 156 163 169
25 M36 x 2 150 157 164 203 213 222
30 M42 x 2 155 162 169 210 220 229
38 M52 x 2 220 230 240 298 312 325
3121631 5-19
Assembly Instructions for O-Ring Boss (ORB) 6. Torque the fitting or nut to value listed in Table 5-12
through Table 5-17 while using the Double Wrench
Fittings Method.
1. Inspect components to ensure that male and female a. The table headings identify the straight thread O-
port threads are free of rust, splits, dirt, foreign matter, or ring port and the type on the other side of the fit-
burrs. ting. The torque will be applied to the straight
thread O-ring port.
2. Ensure proper O-ring is installed. If O-ring is missing
install per O-ring Installation (Replacement). b. Torque values provided in Table 5-12 through Table
5-17 are segregated based on the material configu-
ration of the connection. ‘ALUMINUM/BRASS FIT-
T I N G S O R A LU M I N U M / B R A S S M AT I N G
CARE TO BE TAKEN WHEN LUBRICATING O-RING. AVOID ADDING OIL TO THE COMPONENTS’ indicate either the following mate-
THREADED CONNECTION OF THE FITTING. THE LUBRICATION WOULD CAUSE rial configurations:
INCREASED CLAMPING FORCE AND CAUSE FITTING DAMAGE.
nents
3. Pre-lubricate the O-ring with Hydraulic Oil.
4. For Non-Adjustable and Plugs, thread the fitting by
nents
hand until contact.
5. For Adjustable fittings, refer to Adjustable Stud End mating components.
Assembly for proper assembly.
7. Inspect to ensure the O-ring is not pinched and the
washer is seated flat on the counterbore of the port.
5-20 3121631
Table 5-12. O-ring Boss (ORB) - Table 1 of 6
HEX TYPE PLUGS & STUD ENDS

with 37° (JIC) or L series DIN (MBTL) opposite end
Thread Size ØA* Torque
MATERIAL Dash Size
(UNF) (in) (mm) Min Nom Max Min Nom Max
2 5/16-24 0.31 7.93 (85) (90) (94) 10 10 11
3 3/8-24 0.37 9.52 (155) (163) (171) 18 18 19
4 7/16-20 0.44 11.11 22 23 24 29 31 33
COMPONENTS; UN-LUBRICATED THREADS
5 1/2-20 0.50 12.70 23 25 26 32 34 35

STEEL FITTINGS WITH STEEL MATING
6 9/16-18 0.56 14.28 29 31 32 40 42 43

8 3/4-16 0.75 19.10 52 55 57 70 75 77
10 7/8-14 0.87 22.22 85 90 94 115 122 127
12 1 1/16-12 1.06 27.00 135 142 149 185 193 202
14 1 3/16-12 1.19 30.10 175 184 193 235 249 262
16 1 5/16-12 1.31 33.30 200 210 220 270 285 298
20 1 5/8-12 1.63 41.30 250 263 275 340 357 373
24 1 7/8-12 1.87 47.60 305 321 336 415 435 456
32 2 1/2-12 2.50 63.50 375 394 413 510 534 560
HEX TYPE PLUGS & STUD ENDS
MATERIAL Dash Size
2 5/16-24 0.31 7.93 (55) (58) (61) 6 7 7
3 3/8-24 0.37 9.52 (101) (106) (111) 11 12 13
4 7/16-20 0.44 11.11 14 15 16 19 20 22

5 1/2-20 0.50 12.70 15 16 17 20 22 23

6 9/16-18 0.56 14.28 19 20 21 26 27 28
8 3/4-16 0.75 19.10 34 36 37 46 49 50
10 7/8-14 0.87 22.22 55 58 61 75 79 83
12 1 1/16-12 1.06 27.00 88 93 97 119 126 132
14 1 3/16-12 1.19 30.10 114 120 126 155 163 171
16 1 5/16-12 1.31 33.30 130 137 143 176 186 194
20 1 5/8-12 1.63 41.30 163 171 179 221 232 243
24 1 7/8-12 1.87 47.60 198 208 218 268 282 296
32 2 1/2-12 2.50 63.50 244 256 268 331 347 363
* ØA Thread OD dimension for reference only.
**Removal Torque for Zero Leak Gold® Hollow Hex Plugs is significantly higher than install torque, typically 1.5-3.5X install torque.
3121631 5-21
STUD ENDS
with (ORFS) or S series DIN (MBTS) opposite end
MATERIAL Dash Size
2 5/16-24 0.31 7.93 -- -- -- -- -- --
3 3/8-24 0.37 9.52 -- -- -- -- -- --
4 7/16-20 0.44 11.11 26 27 28 35 37 38
5 1/2-20 0.50 12.70 30 32 33 40 43 45

6 9/16-18 0.56 14.28 35 37 39 46 50 53

8 3/4-16 0.75 19.10 60 63 66 80 85 89
10 7/8-14 0.87 22.22 100 105 110 135 142 149
12 1 1/16-12 1.06 27.00 135 142 149 185 193 202
14 1 3/16-12 1.19 30.10 175 184 193 235 249 262
16 1 5/16-12 1.31 33.30 200 210 220 270 285 298
20 1 5/8-12 1.63 41.30 250 263 275 340 357 373
24 1 7/8-12 1.87 47.60 305 321 336 415 435 456
32 2 1/2-12 2.50 63.50 375 394 413 510 534 560
STUD ENDS
MATERIAL Dash Size
2 5/16-24 0.31 7.93 -- -- -- -- -- --
3 3/8-24 0.37 9.52 -- -- -- -- -- --
4 7/16-20 0.44 11.11 17 18 18 23 24 24

5 1/2-20 0.50 12.70 20 21 21 27 28 28

6 9/16-18 0.56 14.28 23 24 24 31 33 33
8 3/4-16 0.75 19.10 39 41 43 53 56 58
10 7/8-14 0.87 22.22 65 69 72 88 94 98
12 1 1/16-12 1.06 27.00 88 93 97 119 126 132
14 1 3/16-12 1.19 30.10 114 120 126 155 163 171
16 1 5/16-12 1.31 33.30 130 137 143 176 186 194
20 1 5/8-12 1.63 41.30 163 171 179 221 232 243
24 1 7/8-12 1.87 47.60 198 208 218 268 282 296
32 2 1/2-12 2.50 63.50 244 256 268 331 347 363
5-22 3121631
ADJUSTABLE STUD END

MATERIAL Dash Size
2 5/16-24 0.31 7.93 (60) (63) (66) 7 7 7
3 3/8-24 0.37 9.52 (100) (105) (110) 11 12 12
4 7/16-20 0.44 11.11 15 16 17 20 22 23
5 1/2-20 0.50 12.70 21 22 23 28 30 31

6 9/16-18 0.56 14.28 29 31 32 40 42 43

8 3/4-16 0.75 19.10 52 55 57 70 75 77
10 7/8-14 0.87 22.22 85 90 94 115 122 127
12 1 1/16-12 1.06 27.00 135 142 149 185 193 202
14 1 3/16-12 1.19 30.10 175 184 193 235 249 262
16 1 5/16-12 1.31 33.30 200 210 220 270 285 298
20 1 5/8-12 1.63 41.30 250 263 275 340 357 373
24 1 7/8-12 1.87 47.60 305 321 336 415 435 456
32 2 1/2-12 2.50 63.50 375 394 413 510 534 560
ADJUSTABLE STUD END
MATERIAL Dash Size
2 5/16-24 0.31 7.93 (39) (41) (43) 4 5 5
3 3/8-24 0.37 9.52 (65) (69) (72) 7 8 8
4 7/16-20 0.44 11.11 10 11 11 14 15 15

5 1/2-20 0.50 12.70 14 15 15 19 20 20

6 9/16-18 0.56 14.28 19 20 21 26 27 28
8 3/4-16 0.75 19.10 34 36 37 46 49 50
10 7/8-14 0.87 22.22 55 58 61 75 79 83
12 1 1/16-12 1.06 27.00 88 93 97 119 126 132
14 1 3/16-12 1.19 30.10 114 120 126 155 163 171
16 1 5/16-12 1.31 33.30 130 137 143 176 186 194
20 1 5/8-12 1.63 41.30 163 171 179 221 232 243
24 1 7/8-12 1.87 47.60 198 208 218 268 282 296
32 2 1/2-12 2.50 63.50 244 256 268 331 347 363
3121631 5-23
ADJUSTABLE STUD END

MATERIAL Dash Size
2 5/16-24 0.31 7.93 -- -- -- -- -- --
3 3/8-24 0.37 9.52 -- -- -- -- -- --
4 7/16-20 0.44 11.11 15 16 17 20 22 23
5 1/2-20 0.50 12.70 30 32 33 40 43 45

6 9/16-18 0.56 14.28 35 37 39 46 50 53

8 3/4-16 0.75 19.10 60 63 66 80 85 89
10 7/8-14 0.87 22.22 100 105 110 135 142 149
12 1 1/16-12 1.06 27.00 135 142 149 185 193 202
14 1 3/16-12 1.19 30.10 175 184 193 235 249 262
16 1 5/16-12 1.31 33.30 200 210 220 270 285 298
20 1 5/8-12 1.63 41.30 250 263 275 340 357 373
24 1 7/8-12 1.87 47.60 305 321 336 415 435 456
32 2 1/2-12 2.50 63.50 375 394 413 510 534 560
ADJUSTABLE STUD END
MATERIAL Dash Size
2 5/16-24 0.31 7.93 -- -- -- -- -- --
3 3/8-24 0.37 9.52 -- -- -- -- -- --
4 7/16-20 0.44 11.11 10 11 11 14 15 15

5 1/2-20 0.50 12.70 20 21 21 27 28 28

6 9/16-18 0.56 14.28 23 24 24 31 33 33
8 3/4-16 0.75 19.10 39 41 43 53 56 58
10 7/8-14 0.87 22.22 65 69 72 88 94 98
12 1 1/16-12 1.06 27.00 88 93 97 119 126 132
14 1 3/16-12 1.19 30.10 114 120 126 155 163 171
16 1 5/16-12 1.31 33.30 130 137 143 176 186 194
20 1 5/8-12 1.63 41.30 163 171 179 221 232 243
24 1 7/8-12 1.87 47.60 198 208 218 268 282 296
32 2 1/2-12 2.50 63.50 244 256 268 331 347 363
5-24 3121631
TYPE/FITTING IDENTIFICATION HOLLOW HEX PLUGS

MATERIAL Dash Size
2 5/16-24 0.31 7.93 (30) (32) (33) 3 4 4
3 3/8-24 0.37 9.52 (55) (58) (61) 6 7 7
4 7/16-20 0.44 11.11 10 11 11 14 15 15
5 1/2-20 0.50 12.70 14 15 16 19 20 22

6 9/16-18 0.56 14.28 34 36 38 46 49 52

8 3/4-16 0.75 19.10 60 63 66 80 85 89
10 7/8-14 0.87 22.22 100 105 110 135 142 149
12 1 1/16-12 1.06 27.00 135 142 149 185 193 202
14 1 3/16-12 1.19 30.10 175 184 193 235 249 262
16 1 5/16-12 1.31 33.30 200 210 220 270 285 298
20 1 5/8-12 1.63 41.30 250 263 275 340 357 373
24 1 7/8-12 1.87 47.60 305 321 336 415 435 456
32 2 1/2-12 2.50 63.50 375 394 413 510 534 560
TYPE/FITTING IDENTIFICATION HOLLOW HEX PLUGS
MATERIAL Dash Size
2 5/16-24 0.31 7.93 (20) (21) (21) 2 2 2
3 3/8-24 0.37 9.52 (36) (38) (40) 4 4 5
4 7/16-20 0.44 11.11 6 7 7 8 9 9

5 1/2-20 0.50 12.70 9 10 10 12 14 14

6 9/16-18 0.56 14.28 22 24 25 30 33 34
8 3/4-16 0.75 19.10 39 41 43 53 56 58
10 7/8-14 0.87 22.22 65 69 72 88 94 98
12 1 1/16-12 1.06 27.00 88 93 97 119 126 132
14 1 3/16-12 1.19 30.10 114 120 126 155 163 171
16 1 5/16-12 1.31 33.30 130 137 143 176 186 194
20 1 5/8-12 1.63 41.30 163 171 179 221 232 243
24 1 7/8-12 1.87 47.60 198 208 218 268 282 296
32 2 1/2-12 2.50 63.50 244 256 268 331 347 363
3121631 5-25
ZERO LEAK GOLD®

HOLLOW HEX PLUGS
MATERIAL Dash Size
2 5/16-24 0.31 7.93 2 3 4 3 4 5
3 3/8-24 0.37 9.52 3 4 5 4 5 7
4 7/16-20 0.44 11.11 7 8 9 9 11 12
5 1/2-20 0.50 12.70 9 10 11 12 14 15

6 9/16-18 0.56 14.28 11 12 13 15 16 18

8 3/4-16 0.75 19.10 28 30 32 38 41 43
10 7/8-14 0.87 22.22 46 48 50 62 65 68
12 1 1/16-12 1.06 27.00 51 54 57 69 73 77
14 1 3/16-12 1.19 30.10
16 1 5/16-12 1.31 33.30
Fitting size greater than -12 not typically specified on
20 1 5/8-12 1.63 41.30
JLG applications. Consult specific service procedure if encountered.
24 1 7/8-12 1.87 47.60
32 2 1/2-12 2.50 63.50
ZERO LEAK GOLD®
HOLLOW HEX PLUGS
MATERIAL Dash Size
2 5/16-24 0.31 7.93 2 3 4 3 4 5
3 3/8-24 0.37 9.52 3 4 5 4 5 7
4 7/16-20 0.44 11.11 7 8 9 9 11 12

5 1/2-20 0.50 12.70 9 10 11 12 14 15

6 9/16-18 0.56 14.28 11 12 13 15 16 18
8 3/4-16 0.75 19.10 28 30 32 38 41 43
10 7/8-14 0.87 22.22 46 48 50 62 65 68
12 1 1/16-12 1.06 27.00 51 54 57 69 73 77
14 1 3/16-12 1.19 30.10
16 1 5/16-12 1.31 33.30
Fitting size greater than -12 not typically specified on
20 1 5/8-12 1.63 41.30
JLG applications. Consult specific service procedure if encountered.
24 1 7/8-12 1.87 47.60
32 2 1/2-12 2.50 63.50
5-26 3121631
Assembly Instructions for Adjustable Port End 6. Torque the fitting or nut to value listed in Table 5-18,
Table 5-19, Table 5-20, Table 5-21, Table 5-22, or Table 5-
Metric (MFF) Fittings 23 while using the Double Wrench Method.
1. Inspect components to ensure that male and female a. The table headings identify the Metric port and the
threads and surfaces are free of rust, splits, dirt, foreign type on the other side of the fitting. The torque will
matter or burrs. be applied to the Metric port.
2. If O-ring is not pre-installed, install proper size, taking b. Torque values provided in Table 5-18, Table 5-19,
care not to damage it. See O-ring Installation (Replace- Table 5-20, Table 5-21, Table 5-22, and Table 5-23 are
ment) for instructions. segregated based on the material configuration of
the connection. ‘ALUMINUM/BRASS FITTINGS OR
ALUMINUM/BRASS MATING COMPONENTS’ indi-
cate either the following material configurations:
CARE TO BE TAKEN WHEN LUBRICATING O-RING. AVOID ADDING OIL TO THE
THREADED CONNECTION OF THE FITTING. THE LUBRICATION WOULD CAUSE
nents
4. For Non-Adjustable Fittings and Plugs, thread the fitting • ALUMINUM or BRASS fittings with ALUMINUM or BRASS
by hand until contact. mating components.
5. For Adjustable fittings, refer to Adjustable Stud End 7. Inspect to ensure the O-ring is not pinched and the
Assembly for proper assembly. washer is seated flat on the counterbore of the port.
3121631 5-27
Table 5-18. Metric Flat Face Port (MFF) - L Series - Table 1 of 3
FORM A (SEALING WASHER) FORM B (CUTTING FACE)

TYPE/FITTING IDENTIFICATION STUD ENDS STUD ENDS
with 37° (JIC) or L series DIN (MBTL) opposite end with 37° (JIC) or L series DIN (MBTL) opposite end
Thread M Connecting Torque Torque

MATERIAL Size Tube O.D. [Ft-Lb] [N-m] [Ft-Lb] [N-m]
(metric) (mm) Min Nom Max Min Nom Max Min Nom Max Min Nom Max
M10x1 6 7 8 8 9 11 11 13 14 14 18 19 19
M12x1.5 8 15 16 17 20 22 23 22 23 24 30 31 33
M14x1.5 10 26 28 29 35 38 39 33 35 36 45 47 49
M16x1.5 12 33 35 36 45 47 49 48 51 53 65 69 72
M18x1.5 15 41 43 45 55 58 61 59 62 65 80 84 88
M22x1.5 18 48 51 53 65 69 72 103 108 113 140 146 153
M27x2 22 66 70 73 90 95 99 140 147 154 190 199 209
M33x2 28 111 117 122 150 159 165 251 264 276 340 358 374
M42x2 35 177 186 195 240 252 264 369 388 406 500 526 550
M48x2 42 214 225 235 290 305 319 465 489 512 630 663 694
M10x1 6 4 5 5 5 7 7 8 9 9 11 12 12
M12x1.5 8 10 11 11 14 15 15 14 15 16 19 20 22
M14x1.5 10 17 18 19 23 24 26 21 22 23 28 30 31
M16x1.5 12 21 22 23 28 30 31 31 33 34 42 45 46
M18x1.5 15 27 28 29 37 38 39 38 40 42 52 54 57
M22x1.5 18 31 33 34 42 45 46 67 70 73 91 95 99
M27x2 22 43 45 47 58 61 64 91 96 100 123 130 136
M33x2 28 72 76 79 98 103 107 163 171 179 221 232 243
M42x2 35 115 121 127 156 164 172 240 252 264 325 342 358
M48x2 42 139 146 153 188 198 207 302 318 332 409 431 450
5-28 3121631


M10x1 6 13 14 14 18 19 19 13 14 15 18 19 20
M12x1.5 8 18 19 20 25 26 27 18 19 20 25 26 28
M14x1.5 10 33 35 36 45 47 49 30 31 32 40 42 44
M16x1.5 12 41 43 45 55 58 61 41 43 45 55 58 61
M18x1.5 15 52 55 57 70 75 77 52 54 57 70 74 77
M22x1.5 18 92 97 101 125 132 137 66 70 73 90 95 99
M27x2 22 133 140 146 180 190 198 133 139 146 180 189 198
M33x2 28 229 241 252 310 327 342 229 240 252 310 326 341
M42x2 35 332 349 365 450 473 495 332 348 365 450 473 495
M48x2 42 398 418 438 540 567 594 398 418 438 540 567 594
M10x1 6 8 9 9 11 12 12 8 9 9 11 12 12
M12x1.5 8 12 13 13 16 18 18 12 13 13 16 18 18
M14x1.5 10 21 22 23 28 30 31 19 20 21 26 27 29
M16x1.5 12 27 28 29 37 38 39 26 28 29 36 38 39
M18x1.5 15 34 36 37 46 49 50 34 35 37 46 48 50
M22x1.5 18 60 63 66 81 85 89 43 45 47 59 61 64
M27x2 22 86 91 95 117 123 129 86 91 95 117 123 129
M33x2 28 149 157 164 202 213 222 149 157 164 202 213 222
M42x2 35 216 227 237 293 308 321 216 227 237 293 308 321
M48x2 42 259 272 285 351 369 386 259 272 285 351 369 386
3121631 5-29
BANJO FITTINGS HIGH PRESSURE BANJO FITTINGS FORM E (EOLASTIC SEALING RING)
with L series DIN (MBTL) opposite end with L series DIN (MBTL) opposite end HOLLOW HEX PLUGS
Thread M Connecting Torque Torque Torque

MATERIAL Size Tube O.D. [Ft-Lb] [N-m] [Ft-Lb] [N-m] [Ft-Lb] [N-m]
(metric) (mm) Min Nom Max Min Nom Max Min Nom Max Min Nom Max Min Nom Max Min Nom Max
M10x1 6 13 14 14 18 19 19 13 14 14 18 19 19 9 10 10 12 14 14
M12x1.5 8 26 28 29 35 38 39 33 35 36 45 47 49 18 19 20 25 26 27
M14x1.5 10 37 39 41 50 53 56 41 43 45 55 58 61 26 28 29 35 38 39
M16x1.5 12 44 46 48 60 62 65 59 62 65 80 84 88 41 43 45 55 58 61
M18x1.5 15 59 62 65 80 84 88 74 78 81 100 106 110 48 51 53 65 69 72
M22x1.5 18 89 94 98 120 127 133 103 108 113 140 146 153 66 70 73 90 95 99
M27x2 22 96 101 106 130 137 144 236 248 260 320 336 353 100 105 110 135 142 149
M33x2 28 -- -- -- -- -- -- 266 280 293 360 380 397 166 175 183 225 237 248
M42x2 35 -- -- -- -- -- -- 398 418 438 540 567 594 266 280 293 360 380 397
M48x2 42 -- -- -- -- -- -- 516 542 568 700 735 770 266 280 293 360 380 397
M10x1 6 8 9 9 11 12 12 8 9 9 11 12 12 6 7 7 8 9 9
M12x1.5 8 17 18 19 23 24 26 21 22 23 28 30 31 12 13 13 16 18 18
M14x1.5 10 24 26 27 33 35 37 27 28 29 37 38 39 17 18 19 23 24 26
M16x1.5 12 29 30 31 39 41 42 38 40 42 52 54 57 27 28 29 37 38 39
M18x1.5 15 38 40 42 52 54 57 48 51 53 65 69 72 31 33 34 42 45 46
M22x1.5 18 58 61 64 79 83 87 67 70 73 91 95 99 43 45 47 58 61 64
M27x2 22 62 66 69 84 89 94 153 161 169 207 218 229 65 69 72 88 94 98
M33x2 28 -- -- -- -- -- -- 173 182 190 235 247 258 108 114 119 146 155 161
M42x2 35 -- -- -- -- -- -- 259 272 285 351 369 386 173 182 190 235 247 258
M48x2 42 -- -- -- -- -- -- 335 352 369 454 477 500 173 182 190 235 247 258
5-30 3121631
Table 5-21. Metric Flat Face Port (MFF) - S Series - Table 1 of 3

with (ORFS) or S series DIN (MBTS) opposite end with (ORFS) or S series DIN (MBTS) opposite end

M12x1.5 6 15 16 17 20 22 23 26 28 29 35 38 39
M14x1.5 8 26 28 29 35 38 39 41 43 45 55 58 61
M16x1.5 10 33 35 36 45 47 49 52 55 57 70 75 77
M18x1.5 12 41 43 45 55 58 61 81 85 89 110 115 121
M20x1.5 14 41 43 45 55 58 61 111 117 122 150 159 165
M22x1.5 16 48 51 53 65 69 72 125 132 138 170 179 187
M27x2 20 66 70 73 89 95 99 199 209 219 270 283 297
M33x2 25 111 117 122 150 159 165 302 317 332 410 430 450
M42x2 30 177 186 195 240 252 264 398 418 438 540 567 594
M48x2 38 214 225 235 290 305 319 516 542 568 700 735 770
M12x1.5 6 10 11 11 14 15 15 17 18 19 23 24 26
M14x1.5 8 17 18 19 23 24 26 27 28 29 37 38 39
M16x1.5 10 21 22 23 28 30 31 34 36 37 46 49 50
M18x1.5 12 27 28 29 37 38 39 53 56 58 72 76 79
M20x1.5 14 27 28 29 37 38 39 72 76 79 98 103 107
M22x1.5 16 31 33 34 42 45 46 81 86 90 110 117 122
M27x2 20 43 45 47 58 61 64 129 136 142 175 184 193
M33x2 25 72 76 79 98 103 107 196 206 216 266 279 293
M42x2 30 115 121 127 156 164 172 259 272 285 351 369 386
M48x2 38 139 146 153 188 198 207 335 352 369 454 477 500
3121631 5-31
Table 5-22. Metric Flat Face Port (MFF) - S Series - Table 2 of 3
FORM E (EOLASTIC SEALING RING)

FORM G/H (O-RING W/ RETAINING RING) STUD ENDS & ADJUSTABLE STUD
TYPE/FITTING IDENTIFICATION STUD ENDS AND HEX TYPE PLUGS
ENDS with (ORFS) or S series DIN (MBTS) opposite end

M10x1 6 26 28 29 35 38 39 26 28 29 35 38 39
M12x1.5 8 33 35 36 45 47 49 41 43 45 55 58 61
M14x1.5 10 52 55 57 70 75 77 52 55 57 70 75 77
M16x1.5 12 66 70 73 90 95 99 66 70 73 90 95 99
M18x1.5 15 92 97 101 125 132 137 92 97 101 125 132 137
M22x1.5 18 100 105 110 135 142 149 100 105 110 135 142 149
M27x2 22 133 140 146 180 190 198 133 140 146 180 190 198
M33x2 28 229 241 252 310 327 342 229 241 252 310 327 342
M42x2 35 332 349 365 450 473 495 332 349 365 450 473 495
M48x2 42 398 418 438 540 567 594 398 418 438 540 567 594
M10x1 6 17 18 19 23 24 26 17 18 19 23 24 26
M12x1.5 8 21 23 23 29 31 32 27 28 29 37 38 39
M14x1.5 10 34 36 37 46 49 50 34 36 37 46 49 50
M16x1.5 12 43 45 47 58 61 64 43 45 47 58 61 64
M18x1.5 15 60 63 66 81 85 89 60 63 66 81 85 89
M22x1.5 18 65 69 72 88 94 98 65 69 72 88 94 98
M27x2 22 86 91 95 117 123 129 86 91 95 117 123 129
M33x2 28 149 157 164 202 213 222 149 157 164 202 213 222
M42x2 35 216 227 237 293 308 321 216 227 237 293 308 321
M48x2 42 259 272 285 351 369 386 259 272 285 351 369 386
5-32 3121631
with S series DIN (MBTS) opposite end with S series DIN (MBTS) opposite end HOLLOW HEX PLUGS

M10x1 6 26 28 29 35 38 39 33 35 36 45 47 49 -- -- -- -- -- --
M12x1.5 8 37 39 41 50 53 56 41 43 45 55 58 61 -- -- -- -- -- --
M14x1.5 10 44 46 48 60 62 65 59 62 65 80 84 88 -- -- -- -- -- --
M16x1.5 12 59 62 65 80 84 88 74 78 81 100 106 110 -- -- -- -- -- --
M18x1.5 15 81 85 89 110 115 121 92 97 101 125 132 137 59 62 65 80 84 88
M22x1.5 18 89 94 98 120 127 133 100 105 110 135 142 149 -- -- -- -- -- --
M27x2 22 100 105 110 135 142 149 236 248 260 320 336 353 -- -- -- -- -- --
M33x2 28 -- -- -- -- -- -- 266 280 293 360 380 397 -- -- -- -- -- --
M42x2 35 -- -- -- -- -- -- 398 418 438 540 567 594 -- -- -- -- -- --
M48x2 42 -- -- -- -- -- -- 516 542 568 700 735 770 -- -- -- -- -- --
M10x1 6 17 18 19 23 24 26 21 22 23 28 30 31 -- -- -- -- -- --
M12x1.5 8 24 26 27 33 35 37 27 28 29 37 38 39 -- -- -- -- -- --
M14x1.5 10 29 30 31 39 41 42 38 40 42 52 54 57 -- -- -- -- -- --
M16x1.5 12 38 40 42 52 54 57 48 51 53 65 69 72 -- -- -- -- -- --
M18x1.5 15 53 56 58 72 76 79 60 63 66 81 85 89 38 40 42 52 54 57
M22x1.5 18 58 61 64 79 83 87 65 69 72 88 94 98 -- -- -- -- -- --
M27x2 22 65 69 72 88 94 98 153 161 169 207 218 229 -- -- -- -- -- --
M33x2 28 -- -- -- -- -- -- 173 182 190 235 247 258 -- -- -- -- -- --
M42x2 35 -- -- -- -- -- -- 259 272 285 351 369 386 -- -- -- -- -- --
M48x2 42 -- -- -- -- -- -- 335 352 369 454 477 500 -- -- -- -- -- --
3121631 5-33
Assembly Instructions for Metric ISO 6149 (MPP) 6. Torque the fitting or nut to value listed in Table 5-24
while using the Double Wrench Method.
Port Assembly Stud Ends
a. The table headings identify the Metric port and the
1. Inspect components to ensure that male and female type on the other side of the fitting. The torque will
threads and surfaces are free of rust, splits, dirt, foreign be applied to the Metric port.
matter or burrs. b. Torque values provided in Table 5-24 are segregated
2. If O-ring is not pre-installed, install proper size, taking based on the material configuration of the connec-
care not to damage it. See O-ring Installation (Replace- tion. ‘ALUMINUM/BRASS FITTINGS OR ALUMINUM/
ment) for instructions. BRASS MATING COMPONENTS’ indicate either the
following material configurations:
nents
THREADED CONNECTION OF THE FITTING. THE LUBRICATION WOULD CAUSE • ALUMINUM or BRASS fittings with STEEL mating compo-
INCREASED CLAMPING FORCE AND CAUSE FITTING DAMAGE. nents
mating components.
4. For Non-Adjustable Fittings and Plugs, thread the fitting
7. Inspect to ensure the O-ring is not pinched and the
by hand until contact.
washer is seated flat on the counterbore of the port.
5. For Adjustable fittings, refer to Adjustable Stud End
Assembly for proper assembly.
5-34 3121631
Table 5-24. Metric Pipe Parallel O-Ring Boss (MPP)
STUD ENDS STUD ENDS

with 37° (JIC) or L series DIN (MBTL) opposite end with (ORFS) or S series DIN (MBTS) opposite end

MATERIAL
Size Tube O.D. [Ft-Lb] [N-m] [Ft-Lb] [N-m]

M8 x 1 4 6 7 7 8 9 9 8 9 9 10 12 12
M10 x 1 6 11 12 12 15 16 16 15 16 17 20 22 23
M12 x 1.5 8 18 19 20 25 26 27 26 28 29 35 38 39
STEEL FITTINGS WITH STEEL MATING COMPONENTS;
M14 x 1.5 10 26 28 29 35 38 39 33 35 36 45 47 49
M16 x 1.5 12 30 32 33 40 43 45 41 43 45 55 58 61
M18 x 1.5 15 33 35 36 45 47 49 52 55 57 70 75 77
M20 x 1.5 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 59 62 65 80 84 88
M22 x 1.5 18 44 46 48 60 62 65 74 78 81 100 106 110
M27 x 2 22 74 78 81 100 106 110 125 132 138 170 179 187
M30 x 2 -- 95 100 105 130 136 142 175 184 193 237 249 262
M33 x 2 25 120 126 132 160 171 179 230 242 253 310 328 343
M38 x 2 -- 135 142 149 183 193 202 235 247 259 319 335 351
M42 x 2 30 155 163 171 210 221 232 245 258 270 330 350 366
M48 x 2 38 190 200 209 260 271 283 310 326 341 420 442 462
M60 x 2 50 230 242 253 315 328 343 370 389 407 500 527 552
3121631 5-35
Table 5-24. Metric Pipe Parallel O-Ring Boss (MPP)
STUD ENDS STUD ENDS

with 37° (JIC) or L series DIN (MBTL) opposite end with (ORFS) or S series DIN (MBTS) opposite end

MATERIAL
Size Tube O.D. [Ft-Lb] [N-m] [Ft-Lb] [N-m]

M8 x 1 4 4 5 5 5 7 7 5 6 6 7 8 8
M10 x 1 6 7 8 8 9 11 11 10 11 11 14 15 15
ALUMINUM/BRASS FITTINGS OR ALUMINUM/BRASS MATING
M12 x 1.5 8 12 13 13 16 18 18 17 18 19 23 24 26
M14 x 1.5 10 17 18 19 23 24 26 21 22 23 28 30 31
M16 x 1.5 12 20 21 21 27 28 28 27 28 29 37 38 39
M18 x 1.5 15 21 22 23 28 30 31 34 36 37 46 49 50
M20 x 1.5 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 30 40 42 41 54 57
M22 x 1.5 18 29 30 31 39 41 42 48 51 53 65 69 72
M27 x 2 22 48 51 53 65 69 72 81 86 90 110 117 122
M30 x 2 -- 62 65 68 84 88 92 114 120 125 155 163 169
M33 x 2 25 78 82 86 106 111 117 150 157 164 203 213 222
M38 x 2 -- 88 93 97 119 126 132 153 161 168 207 218 228
M42 x 2 30 101 106 111 137 144 150 159 168 176 216 228 239
M48 x 2 38 124 130 136 168 176 184 202 212 222 274 287 301
M60 x 2 50 150 157 164 203 213 222 241 253 265 327 343 359
5-36 3121631
Assembly Instructions for Adjustable Port End 6. Torque the fitting or nut to value listed in Table 5-25,
Table 5-26, Table 5-27, Table 5-28, Table 5-29, or Table 5-
(BSPP) Fittings 30 while using the Double Wrench Method.
1. Inspect components to ensure that male and female a. The table headings identify the BSPP port and the
threads and surfaces are free of rust, splits, dirt, foreign type on the other side of the fitting. The torque will
matter or burrs. be applied to the BSPP port.
2. If O-ring is not pre-installed, install proper size, taking b. Torque values provided in Table 5-25, Table 5-26,
care not to damage it. See O-ring Installation (Replace- Table 5-27, Table 5-28, Table 5-29, and Table 5-30 are
ment) for instructions. segregated based on the material configuration of
the connection. ‘ALUMINUM/BRASS FITTINGS OR
ALUMINUM/BRASS MATING COMPONENTS’ indi-
cate either the following material configurations:
THREADED CONNECTION OF THE FITTING. THE LUBRICATION WOULD CAUSE
nents
4. For Non-Adjustable Fittings and Plugs, thread the fitting • ALUMINUM or BRASS fittings with ALUMINUM or BRASS
by hand until contact. mating components.
5. For Adjustable fittings, refer to Adjustable Stud End 7. Inspect to ensure the O-ring is not pinched and the
Assembly for proper assembly. washer is seated flat on the counterbore of the port.
3121631 5-37
Table 5-25. British Standard Parallel Pipe Port (BSPP) - L Series - Table 1 of 3
FORM A**(SEALING WASHER) FORM B** (CUTTING FACE)

BSPP Thread Connecting Torque Torque

MATERIAL G Size Tube O.D. [Ft-Lb] [N-m] [Ft-Lb] [N-m]
G 1/8A 6 7 8 8 9 11 11 13 14 14 18 19 19
G 1/4A 8 26 28 29 35 38 39 26 28 29 35 38 39
G 1/4A 10 26 28 29 35 38 39 26 28 29 35 38 39
G 3/8A 12 33 35 36 45 47 49 52 55 57 70 75 77
G 1/2A 15 48 51 53 65 69 72 103 108 113 140 146 153
G 1/2A 18 48 51 53 65 69 72 74 78 81 100 106 110
G 3/4A 22 66 70 73 90 95 99 133 140 146 180 190 198
G 1A 28 111 117 122 150 159 165 243 255 267 330 346 362
G 1-1/4A 35 177 186 195 240 252 264 398 418 438 540 567 594
G 1-1/2A 42 214 225 235 290 305 319 465 489 512 630 663 694
G 1/8A 6 4 5 5 5 7 7 8 9 9 11 12 12
G 1/4A 8 17 18 19 23 24 26 17 18 19 23 24 26
G 1/4A 10 17 18 19 23 24 26 17 18 19 23 24 26
G 3/8A 12 21 22 23 28 30 31 34 36 37 46 49 50
G 1/2A 15 31 33 34 42 45 46 67 70 73 91 95 99
G 1/2A 18 31 33 34 42 45 46 48 51 53 65 69 72
G 3/4A 22 42 45 47 57 61 64 86 91 95 117 123 129
G 1A 28 72 76 79 98 103 107 158 166 174 214 225 236
G 1-1/4A 35 115 121 127 156 164 172 259 272 285 351 369 386
G 1-1/2A 42 139 146 153 188 198 207 302 318 333 409 431 451
* Typical for JLG Straight Male Stud Fittings
** Non typical for JLG Straight Male Stud Fittings, reference only.
*** Typical for JLG Adjustable Fittings
5-38 3121631
FORM E* (EOLASTIC SEALING RING) FORM G/H*** (O-RING W/ RETAINING RING) STUD ENDS & ADJUSTABLE STUD
TYPE/FITTING IDENTIFICATION STUD ENDS ENDS

G 1/8A 6 13 14 14 18 19 19 13 14 14 18 19 19
G 1/4A 8 26 28 29 35 38 39 26 28 29 35 38 39
G 1/4A 10 26 28 29 35 38 39 26 28 29 35 38 39
G 3/8A 12 52 55 57 70 75 77 52 55 57 70 75 77
G 1/2A 15 66 70 73 90 95 99 66 70 73 90 95 99
G 1/2A 18 66 70 73 90 95 99 66 70 73 90 95 99
G 3/4A 22 133 140 146 180 190 198 133 140 146 180 190 198
G 1A 28 229 241 252 310 327 342 229 241 252 310 327 342
G 1-1/4A 35 332 349 365 450 473 495 332 349 365 450 473 495
G 1-1/2A 42 398 418 438 540 567 594 398 418 438 540 567 594
G 1/8A 6 8 9 9 11 12 12 8 9 9 11 12 12
G 1/4A 8 17 18 19 23 24 26 17 18 19 23 24 26
G 1/4A 10 17 18 19 23 24 26 17 18 19 23 24 26
G 3/8A 12 34 36 37 46 49 50 34 36 37 46 49 50
G 1/2A 15 43 45 47 58 61 64 43 45 47 58 61 64
G 1/2A 18 43 45 47 58 61 64 43 45 47 58 61 64
G 3/4A 22 86 91 95 117 123 129 86 91 95 117 123 129
G 1A 28 149 157 164 202 213 222 149 157 164 202 213 222
G 1-1/4A 35 216 227 237 293 308 321 216 227 237 293 308 321
G 1-1/2A 42 259 272 285 351 369 386 259 272 285 351 369 386
3121631 5-39
with L series DIN (MBTL) opposite end with L series DIN (MBTL) opposite end HOLLOW HEX PLUGS
BSPP Torque Torque Torque
Connecting
Thread G
MATERIAL Tube O.D. [Ft-Lb] [N-m] [Ft-Lb] [N-m] [Ft-Lb] [N-m]
Size
G 1/8A 6 13 14 14 18 19 19 13 14 14 18 19 19 10 11 11 13 15 15
G 1/4A 8 30 32 33 40 43 45 33 35 36 45 47 49 22 23 24 30 31 33
G 1/4A 10 30 32 33 40 43 45 33 35 36 45 47 49 22 23 24 30 31 33
G 3/8A 12 48 51 53 65 69 72 52 55 57 70 75 77 44 46 48 60 62 65
G 1/2A 15 66 70 73 90 95 99 89 94 98 120 127 133 59 62 65 80 84 88
G 1/2A 18 66 70 73 90 95 99 89 94 98 120 127 133 59 62 65 80 84 88
G 3/4A 22 92 97 101 125 132 137 170 179 187 230 243 254 103 108 113 140 146 153
G 1A 28 -- -- -- -- -- -- 236 248 260 320 336 353 148 156 163 200 212 221
G 1-1/4A 35 -- -- -- -- -- -- 398 418 438 540 567 594 295 313.5 332 400 425 450
G 1-1/2A 42 -- -- -- -- -- -- 516 542 568 700 735 770 332 349 365 450 473 495
Connecting
Thread G
Size
G 1/8A 6 8 9 9 11 12 12 8 9 9 11 12 12 6 7 7 8 9 9
G 1/4A 8 20 21 21 27 28 28 21 22 23 28 30 31 14 15 16 19 20 22
G 1/4A 10 20 21 21 27 28 28 21 22 23 28 30 31 14 15 16 19 20 22
G 3/8A 12 31 33 34 42 45 46 34 36 37 46 49 50 29 30 31 39 41 42
G 1/2A 15 43 45 47 58 61 64 58 61 64 79 83 87 38 40 42 52 54 57
G 1/2A 18 43 45 47 58 61 64 58 61 64 79 83 87 38 40 42 52 54 57
G 3/4A 22 60 63 66 81 85 89 111 117 122 150 159 165 67 70 73 91 95 99
G 1A 28 -- -- -- -- -- -- 153 161 169 207 218 229 96 101 106 130 137 144
G 1-1/4A 35 -- -- -- -- -- -- 259 272 285 351 369 386 216 227 237 293 308 321
G 1-1/2A 42 -- -- -- -- -- -- 335 352 369 454 477 500 216 227 237 293 308 321
5-40 3121631
Table 5-28. British Standard Parallel Pipe Port (BSPP) - S Series - Table 1 of 3
FORM A** (SEALING WASHER) FORM B** (CUTTING FACE)


G 1/4A 6 26 28 29 35 38 39 41 43 45 55 58 61
G 1/4A 8 26 28 29 35 38 39 41 43 45 55 58 61
G 3/8A 10 33 35 36 45 47 49 66 70 73 90 95 99
G 3/8A 12 33 35 36 45 47 49 66 70 73 90 95 99
G 1/2A 14 48 51 53 65 69 72 111 117 122 150 159 165
G 1/2A 16 48 51 53 65 69 72 96 101 106 130 137 144
G 3/4A 20 66 70 73 90 95 99 199 209 219 270 283 297
G 1A 25 111 117 122 150 159 165 251 264 276 340 358 374
G 1-1/4A 30 177 186 195 240 252 264 398 418 438 540 567 594
G 1-1/2A 38 214 225 235 290 305 319 516 542 568 700 735 770
G 1/4A 6 17 18 19 23 24 26 27 28 29 37 38 39
G 1/4A 8 17 18 19 23 24 26 27 28 29 37 38 39
G 3/8A 10 21 22 23 28 30 31 43 45 47 58 61 64
G 3/8A 12 21 22 23 28 30 31 43 45 47 58 61 64
G 1/2A 14 31 33 34 42 45 46 72 76 79 98 103 107
G 1/2A 16 31 33 34 42 45 46 62 66 69 84 89 94
G 3/4A 20 43 45 47 58 61 64 129 136 142 175 184 193
G 1A 25 72 76 79 98 103 107 163 171 179 221 232 243
G 1-1/4A 30 115 121 127 156 164 172 259 272 285 351 369 386
G 1-1/2A 38 139 146 153 188 198 207 335 352 369 454 477 500
3121631 5-41
FORM E* (EOLASTIC SEALING RING) FORM G/H*** (O-RING W/ RETAINING RING) STUD ENDS & ADJUSTABLE STUD
TYPE/FITTING IDENTIFICATION STUD ENDS AND HEX TYPE PLUGS ENDS

G 1/4A 6 41 43 45 55 58 61 26 28 29 35 38 39
G 1/4A 8 41 43 45 55 58 61 26 28 29 35 38 39
G 3/8A 10 59 62 65 80 84 88 52 55 57 70 75 77
G 3/8A 12 59 62 65 80 84 88 52 55 57 70 75 77
G 1/2A 14 85 90 94 115 122 127 66 70 73 90 95 99
G 1/2A 16 85 90 94 115 122 127 66 70 73 90 95 99
G 3/4A 20 133 140 146 180 190 198 133 140 146 180 190 198
G 1A 25 229 241 252 310 327 342 229 241 252 310 327 342
G 1-1/4A 30 332 349 365 450 473 495 332 349 365 450 473 495
G 1-1/2A 38 398 418 438 540 567 594 398 418 438 540 567 594
G 1/4A 6 27 28 29 37 38 39 17 18 19 23 24 26
G 1/4A 8 27 28 29 37 38 39 17 18 19 23 24 26
G 3/8A 10 38 40 42 52 54 57 34 36 37 46 49 50
G 3/8A 12 38 40 42 52 54 57 34 36 37 46 49 50
G 1/2A 14 55 58 61 75 79 83 43 45 47 58 61 64
G 1/2A 16 55 58 61 75 79 83 43 45 47 58 61 64
G 3/4A 20 86 91 95 117 123 129 86 91 95 117 123 129
G 1A 25 149 157 164 202 213 222 149 157 164 202 213 222
G 1-1/4A 30 216 227 237 293 308 321 216 227 237 293 308 321
G 1-1/2A 38 259 272 285 351 369 386 259 272 285 351 369 386
5-42 3121631
BANJO FITTINGS HIGH PRESSURE BANJO FITTINGS

TYPE/FITTING IDENTIFICATION JIS/BSPP O-RING ONLY
with S series DIN (MBTS) opposite end with S series DIN (MBTS) opposite end
Connecting
Thread G
Size
G 1/4A 6 30 32 33 40 43 45 33 35 36 45 47 49
G 1/4A 8 30 32 33 40 43 45 33 35 36 45 47 49
G 3/8A 10 48 51 53 65 69 72 52 55 57 70 75 77
G 3/8A 12 48 51 53 65 69 72 52 55 57 70 75 77
G 1/2A 14 66 70 73 90 95 99 89 94 98 120 127 133
G 1/2A 16 66 70 73 90 95 99 89 94 98 120 127 133 Fitting type not typically specified on JLG appli-
cations. Refer to the specific procedure in this
G 3/4A 20 92 97 101 125 132 137 170 179 187 230 243 254 Service Manual.
G 1A 25 -- -- -- -- -- -- 236 248 260 320 336 353
G 1-1/4A 30 -- -- -- -- -- -- 398 418 438 540 567 594
G 1-1/2A 38 -- -- -- -- -- -- 516 542 568 700 735 770
Connecting
Thread G
Size
G 1/4A 6 20 21 21 27 28 28 22 22 23 30 30 31
G 1/4A 8 20 21 21 27 28 28 22 22 23 30 30 31
G 3/8A 10 31 33 34 42 45 46 34 36 37 46 49 50
G 3/8A 12 31 33 34 42 45 46 34 36 37 46 49 50
G 1/2A 14 43 45 47 58 61 64 58 61 64 79 83 87
G 1/2A 16 43 45 47 58 61 64 58 61 64 79 83 87 Fitting type not typically specified on JLG appli-
cations. Refer to the specific procedure in this
G 3/4A 20 60 63 66 81 85 89 111 117 122 150 159 165 Service Manual.
G 1A 25 -- -- -- -- -- -- 153 161 169 207 218 229
G 1-1/4A 30 -- -- -- -- -- -- 259 272 285 351 369 386
G 1-1/2A 38 -- -- -- -- -- -- 335 352 368 454 477 499
3121631 5-43
Assembly Instructions for Flange Connections:

(FL61 and FL62)
1. Make sure sealing surfaces are free of rust, splits,
scratches, dirt, foreign matter or burrs.
2. Install O-ring as per “O-ring Installation (Replacement)” .
4. Position flange and clamp halves.
5. Place lock washers on bolt and bolt through clamp
halves.
6. Tighten all bolts by hand.
7. Torque bolts in diagonal sequence in two or more incre-
ments to the torque listed on Table 5-31and Table 5-32.
5-44 3121631
Table 5-31. Flange Code (FL61 & FL62) -Inch Fasteners
STEEL 4-BOLT FLANGE SAE J518

(INCH FASTENERS)
Bolt Fastener Torque for Flanges Equipped with GRADE 5 Fastener Torque for Flanges Equipped with GRADE 8
Inch
Flange Size A* Thread Screws Screws
Flange
TYPE Size
SAE Dash [Ft-Lb] [N-m] [Ft-Lb] [N-m]
Size
(in) (mm) (in) (mm) (UNF) Min Nom Max Min Nom Max Min Nom Max Min Nom Max
8 0.50 13 1.50 38.10 5/16-18 18 19 19 24 25 26 24 25 26 32 34 35
12 0.75 19 1.88 47.75 3/8-16 32 33 35 43 45 47 44 46 49 60 63 66
16 1.00 25 2.06 52.32 3/8-16 32 33 35 43 45 47 44 46 49 60 63 66
CODE 61 SPLIT FLANGE (FL61)
20 1.25 32 2.31 58.67 7/16-14 52 54 57 70 74 77 68 71 75 92 97 101

24 1.50 38 2.75 69.85 1/2-13 77 81 85 105 110 116 111 116 122 150 158 165
32 2.00 51 3.06 77.72 1/2-13 77 81 85 105 110 116 111 116 122 150 158 165
40 2.50 64 3.50 88.90 1/2-13 77 81 85 105 110 116 111 116 122 150 158 165
48 3.00 76 4.19 106.43 5/8-11 155 163 170 210 221 231 218 228 239 295 310 325
56 3.50 89 4.75 120.65 5/8-11 155 163 170 210 221 231 218 228 239 295 310 325
64 4.00 102 5.13 130.30 5/8-11 155 163 170 210 221 231 218 228 239 295 310 325
80 5.00 127 6.00 152.40 5/8-11 155 163 170 210 221 231 218 228 239 295 310 325
Bolt Fastener Torque for Flanges Equipped with GRADE 5 Fastener Torque for Flanges Equipped with GRADE 8
Inch
Flange Size A* Thread Screws Screws
Flange
TYPE Size
SAE Dash [Ft-Lb] [N-m] [Ft-Lb] [N-m]
Size
(in) (mm) (in) (mm) (UNF) Min Nom Max Min Nom Max Min Nom Max Min Nom Max
8 0.50 13 1.59 40.39 5/16-18 -- -- -- -- -- -- 24 25 26 32 34 35
12 0.75 19 2.00 50.80 3/8-16 -- -- -- -- -- -- 44 46 49 60 63 66

16 1.00 25 2.25 57.15 7/16-14 -- -- -- -- -- -- 68 71 75 92 97 101
20 1.25 32 2.62 66.55 1/2-13 -- -- -- -- -- -- 111 116 122 150 158 165
20 1.25 32 2.62 66.55 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
24 1.50 38 3.12 79.25 5/8-11 -- -- -- -- -- -- 218 228 239 295 310 325
32 2.00 51 3.81 96.77 3/4-10 -- -- -- -- -- -- 332 348 365 450 473 495
* A dimension for reference only.
3121631 5-45
Table 5-32. Flange Code (FL61 & FL62) - Metric Fasteners
STEEL 4-BOLT FLANGE SAE J518

(INCH FASTENERS)
Bolt Fastener Torque for Flanges Equipped with CLASS Fastener Torque for Flanges Equipped with CLASS
Inch Flange Flange Size A* Thread 8.8 Screws 10.9 Screws
TYPE SAE Dash Size [Ft-Lb] [N-m] [Ft-Lb] [N-m]
Size
(in) (mm) (in) (mm) (Metric) Min Nom Max Min Nom Max Min Nom Max Min Nom Max
8 0.50 13 1.50 38.10 (Metric) Min Nom Max Min Nom Max Min Nom Max Min Nom Max
12 0.75 19 1.88 47.75 M8 x 1.25 18 19 19 24 25 26 18 19 19 24 25 26
16 1.00 25 2.06 52.32 M10 x 1.5 37 39 41 50 53 55 37 39 41 50 53 55
20 1.25 32 2.31 58.67 M10 x 1.5 37 39 41 50 53 55 37 39 41 50 53 55

24 1.50 38 2.75 69.85 M10 x 1.5 37 39 41 50 53 55 37 39 41 50 53 55
32 2.00 51 3.06 77.72 M12 x 1.75 68 71 75 92 97 101 68 71 75 92 97 101
40 2.50 64 3.50 88.90 M12 x 1.75 68 71 75 92 97 101 68 71 75 92 97 101
48 3.00 76 4.19 106.43 M12 x 1.75 68 71 75 92 97 101 68 71 75 92 97 101
56 3.50 89 4.75 120.65 M16 x 2 155 163 170 210 221 231 155 163 170 210 221 231
64 4.00 102 5.13 130.30 M16 x 2 155 163 170 210 221 231 155 163 170 210 221 231
80 5.00 127 6.00 152.40 M16 x 2 155 163 170 210 221 231 155 163 170 210 221 231
Bolt Fastener Torque for Flanges Equipped with CLASS Fastener Torque for Flanges Equipped with CLASS
Inch Flange Flange Size A* Thread 8.8 Screws 10.9 Screws
TYPE SAE Dash Size [Ft-Lb] [N-m] [Ft-Lb] [N-m]
Size
(in) (mm) (in) (mm) (Metric) Min Nom Max Min Nom Max Min Nom Max Min Nom Max
8 0.50 13 1.59 40.39 M8 x 1.25 -- -- -- -- -- -- 24 25 26 32 34 35
12 0.75 19 2.00 50.80 M10 x 1.5 -- -- -- -- -- -- 52 54 57 70 74 77

16 1.00 25 2.25 57.15 M12 x 1.75 -- -- -- -- -- -- 96 101 105 130 137 143
20 1.25 32 2.62 66.55 M12 x 1.75 -- -- -- -- -- -- 96 101 105 130 137 143
20 1.25 32 2.62 66.55 M14 x 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- 133 139 146 180 189 198
24 1.50 38 3.12 79.25 M16 x 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- 218 228 239 295 310 325
32 2.00 51 3.81 96.77 M20 x 2.5 -- -- -- -- -- -- 406 426 446 550 578 605
* A dimension for reference only.
5-46 3121631
Double Wrench Method the ‘layline’ printed on the hose is a good indicator of proper
hose installation. A twisted lay-line usually indicates the hose
To prevent undesired hose or connector rotation, two is twisted. See Figure 5-11. for double wrench method require-
wrenches must be used; one torque wrench and one backup ments.
wrench. If two wrenches are not used, inadvertent component
rotation may occur which absorbs torque and causes
improper joint load and leads to leaks. For hose connections,
Figure 5-11. Double Wrench Method
3121631 5-47
FFWR and TFFT Methods Adjustable Stud End Assembly

For Adjustable Stud End Connections; the following assembly
FFWR (FLATS FROM WRENCH RESISTANCE METHOD) steps are to be performed:
1. Tighten the swivel nut to the mating fitting until no lat- 1. Lubricate the o-ring with a light coat of hydraulic oil.
eral movement of the swivel nut can be detected; finger 2. Position #1 – The o-ring should be located in the groove
tight condition. adjacent to the face of the backup washer. The washer
and o-ring should be positioned at the extreme top end
2. Mark a dot on one of the swivel hex nut flats and of the groove as shown.
another dot in line on the connecting tube adapter. See
Figure B.1. 3. Position #2 – Position the locknut to just touch the
backup washer as shown. The locknut in this position
3. Use the double wrench method per Appendix A, turn will eliminate potential backup washer damage during
the swivel nut to tighten as shown in Figure 5-11. The the next step.
nut is to be rotated clockwise the number of hex flats as
4. Position #3 – Install the connector into the straight
defined by the applicable Table in Section 5.0.
thread box port until the metal backup washer contacts
the face of the port as shown.
4. After the connection has been properly tightened, mark
a straight line across the connecting parts, not covering 5. Position #4 – Adjust the connector to the proper posi-
the dots, to indicate the connection has been properly tion by turning out (counterclockwise) up to a maxi-
tightened. See Figure 5-12. mum of one turn as shown to provide proper alignment
with the mating connector, tube assembly, or hose
assembly.
6. Position #5 – Using two wrenches, use the backup
wrench to hold the connector in the desired position
and then use the torque wrench to tighten the locknut
to the appropriate torque.
7. Visually inspect, where possible, the joint to ensure the
o-ring is not pinched or bulging out from under the
washer and that the backup washer is properly seated
flat against the face of the port.
Figure 5-12. FFWR Method
TFFT (TURNS FROM FINGER TIGHT METHOD)
1. Tighten the swivel nut to the mating fitting until no lat-

eral movement of the swivel nut can be detected; finger
tight condition.
2. Mark a dot on one of the swivel hex nut flats and

another dot in line on the connecting tube adapter.
3. Use the double wrench method per Appendix A, turn

the swivel nut to tighten. The nut is to be rotated clock-
wise the number of turns as defined by the applicable
Table in Section 5.0.
4. After the connection has been properly tightened, mark

a straight line across the connecting parts, not covering
the dots, to indicate the connection has been properly
tightened.
5-48 3121631
Figure 5-13. Adjustable Stud End Assembly
O-ring Installation (Replacement) 4. In ORB; ensure O-ring is properly seated in groove. On

straight threads, ensure O-ring is seated all the way past
Care must be taken when installing O-rings over threads dur- the threads prior to installation.
ing replacement or installation. O-rings could become nicked 5. Inspect O-ring for any visible nicks or tears. Replace if
or torn. A damaged O-ring could lead to leakage problems. found.
1. Inspect O-ring for tears or nicks. If any are found replace

O-ring.
2. Ensure proper O-ring to be installed. Many O-rings look

the same but are of different material, different hard-
ness, or are slightly different diameters or widths.
3. Use a thread protector when replacing O-rings on fit-

tings.
3121631 5-49
5.3 HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS ASSEMBLY

NOTE: Prior to cylinder assembly, ensure that the proper cylinder
Axle Lockout Cylinder seal kit is used. See your JLG Parts Manual.
DISASSEMBLY NOTE: Apply a light film of hydraulic oil to all components prior to
assembly.
DISASSEMBLY OF THE CYLINDER SHOULD BE PERFORMED ON A CLEAN WORK

SURFACE IN A DIRT FREE WORK AREA.
WHEN INSTALLING NEW SEALS, ENSURE SEALS ARE INSTALLED PROPERLY.
IMPROPER SEAL INSTALLATION COULD RESULT IN CYLINDER LEAKAGE AND
IMPROPER CYLINDER OPERATION.
ROD CAN FALL OUT OF BARREL AND CAUSE INJURY OR DAMAGE TO THE
EQUIPMENT. BE CAREFUL WHEN REMOVING AXLE CYLINDER. OPENING BLEED 1. Install two new wear rings and rod seal in rod bore
grooves. Make sure they are not twisted.
VALVE CAN CAUSE ROD TO FALL OUT OF BARREL.
2. Install new wiper in barrel.
1. Open bleeder valve. Rotate rod and remove from barrel.
3. Lubricate rod bore with clean hydraulic fluid.
2. Remove wiper. Do not scratch barrel bore.
3. Remove two wear rings and rod seal from grooves of rod
bore. Do not scratch barrel bore. EXTREME CARE SHOULD BE TAKEN WHEN INSTALLING THE ROD. AVOID PULL-
ING THE ROD OFF-CENTER, WHICH COULD CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ROD AND
4. Remove counterbalance valve.
CYLINDER BARREL SURFACES.
CLEANING AND INSPECTION
4. Install rod in bore and push to top of the bore.
1. Inspect bore and rod for scoring, pitting, or excessive
wear. 5. Install counterbalance valve. Torque to 22 ft. lbs. (30
Nm).
2. Remove minor surface blemishes with wet sandpaper.
Pitting requires replacement of barrel and rod. 6. Bleed system.
3. Clean all parts with approved solvent and dry with com-
pressed air.
5-50 3121631
*Torque 22 ft. lbs. (30 Nm)
1001204560 A
1. Barrel 6. Counterbalance Valve

2. Rod 7. Plug
3. Wiper Seal 8. Plug
4. Rod Seal 9. Bleeder Valve
5. Wear Ring
Figure 5-14. Axle Lockout Cylinder
3121631 5-51
Jib Lift Cylinder (860SJ Only) 5. Mark cylinder head and barrel with a center punch for
easy realignment. Using an allen wrench, loosen the cyl-
DISASSEMBLY inder head retainer capscrews and remove capscrews
from cylinder barrel.
BARREL
CAPSCREW
1. Connect a suitable auxiliary hydraulic power source to
the cylinder port block fitting. WASHER
RING
DO NOT FULLY EXTEND CYLINDER TO THE END OF STROKE. RETRACT CYLINDER

SLIGHTLY TO AVOID TRAPPING PRESSURE.
PUNCH MARK
CYLINDER HEAD
2. Operate the hydraulic power source and extend the cyl-
inder. Shut down and disconnect the power source.
Adequately support the cylinder rod, if applicable. Figure 5-16. Capscrew Removal
3. Remove the counterbalance holding valves and plugs
from the cylinder port block. Discard o-rings. 6. Attach a suitable pulling device to the cylinder rod port
block end or cylinder rod end, as applicable.
4. Place the cylinder barrel into a suitable holding fixture.
ROD SUPPORT
PROTECTED ROD CLAMP

EXTREME CARE SHOULD BE TAKEN WHEN REMOVING THE CYLINDER ROD,
HEAD AND PISTON. AVOID PULLING THE ROD OFF-CENTER, WHICH COULD
CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE PISTON AND CYLINDER BARREL SURFACES.
BARREL CLAMP
7. With the barrel clamped securely, apply pressure to the

rod pulling device and carefully withdraw the complete
rod assembly from the cylinder barrel.
ROD SUPPORT
SUPPORT TABLE
SUPPORT TABLE
Figure 5-15. Cylinder Barrel Support
Figure 5-17. Cylinder Rod Support
5-52 3121631
**
*Torque to 5 ft. lbs. (7 Nm)

**Torque to 50-55 ft. lbs. (68-75 Nm)
***Torque to 20 ft. lbs. (27 Nm)
1683609 K
1. Barrel 7. Plug 13. Lock Ring 19. Wear Ring

2. Head 8. Plug 14. Piston Seal 20. Wiper
3. Washer Ring 9. Capscrew 15. O-ring 21. Seal
4. Bolt 10. Piston 16. Backup Ring 22. Bushing
5. Rod 11. Tapered Bushing 17. O-ring 23. Bushing
6. Counterbalance Valve 12. Spacer Tube 18. Backup Ring
Figure 5-18. Jib Lift Cylinder (860SJ Only)
3121631 5-53
8. Using suitable protection, clamp the cylinder rod in a CLEANING AND INSPECTION
vise or similar holding fixture as close to the piston as
possible. 1. Clean all parts thoroughly in an approved cleaning sol-
vent.
9. Remove capscrews from drilled holes.
10. Insert the capscrews in the threaded holes in the outer 2. Inspect the cylinder rod for scoring, tapering, ovality or
piece of the tapered bushing. Progressively tighten the other damage. If necessary, dress rod with Scotch Brite
capscrews until the bushing is loosen on the piston. or equivalent. Replace rod if necessary.
11. Remove the bushing from the piston. 3. Inspect threaded portion of rod for excessive damage.
Dress threads as necessary.
4. Inspect inner surface of cylinder barrel tube for scoring

or other damage. Check inside diameter for tapering or
ovality. Replace if necessary.
5. Inspect piston surface for damage and scoring and for

distortion. Dress piston surface or replace piston as nec-
essary.
6. Inspect threaded portion of piston for damage. Dress

threads as necessary.
7. Inspect seal and o-ring grooves in piston for burrs and

sharp edges. Dress applicable surfaces as necessary.
Figure 5-19. Tapered Bushing Removal
8. Inspect cylinder head inside diameter for scoring, taper-
12. Screw the piston counterclockwise by hand and remove ing, ovality or other damage. Replace if necessary.
the piston from cylinder rod.
9. Inspect seal and o-ring grooves in head for burrs and
13. Remove and discard the piston o-rings, seal rings and
backup rings.
14. Remove piston spacer from the rod. 10. Inspect cylinder head outside diameter for scoring,
tapering, ovality or other damage. Replace if necessary.
15. Remove the rod from the holding fixture. Remove the
cylinder head gland. Discard the o-rings, backup rings, 11. Inspect rod and barrel bearings for signs of correct
rod seals, wear rings and wiper seals. excessive wear or damage. Replace if necessary.
a. Thoroughly clean hole, (steel bushing) of burrs, dirt

etc. to facilitate bearing installation.
b. Inspect steel bushing for wear or other damage. If
steel bushing is worn or damaged, rod/barrel must
be replaced.
c. Lubricate inner side of steel bushing prior to bear-
ing installation.
d. Using an arbor of the correct size, carefully press the

bearing into steel bushing.
5-54 3121631
NOTE: Install pin into the composite bearing dry. Lubrication is ASSEMBLY
not required with nickel plated pins and bearings.
seal kit is used. See your JLG Parts Manual.
NOTE: Apply a light film of hydraulic oil to all components prior to

assembly.
1. A special tool is used to install a new rod seal into the

applicable cylinder head gland groove.
Figure 5-20. Composite Bearing Installation
12. If applicable, inspect port block fittings and holding

valve. Replace if necessary.
13. Inspect the oil ports for blockage or the presence of dirt
or other foreign material. Repair if necessary.
14. If applicable, inspect piston rings for cracks or other
damage. Replace if necessary.
Figure 5-21. Rod Seal Installation

O-RING BACKUP
WEAR RING RING
ROD SEAL
Figure 5-22. Cylinder Head Seal Installation
3121631 5-55
2. Use a soft mallet to tap a new wiper seal into the appli- 10. Assemble the tapered bushing loosely into the piston
cable cylinder head gland groove. Install a new wear and insert capscrews through the drilled holes in the
ring into the applicable cylinder head gland groove. bushing and into the tapped holes in the piston.
PISTON
TAPERED
BUSHING
ROD
CAPSCREW
Figure 5-23. Wiper Seal Installation
3. Place a new o-ring and backup seal in the applicable Figure 5-25. Tapered Bushing Installation
outside diameter groove of the cylinder head.
11. Tighten the capscrews evenly and progressively in rota-
tion to 5 ft. lbs. (7 Nm).
12. After the screws have been torqued, tap the tapered
bushing with a hammer (16 to 24 oz.) and brass shaft
(approximately 3/4 in. diameter) as follows:
a. Place the shaft against the cylinder rod and in con-
tact with the bushing in the spaces between the
capscrews.
b. Tap each space once; this means the tapered bush-
ing is tapped 3 times as there are 3 spaces between
the capscrews.
Figure 5-24. Installation of Head Seal Kit
4. Install washer ring onto rod, carefully install the head

gland on the rod, ensuring that the wiper and rod seals
are not damaged or dislodged. Push the head along the
rod to the rod end, as applicable.
5. Carefully slide the piston spacer on the rod.
6. Using suitable protection, clamp the cylinder rod in a

vise or similar holding fixture as close to piston as possi-
ble.
7. Place a new o-ring and backup rings in the inner piston

diameter groove.
Figure 5-26. Seating the Tapered Bearing
8. Carefully thread the piston on the cylinder rod hand
tight, ensuring that the o-ring and backup rings are not
damaged or dislodged.
9. Thread piston onto rod end and install the tapered

bushing.
NOTE: When installing the tapered bushing, piston and mating

end of rod must be free of oil.
5-56 3121631
13. Rotate the capscrews evenly and progressively in rota- 17. With barrel clamped secured and adequately support-
tion to 5 ft. lbs. (7 Nm). ing the rod, insert the piston end into the barrel cylinder.
Ensure that the piston loading o-ring and seal ring are
14. Remove the cylinder rod from the holding fixture. not damaged or dislodged.
18. Continue pushing the rod into the barrel until the cylin-
der head gland can be inserted into the barrel cylinder.
WHEN INSTALLING HYDROLOCK PISTON SEALS, ENSURE SEALS ARE
INSTALLED PROPERLY. REFER TO HYDROLOCKK PISTON SEAL INSTALLATION
FOR CORRECT SEAL ORIENTATION. IMPROPER SEAL INSTALLATION COULD
RESULT IN CYLINDER LEAKAGE AND IMPROPER CYLINDER OPERATION. PISTON
ROD
SPACER
HEAD
BARREL WASHER RING
ROD
Figure 5-27. Hydrolock Piston Seal Installation CA1SCREW
15. Place new hydrolock seal and guidelock rings in the

outer piston diameter groove. (A tube, with I.D. slightly Figure 5-29. Rod Assembly Installation
larger than the O.D. of the piston is recommended to
install the solid seal). 19. Apply JLG Threadlocker P/N 0100011 to the socket head
bolts and secure the cylinder head gland using the
washer ring and capscrews. Torque capscrews to 20 ft.
lbs. (27 Nm).
HYDROLOCK 20. After the cylinder has been reassembled, the rod should
GUIDELOCK
RING SEAL O-RING BACKUP be pushed all the way in (fully retracted) prior to the re-
RING installation of any holding valve or valves.
21. If applicable, install the cartridge-type holding valve and
fittings in the rod port block, using new o-rings as appli-
cable. Torque valves to 50-55 ft. lbs. (68-75 Nm).
Figure 5-28. Piston Seal Kit Installation
16. Position the cylinder barrel in a suitable holding fixture.
EXTREME CARE SHOULD BE TAKEN WHEN INSTALLING THE CYLINDER ROD,

HEAD, AND PISTON. AVOID PULLING THE ROD OFF-CENTER, WHICH COULD
3121631 5-57
Main Boom Lift Cylinder 5. Mark cylinder head and barrel with a center punch for
BARREL
CAPSCREW
the cylinder port block fitting. WASHER
RING

PUNCH MARK
CYLINDER HEAD
Figure 5-31. Capscrew Removal
Adequately support the cylinder rod, if applicable.
3. Remove the proportional valve, lift holding valve, relief 6. Attach a suitable pulling device to the cylinder rod port
valve, check valve and plugs. Discard o-rings. block end or cylinder rod end, as applicable.
ROD SUPPORT EXTREME CARE SHOULD BE TAKEN WHEN REMOVING THE CYLINDER ROD,
PROTECTED ROD CLAMP HEAD AND PISTON. AVOID PULLING THE ROD OFF-CENTER, WHICH COULD
BARREL CLAMP
ROD SUPPORT
SUPPORT TABLE
SUPPORT TABLE
5-58 3121631
30
30
28 5
33
1
1 31
32 9
31
2 2
10
7
29
9
10
26**
27
3*
4
11 23 22
21
12
19
18
19
22
20
25
13
14
15
6
24***
16
17
5
8
5
* Torque to 30 ft. lbs. (41 Nm)
** Torque to 5 ft. lbs. (7 Nm)
1684199 F
1684202 G
1. Flatwasher 8. Rod Weldment 15. Wear Ring 22. Guidelock Ring 29. Relief Valve
2. Clamp 9. O-ring Plug 16. Rod Seal 23. Setscrew 30. Bolt
3. Capscrew 10. O-ring Plug 17. Wiper Seal 24. Capscrew 31. Locknut
4. Tapered Bushing 11. O-ring Plug 18. O-ring 25. Spacer 32. Plate
5. Bushing 12. Piston 19. Backup ring 26. Check Valve 33. Check Valve
6. Head 13. O-ring 20. Guidelock Ring 27. Lift Holding Solenoid
7. Barrel 14. Backup Ring 21. Seal 28. Lift Dump Proportional Solenoid
Figure 5-33. Main Boom Lift Cylinder
3121631 5-59
vent.
2. Inspect the cylinder rod for scoring, tapering, ovality or
10. Insert the capscrews in the threaded holes in the outer other damage. If necessary, dress rod with Scotch Brite
piece of the tapered bushing. Progressively tighten the or equivalent. Replace rod if necessary.
capscrews until the bushing is loosen on the piston.
3. Inspect threaded portion of rod for excessive damage.
11. Remove the bushing from the piston. Dress threads as necessary.
essary.
ing, ovality or other damage. Replace if necessary.
Figure 5-34. Tapered Bushing Removal 9. Inspect seal and o-ring grooves in head for burrs and
12. Screw the piston counterclockwise by hand and remove
the piston from cylinder rod. 10. Inspect cylinder head outside diameter for scoring,
13. Remove and discard the piston o-rings, seal rings, wear
rings and backup rings. 11. If applicable, inspect rod and barrel bearings for signs of
correct excessive wear or damage. Replace if necessary.
14. Remove setscrew and piston spacer from the rod.
a. Thoroughly clean hole, (steel bushing) of burrs, dirt
15. Remove the rod from the holding fixture. Remove the etc. to facilitate bearing installation.
cylinder head gland. Discard the o-rings, backup rings,
rod seals, wear rings and wiper seals.
be replaced.
ing installation.
5-60 3121631

assembly.



BACKUP
RING
O-R ING SEAL
WEAR RING WIPER
SEAL
3121631 5-61
ring into the applicable cylinder head gland groove. bushing and into the tapped holes in the piston.
PISTON
TAPERED
BUSHING
ROD
CAPSCREW
3. Place a new o-ring and backup seal in the applicable Figure 5-40. Tapered Bushing Installation
capscrews.
the capscrews.
4. Install the head gland on the rod, ensuring that the

wiper and rod seals are not damaged or dislodged. Push
the head along the rod to the rod end, as applicable.
5. Carefully slide the piston spacer on the rod and tighten

the setscrew.

ble.

diameter groove.
Figure 5-41. Seating the Tapered Bearing
9. Thread piston onto rod hand tight and install the

tapered bushing.

5-62 3121631
13. Rotate the capscrews evenly and progressively in rota-

14. Remove the cylinder rod from the holding fixture. HEAD AND PISTON. AVOID PULLING THE ROD OFF-CENTER, WHICH COULD
15. Place new seal and wear rings in the outer piston diame- CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE PISTON AND CYLINDER BARREL SURFACES.
ter groove. (A tube, with I.D. slightly larger than the O.D.
of the piston is recommended to install the solid seal). 17. With barrel clamped secured and adequately support-
ing the rod, insert the piston end into the barrel cylinder.
*8,'/2&. %$&.83
6($/
5,1*
25,1* 5,1* not damaged or dislodged.
PISTON
ROD
SPACER
HEAD
BARREL
ROD
CA1SCREW
16. Position the cylinder barrel in a suitable holding fixture. Figure 5-43. Rod Assembly Installation
19. Apply JLG Threadlocker P/N 0100011 to the socket head

bolts and secure the cylinder head gland using the cap-
screws. Torque capscrews to 320 ft. lbs. (434 Nm).
20. After the cylinder has been reassembled, the rod should
be pushed all the way in (fully retracted) prior to the re-
installation of any holding valve or valves.
21. If applicable, install the cartridge type holding valve and
fittings in the rod port block, using new o-rings as appli-
cable. Torque valves to 30-37 ft. lbs. (41-50 Nm).
22. Install the proportional valve, lift holding valve, relief
valve, check valve and plugs, using new O-rings as appli-
cable.
3121631 5-63
Platform Level Cylinder (SN 0300182743 through 5. Mark cylinder head and barrel with a center punch for
0300183962, SN 0300193127 through 0300198300, inder head retainer capscrews and remove capscrews
SN 0300198661 to Present & SN B300001092 to from cylinder barrel.
Present) BARREL
DISASSEMBLY
CAPSCREW
WASHER
DISASSEMBLY OF THE CYLINDER SHOULD BE PERFORMED ON A CLEAN WORK RING

the cylinder port block fitting.
PUNCH MARK
CYLINDER HEAD
DO NOT FULLY EXTEND CYLINDER TO THE END OF STROKE. RETRACT CYLINDER Figure 5-45. Capscrew Removal
2. Operate the hydraulic power source and extend the cyl- 6. Attach a suitable pulling device to the cylinder rod port
inder. Shut down and disconnect the power source. block end or cylinder rod end, as applicable.
3. Remove the cartridge valves and fittings from the cylin-
der port block. Discard o-rings.
4. Place the cylinder barrel into a suitable holding fixture. CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE PISTON AND CYLINDER BARREL SURFACES.
ROD SUPPORT 7. With the barrel clamped securely, apply pressure to the
PROTECTED ROD CLAMP
BARREL CLAMP
ROD SUPPORT
SUPPORT TABLE
SUPPORT TABLE
5-64 3121631

** Torque to 50-55 ft. lbs. (68-75 Nm)
1684189 E
1684136 F
1. Capscrew 6. Barrel 11. Lock Ring 16. Seal 21. Spacer

2. Tapered Bushing 7. Plug 12. Wear Ring 17. Wiper 22. Cartridge Valve
3. Bushing 8. Plug 13. Backup Ring 18. Seal 23. Cartridge Valve
4. Head 9. Piston 14. O-ring 19. Washer Ring
5. Rod 10. Backup Ring 15. O-ring 20. Capscrew
Figure 5-47. Platform Level Cylinder (SN 0300182743 through 0300183962, SN 0300193127 through
0300198300, SN 0300198661 to Present and SN B300001092 to Present)
3121631 5-65
vent.
10. Insert the capscrews in the threaded holes in the outer 2. Inspect the cylinder rod for scoring, tapering, ovality, or


essary.


12. Screw the piston counterclockwise by hand and remove ing, ovality or other damage. Replace if necessary.
13. Remove and discard the piston o-rings, seal rings, lock
rings and backup rings.
14. Remove piston spacer from the rod. 10. Inspect cylinder head outside diameter for scoring,
15. Remove the rod from the holding fixture. Remove the
cylinder head gland. Discard the o-rings, backup rings, 11. If applicable, inspect rod and barrel bearings for signs of
rod seals, wear rings and wiper seals. correct excessive wear or damage. Replace if necessary.
a. Thoroughly clean hole (steel bushing) of burrs, dirt

be replaced.
ing installation.

5-66 3121631

assembly.



BACKUP
O-RING RING
ROD SEAL
WEAR RING
ROD WIPER
SEAL
3121631 5-67
rings into the applicable cylinder head gland groove. bushing and into the tapped holes in the piston.
PISTON
TAPERED
BUSHING
ROD
CAPSCREW
3. Place a new o-ring and backup seal in the applicable

outside diameter groove of the cylinder head. Figure 5-54. Tapered Bushing Installation

tion to 9 ft. lbs (12 Nm).
capscrews.
the capscrews.
4. Install washer ring onto rod, carefully install the head

5. Carefully slide the piston spacer on the rod.

ble.

diameter groove.
8. Carefully thread the piston on the cylinder rod hand Figure 5-55. Seating the Tapered Bearing
9. Thread piston onto rod and install the tapered bushing.

5-68 3121631
13. Rotate the capscrews evenly and progressively in rota- 17. With barrel clamped secured and adequately support-
tion to 9 ft. lbs (12 Nm). ing the rod, insert the piston end into the barrel cylinder.
14. Remove the cylinder rod from the holding fixture. not damaged or dislodged.
WHEN INSTALLING HYDROLOCK PISTON SEALS, ENSURE SEALS ARE
INSTALLED PROPERLY. REFER TO HYDROLOCK PISTON SEAL INSTALLATION
FOR CORRECT SEAL ORIENTATION. IMPROPER SEAL INSTALLATION COULD
RESULT IN CYLINDER LEAKAGE AND IMPROPER CYLINDER OPERATION. PISTON
ROD
SPACER
HEAD
BARREL WASHER RING
ROD
CA1SCREW
Figure 5-56. Hydrolock Piston Seal Installation
15. Place new hydrolock seal and guidelock rings in the

outer piston diameter groove. (A tube, with I.D. slightly Figure 5-58. Rod Assembly Installation
larger than the O.D. of the piston is recommended to
install the solid seal). 19. Apply JLG Threadlocker P/N 0100011 to the socket head
bolts and secure the cylinder head gland using the
+<'52/2&. lbs. (75 Nm).
5,1* %$&.83
*8,'(/2&. 5,1* 20. After the cylinder has been reassembled, the rod should
5,1*
25,1* installation of any holding valve or valves.
21. Install the cartridge-type holding valves and fittings in
the rod port block, using new o-rings as applicable.
Torque valves to 50-55 ft. lbs. (68-75 Nm).


HEAD, AND PISTON. AVOID PULLING THE ROD OFF-CENTER, WHICH COULD
3121631 5-69
Platform Level Cylinder (SN 0300183963 through 5. Mark cylinder head and barrel with a center punch for
easy realignment. Using a pin-face spanner wrench,
0300193126 & SN 0300198301 through 300198660) unscrew the cylinder head from the barrel.
DISASSEMBLY


. .
Mark For Reassembly
3. Remove the cartridge-type counterbalance valves and
plugs from the cylinder port block. Discard o-rings. Figure 5-60. Cylinder Head Removal
4. Place the cylinder barrel into a suitable holding fixture. 6. Attach a suitable pulling device to the cylinder rod port
block end or cylinder rod end, as applicable
ROD SUPPORT
PROTECTED ROD CLAMP

BARREL CLAMP HEAD AND PISTON. AVOID PULLING THE ROD OFF-CENTER, WHICH COULD

ROD SUPPORT
SUPPORT TABLE SUPPORT TABLE
5-70 3121631
22
18***
18*** 9**
20*****
19**** 22
21**
19****
18*** 20*****
1
7
6
3
6
8
17
10
11
13
4*
12
14
15
16
23
23
* Torque to 737.6 ft. lbs. (1000 Nm)

** Torque to 51.6 ft. lbs. (70 Nm)
*** Torque to 11 ft. lbs. (15 Nm)
****Torque to 26 ft. lbs. (35 Nm)
*****Torque to 7.4 ft. lbs. (10 Nm)
1001140460 B
1. Barrel 6. Wear Ring 11. Backup ing 16. O-ring 21. Counterbalance Valve
2. Rod 7. Seal 12. Seal 17. Spacer 22. Bushing
3. Head 8. O-ring 13. O-ring 18. Plug 23. Bushing
4. Piston 9. Counterbalance Valve 14. Wiper Seal 19. Plug
5. Retainer 10. O-ring 15. Retaining Ring 20. Plug
Figure 5-62. Platform Level Cylinder (SN 0300183963 through 0300193126 & SN
0300198301 through 300198660)
3121631 5-71
vent.
9. Remove the retainer from rod end.
2. Inspect the cylinder rod for scoring, tapering, ovality, or
10. Screw the piston counterclockwise by hand and remove other damage. If necessary, dress rod with Scotch Brite
the piston from cylinder rod. or equivalent. Replace rod if necessary.
11. Remove and discard the piston o-rings, seal rings and
3. Inspect threaded portion of rod for excessive damage.
backup rings.
12. Remove piston spacer from the rod.
13. Remove the rod from the holding fixture. Remove the or other damage. Check inside diameter for tapering or
cylinder head gland. Discard the o-rings, backup rings, ovality. Replace if necessary.
rod seals, retaining ring and wiper seals.
5. Inspect threaded portion of barrel for damage. Dress

essary.



10. Inspect threaded portion of head for damage. Dress

12. Inspect cylinder head outside diameter for scoring,

13. If applicable, inspect rod and barrel bearings for signs of

correct excessive wear or damage. Replace as necessary.

be replaced.
ing installation.
5-72 3121631

assembly.

14. Inspect spacer for burrs and sharp edges. If necessary,

dress inside diameter surface with Scotch Brite or equiv-
alent.
15. Inspect port block fittings and holding valve. Replace if
necessary.
17. Inspect piston rings for cracks or other damage. Replace
if necessary.

03*/( #"$,61 03*/(

3*/(
3&5"*/*/(
3*/(
03*/(
8*1&34&"-
30%4&"-
3121631 5-73
2. Use a soft mallet to tap a new wiper seal into the appli- 10. Place new seals in the outer piston diameter groove. (A
cable cylinder head gland groove. Install a new wear tube, with I.D. slightly larger than the O.D. of the piston
ring into the applicable cylinder head gland groove. is recommended to install the solid seal).
WEAR PISTON WEAR

RING SEAL RING
RETAINING
RING

outside diameter groove of the cylinder head. O-RING
11. Position the cylinder barrel in a suitable holding fixture

&</,1'(5+($'

25,1*
%$&.83 HEAD AND PISTON. AVOID PULLING THE ROD OFF-CENTER, WHICH COULD
5,1* CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE PISTON AND CYLINDER BARREL SURFACES.
12. With barrel clamped securely, and while adequately sup-

porting the rod, insert the piston end into the barrel cyl-
inder. Ensure that the piston loading o-ring and seal ring
Figure 5-67. Installation of Head Seal Kit are not damaged or dislodged.
4. Install o-ring onto cylinder rod, carefully install the head
gland on the rod, ensuring that the wiper seal, retaining
ring and rod seals are not damaged or dislodged. Push 14. Screw the cylinder head gland into the barrel using a
the head along the rod to the rod end. pin-face spanner wrench and torque gland to 738 ft. lbs.
(1000 Nm).
5. Install the spacer tube onto the cylinder rod.
6. Place a new o-ring in the inner piston diameter groove.
7. Using suitable protection, clamp the cylinder rod in a installation of any holding valve or valves.
16. Install the counterbalance valves in the rod port block.
ble.
Torque to 52 ft. lbs. (70 Nm).
17. Install the new o-rings and plugs into the cylinder port
block and torque plug to 11 ft. lbs. (15 Nm).
9. Remove the cylinder rod from the holding fixture.
5-74 3121631
Steer Cylinder 4. Using a hook Spanner, loosen the spanner nut retainer
and remove spanner nut from cylinder barrel.
DISASSEMBLY
CYLINDER BARREL

SPANNER NUT

the cylinder port block fitting. HOOK SPANNER


Adequately support the cylinder rod, if applicable. Figure 5-70. Spanner Nut Removal

5. Attach a suitable pulling device to the cylinder rod port
ROD SUPPORT block end or cylinder rod end, as applicable.
PROTECTED ROD CLAMP
BARREL CLAMP

ROD SUPPORT
SUPPORT TABLE
Figure 5-69. Cylinder Barrel Support SUPPORT TABLE
3121631 5-75
* Torque to 3-4 ft. lbs. (4-5 Nm)

** Torque to 76-84 ft. lbs. (103-114 Nm)
*** Torque to 325-390 ft. lbs. (441-529 Nm)
1001150539 F
1. Piston 6. Barrel 11. Spanner Nut

2. Wear Ring 7. Head 12. Wiper Seal
3. Seal 8. O-ring 13. Rod Seal
4. Setscrew 9. Backup Ring 14. Bushing
5. Rod 10. C- Ring
Figure 5-72. Steer Cylinder
5-76 3121631
vent.
8. Loosen and remove setscrew which attaches the piston
to the rod. 2. Inspect the cylinder rod for scoring, tapering, ovality or
9. Screw the piston counterclockwise by hand and remove other damage. If necessary, dress rod with Scotch Brite
the piston from cylinder rod. or equivalent. Replace rod if necessary.
10. Remove and discard the piston o-rings, seal rings. 3. Inspect threaded portion of rod for excessive damage.
11. Remove the rod from the holding fixture. Remove the Dress threads as necessary.
cylinder head gland. Discard the o-rings, backup rings,
rod seals, c-ring and wiper seal. 4. Inspect inner surface of cylinder barrel tube for scoring

essary.




10. Inspect cylinder head outside diameter for scoring,

tapering or ovality other damage. Replace if necessary.
11. If applicable, inspect rod and barrel bearings for signs of

correct excessive wear or damage. Replace if necessary.


be replaced.

ing installation.
3121631 5-77

assembly.

12. Inspect piston rings for cracks or other damage. Replace

if necessary.

BACKUP
RING O-R ING
C-RING
ROD SEAL
WIPER
SEAL
5-78 3121631
2. Use a soft mallet to tap a new wiper seal into the appli- 9. Place new seal and wear ring in the outer piston diame-
cable cylinder head gland groove. ter grooves. (A tube, with I.D. slightly larger than the O.D.
of the piston is recommended to install the solid seal).
WEAR
RING SEAL
WEAR
RING
3. Place a new o-ring backup ring and c-ring in the applica-

ble outside diameter groove of the cylinder head.
CYLINDER Figure 5-78. Installation of Piston Seal Kit

HEAD
O-RING
$RING

BACK-UP
RING 11. With barrel clamped secured and adequately support-
Figure 5-77. Installation of Head Seal Kit Ensure that the piston loading o-ring and seal ring are
not damaged or dislodged.
4. Install spanner nut onto rod. Carefully install the head
gland on the rod, ensuring that the wiper and rod seals 12. Continue pushing the rod into the barrel until the cylin-
are not damaged or dislodged. Push the head along the der head gland can be inserted into the barrel cylinder.
rod to the rod end, as applicable. 13. Screw the cylinder head gland into the barrel using a
spanner nut and torque gland to 76-84 ft. lbs. (103-114
5. Using suitable protection, clamp the cylinder rod in a Nm).
ble. NOTE: Apply JLG Threadlocker P/N 0100011 to spanner nut
thread.
tight, ensuring that the o-ring and backup rings are not 14. After the cylinder has been reassembled, the rod should
damaged or dislodged. Torque piston to 325-390 ft. lbs. be pushed all the way in (fully retracted).
(441-529 Nm).
7. Install the setscrews on the piston. Torque the setscrews

to 3-4 ft. lbs (4-5 Nm) and attached the piston onto the
rod.
NOTE: Apply JLG Threadlocker P/N 0100011 to setscrew thread of

piston.
8. Remove the cylinder rod from the holding fixture.
3121631 5-79
Telescope Cylinder 5. Mark cylinder head and barrel with a center punch for

:$6+(5
SURFACE IN A DIRT FREE WORK AREA. 5,1*



&$36&5(:
3. If applicable, remove the cartridge type holding valve &</,1'(5
and fittings from the cylinder port block. Discard o-

Figure 5-80. Capscrew Removal
rings.
4. Place the cylinder barrel into a suitable holding fixture 6. Attach a suitable pulling device to the cylinder rod port
block end or cylinder rod end, as applicable.
ROD SUPPORT
PROTECTED ROD CLAMP EXTREME CARE SHOULD BE TAKEN WHEN REMOVING THE CYLINDER ROD,
BARREL CLAMP CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE PISTON AND CYLINDER BARREL SURFACES.

ROD SUPPORT
SUPPORT TABLE
SUPPORT TABLE
5-80 3121631

**Torque to 55 ft. lbs. (75 Nm)
1001177317 A
1001181588 B
1. Capscrew 7. Backup Ring 13. Wiper 19. Capscrew 25. Capscrew

2. Tapered Bushing 8. Backup Ring 14. T-Seal 20. Capscrew 26. Assembly Valve
3. Head 9. Wear Ring 15. O-ring Plug 21. Capscrew 27. Cartridge Seal Kit
4. Barrel 10. O-ring 16. O-ring Plug 22. Spacer 28. Cartridge Seal Kit
5. Rod 11. O-ring 17. Piston 23. Valve assembly
6. Wear Ring 12. Rod Seal 18. Washer Ring 24. O-ring
Figure 5-82. Telescopic Cylinder
3121631 5-81
vent.
9. Remove capscrews from drilled holes
10. Insert the capscrews in the threaded holes in the outer 2. Inspect the cylinder rod for scoring, tapering, ovality, or


essary.


12. Screw the piston counterclockwise by hand and remove ing, ovality or other damage. . Replace if necessary.
13. Remove and discard the piston o-rings, seal rings, wear
rings and backup rings.
14. Remove setscrew from the piston spacer. Remove 10. Inspect cylinder head outside diameter for scoring,
spacer from the rod. tapering, ovality or other damage. Replace if necessary.
15. Remove the rod from the holding fixture. Remove the 11. If applicable, inspect rod and barrel bearings for signs of
cylinder head gland. Discard the o-rings, backup rings, correct excessive wear or damage. Replace as necessary.
rod seals, wear rings and wiper seals.

be replaced.

ing installation.
5-82 3121631

assembly.

12. Inspect spacer for burrs and sharp edges. If necessary,

dress inside diameter surface with Scotch Brite or equiv-
alent.

:($5 :($5 %$&.83 :($5

:($5 5,1* 6($/ 5,1* 25,1* 5,1*
6($/
3121631 5-83
2. Use a soft mallet to tap a new wiper seal into the appli- NOTE: When installing the tapered bushing, piston and mating
cable cylinder head gland groove. Install a new wear end of rod must be free of oil.
rings into the applicable cylinder head gland groove.
10. Assemble the tapered bushing loosely into the piston
and insert capscrews through the drilled holes in the
bushing and into the tapped holes in the piston.
PISTON
TAPERED
BUSHING
ROD
CAPSCREW

Figure 5-89. Tapered Bushing Installation


capscrews.
Figure 5-88. Installation of Head Seal Kit b. Tap each space once; this means the tapered bush-
4. Install washer ring onto rod, carefully install the head the capscrews.
5. Carefully slide the piston spacer on the rod. Install set-

screw on the spacer.

ble.

diameter groove.

9. Thread piston onto rod until it abuts the spacer end and Figure 5-90. Seating the Tapered Bearing
install the tapered bushing.
5-84 3121631
13. Rotate the capscrews evenly and progressively in rota-

PISTON
14. Remove the cylinder rod from the holding fixture. ROD
15. Place new T-seal and wear rings in the outer piston SPACER
diameter groove. (A tube, with I.D. slightly larger than HEAD
the O.D. of the piston is recommended to install the BARREL WASHER RING
solid seal).
BACKUP WEAR ROD
RING RING T-SEAL
CA1SCREW
Figure 5-92. Rod Assembly Installation
19. Apply JLG Threadlocker P/N 0100011 to the socket head

capscrews and secure the cylinder head gland using the
lbs. (75 Nm).
installation of any holding valve or valves.
21. Install the valve assembly. Torque capscrews to 9 ft. lbs.
(12 Nm).
O-RING WEAR RING

17. With barrel clamped secured, and adequately support-

not damaged or dislodged.
3121631 5-85
1. Main Valve 3. Dual Flow Divider (4WD) 5. Platform Valve 7. Dual Select Valve
2. Platform Valve Filter 4. Auxiliary Pump 6. Hydraulic Filter 8. Flow Divider (2WD)
Figure 5-93. Control Valve Installation
5-86 3121631
5.4 PRESSURE SETTING PROCEDURE 3. There are (2) adjustments at the top of the pump. They
are located on the pump compensator which has (4)
Cold temperatures have a significant impact on pressure read- bolts mounting it to the pump. The stand by adjustment
ings. JLG Industries Inc. recommends operating the machine is at the top. To adjust this, a 4 mm and 6 mm allen
until the hydraulic system has warmed to normal operating wrench will be needed. The adjustment screw is facing
temperatures prior to checking pressures. JLG Industries Inc. the front of the pump, or toward the engine.
also recommends the use of a calibrated gauge. Pressure read-
a. First, using the 4 mm wrench, loosen the setscrew
ings are acceptable if they are within ± 5% of specified pres-
on the side of the compensator (facing you) which is
sures.
in line with the adjustment screw. This is a jam nut
screw which holds the main adjustment from turn-
To ensure all pressures are set correctly, the following proce-
ing. Loosen it 1 turn.
dures must be followed in order.
1. All applicable steps in Section 5.5, Start Up Procedures
must be followed.
2. Set up of the function pump.
3. Adjustments made at the main valve block.
4. Adjustments made at the platform valve.
Set Up of the Function Pump

STAND BY PRESSURE OR LOAD SENSE PRESSURE
1. Install a low pressure gauge at port “M1” of the main
valve block. A low pressure gauge capable of reading
500 psi.
b. Next, using the 6 mm wrench adjust the main
adjustment clockwise to increase or counterclock-
wise to decrease. The pressure should read between
400-440 psi (27.5 to 30 Bar).
2. Start the engine from the ground control. The gauge

should read between 400-440 psi (27.5 to 30 Bar). To
make an adjustment to this pressure, go to the engine
compartment and locate the function pump.
3121631 5-87
HIGH PRESSURE RELIEF
1. Install a high pressure gauge at the “M1” port of the

main valve block.
Adjustments Made at the Main Valve Block

SWING LEFT AND RIGHT
1. Lock the Turntable lock pin.
2. Activate telescope in and hold. The gauge should read 2. Install the hi-pressure gauge at port M2.
2600 psi.
3. From the ground control, activate swing RIGHT. the
3. To make an adjustment to this pressure, go back to the gauge should read 1700 psi (117 Bar).
engine compartment to the function pump. The high 4. The adjustment cartridge is located on the left face of
pressure relief adjustment is the lower one of the (2) on the valve block. Turn clockwise to increase, counter-
the compensator. To adjust this, a 4 mm and 6 mm allen clockwise to decrease.
wrench will be needed. The adjustment screw is facing STEER
the shaft end of the pump, or toward the engine.
1. Install a hi-pressure gauge at port M4. Activate steer left
a. First, using the 4 mm wrench, loosen the setscrew or right. The gauge should read 2500 psi (172 Bar).
on the side of the compensator (facing you) which is 2. The relief valve is located right above port M4. Turn
in line with the adjustment screw. This is a jam nut clockwise to increase, counterclockwise to decrease.
screw which holds the main adjustment from turn-
ing. Loosen it 1 turn.
Adjustments Made at the Platform Valve Assembly
PLATFORM JIB UP AND DOWN
1. Install a high pressure gauge at port M of the platform
valve. Activate jib down, you should read 1700 psi (117
Bar).
2. The jib down relief valve is located on the front face of
the platform valve. Turn clockwise to increase, counter-
clockwise to decrease.
b. Next, using the 6 mm wrench adjust the main

adjustment clockwise to increase or counterclock-
wise to decrease. This adjustment will be reset at the
end of this procedure to 2500 psi (172 Bar). This is
the maximum relief pressure for all functions gov-
erned by this pump.
5-88 3121631
1001154598 C
1. Main Dump Valve 4. Lift Valve

2. Steer Valve 5. Swing Valve
3. Tele Solenoid Valve
Figure 5-94. Main Valve Identification
3121631 5-89
1001154600 C
1. Level Up and Down 4. Rotate Orifice

2. Platform Rotate Valve 5. Platform Level Orifice
3. Platform Dump Valve 6. Check Valve
Figure 5-95. Platform Valve Identification (800S)
5-90 3121631
1001154599 D
1. Platform Level Solenoid Valve 3. Platform Rotator Solenoid Valve

2. Platform Jib Solenoid Valve 4. Platform Dump Valve
Figure 5-96. Platform Valve Identification (860SJ)
3121631 5-91
1001154598 C
Table 5-33. Cartridge Torque Values

Table 5-34. Coil Torque Values
Ft-Lbs. Nm Ft-Lbs. Nm
Ft-Lbs. Nm
1 35 47.5 11 25 33.9
A 6 4.4
2 20 27.1 12 25 33.9
B 6 4.4
3 20 27.1 13 53 71.9
C 6 4.4
4 15 20.3 14 20 27.1
5 20 27.1 15 75 101.7
6 25 33.9 16 35 47.5
7 35 47.5 17 53 71.9
8 25 33.9 18 98 132.9
9 53 71.9 19 25 33.9
10 20 27.11 20 25 33.9
Figure 5-97. Main Valve Cartridge Torque Values
5-92 3121631
4, A
5, A
3, B
6
2
1001154600 C
Table 5-35. Cartridge Torque Values Table 5-36. Coil Torque Values
1 NA NA A 5 6.7
2 20 27.1 B 6 8
3 25 33.9
4 20 27.1
5 20 27.1
Figure 5-98. Platform Valve Cartridge Torque Values (800S)
3121631 5-93
1001154599 D
Table 5-37. Cartridge Torque Values Table 5-38. Coil Torque Values
1 25 33.9 A 5 6.7
2 20 27.1 B 6 8
3 20 27.1
4 20 27.1
5 20 27.1
6 20 27.1
7 20 27.1
8 20 27.1
Figure 5-99. Platform Valve Cartridge Torque Values (860SJ)
5-94 3121631
5.5 START UP PROCEDURES return filter cap at the top of the tank, lift out the ele-
ment making sure the canister stays in the tank. Hold
the hose end down in the canister and start the machine
Start Up After Overhaul or Replacement of and let it run approx. 10 seconds. Re-install the filter and
Components re-hose the machine.
NOTE: **If using a shop vac to create suction on the oil tank while
PRE-FILL OF BOTH THE DRIVE AND FUNCTION PUMP
doing maintenance, both steps “1” and “2” will need done.
Machine without oil cooler: When filling the oil tank, fill it to
the very top of the tank. This will give you enough head pres- NOTE: **If installing a new drive pump, step “1” will need done.
sure from the tank to gravity fill the case on both pumps. The
excess oil will be used to fill the cylinders during start up. The NOTE: **If installing a new function pump, step “1” and “2” will
top case port on the outside of the drive pump has a 3/4” tee need done.
fitting. Remove the cap from the end of the tee. You should
see oil in 1-2 minutes, tighten up the cap. The drive pump case NOTE: **If installing a new function pump and the suction hose is
is done. Next, go the function pump, using a 3/8” allen wrench capped without draining a lot of oil out of the hose, which
remove the plug on the inside of the pump next to the turn- creates a large air void, step “2” will not need to be done.
table side sheet. When oil flows out of the pump, 2-3 minutes,
re-install the plug. Both pumps are pre-filled. Not doing this NOTE: **When operating a function such as Lift Up, if the function
causes the pumps to start dry, and reduces the efficiency of pump makes a loud noise and the lift up stops and starts,
the pump and can cause premature failure. that is a sign of cavitation, air going through the pump at
high pressure. This will in a short time destroy the pump
Machine with oil cooler: When filling the oil tank, fill it to the and contaminate the entire system. Make sure all suction
very top of the tank. This will help give you enough head pres- hoses are tight and free of leaks at the tank and pump. A
sure from the tank to gravity fill the case on both pumps. The suction hose does not leak when the engine is running, it
top case port on the outside of the pump has a 3/4” tee fitting. will allow air to be drawn into the pump causing cavita-
Remove the cap from the center of the tee. You should see oil tion. After the machine is shut down, then you will see a
in 1-2 minutes. If not, depending on hose routing, the drive very slow leak.
pump may not gravity feed. Oil has to flow through the oil
cooler to get to the pump. Hose up an external hand pump to
this tee fitting, and give it about six pumps after it has started
pumping oil. This should be sufficient. Install the cap back
onto the tee fitting. The drive pump is done. Next, go the func-
tion pump, using a 3/8” allen wrench remove the plug on the
inside of the pump next to the turn-table side sheet. When oil
flows out of the pump, 2-3 minutes, re-install the plug. Both
pumps are pre-filled. Not doing this causes the pumps to start
dry, and reduces the efficiency of the pump and can cause pre-
mature failure.
PURGING OF THE FUNCTION PUMP SUCTION HOSE.
Large pockets of air get trapped in this line and must be
removed at low pressure. Head pressure from the tank is not
enough. Here are three methods of purging the air from the
hose at low pressure.
1. At the main control valve, remove the 3/4 inch hose
from port “P1” and remove the 1 inch hose from port “T”
by using a 12-16 connector, connect them together.
Start the machine and let it run for approx. 10 seconds.
Shut off the machine, remove the 12-16 adapter and re-
hose.
2. Remove the 3/4” hose from port “P1” and hold it into a 5
gallon bucket and start the machine. The air should
purge very quickly, (seconds). Shut off the machine and
re-hose.
3. Remove the 3/4” hose from port “P1”, using a #12 male
union add approx. 30” of 3/4” hose to it. Remove the
3121631 5-95
SHEET 1
Figure 5-100. Hydraulic Schematic - Sheet 1of 6
5-96 3121631
SHEET 1 1001167259 B
Figure 5-101. Hydraulic Schematic - Sheet 2 of 6
3121631 5-97
SHEET 2
5-98 3121631
SHEET 2 1001167259 B
3121631 5-99
SHEET 3
5-100 3121631
SHEET 3 1001167259 B
3121631 5-101
NOTES:
5-102 3121631
SECTION 6. JLG CONTROL SYSTEM
6.1 JLG CONTROL SYSTEM ANALYZER KIT viewing and adjusting the various personality settings for
smooth control of: acceleration, deceleration, creep, min
INSTRUCTIONS speed, and max.-speed for all boom, drive, and steering func-
tions.
Introduction
The main lift, swing, and drive are controlled by individual joy-
sticks, with steering being controlled by a rocker switch built
into the top the drive joystick. To activate Drive, Lift, and Swing
WHEN INSTALLING A NEW POWER MODULE CONTROLLER ON THE MACHINE, IT simply pull up on the slide lock location on the joystick and
WILL BE NECESSARY TO PROGRAM THE CONTROLLER FOR THE PROPER move the handle into the direction desired.
MACHINE CONFIGURATION, INCLUDING OPTIONS.
The control system will control the voltage output to the
valves and pump, as programmed for smooth operation and
maximum cycle time. Ground control speeds for all boom
IT IS A GOOD PRACTICE TO AVOID PRESSURE-WASHING ELECTRICAL/ELEC- functions can also be programmed into the control system.
TRONIC COMPONENTS. SHOULD PRESSURE-WASHING BE UTILIZED TO WASH
AREAS CONTAINING ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS, JLG INDUS- The JLG Control System controller has a built in LED to indicate
TRIES, INC. RECOMMENDS A MAXIMUM PRESSURE OF 750 PSI (52 BAR) AT A any faults. The system stores recent faults which may be
MINIMUM DISTANCE OF 12 INCHES (30.5 CM) AWAY FROM THESE COMPO- accessed for troubleshooting. Optional equipment includes a
NENTS. IF ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS ARE SPRAYED, SPRAYING soft touch system, head and tail lights, and ground alarm.
MUST NOT BE DIRECT AND BE FOR BRIEF TIME PERIODS TO AVOID HEAVY SAT- These options may be added later but must be programmed
URATION. into the control system when installed.
The Control System may be accessed utilizing a custom

The JLG designed Control System is a 12 volt based control designed, hand held analyzer (Analyzer Kit, JLG part no.
unit installed on the boom lift. 2901443) which will display two lines of information at a time,
The JLG Control System has reduced the need for exposed ter- by scrolling through the program.
minal strips, diodes and trimpots and provides simplicity in
Analyzer Display
Enter Key
Escape Key
Stores and selects Top Level, Sub
To return home or access pre-
Level, and item menus
vious menu
Left & Right Arrow Keys

Up & Down Arrow Keys
Used to move between Top Level, Sub
Value Selector
Level, and item menus
Figure 6-1. Hand Held Analyzer
3121631 6-1
To Connect the JLG Control System Analyzer Using the Analyzer

1. Connect one end of the cable, supplied with the ana- The analyzer will display the current top level menu item, for
lyzer, to the correct four pin connector on the motor example::
control unit; there will be only one connector which cor-
rectly fits the cable.
2. Connect the other end of the cable to the analyzer.
NOTE: The ends of the cable are identical and can be reversed; the
cable end can only be inserted one way into the matching
connector.
3. Power up the vehicle by turning the key to the platform

or ground position and pulling the emergency stop but-
tons on; this will power the SMART System and the ana-
lyzer.
MENU:
DIAGNOSTICS
Press LEFT & RIGHT (g, e) to move between menu items; press
ENTER to select the displayed menu item.
When a top level menu item is selected, a new set of menu
items may be offered; press LEFT & RIGHT arrows
then ENTER again to select the required item.
To cancel a selected menu item, press ESCAPE ; then a

different menu item can be chosen.
The available menu items will vary depending on the vehicle;
check the vehicle manual for more information.
6-2 3121631
Changing the Access Level of the Hand Held

Analyzer Press ENTER to select the ACCESS LEVEL item; then
When the analyzer is first connected, its access level ensures

that most configurations cannot be changed; this ensures that press UP & DOWN arrows and LEFT &
a setting cannot be accidentally altered.
To change the access level, a PASSWORD must be entered; the RIGHT arrows to enter the correct five digit password:
password must be known.
To enter a password, first find the appropriate top level menu
item:
ACCESS LEVEL:
CODE 33271
MENU:
When the correct password is displayed, press ENTER to
ACCESS LEVEL 3
confirm it; the access level will change to match the password
(if not, press ENTER to check and correct the password).

The correct passwords will vary depending on the vehicle;
check the vehicle manual for more information.
3121631 6-3
Adjusting Configuration Using the Hand Held Machine Setup

Analyzer
When a machine digit item is selected, press UP &
When a personality item is selected, press UP & DOWN
DOWN (e, e) to adjust its value, for example:
arrows to adjust its value, for example:
GROUND ALARM:
2 = DRIVE
PERSONALITIES:
DRIVE ACCEL 1.0s The effect of the machine digit value is displayed along with
its value; there will only be certain settings allowed to ensure
There will be a maximum and minimum for the value to
safe operation.
ensure safe, operation; the value will not increase if UP

is pressed when at the maximum, or if DOWN is pressed when If the value does not change when UP or DOWN
at the minimum. is pressed, check the access level.
The available personality and machine digit items will vary
depending on the vehicle; check the vehicle manual for more
If the value does not change when UP or DOWN
is pressed, check the access level. information.
6-4 3121631
Level Vehicle Description

Table 6-1. Analyzer Abbreviations
A NEW TILT MODULE WILL ACT AS IF IT IS TILTED ALL OF THE TIME UNTIL THE
FOLLOWING PROCEDURE IS PERFORMED. ABBREVIATION MEANING
ACCEL ACCELERATE
ACT ACTIVE
DO NOT CALIBRATE THE LEVEL SENSOR EXCEPT ON A LEVEL SURFACE. A/D ANALOG DIGITAL CONVERTER COUNT
AMB. AMBIENT
ANG ANGLE
AUX AUXILIARY
BCS BOOM CONTROL SYSTEM
BM BOOM LENGTH ANGLE MODULE
BLAM BOOM LENGTH ANGLE MODULE
BR BROKEN
BSK BASKET
CAL CALIBRATION
CL CLOSED
CM CHASSIS MODULE
CNTL CONTROL
CNTRL CONTROL
C/O CUT OUT
CONT(S) CONTRACTOR(S)
COOR COORDINATED
CRK PT CRACK POINT
CRP CREEP
Place machine in stowed position with the boom between the CUT CUTOUT
rear wheels. CYL CYLINDER
To level machine chose: DECEL DECELERATE
D DOWN
CALIBRATION:
TILT SENSOR DN DOWN
DWN DOWN
DEG. DEGREE
Press ENTER .
DOS DRIVE ORIENTATION SYSTEM
When prompted, swing machine 180° DRV DRIVE
E ERROR
E&T ELEVATED & TILTED
ELEV ELEVATION
Press ENTER .
ENG ENGINE
EXT EXTEND
F FRONT
FL FLOW
FNT FRONT
FOR FORWARD
FWD FORWARD
FSW FOOT SWITCH
FUNC FUNCTION
3121631 6-5
Table 6-1. Analyzer Abbreviations Table 6-1. Analyzer Abbreviations
ABBREVIATION MEANING ABBREVIATION MEANING

G GROUND RT RIGHT
GND GROUND S/C SHORT CIRCUIT
GRN GREEN SEL SELECTOR
GM GROUND MODULE SN SERIAL NUMBER
H HOURS SPD SPEED
HW HARDWARE STOW STOWED
HWFS HARDWARE FAILSAFE STOWD STOWED
I IN or CURRENT SW SWITCH or SOFTWARE
JOY JOYSTICK TELE TELESCOPE
L LEFT TEMP TEMPERATURE
LB POUND TORQ. TORQUE
LEN LENGTH TRN TRANSPORT
LIM LIMIT T/T TURNTABLE
LT LEFT T TOWER
LVL LEVEL TURNTBL TURNTABLE
M MINUTES TWR TOWER
MIN MINIMUM U main or UP
MAX MAXIMUM V VOLT
M MAIN VER VERSION
MN MAIN VLV VALVE
NO NORMALLY OPEN or NO WIT WITNESS
NC NORMALLY CLOSED YEL YELLOW
O OUT
O/C OPEN CIRCUIT
OP OPEN
O/R OVERRIDE or OUTRIGGER
O//R OVERRIDE
OSC OSCILLATING
OVRD OVERRIDE
P PLATFORM
P PRESSURE
PCV PROPORTIONAL CONTROL VALVE
PLAT PLATFORM
PLT PLATFORM
PM PLATFORM MODULE
POT POTENTIOMETER
PRES PRESSURE
PRS PRESSURE
PT POINT
R REAR or RIGHT
REV REVERSE or REVISION
RET RETRACT
ROT. ROTATE
6-6 3121631
Figure 6-2. ADE Block Diagram
3121631 6-7
Table 6-2. Machine Configuration Programming Information
Default
Configuration Digit Number Description
Number
NOTE: The machine configuration must be completed before any personality settings can be changed. Changing the personal-
ity settings first and then changing the model number of the machine configuration will cause the personality settings
to return to default values.
MODEL NUMBER: 1 800A

1
2 800S 2
MARKET: 0 ANSI USA 0

2
1 ANSI EXPORT
2 CSA
3 CE
4 AUSTRALIA
5 JAPAN
6 GB
6-8 3121631
Default
Number
ENGINE: 1 FORD EFI GAS: Ford LRG425 EFI Gas (Tier 1)

3*
2 FORD EFI D/F: Ford LRG425 EFI dual fuel (Tier 1)
3 DEUTZ F4 TIER1: Deutz F4M1011F Diesel (Tier 1)
4 DEUTZ F3 TIER1: Deutz F3M1011F Diesel (Tier 1)
5 CAT. 3024C: CAT 3024C Diesel (Tier 2)
6 CAT. 3044C: CAT 3044C Diesel (Tier 2)
7 PERKINS 404C (Tier 2)
8 DEUTZ F4 TIER2: Deutz F4M2011 Diesel (Tier 2)
9 DEUTZ F3 TIER2: Deutz F3M2011 Diesel (Tier 2)
10 FORD GAS TIER2: Ford LRG425 EFI Gas (Tier 2)
11 FORD D/F TIER2: Ford LRG425 EFI Dual Fuel (Tier 2)
12 DEUTZ ECM: Engine Control Module - ECM (Tier 2 and Tier 3)
13 DUAL FUEL ECM: GM/PSI 3.0L Dual Fuel (Tier 2)
14 PERKINS ECM
15 CAT ECM
16 DEUTZ ECM T4F: Deutz Engine Control Module (Tier 4 Final)
17 FORD DUAL FUEL 17
* Engine selections vary depending on model selection.
FLYWHEEL TEETH: 0 133 TEETH: 133 flywheel teeth.

4*
1 110 TEETH: 110 flywheel teeth. 1
*This menu item is only visible if Deutz engine selections 3 or 4 are selected.
GLOW PLUG: 0 NO GLOW PLUGS: No glow plugs installed.

5
1 AIR INTAKE: Glow plugs installed in the air intake on the manifold.
2 IN-CYLINDER: Glow plugs installed in each cylinder. 2
3121631 6-9
Default
Number
STARTER LOCKOUT: 0 DISABLED: Automatic pre-glow time determined by ambient air temperature; engine start 0
6 can be attempted at any time during pre-glow.
1 ENABLED: Automatic pre-glow time determined by ambient air temperature; engine start is NOT permit-
ted until pre-glow is finished.
FUEL CUTOUT 0 RESTART: Engine allowed to be restarted multiple times when very low fuel level is reached. 0
7*
1 ONE RESTART: Engine allowed to be restarted once for 2 minutes when very low fuel level is reached.
2 ENGINE STOP: Engine not able to restart when very low fuel level is reached.
* This menu item is only visible if non dual fuel engines are selected.
ENGINE SHUTDOWN: 0 DISABLED: No engine shutdown.

8
1 ENABLED: Shutdown engine when coolant temperature is greater than 110 deg. C or the oil 1
pressure is less than 8 PSI.
TILT: 1 5 DEGREES: Reduces the maximum speed of all boom functions to creep when tilted more 1
9* than 5 degrees and above elevation; also reduces drive speed to creep.
2 4 DEGREES: Reduces the maximum speed of all boom functions to creep when tilted more than 4 degrees
and above elevation; also reduces drive speed to creep.
3 3 DEGREES: Reduces the maximum speed of all boom functions to creep when tilted more than 3 degrees
and above elevation; also reduces drive speed to creep.
4 4 DEGREES + CUT: Reduces the maximum speed of all boom functions to creep when tilted more than 4
degrees and above elevation; also disallows tower lift up, tower telescope out, drive, main telescope out
and main lift up.
and main lift up.
and main lift up.
* Certain market selections will limit tilt options and alter default setting.
Note: Any of the selections above will light the tilt lamp when a tilted condition occurs and will sound the platform alarm when the machine is also above elevation.
6-10 3121631
Default
Number
JIB: 0 NO: No jib installed. 0

10*
1 YES: Jib installed which has up and down movements only.
* Only visible under certain model selections.
4 WHEEL STEER: 0 NO: No four-wheel steer installed. 0

11*
1 YES: Four-wheel steer installed.
ST TOUCH / SKYGUARD: 0 NONE: No soft touch or skyguard system installed. 0

12
1 SOFT TOUCH - Soft touch only installed.
2 SKYGUARD - Skyguard only installed.
3 BOTH (CUTOUT) - Soft touch and Skyguard installed.
GEN SET/WELDER: 0 NO: No generator installed. 0

13
1 BELT DRIVE: Belt driven setup.
GEN SET CUTOUT: 0 MOTION ENABLED: Motion enabled when generator is ON. 0
14*
1 MOTION CUTOUT: Motion cutout in platform mode only.
* Only visible if Gen Set / Welder Menu selection is not 0.
H & T LIGHTS: 0 NO: No head and tail lights installed. 0

15
1 YES: Head and tail lights installed.
CABLE SWITCH: 0 NO: No broken cable switch installed. 0

16*
1 YES: Broken cable switch installed.

* Certain market and model selections will alter the default setting.
3121631 6-11
Default
Number
LOAD SYSTEM: 0 NO: No load sensor installed. 0

17*
1 WARN ONLY: Functions in creep, overload lamp lit, platform alarm beeps (5 sec ON, 2 sec OFF).
2 CUTOUT PLATFORM: All functions cutout, overload lamp lit, platform alarm beeps (5 sec ON, 2 sec OFF).
3 CUTOUT ALL: All functions cutout, flash overload light (500mS on, 500mS off), platform alarm beeps (5
sec ON, 2 sec OFF).
4 SPECIAL 1: Functions in creep, overload lamp lit, disables main telescope out & main lift up, platform
alarm beeps (5 sec ON, 2 sec OFF).
* Only visible under certain market selections.

* Certain market selections will limit load system options or alter default setting.
* LOAD SYSTEM will not be visible in CE and defaulted to CUTOUT ALL for machines equipped with MSSO.
LOAD SENSOR: 0 1 ON ROTATOR: Use the on-board load sensor for all models except those which use the Leveling Platform
18* Module.
1 4 UNDER PLATFORM: Use the EIM for load sensing. 1
* Only visible if Load Sensor Menu selection is not 0 and under certain market selections.
* Certain market selections will limit load sensor options.
FUNCTION CUTOUT: 0 NO: No drive cutout. 0

19*
1 BOOM CUTOUT: Boom function cutout while driving above elevation.
2 DRIVE CUTOUT: Drive & steer cutout above elevation.
3 DRIVE CUT E&T: Drive & steer cutout above elevation and tilted.

* Certain market selections will limit function cutout options or alter default setting.
GROUND ALARM: 0 NO: No ground alarm installed.

20*
1 DRIVE: Travel alarm sounds when the drive function is active (Option).
2 DESCENT: Descent alarm sounds when lift down is active (Option).
3 MOTION: Motion alarm sounds when any function is active (Option). 3
* Certain market selections will alter default setting.
6-12 3121631
Default
Number
DRIVE: 0 4WD: Four wheel drive. 0

21*
1 2WD: Two wheel drive.
2 2WD W/ 2-SPEED: Two wheel drive with 2-speed valve.
DISPLAY UNITS: 0 IMPERIAL: DEG F , PSI, LBS. 0

22*
1 METRIC: DEG C, KPA, KGS
* Certain market selections will alter default setting.
LEVELING MODE: 0 ALL FUNCTIONS: Platform level with all functions. 0

23*
1 LEVEL LIFT/TELESCOPE: Platform level on lift and telescope only.
* Only visible on 800S models.
DRIVE CONTROL: 0 NORMAL: Drive coils are energized from the Ground Module.
24
1 PROPULSION: Drive coils are energized from the Propulsion Module.
2 ENHANCED: Drive coils are energized from the Ground Module and the ground side of the 2
drive coils are brought back to current feedback returns.
DRIVE PUMP 0 SAUER DANFOSS: Machine equipped with Sauer Danfoss drive pump 0
25*
1 EATON: Machine equipped with Eaton drive pump
2 M46 - XXXX: Machine equipped with M46 - XXXX drive pump
3 830XXXXX: Machine equipped with 830XXXXX: drive pump
*Only visible on 600A, 600S, and 800S models.
BOOM CONTROL: 0 NORMAL: Boom function coils are energized from the Ground Module. 0
26
1 ENHANCED: Boom function are energized from the Ground Module and the ground side of the drive coils
and brought back to current feedback returns.
3121631 6-13
Default
Number
FUNCTION SPEED KNOB 0 YES: Machine is equipped with Function Speed Knob. 0
27
1 NO: Machine is equipped with Operation Speed Switch.
CLEARSKY: 0 NO: Clearsky (telematics) option is disabled. 0

28
1 YES: Clearsky (telematics) option is enabled.
CRIBBING OPTION: 0 NO: Cribbing Option is disabled. 0

29
1 YES: Cribbing Option is enabled.
FUEL TANK SIZE: 0 31 Gallon Tank 0

30
1 52 Gallon Tank
ALARM / HORN: 0 SEPERATE: Separate alarm and horn. 0

31
1 COMBINED: Combination alarm / horn.
ALERT / BEACON: 0 OFF FOR CREEP: Alert beacon will not flash while in Creep. 0
32
1 20FPS FOR CREEP: Alert beacon will flash at 20FPS while in Creep.
TEMP CUTOUT: 0 NO: Temp Cutout is Disabled 0

33
1 YES: Temp Cutout is Enabled
PLAT LVL OVR CUT: 0 NO: Platform Level Override will always be functional. 0
34
1 YES: Platform Level Override will only be functional when In Transport.
WATER IN FUEL SENSOR: 0 NO: Water in Fuel Sensor Disabled 0

35
1 YES: Water in Fuel Sensor Enabled
* This menu item is only visible if Deutz EMR 4 engine is selected.

4150364-R
6-14 3121631
Table 6-3. 800S Machine Configuration Programming Table 6-3. 800S Machine Configuration Programming
Settings Settings
ANSI Export
ANSI Export
Australia
ANSI USA
Australia
ANSI USA
800 S
Japan
800 S
Japan
CSA
GB
CSA
CE
GB
CE
Model Number Load System 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Market 0 1 2 3 4 5 3 X 1 X X X 1 X
Engine X 2 X 2 2 2 2
12 12 12 12 12 12 12
Flywheel Teeth 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 X 3 X 3 X 3 3
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 X 4 X X X 4 X
Glow Plugs 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Load Sensor 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Function Cut- 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
out X 1 1 1 1 1 1
Starter Lockout 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 X 2 2 2
Fuel Cutout 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 X 3 3 X 3 3 3
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Ground Alarm 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Engine Shut- 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
down 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Tilt X X X Drive Type 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1
2 2 2 X 2 X 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
3 3 3 X 3 3 X
Display Units 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
4 4 4 4 4 4 4
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
5 5 5 5 5 5 5
6 6 6 X X 6 X Leveling Mode 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Jib 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
4 Wheel Steer Drive Control 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Soft Touch/ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Skyguard 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Drive Pump 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Gen Set / X X X X X X X
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Welder X X X X X X X
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Boom Control 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Gen Set Cutout 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Function Speed 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Head & Tail- 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Knob 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
lights 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Clearsky 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Cable Break 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Switch 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
3121631 6-15
Table 6-3. 800S Machine Configuration Programming

Settings Table 6-4. 860SJ Machine Configuration Programming
Settings
ANSI Export
Australia
ANSI USA
ANSI Export
800 S
Japan
Australia
ANSI USA
CSA
860 SJ
GB
CE
Japan
CSA
GB
Cribbing
CE
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Option Model Number 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Market 0 1 2 3 4 5 3
Fuel Tank Size 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Engine 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Flywheel Teeth 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Alarm / Horn 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Glow Plugs 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Alert Beacon 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Temp Cutout X 0 X 0 X X 0 Starter Lockout 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
X 1 X 1 X X 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Plat Lvl Ovr Cut 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Fuel Cutout 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Water In Fuel X 0 X X X X 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Sensor X 1 X X X X 1 Engine Shut- 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
BOLD TEXT indicates the default setting. Plain text indicates another available selec- down 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
tion.RED ITALIC TEXT indicates the default when option is factory installed. SHADED
Tilt 1 1 1 X X 1 X
CELLS indicate hidden menu or selection.
2 2 2 X 2 2 X
3 3 3 X 3 3 X
4 4 4 4 4 4 4
5 5 5 5 5 5 5
6 6 6 X X 6 X
Jib 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
4 Wheel Steer 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Soft Touch/ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Skyguard 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Gen Set / 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Welder 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Gen Set Cutout 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Head & Tail- 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
lights 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Cable Break 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Switch 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
6-16 3121631
Table 6-4. 860SJ Machine Configuration Programming Table 6-4. 860SJ Machine Configuration Programming
Settings Settings
ANSI Export
ANSI Export
Australia
Australia
ANSI USA
ANSI USA
860 SJ 860 SJ
Japan
Japan
CSA
CSA
GB
GB
CE
CE
Load System 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Cribbing 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
X 1 X X X 1 X Option 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
X 2 X 2 2 2 2 Fuel Tank Size 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
X 3 X 3 X 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
X 4 X X X 4 X Alarm / Horn 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Load Sensor 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Alert Beacon 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Function Cut- 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
out X 1 1 1 1 1 1 Temp Cutout X 0 X 0 X X 0
2 2 2 X 2 2 2 X 1 X 1 X X 1
X 3 3 X 3 3 3 Plat Lvl Ovr Cut 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Ground Alarm 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Water In Fuel X 0 X X X X 0
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Sensor X 1 X X X X 1
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 BOLD TEXT indicates the default setting. Plain text indicates another available selec-
Drive Type 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 tion.RED ITALIC TEXT indicates the default when option is factory installed. SHADED
CELLS indicate hidden menu or selection.
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Display Units 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Leveling Mode 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Drive Control 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Drive Pump 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X
Boom Control 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Function Speed 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Knob 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Clearsky 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
3121631 6-17
6.2 MACHINE PERSONALITY SETTINGS AND NOTE: Personality settings can be adjusted within the adjustment
range in order to achieve optimum machine performance.
FUNCTION SPEEDS
Table 6-5. Machine Personality Settings and Function Speeds.
SAUER DANFOSS EATON

FUNCTION PERSONALITY RANGE DEFAULTS- DEFAULTS- DEFAULTS- DEFAULTS- DEFAULTS- DEFAULTS-
800S 810SJ 860SJ 800S 810SJ 860SJ
DRIVE ACCELeration 0.1 to 5.0 s 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
DECELeration 0.1 to 3.0 s 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
FORward MINimum speed 0 to 35%% 4 4 4 15 15 15
FORward MAXimum speed 0 to 100% 30 30 30 53 53 53
REVerse MINimum speed 0 to 35% 4 4 4 15 15 15
REVerse MAXimum speed 0 to 100% 30 30 30 53 53 53
ELEVATED MAXimum speed 0 to 50% 20 20 20 28 28 28
CREEP MAXimum speed 0 to 50% 20 20 20 30 30 30
Engine RPM 800 to 2900 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800
STEER MAXimum speed 1 to 100% 100 100 100 100 100 100
Engine RPM 800 to 2900 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800
MAIN LIFT ACCELeration 0.1 to 5.0s 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
DECELeration 0.1 to 3.0s 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
MINimum UP speed 0 to 60% 15 15 15 15 15 15
MAXimum UP speed 0 to 100% 80 80 80 80 80 80
CREEP maximum UP speed 0 to 65% 30 30 30 30 30 30
MINimum DOWN speed 0 to 60% 15 15 15 15 15 15
MAXimum DOWN speed 0 to 100% 80 80 80 80 80 80
CREEP maximum DOWN speed 0 to 75% 30 30 30 30 30 30
Engine RPM 800 to 2900 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800
SWING ACCELeration 0.1to 5.0s 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8
MINimum LEFT speed 0 to 50% 14 14 14 14 14 14
MAXimum LEFT speed 0 to 100% 65 65 65 65 65 65
CREEP maximum LEFT speed 0 to 65% 43 43 43 43 43 43
MINimum RIGHT speed 0 to 50% 14 14 14 14 14 14
MAXimum RIGHT speed 0 to 100% 68 68 68 68 68 68
CREEP maximum RIGHT speed 0 to 65% 49 49 49 49 49 49
Engine RPM 800 to 2900 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800
6-18 3121631
SAUER DANFOSS EATON

800S 810SJ 860SJ 800S 810SJ 860SJ
MAIN TELESCOPE ACCELeration 0.1 to 5.0s 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5
MINimum IN speed 0 to 65% 24 24 24 24 24 24
MAXimum IN speed 0 to 100% 63 63 63 63 63 63
MINimum OUT speed 0 to 65% 26 26 26 26 26 26
MAXimum OUT speed 0 to 100% 65 65 65 65 65 65
Medium Speed 0.01 to 1.00 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50
Engine RPM 800 to 2900 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800
PLATFORM LEVEL ACCELeration 0.1to 5.0s 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
DECELeration 0.1to 3.0s 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
MINimum UP speed 0 to 65% 48 48 48 48 48 48
MAXimum UP speed 0 to 100% 100 100 100 100 100 100
MlNimum DOWN speed 0 to 65% 48 48 48 48 48 48
MAXimum DOWN speed 0 to 100% 100 100 100 100 100 100
Medium Speed 0.01 to 1.00 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10
Engine RPM 800 to 2900 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800
PLATFORM ACCELeration 0.1to 5.0s 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
ROTATE DECELeration 0.1to 3.0s 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
MlNimum LEFT speed 0 to 65% 69 69 69 69 69 69
MAXimum LEFT speed 0 to 100% 90 90 90 90 90 90
MINimum RIGHT speed 0 to 65% 69 69 69 69 69 69
MAXimum RIGHT speed 0 to 100% 90 90 90 90 90 90
Medium Speed 0.01 to 1.00 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30
Engine RPM 800 to 2900 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800
JIB LIFT Lift ACCELeration 0.1 to 5.0s N/A 3.3 3.3 N/A 3.3 3.3
Lift DECELeration 0.1 to 3.0s N/A 0.8 0.8 N/A 0.8 0.8
MINimum UP speed 0 to 65% N/A 43 43 N/A 43 43
MAXimum UP speed 0 to 100% N/A 80 80 N/A 80 80
MINimum down 0 to 65% N/A 40 40 N/A 40 40
MAXimum Down 0 to 100% N/A 75 75 N/A 75 75
Medium Speed 0.01 to 1.00 N/A 0.60 0.60 N/A 0.60 0.60
Engine RPM 800 to 2900 N/A 1800 1800 N/A 1800 1800
3121631 6-19
SAUER DANFOSS EATON

800S 810SJ 860SJ 800S 810SJ 860SJ
GROUND MODE Tower LIFT UP speed 0 to 100% N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Tower LIFT DOWN speed 0 to 100% N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Main LIFT UP speed 0 to 100% 63 63 63 63 63 63
Main LIFT DOWN speed 0 to 100% 63 63 63 63 63 63
SWING speed 0 to 100% 64 64 64 64 64 64
Main TELEscope speed 0 to 100% 62 62 62 62 62 62
Tower TELEscope speed 0 to 100% N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
BASKET ROTATE speed 0 to 100% 89 89 89 89 89 89
BASKET LEVEL speed 0 to 100% 99 99 99 99 99 99
Jib LIFT (UP/DOWN) speed 0 to 100% N/A 79 79 N/A 79 79
Jib LIFT (LEFT/RIGHT) speed 0 to 100% N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Note: Ground Mode speed are automatically limited to being lower than platform speed for a given function.
4150384-K
6-20 3121631
6.3 MACHINE ORIENTATION WHEN DOING SPEED Test Notes

TESTS 1. Stop watch should be started with the function, not
with the controller or switch.
Lift: Telescope Retracted. Lift Up, Record Time, Lift Down,
Record Time. 2. All speed tests are run from the platform. These speeds
do not reflect the ground control operation.
Swing: Boom at Full Elevation. Telescope Retracted. Swing the 3. The platform speed knob control must be at full speed
Turntable 360 degrees, Record Time. Swing the Opposite (turned clockwise completely).
Direction, Record Time.
4. Function speeds may vary due to cold, thick hydraulic
Telescope: Boom at Full Elevation; Telescope Retracted; Tele- oil. Test should be run with the oil temperature above
scope Out, Record Time. Telescope In, Record Time. 100° F (38° C).
5. Some flow control functions may not work with the
Drive (Forward/Reverse): Test should be done on a speed knob clicked into the creep position.
smooth level surface. Drive Select Switch should be set to
High Engine. Results should be recorded for a 200 ft.
course. Drive For ward, Record Time. Dr ive Reverse, Table 6-6. Function Speeds (In Seconds)
Record Time.
Function 800S 810SJ 860SJ
Drive (Elevated): Test should be done on a smooth level Lift Up 59-75 54-70 56-73
surface. Drive Select Switch should be set to High Engine. Lift Down 57-75 54-72 56-75
Results should be recorded for a 50 ft. course. Drive For-
Swing Right & Left* 110-135 110-135 110-135
ward, Record Time. Drive Reverse, Record Time.
NOTE: No more than 10% difference between swing left and
swing right.
Platform Rotate: Platform level and completely rotated one
Telescope Out 59-65 55-64 56-65
direction. Rotate the opposite direction, Record Time. Rotate
the other direction, Record Time. Telescope In 45-57 43-59 44-60
Platform Rotate Right & 18-30 18-30 18-30
Articulating Jib: Platform level and centered with the boom. Left**
Start with the Jib down. Jib Up, Record Time. Jib Down, Record
NOTE: No more than 15% difference between rotate left and
Time.
rotate right.
Jib Up N/A 33-47 33-47
Jib Down N/A 29-39 29-39
Drive (Forward) 33-45 33-45 33-45
Drive (Reverse) 33-45 33-45 33-45
Drive (Elevated) 46-75 46-75 46-75
3121631 6-21
6.4 CANBUS COMMUNICATIONS Interlocks: Any device that sends an electrical input. (For an
example a limit switch, proximity switch, etc).
CANbus: CAN (Control Area Network) is a two wire differential
serial link between the Platform Module, Jib Module, Ground Platform Level: The GROUND MODULE stores the default val-
Module, Boom Length Angle Module and the Chassis Module ues and handles interlocks. The PLATFORM MODULE reads the
providing bi-directional communications. sensors mounted on the platform assembly and controls the
Level Up / Down valves to maintain setpoint sent from the
Two-wire: One wire (red) is driven high (5v) and the other low GROUND MODULE.
(black) (0v) to send a signal; both wires ”float” (2.5v) when no
signal is being sent. Steer: The GROUND MODULE stores crack points and sends
desired drive direction, steering mode and axle extend/retract
Differential: Any electrical line noise can affect the high or the commands. The PLATFORM MODULE reports the steering
low wires but never both, so communications is not corrupted. switch position to the GROUND MODULE.
Serial Link: Messages are being sent bit by bit along the wires; Drive: The GROUND MODULE stores crack points, sends com-
the high bus speed allow all modules to be constantly mands for each drive pump. (Command is computed from
updated around 20 times per second. Typical traffic is 300 - drive joystick input, interlocks, wheel angle, etc).
500 messages per second.
Lift, Tele, & Swing: The GROUND MODULE stores default val-
A complete CANbus circuit is approximately 60 ohms, which ues and handles interlocks and calibration information. Lift,
can be verified at the ”T” fitting inside the ground station or Telescope and Swing commands are dependent upon inter-
below the BLAM. Each individual circuit from the modules is locks through out the machine. Boom angle, length and swing
approximately 120 ohms. are controlled by the GROUND MODULE.
The GROUND MODULE (UGM) is the master system controller.
Most functions are dispatched and coordinated from this
module, The PLATFORM MODULE handle sub-tasks. All charac-
terized information (values) are stored into the ground mod-
ule (i.e., Personalities or Calibrations).
6-22 3121631
TO
DIAGNOSTICS:
SYSTEM
TO
MENU :
SYTEM TEST
NOTE: The layout shown includes all possible analyzer screens. Please note that some screens may not be
available depending upon machine configuration and software versions.
Figure 6-3. Analyzer Flow Chart Version 6.X Software -Sheet 1 of 8
3121631 6-23
FROM TO
DIAGNOSTICS: DIAGNOSTICS:
ENGINE CAN STATISTICS
NOTE: The layout shown includes all possible analyzer screens. Please note that some
screens may not be available depending upon machine configuration and soft-
ware versions.
6-24 3121631
FROM
DIAGNOSTICS:
LOAD
NOTE: The layout shown includes all possible analyzer screens. Please note that
some screens may not be available depending upon machine configura-
tion and software versions.
3121631 6-25
FROM
MENU :
DIAGNOSTICS
TO
PERSONALITIES:
MAIN TELESCOPE
TO
MENU :
MACHINE SETUP
NOTE: The layout shown includes all possible analyzer screens. Please note that some screens may not be available depending
upon machine configuration and software versions.
6-26 3121631
)520 3(5621$/,7,(6 3(5621$/,7,(6 3(5621$/,7,(6 3(5621$/,7,(6

3(5621$/,7,(6 0$,17(/(6&23( 72:(57(/(6&23( 3/$7)250/(9(/ 3/$7)250527$7(
72:(5/,)7
0$,17(/(6&23( 72:(57(/(6&23( 3/$7)250/(9(/ 3/$7)250527$7(
$&&(/;;6 $&&(/;;6 $&&(/;;6 $&&(/;;6
0$,17(/(6&23( 72:(57(/(6&23( 3/$7)250/(9(/ 3/$7)250527$7(

'(&(/;;6 '(&(/;;6 '(&(/;;6 '(&(/;;6
0$,17(/(6&23( 72:(57(/(6&23( 3/$7)250/(9(/ 3/$7)250527$7(

0,1,1;;; 0,1,1;;; 0,1,1;;; 0,1/()7;;;
0$,17(/(6&23( 72:(57(/(6&23( 3/$7)250/(9(/ 3/$7)250527$7(

0$;,1;;; 0$;,1;;; 0$;,1;;; 0$;/()7;;;
0$,17(/(6&23( 72:(57(/(6&23( 3/$7)250/(9(/ 3/$7)250527$7(

0,1287;;; 0,1287;;; 0,1287;;; 0,15,*+7;;;
0$,17(/(6&23( 72:(57(/(6&23( 3/$7)250/(9(/ 3/$7)250527$7(

0$;287;;; 0$;287;;; 0$;287;;; 0$;5,*+7;;;
3(5621$/,7,(6 3(5621$/,7,(6 3(5621$/,7,(6 3(5621$/,7,(6

-,%/,)7 *5281'02'( *(16(7:(/'(5 7(03(5$785(&87
-,%/,)7 *5281'02'( *(16(7:(/'(5 /2:7(03(5$785(

$&&(/;;6 0$,183;;; (1*,1(;;;;530 &872876(7;;;&
-,%/,)7 *5281'02'(
'(&(/;;6 0$,1'2:1;;;
-,%/,)7 *5281'02'(
0,183;;; 6:,1*;;;
-,%/,)7 *5281'02'(
0$;83;;; 3/7/(9(/;;;
-,%/,)7 *5281'02'(
0,1'2:1;;; 3/7527$7(;;;
-,%/,)7 *5281'02'(
0$;'2:1;;; 0$,17(/(;;;
*5281'02'(
72:(57(/(;;;
*5281'02'(
72:(583;;;
*5281'02'(
72:(5'2:1;;;
*5281'02'(
-,%/,)7;;;
*5281'02'(
-,%6:,1*;;;
3121631 6-27
)520
0(18
3(5621$/,7,(6
(1*,1(
)25''8$/)8(/
72
72
/2$'6<67(0
0(18
12
&$/,%5$7,216
6-28 3121631
)520
&$%/(6:,7&+
12
:$7(5,1)8(/
6(162512
:$7(5,1)8(/
6(1625<(6
3121631 6-29
)520
0(18
0$&+,1(6(783
6-30 3121631
GROUND
Figure 6-11. Fault Code Light and module Location
3121631 6-31
PLATFORM CONNECTION
GROUND CONTROL CONNECTION
Figure 6-12. Analyzer Connecting Points
6-32 3121631
Connector
1001103667 V
Figure 6-13. Ground Control Module - Sheet 1 of 3
3121631 6-33
Connector
1001103667 V
6-34 3121631
Connector
1001103667 V
3121631 6-35
CONNECTOR
1001141138 D
Figure 6-16. Platform Control Module - Sheet 1 of 2
6-36 3121631
CONNECTOR
1001141138 D
Figure 6-17. Platform Control Module - Sheet 2 of 2
3121631 6-37
Analyzer Diagnostics Menu Structure arrow keys move between items in the same level. The UP
In the following structure descriptions, an intended item is

/ DOWN arrow keys alter a value if allowed.
selected by pressing ENTER; pressing ESC steps
back to the next outer level. The LEFT /RIGHT
Table 6-7. ADJUSTMENTS - Personality Descriptions

DRIVE
ACCEL Displays/adjusts drive acceleration
DECEL Displays/adjusts drive deceleration
MIN FORWARD Displays/adjusts minimum forward drive speed
MAX FORWARD Displays/adjusts maximum forward drive speed
MIN REVERSE Displays/adjusts minimum reverse drive speed
MAX REVERSE Displays/adjusts maximum reverse drive speed
ELEVATED MAX Displays/adjusts maximum drive speed
NOTE: used when elevation cutout switches are limiting maximum speed
CREEP MAX Displays/adjusts maximum drive speed
NOTE: used when creep switch on pump pot is active
STEER MAX Displays/adjusts the maximum steer speed
LIFT
ACCEL Displays/adjusts upper lift acceleration
DECEL Displays/adjusts upper lift deceleration
MIN UP Displays/adjusts minimum upper lift up speed
MAX UP Displays/adjusts maximum upper lift up speed
CREEP UP Displays/adjusts maximum upper lift up speed
MIN DOWN Displays/adjusts minimum upper lift down speed
MAX DOWN Displays/adjusts maximum upper lift down speed
CREEP DOWN Displays/adjusts maximum upper lift down speed
SWING
ACCEL Displays/adjusts swing acceleration
DECEL Displays/adjusts swing deceleration
MIN LEFT Displays/adjusts minimum swing left speed
MAX LEFT Displays/adjusts maximum swing left speed
CREEP LEFT Displays/adjusts maximum swing left speed
MIN RIGHT Displays/adjusts minimum swing right speed
MAX RIGHT Displays/adjusts maximum swing right speed
CREEP RIGHT Displays/adjusts maximum swing right speed
MAIN TELESCOPE
ACCEL Displays/adjusts telescope acceleration
DECEL Displays/adjusts telescope deceleration
MIN IN Displays/adjusts minimum telescope in speed
6-38 3121631
Table 6-7. ADJUSTMENTS - Personality Descriptions
MAX IN Displays/adjusts maximum telescope in speed

MIN OUT Displays/adjusts minimum telescope out speed
MAX OUT Displays/adjusts maximum telescope out speed
BASKET LEVEL
ACCEL Displays/adjusts basket level acceleration
DECEL Displays/adjusts basket level deceleration
MIN UP Displays/adjusts minimum basket level up speed
MAX UP Displays/adjusts maximum basket level up speed
MIN DOWN Displays/adjusts minimum basket level down speed
MAX DOWN Displays/adjusts maximum basket level down speed
BASKET ROTATE
ACCEL Displays/adjusts basket rotate acceleration
DECEL Displays/adjusts basket rotate deceleration
MIN LEFT Displays/adjusts minimum basket rotate left speed
MAX LEFT Displays/adjusts maximum basket rotate left speed
MIN RIGHT Displays/adjusts minimum basket rotate right speed
MAX RIGHT Displays/adjusts maximum basket rotate right speed
JIB LIFT Not displayed if JIB = NO
ACCEL Displays/adjusts jib acceleration
DECEL Displays/adjusts jib deceleration
MIN UP Displays/adjusts minimum jib up speed
MAX UP Displays/adjusts maximum jib up speed
MIN DOWN Displays/adjusts minimum jib down speed
MAX DOWN Displays/adjusts maximum jib down speed
MIN LEFT Displays/adjusts minimum jib left speed
MAX LEFT Displays/adjusts maximum jib left speed
MIN RIGHT Displays/adjusts minimum jib right speed
MAX RIGHT Displays/adjusts maximum jib right speed
STEER
MAX SPEED Displays/adjusts maximum steer speed, which applies when vehicle speed is at
minimum
GROUND MODE
LIFT UP Displays/adjusts fixed lift up speed
LIFT DOWN Displays/adjusts fixed lift down speed
SWING Displays/adjusts fixed swing speed
TELE Displays/adjusts fixed telescope speed
BASKETLEVEL Displays/adjusts fixed basket level speed
BASKETROTATE Displays/adjusts fixed basket rotate speed
JIB (U/D) Displays/adjusts jib lift speed
Not displayed if JIB = NO
JIB (L/R) Displays/adjusts jib swing speed
3121631 6-39
Table 6-8. Diagnostic Menu Descriptions
DRIVE
DRIVE FOR … Displays drive joystick direction & demand
STEER … Displays steer switch direction & demand
NOTE: steer demand is inversely proportional to vehicle speed
BRAKES … Displays brake control system status
CREEP … Displays pump pot creep switch status
TWO SPEED... Displays two speed switch status
2 SPEED MODE Displays status of two speed valve
HIGH ENGINE Displays high engine switch status
BOOM
U LIFT UP … Displays lift joystick direction & demand
SWING LEFT … Displays swing joystick direction & demand
LEVEL UP … Displays basket level switch direction & demand
NOTE: demand is controlled by the pump pot
ROT. LEFT … Displays basket rotate switch direction & demand
U TELE IN … Displays telescope switch direction & demand
JIB UP … Displays jib lift switch direction & demand
JIB LEFT … Displays jib swing switch direction & demand
PUMP POT … Displays pump pot demand
ENGINE
START … Displays start switch status
AIR FILTER … Displays air filter status
BATTERY … Displays measured battery voltage
COOLANT … Displays coolant temperature
OIL PRS … Displays oil pressure status
FUEL SELECT … Displays selected fuel (Dual Fuel only)
FUEL LEVEL … Displays fuel level status
RPM Displays Engine RPM
GM BATTERY Displays battery voltage at ground module
PM BATTERY … Displays battery voltage at platform module
TEMP... Displays ground module temperature
ELEV. CUTOUT … Displays elevation cutout switch status
FUNC. CUTOUT … Displays function cutout switch status
CREEP… Displays creep switch status
TILT … Displays measured vehicle tilt
AUX POWER … Displays status of auxiliary power switch
HORN … Displays status of horn switch
R FILTER … Displays status of return filter switch
C FILTER … Displays status of charge pump filter
LOAD LENGTH … Displays length switch status
6-40 3121631
Table 6-8. Diagnostic Menu Descriptions
ANGLE … Displays angle switch status

LOAD … Displays load sensor value
NOTE: Not displayed if load = 0.
DATALOG
ON … Displays total controller on (EMS) time
ENGINE … Displays engine run time
DRIVE … Displays total controller drive operation time
LIFT … Displays total controller lift operation time
SWING … Displays total controller swing operation time
TELE … Displays total controller tele operation time
MAX.TEMP … Displays maximum measured heatsink temp.
MIN.TEMP … Displays minimum measured heatsink temp.
MAX.VOLTS … Displays maximum measured battery voltage
RENTAL … Displays total controller operation time
NOTE: can be reset
ERASE RENTAL Not available at password level 2
YES:ENTER, NO:ESC ENTER resets rental datalog time to zero
VERSIONS
GROUND … Displays ground module software version
PLATFORM … Displays platform module software version
ANALYSER … Displays Analyzer software version
3121631 6-41
Table 6-9. Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart (DTC)
DTC Flash Code Fault Message Check

001 00 EVERYTHING OK No response required for this DTC.
002 00 GROUND MODE OK No response required for this DTC.
0010 00 RUNNING AT CUTBACK - OUT OF TRANSPORT POSITION Response described in Drive
Modes section.
000 00 <<< HELP COMMENT >>>
0011 00 FSW OPEN (Foot switch open) The UGM shall not Enable the
Machine.
0012 00 RUNNING AT CREEP - CREEP SWITCH OPEN The UGM shall limit the
machine to Creep speed.
0013 00 RUNNING AT CREEP - TILTED AND ABOVE ELEVATION
0014 00 CHASSIS TILT SENSOR OUT OF RANGE Not reported during power-up.
0015 00 LOAD SENSOR READING UNDER WEIGHT
0031 00 FUEL LEVEL LOW - ENGINE SHUTDOWN Response described in Fuel Shutdown section.
0035 00 APU ACTIVE Response described in Auxiliary Power/Emergency Descent Mode section.
0039 00 SKYGUARD ACTIVE - FUNCTIONS CUTOUT Response described in Sky-
Guard section.
0040 00 RUNNING AT CREEP - CREEP SWITCH CLOSED
210 21 <<< POWER-UP >>>
211 21 POWER CYCLE
212 21 KEYSWITCH FAULTY The UGM shall assume a station selection of Ground.
213 21 FSW FAULTY The UGM shall not Enable the
Machine.
220 22 <<< PLATFORM CONTROLS >>>
227 22 STEER SWITCHES FAULTY The UGM shall prohibit Steer;
The UGM shall limit Drive to
Creep
The Steer Left switch input = Low;
The Steer Right switch input = Low;
Steer and full Drive speed permitted after
controls are initialized
2211 22 FSW INTERLOCK TRIPPED Can be reported during power- up.
2212 22 DRIVE LOCKED - JOYSTICK MOVED BEFORE FOOTSWITCH Can be reported during power- up.
2213 22 STEER LOCKED - SELECTED BEFORE FOOTSWITCH The UGM shall not Enable the
Machine.
2214 22 DRIVE/STEER LOCKED - JOYSTICK MOVED BEFORE ENABLE
2216 22 D/S JOY. OUT OF RANGE HIGH Resistive joysticks.
If the reference voltage is > 7.7V then the reference
voltage is out of tolerance of a short to battery has
occurred.
2217 22 D/S JOY. CENTER TAP BAD Resistive joysticks.
- There is a +/-.1V range. around these values due to
resistor tolerances.
2219 22 L/S JOY. OUT OF RANGE HIGH Resistive joysticks.
- If the reference voltage is > 7.7V then the reference
voltage is out of tolerance of a short to battery has
occurred.
6-42 3121631

2220 22 L/S JOY. CENTER TAP BAD Resistive joysticks.
- There is a +/- .1V range. around these values due to
resistor tolerances.
2221 22 LIFT/SWING LOCKED - JOYSTICK MOVED BEFORE FOOT- If triggered by the Lift and/or
SWITCH Swing joystick not being in
the neutral position at
Startup, the UGM shall prohibit Lift and Swing.
If triggered by Lift and/or
Swing joystick is not in the
neutral position when Footswitch becomes active or
while DTC 2212, 2213 or 2223
is active, the UGM shall not
Enable the Machine.
2222 22 WAITING FOR FSW TO BE OPEN Can be reported during power- up.
2223 22 FUNCTION SWITCHES LOCKED - SELECTED BEFORE ENABLE The UGM shall not Enable the
Machine.
2224 22 FOOTSWITCH SELECTED BEFORE START The UGM shall prohibit
Engine Start.
2269 22 FUNCTION PROBLEM - HIGH SPEED & CREEP ACTIVE
TOGETHER
234 23 FUNCTION SWITCHES FAULTY - CHECK DIAGNOSTICS/BOOM Disable whichever boom
functions whose boom control inputs are triggering the fault. If Engine Start/
Aux at fault, disable Engine Start but permit Auxiliary Power/
Emergency Descent.
235 23 FUNCTION SWITCHES LOCKED - SELECTED BEFORE AUX
POWER
236 23 FUNCTION SWITCHES LOCKED - SELECTED BEFORE START
SWITCH
237 23 START SWITCH LOCKED - SELECTED BEFORE KEYSWITCH The UGM shall prohibit
Engine Start.
23163 23 FUNCTION PROBLEM - MSSO PERMANENTLY SELECTED No response required for this
DTC Power Cycled.
240 24 <<< OTHER CONTROLS >>>
241 24 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR - OUT OF RANGE LOW The UGM shall set Low Temperature Cutout state = Faulty
If the Machine is in Platform
Mode and if the Boom is
Above Elevation;
The UGM shall suspend
motion;
If the Machine is in Ground
Mode; No response required for this DTC.
242 24 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR - OUT OF RANGE HIGH Check Ambient Temperature sensor reading < 85C.
250 25 <<< FUNCTION PREVENTED >>>
259 25 MODEL CHANGED - HYDRAULICS SUSPENDED - CYCLE EMS Disable all machine and
engine functions (i.e., command engine shutdown and do not permit start).
2513 25 GENERATOR MOTION CUTOUT ACTIVE The UGM shall not Enable the
Machine.
2514 25 BOOM PREVENTED - DRIVE SELECTED The UGM shall prohibit all
boom functions.
3121631 6-43

2516 25 DRIVE PREVENTED - ABOVE ELEVATION The UGM shall prohibit Drive
and Steer.
2517 25 DRIVE PREVENTED - TILTED & ABOVE ELEVATION The UGM shall prohibit Drive
and Steer.
2518 25 DRIVE PREVENTED - BOOM SELECTED The UGM shall prohibit Drive
and Steer.
2519 25 DRIVE PREVENTED - TILTED & EXTENDED OR HIGH ANGLE
2520 25 FUNCTIONS LOCKED OUT - CONSTANT DATA VERSION
IMPROPER
2530 25 UMS SENSOR FORWARD LIMIT REACHED
2531 25 UMS SENSOR OUT OF USABLE RANGE
2532 25 UMS SENSOR BACKWARD LIMIT REACHED
2563 25 SKYGUARD SWITCH - DISAGREEMENT Response detailed in Sky-
Guard section.
2568 25 TEMPERATURE CUTOUT ACTIVE - AMBIENT TEMPERATURE If the Boom is Above Elevation;
TOO LOW The UGM shall suspend
motion; The UGM shall limit the machine to Creep speed after controls initial-
ized
Mode and if the Boom is not
Above Elevation.
2576 25 PLATFORM LEVEL PREVENTED - ABOVE ELEVATION The UGM shall suspend Platform Level Up and Down
commands;
The UGM shall prohibit Platform Level Up and Down
2577 25 DRIVE PREVENTED - START BATTERY CONNECTED Check the battery.
330 33 <<< GROUND OUTPUT DRIVER >>>
331 33 BRAKE - SHORT TO BATTERY Check Harness for damage.
332 33 BRAKE - OPEN CIRCUIT Check Harness for damage.
3311 33 GROUND ALARM - SHORT TO BATTERY Ground Alarm equipped vehicles only.
3336 33 ALTERNATOR POWER - SHORT TO GROUND Check Harness for damage.
3340 33 AUX POWER - SHORT TO GROUND Check Harness for damage.
3341 33 AUX POWER - OPEN CIRCUIT Check Harness for damage.
3342 33 AUX POWER - SHORT TO BATTERY Check Harness for damage.
3346 33 ELECTRIC FAN - SHORT TO GROUND Check Harness for damage.
3347 33 ELECTRIC FAN - OPEN CIRCUIT Check Harness for damage.
3348 33 ELECTRIC FAN - SHORT TO BATTERY Check Harness for damage.
3349 33 ELECTRIC PUMP - SHORT TO GROUND Check Harness for damage.
3350 33 ELECTRIC PUMP - OPEN CIRCUIT Check Harness for damage.
3351 33 ELECTRIC PUMP - SHORT TO BATTERY Check Harness for damage.
3352 33 LP LOCK - SHORT TO GROUND Check Harness for damage.
3353 33 LP LOCK - OPEN CIRCUIT Check Harness for damage.
3354 33 LP LOCK - SHORT TO BATTERY Check Harness for damage.
3355 33 LP START ASSIST - SHORT TO GROUND Check Harness for damage.
3356 33 LP START ASSIST - OPEN CIRCUIT Check Harness for damage.
3357 33 LP START ASSIST - SHORT TO BATTERY Check Harness for damage.
3358 33 MAIN DUMP VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND Check Harness for damage.
6-44 3121631

3359 33 MAIN DUMP VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT Check Harness for damage.
3360 33 MAIN DUMP VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY Check Harness for damage.
3361 33 BRAKE - SHORT TO GROUND Check Harness for damage.
3362 33 START SOLENOID - SHORT TO GROUND Check Harness for damage.
3363 33 START SOLENOID - OPEN CIRCUIT Check Harness for damage.
3364 33 START SOLENOID - SHORT TO BATTERY Check Harness for damage.
3365 33 STEER DUMP VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND Check Harness for damage.
3366 33 STEER DUMP VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT Check Harness for damage.
3367 33 STEER DUMP VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY Check Harness for damage.
3368 33 TWO SPEED VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND Check Harness for damage.
3369 33 TWO SPEED VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT Check Harness for damage.
3370 33 TWO SPEED VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY Check Harness for damage.
3371 33 GROUND ALARM - SHORT TO GROUND Check Harness for damage.
3372 33 GROUND ALARM - OPEN CIRCUIT Check Harness for damage.
3373 33 GEN SET/WELDER - SHORT TO GROUND Check Harness for damage.
3374 33 GEN SET/WELDER - OPEN CIRCUIT Check Harness for damage.
3375 33 GEN SET/WELDER - SHORT TO BATTERY Check Harness for damage.
3376 33 HEAD TAIL LIGHT - SHORT TO GROUND Check Harness for damage.
3377 33 HEAD TAIL LIGHT - OPEN CIRCUIT Check Harness for damage.
3378 33 HEAD TAIL LIGHT - SHORT TO BATTERY Check Harness for damage.
3379 33 HOUR METER - SHORT TO GROUND Check Harness for damage.
3382 33 PLATFORM LEVEL UP VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND Check Harness for damage.
3383 33 PLATFORM LEVEL UP VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT Check Harness for damage.
3384 33 PLATFORM LEVEL UP VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY Check Harness for damage.
3388 33 PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND Check Harness for damage.
3389 33 PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT Check Harness for damage.
3390 33 PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY Check Harness for damage.
3394 33 PLATFORM ROTATE LEFT VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND Check Harness for damage.
3395 33 PLATFORM ROTATE LEFT VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT Check Harness for damage.
3396 33 PLATFORM ROTATE LEFT VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY Check Harness for damage.
3397 33 PLATFORM ROTATE RIGHT VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND Check Harness for damage.
3398 33 PLATFORM ROTATE RIGHT VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT Check Harness for damage.
3399 33 PLATFORM ROTATE RIGHT VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY Check Harness for damage.
33100 33 JIB LIFT UP VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND Check Harness for damage.
33101 33 JIB LIFT UP VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT Check Harness for damage.
33102 33 JIB LIFT UP VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY Check Harness for damage.
33103 33 JIB LIFT DOWN VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND Check Harness for damage.
33104 33 JIB LIFT DOWN VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT Check Harness for damage.
33105 33 JIB LIFT DOWN VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY Check Harness for damage.
33106 33 TOWER LIFT UP VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND Check Harness for damage.
33107 33 TOWER LIFT UP VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT Check Harness for damage.
33108 33 TOWER LIFT UP VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY Check Harness for damage.
33109 33 TOWER LIFT DOWN VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND Check Harness for damage.
3121631 6-45

33110 33 TOWER LIFT DOWN VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT Check Harness for damage.
33111 33 TOWER LIFT DOWN VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY Check Harness for damage.
33112 33 TOWER TELESCOPE IN VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND Check Harness for damage.
33113 33 TOWER TELESCOPE IN VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT Check Harness for damage.
33114 33 TOWER TELESCOPE IN VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY Check Harness for damage.
33115 33 TOWER TELESCOPE OUT VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND Check Harness for damage.
33116 33 TOWER TELESCOPE OUT VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT Check Harness for damage.
33117 33 TOWER TELESCOPE OUT VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY Check Harness for damage.
33118 33 SWING RIGHT VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND Check Harness for damage.
33119 33 SWING RIGHT VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT Check Harness for damage.
33120 33 TELESCOPE IN VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY Check Harness for damage.
33121 33 SWING RIGHT VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY Check Harness for damage.
33122 33 SWING LEFT VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND Check Harness for damage.
33123 33 TELESCOPE OUT VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY Check Harness for damage.
33130 33 THROTTLE ACTUATOR - SHORT TO GROUND Check Harness for damage.

33131 33 THROTTLE ACTUATOR - OPEN CIRCUIT Check Harness for damage.
33132 33 THROTTLE ACTUATOR - SHORT TO BATTERY Check Harness for damage.
33170 33 LIFT DOWN VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT Check Harness for damage.
33171 33 LIFT DOWN VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY Check Harness for damage.
33172 33 LIFT DOWN VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND Check Harness for damage.
33175 33 JIB ROTATE LEFT VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT Check Harness for damage.
33176 33 JIB ROTATE LEFT VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY Check Harness for damage.
33177 33 JIB ROTATE LEFT VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND Check Harness for damage.
33178 33 JIB ROTATE RIGHT VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT Check Harness for damage.
33179 33 JIB ROTATE RIGHT VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY Check Harness for damage.
33180 33 JIB ROTATE RIGHT VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND Check Harness for damage.
33182 33 LIFT VALVES - SHORT TO BATTERY Check Harness for damage.
33186 33 TELESCOPE OUT VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT Check Harness for damage.
33188 33 TELESCOPE OUT VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND Check Harness for damage.
33189 33 TELESCOPE IN VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT Check Harness for damage.
33190 33 TELESCOPE IN VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND Check Harness for damage.
33207 33 HORN - OPEN CIRCUIT Check Harness for damage.
33208 33 HORN - SHORT TO BATTERY Check Harness for damage.
33209 33 HORN - SHORT TO GROUND Check Harness for damage.
33279 33 GLOWPLUG - OPEN CIRCUIT Check Harness for damage.
33280 33 GLOWPLUG - SHORT TO BATTERY Check Harness for damage.

33281 33 GLOWPLUG - SHORT TO GROUND Check Harness for damage.
6-46 3121631

33287 33 LIFT - CURRENT FEEDBACK READING TOO LOW The UGM shall suspend Lift
Up and Down command and
revert to Open Loop Current
control for Lift;
The UGM shall limit Lift Up
and Down to Creep speed
after controls initialized
33295 33 SWING LEFT VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT Check Harness for damage.
33306 33 SWING LEFT VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY Check Harness for damage.
33314 33 FLOW CONTROL VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT Check Harness for damage.
33315 33 FLOW CONTROL VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY Check Harness for damage.
33316 33 FLOW CONTROL VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND Check Harness for damage.
33317 33 DRIVE FORWARD VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT Check Harness for damage.
33318 33 DRIVE FORWARD VALVE - SHORT TO BATTER Check Harness for damage.
33319 33 DRIVE FORWARD VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND Check Harness for damage.
33320 33 DRIVE REVERSE VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT Check Harness for damage.
33321 33 DRIVE REVERSE VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY Check Harness for damage.
33322 33 DRIVE REVERSE VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND Check Harness for damage.
33323 33 LIFT UP VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT Check Harness for damage.
33324 33 LIFT UP VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY Check Harness for damage.
33325 33 LIFT UP VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND Check Harness for damage.
33331 33 DRIVE - CURRENT FEEDBACK READING TOO LOW The UGM shall suspend Drive
Forward and Reverse command and revert to Open Current loop control for
Drive;
The UGM shall limit Drive Forward and Reverse to Creep
speed after controls initialized
33410 33 DRIVE - CURRENT FEEDBACK READING LOST The UGM shall suspend Drive
Forward and Reverse command and revert to Open Current loop control for
Drive;
The UGM shall limit Drive Forward and Reverse to Creep
speed after controls initialized
33412 33 SWING VALVES - SHORT TO BATTERY Check Harness for damage.
33414 33 SWING - CURRENT FEEDBACK READING TOO LOW Check wiring and coil.
33415 33 FLOW CONTROL VALVE - CURRENT FEEDBACK READING TOO The UGM shall suspend Flow
LOW Control and revert to Open
Current loop control for Flow
Control.
33417 33 LIFT - CURRENT FEEDBACK READING LOST The UGM shall suspend Lift
Up and Down command and
revert to Open Loop Current
control for Lift;
The UGM shall limit Lift Up
and Down to Creep speed
after controls initialized.
33418 33 SWING - CURRENT FEEDBACK READING LOST Check wiring and coil.
3121631 6-47

33419 33 FLOW CONTROL VALVE - CURRENT FEEDBACK READING LOST The UGM shall suspend Flow
Control and revert to Open
Current loop control for Flow
Control.
33488 33 SWING FLOW CONTROL VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND Check Harness for damage.
33575 33 ECM PULL DOWN RESISTOR - OPEN CIRCUIT Check Harness for damage.
340 34 <<< PLATFORM OUTPUT DRIVER >>>
341 34 PLATFORM LEVEL UP VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT Check Harness for damage.
342 34 PLATFORM LEVEL UP VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY Check Harness for damage.
343 34 PLATFORM LEVEL UP VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND Check Harness for damage.
344 34 PLATFORM LEVEL UP VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY OR OPEN Check Harness for damage.
CIRCUIT
345 34 PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT Check Harness for damage.
346 34 PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY Check Harness for damage.
347 34 PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND Check Harness for damage.
348 34 PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY OR Check Harness for damage.
OPEN CIRCUIT
349 34 PLATFORM ROTATE LEFT VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT Check Harness for damage.
3410 34 PLATFORM ROTATE LEFT VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY Check Harness for damage.
3411 34 PLATFORM ROTATE LEFT VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND Check Harness for damage.
3412 34 PLATFORM ROTATE RIGHT VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT Check Harness for damage.
3413 34 PLATFORM ROTATE RIGHT VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY Check Harness for damage.
3414 34 PLATFORM ROTATE RIGHT VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND Check Harness for damage.
3415 34 JIB LIFT UP VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT Check Harness for damage.
3416 34 JIB LIFT UP VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY Check Harness for damage.
3417 34 JIB LIFT UP VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND Check Harness for damage.
3418 34 JIB LIFT DOWN VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT Check Harness for damage.
3419 34 JIB LIFT DOWN VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY Check Harness for damage.
3420 34 JIB LIFT DOWN VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND Check Harness for damage.
3421 34 JIB ROTATE LEFT VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT Check Harness for damage.
3422 34 JIB ROTATE LEFT VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY Check Harness for damage.
3423 34 JIB ROTATE LEFT VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND Check Harness for damage.
3424 34 JIB ROTATE RIGHT VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT Check Harness for damage.
3425 34 JIB ROTATE RIGHT VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY Check Harness for damage.
3426 34 JIB ROTATE RIGHT VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND Check Harness for damage.
430 43 <<< ENGINE >>>

431 43 FUEL SENSOR - SHORT TO BATTERY OR OPEN CIRCUIT Energize fuel sensor per System Indicators
432 43 FUEL SENSOR - SHORT TO GROUND Energize fuel sensor per System Indicators
433 43 OIL PRESSURE - SHORT TO BATTERY Deutz engine only.
434 43 OIL PRESSURE - SHORT TO GROUND Deutz engine only.
- Not reported during engine start.
435 43 COOLANT TEMPERATURE - SHORT TO GROUND Deutz engine only.
436 43 FORD FAULT CODE ##
6-48 3121631

437 43 ENGINE TROUBLE CODE Report and log in Help
If [(MACHINE SETUP > DEUTZ
EMR2) or (MACHINE SETUP >
DEUTZ EMR4) and SPN:FMI =
535:7], prohibit engine
cranking.
438 43 HIGH ENGINE TEMP Ford / Deutz engine only.
439 43 AIR FILTER BYPASSED Check Airfilter for clogging
4310 43 NO ALTERNATOR OUTPUT Activate the No Charge indicator J4-26 per System Indicators.
4311 43 LOW OIL PRESSURE Ford / Deutz engine only.
4312 43 485 COMMUNICATIONS LOST
4313 43 THROTTLE ACTUATOR FAILURE
4314 43 WRONG ENGINE SELECTED - ECM DETECTED
4322 43 LOSS OF ENGINE SPEED SENSOR Diesel engine only.
4323 43 SPEED SENSOR READING INVALID SPEED Diesel engine only.
4331 43 SOOT LOAD WARNING - LOW Check Engine.
4332 43 SOOT LOAD WARNING - HIGH Check Engine.
4333 43 SOOT LOAD WARNING - SEVERE Check Engine.
4334 43 ENGINE COOLANT - LOW LEVEL MACHINE SETUP > ENGINE
SHUTDOWN = ENABLED then
shutdown the engine;
Activate High Engine Temperature indicator J4-28.
440 44 <<< BATTERY SUPPLY >>>
441 44 BATTERY VOLTAGE TOO LOW - SYSTEM SHUTDOWN
442 44 BATTERY VOLTAGE TOO HIGH - SYSTEM SHUTDOWN
445 44 BATTERY VOLTAGE LOW
660 66 <<< COMMUNICATION >>>
662 66 CANBUS FAILURE - PLATFORM MODULE
664 66 CANBUS FAILURE - ACCESSORY MODULE Check the Wiring.
666 66 CANBUS FAILURE - ENGINE CONTROLLER ECM equipped engine only.
6620 66 CANBUS FAILURE - UMS SENSOR
6622 66 CANBUS FAILURE - TCU MODULE
6623 66 CANBUS FAILURE - GATEWAY MODULE
6629 66 CANBUS FAILURE - TELEMATICS CANBUS LOADING
TOO HIGH
3121631 6-49

6657 66 CANBUS FAILURE - TEMPERATURE SENSOR The UGM shall set Low Temperature
Cutout state =
Faulty
Mode and if the Boom is
Above Elevation;
The UGM shall suspend
motion;
The UGM shall limit the
machine to Creep speed after
controls initialized
Mode and if the Boom is not
Above Elevation.
671 67 ACCESSORY FAULT
680 68 <<< TELEMATICS >>>
681 68 REMOTE CONTRACT MANAGEMENT OVERRIDE - ALL FUNC-
TIONS IN CREEP
810 81 <<< TILT SENSOR >>>
813 81 CHASSIS TILT SENSOR NOT CALIBRATED
815 81 CHASSIS TILT SENSOR DISAGREEMENT
816 81 UMS SENSOR NOT CALIBRATED
817 81 UMS SENSOR FAULT
820 82 <<< PLATFORM LOAD SENSE >>>
825 82 LSS HAS NOT BEEN CALIBRATED UGM to set Platform Load
State = Overloaded
826 82 RUNNING AT CREEP - PLATFORM OVERLOADED
827 82 DRIVE & BOOM PREVENTED - PLATFORM OVERLOADED
828 82 LIFT UP & TELE OUT PREVENTED - PLATFORM OVERLOADED
8639 86 FRONT LEFT STEER VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT Check Harness for damage.
8640 86 FRONT LEFT STEER VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY Check Harness for damage.
8641 86 FRONT LEFT STEER VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND Check Harness for damage.
8642 86 FRONT RIGHT STEER VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT Check Harness for damage.
8643 86 FRONT RIGHT STEER VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY Check Harness for damage.
8644 86 FRONT RIGHT STEER VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND Check Harness for damage.
8645 86 REAR LEFT STEER VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT Check Harness for damage.
8646 86 REAR LEFT STEER VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY Check Harness for damage.
8647 86 REAR LEFT STEER VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND Check Harness for damage.
8648 86 REAR RIGHT STEER VALVE - OPEN CIRCUIT Check Harness for damage.
8649 86 REAR RIGHT STEER VALVE - SHORT TO BATTERY Check Harness for damage.
8650 86 REAR RIGHT STEER VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND Check Harness for damage.
6-50 3121631

871 87 RETURN FILTER BYPASSED Check Hydraulic Return Filter.
872 87 CHARGE PUMP FILTER BYPASSED Check Charge Pump Filter.
873 87 MACHINE SAFETY SYSTEM OVERRIDE OCCURRED Response described in MSSO
Influence on Machine Operation section.
998 99 EEPROM FAILURE - CHECK ALL SETTINGS Disable all machine and
engine functions (i.e., command engine shutdown and
do not permit start); reset the
section of EEPROM where the
failure occurred to defaults.
9910 99 FUNCTIONS LOCKED OUT - PLATFORM MODULE SOFTWARE Activate the platform alarm
VERSION IMPROPER continuously
Creep mode is active
If Platform Mode is active,
disable all Drive, Steer, and
Boom functions and do not
permit Machine Enable.
9914 99 PLATFORM MODULE SOFTWARE UPDATE REQUIRED
9915 99 CHASSIS TILT SENSOR NOT GAIN CALIBRATED
9916 99 CHASSIS TILT SENSOR GAIN OUT OF RANGE
9919 99 GROUND SENSOR REF VOLTAGE OUT OF RANGE Not reported during power-up.
9920 99 PLATFORM SENSOR REF VOLTAGE OUT OF RANGE Not reported during power-up.
9921 99 GROUND MODULE FAILURE - HIGH SIDE DRIVER CUTOUT
FAULTY
9922 99 PLATFORM MODULE FAILURE - HWFS CODE 1
9923 99 GROUND MODULE FAILURE - HWFS CODE 1
9924 99 FUNCTIONS LOCKED OUT - MACHINE NOT CONFIGURED Display ??? or NO MODEL at
Analyzer MACHINE SETUP
menu MACHINE SETUP-
>MODEL NUMBER
Do not report any other faults
Disable all machine and
engine functions (i.e., command engine shutdown and
do not permit start).
9944 99 CURRENT FEEDBACK GAINS OUT OF RANGE A gain of 1 is used for the factory gain(s) that was out of
range; all functions shall be
placed in Creep mode.
9945 99 CURRENT FEEDBACK CALIBRATION CHECKSUM INCORRECT
9979 99 FUNCTIONS LOCKED OUT - GROUND MODULE SOFTWARE Disable all machine and
VERSION IMPROPER engine functions (i.e., command engine shutdown and do not permit start).
3121631 6-51
NOTES:
6-52 3121631
SECTION 7. BASIC ELECTRICAL INFORMATION & SCHEMATICS

7.1 GENERAL Also check that the lead on the "COM" port goes to the Ground
or negative side of the signal and the lead on the other port
This section contains basic electrical information and goes to the positive side of the signal.
schematics to be used for locating and correcting most of the
operating problems which may develop.If a problem should Scale
develop which is not presented in this section or which is not
corrected by listed corrective actions, technically qualified M = Mega = 1,000,000 * (Displayed Number)
guidance should be obtained before proceeding. k = kilo = 1,000 * (Displayed Number)
NOTE: Some of the procedures/connectors shown in this section m = milli = (Displayed Number) / 1,000
may not be applicable to all models.
μ = micro = (Displayed Number) / 1,000,000
7.2 MULTIMETER BASICS Example: 1.2 kW = 1200 W
Example: 50 mA = 0.05 A
A wide variety of multimeters or Volt Ohm Meters (VOM) can
be used for troubleshooting your equipment. This section Voltage Measurement
shows diagrams of a common, digital VOM configured for sev-
eral different circuit measurements. Instructions for your VOM
may vary. Please consult the meter operator’s manual for more
information.
Grounding
"Grounding the meter" means to take the black lead (which is
connected to the COM (common) or negative port) and touch
it to a good path to the negative side of the Voltage source.
Backprobing
To “backprobe” means to take the measurement by accessing
a connector’s contact on the same side as the wires, the back
of the connector. Readings can be done while maintaining cir-
cuit continuity this way. If the connector is the sealed type,
great care must be taken to avoid damaging the seal around
the wire. It is best to use probes or probe tips specifically
designed for this technique, especially on sealed connectors.
Whenever possible insert probes into the side of the connec-
tor such that the test also checks both terminals of the con-
nection. It is possible to inspect a connection within a closed
connector by backprobing both sides of a connector terminal
and measuring resistance. Do this after giving each wire a gen-
tle pull to ensure the wires are still attached to the contact and Figure 7-1. Voltage Measurement (DC)
contacts are seated in the connector. • If meter is not auto ranging, set it to the correct range
(See multimeter’s operation manual).
Min/Max
• Use firm contact with meter leads.
Use of the "Min/Max" recording feature of some meters can
help when taking measurements of intermittent conditions
while alone. For example, you can read the Voltage applied to
a solenoid when it is only operational while a switch, far from
the solenoid and meter, is held down.
Polarity
Getting a negative Voltage or current reading when expecting
a positive reading frequently means the leads are reversed.
Check what reading is expected, the location of the signal and
that the leads are connected to the device under test correctly.
3121631 7-1
Resistance Measurement Continuity Measurement
Figure 7-3. Continuity Measurement
• Some meters require a separate button press to enable

audible continuity testing.
• Circuit power must be turned OFF before testing
Figure 7-2. Resistance Measurement continuity.
• First test meter and leads by touching leads together. • Disconnect component from circuit before testing.
Resistance should read a short circuit (very low
resistance).
• First test meter and leads by touching leads together.
• Circuit power must be turned OFF before testing
Meter should produce an audible alarm, indicating
resistance.
continuity.
• Disconnect component from circuit before testing.
• If meter is not auto ranging, set it to the correct range
(See multimeter’s operation manual).
7-2 3121631
Current Measurement 7.3 APPLYING SILICONE DIELECTRIC COMPOUND

TO ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
NOTE: This section is not applicable for battery terminals.
JLG P/N 0100048 DIELECTRIC GREASE (NOVAGARD G661) IS THE ONLY MATE-
RIAL APPROVED FOR USE AS A DIELECTRIC GREASE.
NOTE: Do NOT apply dielectric grease to the following connec-

tions:
• Main Boom Rotary sensor connections (on Celesco Sensor),
• LSS Modules connections,
• Deutz EMR 2 ECM connection.
Silicone Dielectric Compound must be used on all electrical

connections except for those mentioned above for the follow-
ing reasons:
• To prevent oxidation at the mechanical joint between male

and female pins.
• To prevent electrical malfunction caused by low level con-

Figure 7-4. Current Measurement (DC) ductivity between pins when wet.
Use the following procedure to apply Silicone Dielectric Com-

• Set up the meter for the expected current range.
pound to the electrical connectors. This procedure applies to
• Be sure to connect the meter leads to the correct jacks all plug connections not enclosed in a box. Silicone grease
should not be applied to connectors with external seals.
for the current range you have selected.
1. To prevent oxidation, silicone grease must be packed
• If meter is not auto ranging, set it to the correct range
completely around male and female pins on the inside
(See multi meter’s operation manual). of the connector prior to assembly. This is most easily
achieved by using a syringe.
NOTE: Over a period of time, oxidation increases electrical resis-
tance at the connection, eventually causing circuit failure.
2. To prevent shorting, silicone grease must be packed

around each wire where they enter the outside of the
connector housing. Also, silicone grease must be
applied at the joint where the male and female connec-
tors come together. Any other joints (around strain
reliefs, etc.) where water could enter the connector
should also be sealed.
NOTE: This condition is especially common when machines are

pressure washed since the washing solution is much more
conductive than water.
3121631 7-3
3. Anderson connectors for the battery boxes and battery Deutsch HD, DT, DTM, DRC Series
chargers should have silicone grease applied to the con-
tacts only. The Deutsch connector system is commonly used for harsh
environment interconnect. Follow the installation instructions.
NOTE: Curing-type sealants might also be used to prevent short-
ing and would be less messy, but would make future pin
removal more difficult.
When applied to electrical connections, dielectric grease helps

to prevent corrosion of electrical contacts and improper con-
ductivity between contacts from moisture intrusion. Open and
sealed connectors benefit from the application of dielectric
grease.
Dielectric grease shall be applied to all electrical connectors at
the time of connection (except those noted under Exclusions).
Installation of Dielectric Grease

Before following these instructions, refer to excluded connec-
tor types (See Exclusions below).
1. Use dielectric grease in a tube for larger connection AMP Seal
points or apply with a syringe for small connectors.
The AMP Seal connector system is used on the Control ADE
2. Apply dielectric grease to the female contact (fill it Platform and Ground Modules.
approximately ½ full; see example below).
Apply dielectric grease to the female contact. If trapped air
3. Leave a thin layer of dielectric grease on the face of the prevents the connector from latching, pierce one of the
connector. unused wire seals. After assembly, install a seal plug (JLG
4. Assemble the connector system immediately to prevent #4460905) in that location to prevent moisture ingress.
moisture ingress or dust contamination. Note that seal plugs may be installed by the wire harness man-
5. Pierce one of the unused wire seals prior to assembly if ufacturer if an unused wire seal becomes compromised (wire
the connector system tends to trap air (i.e. AMP Seal) inserted in the wrong cavity during assembly and then cor-
and then install a seal plug. rected).
Figure 7-5. Application to Female Contacts
7-4 3121631
DIN Connectors
This connector is typically used on hydraulic valves. Follow the
installation instructions.
Figure 7-6. Use of Seal Plugs

Exclusions
AMP Mate-N-Lok A limited number of connectors do not benefit from dielectric
grease, or may be permanently damaged by application.
Follow the installation instructions. Dielectric grease may not be required in properly sealed
enclosures.
3121631 7-5
BRAD HARRISON / PHOENIX CONTACT M12 AMP JUNIOR TIMER

The connector uses gold contact material to resist corrosion This type of connector uses back-seals for moisture integrity.
and an o-ring seal for moisture integrity. If dielectric grease is However, the low-force contacts cannot displace dielectric
mistakenly applied to this connector system, the low-force
grease and create electrical contact. It is possible to use sol-
contacts cannot displace the grease to achieve electrical con-
vents (i.e. contact cleaner or mineral spirits) for the removal of
tact. Once contaminated, there is no practical way to remove
improperly applied dielectric grease. The EMR2 engine control
the dielectric grease (replacement of female contacts
module from Deutz employs this connector system (for exam-
required). The JLG Load Sensing System and 1250AJP Rotary
ple).
Angle Sensors are examples of components with the M12 con-
nector system.
7-6 3121631
7.4 AMP CONNECTOR 2. Pull back on the contact wire with a force of 1 or 2 lbs. to
be sure the retention fingers are holding the contact
(See Figure 7-9.).
Assembly
Check to be sure the wedge lock is in the open, or as-shipped,
position (See Figure 7-7.). Proceed as follows:
Figure 7-7. Connector Assembly Figure 1
1. To insert a contact, push it straight into the appropriate

circuit cavity as far as it will go (See Figure 7-9.).
Figure 7-8. AMP Connector
3121631 7-7
3. After all required contacts have been inserted, the 4. Slide the wedge lock into the housing until it is flush
wedge lock must be closed to its locked position. with the housing (See Figure 7-11.).
Release the locking latches by squeezing them inward
(See Figure 7-10.).
7-8 3121631
Figure 7-12. Connector Disassembly
Disassembly Service - Voltage Reading

1. Insert a 4.8 mm (3/16") wide screwdriver blade between
the mating seal and one of the red wedge lock tabs.
DO NOT PIERCE WIRE INSULATION TO TAKE VOLTAGE READINGS.
2. Pry open the wedge lock to the open position.
It has been common practice in electrical troubleshooting to
3. While rotating the wire back and forth over a half turn probe wires by piercing the insulation with a sharp point. This
(1/4 turn in each direction), gently pull the wire until the practice should be discouraged when dealing with the
contact is removed. AMPSEAL plug assembly, or any other sealed connector sys-
tem. The resulting pinholes in the insulation will allow mois-
NOTE: The wedge lock should never be removed from the housing
ture to invade the system by traveling along the wire strands.
for insertion or removal of the contacts.
This nullifies the effectiveness of the connector seals and
could result in system failure.
Wedge Lock
The wedge lock has slotted openings in the forward, or mating
end. These slots accommodate circuit testing in the field, by
using a flat probe such as a pocket knife. DO NOT use a sharp
point such as an ice pick.
3121631 7-9
Figure 7-13. Connector Installation
7-10 3121631
7.5 DEUTSCH CONNECTORS DT/DTP Series Disassembly

DT/DTP Series Assembly
A B
A B
C
C D
Figure 7-14. DT/DTP Contact Installation Figure 7-15. DT/DTP Contact Removal
5. Remove wedgelock using needle nose pliers or a hook

1. Grasp crimped contact about 25mm behind the contact shaped wire to pull wedge straight out.
barrel.
6. To remove the contacts, gently pull wire backwards,
2. Hold connector with rear grommet facing you. while at the same time releasing the locking finger by
3. Push contact straight into connector grommet until a moving it away from the contact with a screwdriver.
click is felt. A slight tug will confirm that it is properly 7. Hold the rear seal in place, as removing the contact may
locked in place. displace the seal.
4. Once all contacts are in place, insert wedgelock with
arrow pointing toward exterior locking mechanism. The
wedgelock will snap into place. Rectangular wedges are
not oriented. They may go in either way.
NOTE: The receptacle is shown - use the same procedure for plug.
3121631 7-11
HD30/HDP20 Series Assembly HD30/HDP20 Series Disassembly
A B A B
C C
Figure 7-16. HD/HDP Contact Installation Figure 7-18. HD/HDP Contact Removal
8. Grasp contact about 25mm behind the contact crimp

barrel. 11. With rear insert toward you, snap appropriate size
extractor tool over the wire of contact to be removed.
9. Hold connector with rear grommet facing you.
12. Slide tool along into the insert cavity until it engages
10. Push contact straight into connector grommet until a contact and resistance is felt.
positive stop is felt. A slight tug will confirm that it is
properly locked in place. 13. Pull contact-wire assembly out of connector.
Figure 7-19. HD/HDP Unlocking Contacts

Figure 7-17. HD/HDP Locking Contacts Into Position
NOTE: Do Not twist or insert tool at an angle.
NOTE: For unused wire cavities, insert sealing plugs for full envi-
ronmental sealing.
7-12 3121631
7.6 TELEMATICS GATEWAY

Personnel using machines equipped with an optional telemat-
ics gateway will be able to view the following data through
their telematics device:
JLG LABEL DESCRIPTION UNIT

Engine Speed Actual engine speed. RPM
Indicates the level of DEF (diesel exhaust fluid) within the DEF tank if the machine is equipped with DEF tank.
DEF Tank Level (If Equipped) • 0% = Empty Percentage (%)
• 100% = Full
• 00 - No Machine Faults
JLG Machine Faults: • 01 - Active Machine Fault

Bit
Active / Not-Active • 10 - Error
• 11 - Not available
Total Idle Fuel Used Total amount of fuel used during vehicle operation during idle conditions. Liters
Total Idle Hours Total time of engine operation during idle conditions. Seconds
Total Engine Hours Total time of engine operation. Seconds
Total Fuel Used Total amount of fuel used during vehicle operation. Liters
Fuel Rate Amount of fuel consumed by engine per unit of time. Liters/Hour
Ratio of fuel volume to the total volume of the fuel storage container. When a low fuel limit switch is present, the fuel level
will indicate "full" until the switch opens, which will then indicate 10% fuel remaining.
Fuel Level Percentage (%)
When Fuel Level 2 (SPN 38) is not used, Fuel Level 1 represents the total fuel in all fuel storage containers. When Fuel Level
2 is used, Fuel Level 1 represents the fuel level in the primary or left side fuel storage container.
DM1 Engine Faults Shows actual engine fault codes. N/A
GATEWAY MODULE
DIAGNOSTICS PLUG
Telematics-Ready (TCU) Plug
The telematics-ready (TCU) plug is a standard 12-pin Deutsch
connector. Pin-out locations are shown below:
12 1 - BATTERY
11 2 - GROUND
CAN-HI 2 - 10 3
CAN-LO 2 - 9 4 - IGNITION
8 5
7 6
TELEMATICS-READY PLUG
3121631 7-13
7-14
MS1619-3 MS1619-1
MS1619-2
X1609
MS1620-1
S1614
MS1618-2
S1615
MS1620-3
MS1620-2
MS1618-3
CO1613-J2
CO1613-J1
X1606
Figure 7-20. Telematics Gateway Harness - Sheet 1 of 3
3121631
X1609 (TCU) MS1620-3 (CAN-T 2)

CONN POS WIRE COLOR WIRE LABEL GAUGE JACKET TO CONN POS WIRE COLOR WIRE LABEL GAUGE JACKET TO
1 RED 1-0 BAT 16 AWG GXL X1606 (B) A YEL CANH2 18 AWG GXL CO1613-J2 (10)
2 BLK 0-0 GND 16 AWG GXL S1615 (1) B GRN CANL2 18 AWG GXL CO1613-J2 (9)
4 ORN 2-0 IGN 16 AWG GXL S1614 (1)

S1614
9 GRN CANL2 18 AWG GXL MS1619-2 (B)
CONN POS WIRE COLOR WIRE LABEL GAUGE JACKET TO
10 YEL CANH2 18 AWG GXL MS1619-2 (A)
1 ORN 2-0 IGN 16 AWG GXL X1609 (4)
MS1619-2 (CAN-T 2) 2 ORN 2-1 IGN 16 AWG GXL X1606 (H)
CONN POS WIRE COLOR WIRE LABEL GAUGE JACKET TO 2 ORN 2-2 IGN 16 AWG GXL CO1613-J1 (12)
A YEL CANH2 18 AWG GXL X1609 (10)
B GRN CANL2 18 AWG GXL X1609 (9)

S1615
MS1619-3 (CAN-T 2) 1 BLK 0-0 GND 16 AWG GXL X1609 (2)
CONN POS WIRE COLOR WIRE LABEL GAUGE JACKET TO 2 BLK 0-1 GND 16 AWG GXL X1606 (A)
A YEL CANH2 18 AWG GXL MS1620-2 (A) 2 BLK 0-2 GND 16 AWG GXL CO1613-J1 (11)
B GRN CANL2 18 AWG GXL MS1620-2 (B)
MS1618-2 (CAN-T 1)
CO1613-J1 (GATEWAY 1)
A YEL CANH1 18 AWG GXL CO1613-J1 (10)
9 GRN CAN1 18 AWG GXL MS1618-2 (B)
B GRN CANL1 18 AWG GXL CO1613-J1 (9)
11 BLK 0-2 GND 16 AWG GXL S1615 (2) MS1618-3 (CAN-T 1)

12 ORN 2-2 IGN 16 AWG GXL S1614 (2) CONN POS WIRE COLOR WIRE LABEL GAUGE JACKET TO
A YEL CANH1 18 AWG GXL X1606 (C)

CO1613-J2 (GATEWAY 2)
B GRN CANL1 18 AWG GXL X1606 (D)
9 GRN CANL2 18 AWG GXL MS1620-3 (B) X1606 (DIAG)

A BLK 0-1 GND 16 AWG GXL S1615 (2)

MS1620-2 (CAN-T 2)
B RED 1-0 BAT 16 AWG GXL X1609 (1)
C YEL CANH1 18 AWG GXL MS1618-3 (A)
A YEL CANH2 18 AWG GXL MS1619-3 (A)
D GRN CANL1 18 AWG GXL MS1618-3 (B)
B GRN CANL2 18 AWG GXL MS1619-3 (B)
H ORN 2-1 IGN 16 AWG GXL S1614 (2)
3121631 7-15
FROM TO
WIRE NO. COLOR WIRE GAUGE LENGTH (mm) JACKET REFERENCE PIN REFERENCE PIN
CAN L2 GRN 18 AWG 1151 GXL MS1619-3 B MS1620-2 B
CAN L2 GRN 18 AWG 151 GXL X1609 9 MS1619-2 B
CAN L1 GRN 18 AWG 157 GXL MS1618-2 B CO1613-J1 9
CAN L2 GRN 18 AWG 225 GXL MS1620-3 B CO1613-J2 9
CAN L1 GRN 18 AWG 1076 GXL MS1618-3 B X1606 D
CAN H2 YEL 18 AWG 155 GXL X1609 10 MS1619-2 A
CAN H2 YEL 18 AWG 233 GXL MS1620-3 A CO1613-J2 10
CAN H1 YEL 18 AWG 157 GXL MS1618-2 A CO1613-J1 10
CAN H2 YEL 18 AWG 1150 GXL MS1619-3 A MS1620-2 A
CAN H1 YEL 18 AWG 1079 GXL MS1618-3 A X1606 C
0-0 GND BLK 16 AWG 1006 GXL X1609 2 S1615 1
0-1 GND BLK 16 AWG 1145 GXL X1606 A S1615 2
0-2 GND BLK 16 AWG 223 GXL CO1613-J1 11 S1615 2
1-0 BAT RED 16 AWG 2150 GXL X1609 1 X1606 B
2-0 IGN ORN 16 AWG 939 GXL X1609 4 S1614 1
2-1 IGN ORN 16 AWG 1212 GXL S1614 2 X1606 H
2-2 IGN ORN 16 AWG 287 GXL CO1613-J1 12 S1614 2
7-16 3121631
This page left blank intentionally.
3121631 7-17
PLATFORM
FLOODLIGHTS
FOOTSWITCH
7500W
GENERATOR
GENERATOR PLATFORM
SWITCH BOX
J7
PLATFORM
J1
WORK LIGHTS
J5 J6
J2
ABOVE HORIZONTAL
LIMIT SWITCH
J8
BOOM CAPACITY
ANGLE
LIMIT SWITCH
BOOM CAPACITY
LENGTH
LIMIT SWITCHES
DPF BOOM TRANSPORT
LENGTH
TILT LIMIT SWITCHES
#2 SENSOR
PLATFORM
CONTROL BOX #1
JIB VALVE
GROUND BOOM
PROX.
CONTROL BOX SWITCH
J8
J1
J12 J7
J2
J3 J4
HEADLIGHTS
DIAGNOSTIC
ANALYZER TAILLIGHTS
MAE19760
Figure 7-23. Electrical Components Installation - Sheet 1 of 2
7-18 3121631
OR
25000W
GENERATOR
RELAY
25000W
GENERATOR
CONTROL BOX
75000W
25000W GENERATOR
GENERATOR CONTROL BOX 75000W 75000W
GENERATOR SKYPOWER
RELAYS GENERATOR
BOSCH FUEL
REGULATOR
ENGINE (GM)
CONTROL EGR VALVE
ENGINE (DEUTZ D2011) SWITCH
TO FUEL WATER IN (DEUTZ
CONTROL PUMP FUEL IND. OR D2011)
(DEUTZ TD2.9L4) ECU
ENGINE MODULE
HARNESS GM
(DEUTZ D2011)
DEUTZ TD2.9L4
COMPONENTS TO GLOW PLUGS
TO ENGINE EIC (FORD
ENGINE)
FUEL
TO COOLANT REGULATOR AUX
LEVEL IND. (GM HARNESS) PUMP
RELAY
(DEUTZ BOLT ON
POWER D2011) ENGINE
START
MODULE RELAY BATTERY
RELAY GLOW
PLUGS
STROBE 2 SPEED
LIGHT & BRAKE
VALVE
GLOW START
PLUGS RELAY
HYDRAULIC RELAY (DEUTZ)
PUMPS
AUX
RELAY
STARTER
ALTERNATOR
(DEUTZ DRIVE
TD2.9L4) ORIENTATION GENERATOR
SWITCH HOURMETER
REAR MAIN
CONTROL
STEER VALVE
HORN
FUEL
LEVEL
SENSOR MAIN LIFT
ALARM
CYLINDER MAE19750
Figure 7-24. Electrical Components Installation - Sheet 2 of 2
3121631 7-19
A B C D
SHEET 1
A B C D
Figure 7-25. Electrical Schematic GM - Sheet 1 of 2
7-20 3121631
E F G H
SHEET 2 1001131992 A
E F G H
Figure 7-26. Electrical Schematic GM - Sheet 2 of 2
3121631 7-21
8 7 6 5 4
PLATFORM WORK LIGHTS SEE

SHT 1
ZONE B2
WHT 2-18-2 ZONE C8
La RED 30 AMP
PLATFORM BOX BLACK 18 BLK/WHT (12) 18 BLACK (12)
YEL/RED 2-12-2 RED 1-2(10)
YEL/RED 2-12-1
H SEE SHT 7 ZONE F1
OR RED
SEE SHT 6 ZONE G6 BLACK
1 RED 1 33
5 SEE ZONE A5 BLUE 102-1
2 BLU 2 ORN/RED 49-63 25 21 RED/WHT 50-2-1 5 BLUE 5
AMP YEL/RED 2-40-9
BLK 3 ORN/RED 49-68 PINK 26-3-1 7 BROWN (18) 7
3
PINK 25-3-1 9 RED/BLK (18) 9 MAIN TELE IN
MAIN TELE OUT
STROBE LIGHT ROTATE RIGHT
5
6
7
ROTATE LEFT
TO BATTERY NEG.
15 YEL/BLK(18) 15 BLU/ORN 52-11 1
LEVEL UP
PINK 25-3-2
15
PINK 26-3-2
1 RED LEVEL DOWN
RED/WHT 50-2-3
2
RED 1-90
15 AMP
C.B. START SWITCH
PINK 26-3-3
2 YEL 16 ORN/RED 49-80 26 BLU/ORN 52-11 MTB
PINK 25-3-3
SELECT AUX POWER/ENABLE
3 BLK 17 YEL/RED
ORN/RED 49-81 2-5-1
SWITCH
G
YEL/RED YEL/RED
13 ORN/BLK 13 2-5 MTB
MAIN TELE IN BROWN 13-1 5 2-5 JIB UP
16 EMS
MAIN TELE OUT 6 YEL/RED JIB DOWN
BROWN 14-1 15 ORN(12) YEL/RED 2 B1 YEL/RED
ORN/RED 49-103 2-2(12) 10 10 2-2(12) MAIN LIFT UP
ROTATE RIGHT GRAY 24-1 7
4 2-4 (12) MAIN LIFT DOWN
ROATE LEFT GRAY 23-1 8 PLATFORM DUMP PLATFORM SEE YEL/RED 2-2-2
24 EMS SHT 1 1 B YEL/RED
LEVEL UP PINK 25-1 9 UP LEVEL SWING RIGHT
22 ZONE G1 2-1(12)
J7 (BLACK)
LEVEL DOWN PINK 26-1 10 DOWN LEVEL 3 SWING LEFT

JIB UP BLUE 27-1 11 5 GRAY 23-3 8 LEFT ROTATE
YEL/RED 2-3(16)
ZONE C4
ZONE C4
ZONE B4
ZONE C4
ZONE C4
6
ZONE B4
JIB DOWN BLUE 28-1 12 GRAY 24-3 9 RIGHT ROTATE SEE
25 BLUE 27-3 10 YEL/RED YEL/RED SHT 1
FUEL SELECT BLU/ORN 52-20 33 UP JIB
2-30-4 2-1-3 ZONE G1
Ref.V RED/ORN 4 RED/WHT 55-30 34 26 BLUE 28-3 11 DOWN JIB
PUMP (12)
WIPER GREEN 6 RED/WHT 55-31 35 29 BLACK 12 X1001 BRN/WHT 47-9
POTENTIOMETER
GND BRN/BLK 5 BLACK 13 10
SEE SHT 7 ZONE F1 30 HOURMETER
CREEP 2 ORN/RED 49-11 32 13 OR 86 85
19 14 SEE SHT 6 ZONE E2 87a ENGINE LOW
87
F OIL PRESSURE
ORN/YEL
15 YEL/RED 2-37 20 31 CAN HI

BLU/YEL
RED (18) A 3 RED (18) 3 ENGINE HIGH

CAN LO
21 30 BLACK (18) B 2 BLACK (18) 2 TEMPERATURE
BLACK
22 32 CAN SHIELD SHIELD NO CHARGE
C 1 1
EMS PTF TO MTB output YEL/RED 2-3-1 SYSTEM
23 3 4 ORANGE (18) 4
3 24 1 GND MODE DISTRESS
YEL/RED 2-30-1
J1 (WHITE)
BLACK (10)
ORN 55-52 2 PTF EMS X1002
18 27 ORN/RED 49-104
J1-19
1 28 ORN/RED 49-105 PLATFORM
OVERLOAD
YEL/RED 2-1-1(12)
2
FOOTSWITCH 2
3 8 ORN/RED 49-70 7 CRIBBING ENABLED
BLACK
YEL/RED 2-10
4 4 ORN/RED 49-71 8 WHITE 7 GREEN 6 YELLOW(18) 6 GLOW PLUG
{
16
17 ORN/RED 49-69-1 SEE SHT 7 ZONE F1
17
SEE SHT 4, ZONE D7

SEE SHT 2, ZONE E6
SEE SHT 5, ZONE E4

8 HOLE PLUG 8
18 ORN/RED 49-69 SEE SHT 6
START SWITCH WHT/YEL 48-1 14 ZONE H8,F8
7 YEL/RED 2-63
AUX POWER BRN/ORN 53-1 15
E SEE SHT 7
WHT/YEL 48-5 28 YEL/RED 2-63-1
ENGINE SPEED ZONE F1 16 BLACK (12) 16 BLACK (12)
TWO SPEED ORANGE 55-46 27
HORN 19 ORN/RED 49-4 12 RED (12) 12 YEL/RED 2-1-2(12)
BLU/ORN 52-1 31 ALARM
SOFT TOUCH OVERIDE 11 BLU/BLK 11
ORN/RED 49-40 29
HEAD/TAIL LIGHTS RED (18)
BLU/ORN 52-12 30 20 BLACK TO SOFT TOUCH IND. 14 HOLE PLUG 14
PRIMARY LEVEL SENSOR BLACK (18)
11 17 HOLE PLUG 17
34 23 HOLE PLUG 19
19 YEL/RED 2-3-1
TILT J4-5 ORN/RED 49-3 6 34
YEL/RED 2-21
SYSTEM DISTRESS 8 IGN POWER YEL/RED 2-30
J3-6 BRN/WHT 47-12 12 CONNECTOR
YEL/RED 2-2-1
FOOTSWITCH/ENABLE J2-2 YEL/RED 2-21 7 35
YEL/RED 2-30-1
CREEP J2-1 ORN/RED 49-15 9 YEL/RED 2-4 (16)
RED (18) CAN HI
CABLE SERVICE J3-5 ORN/RED 49-101 10
CAN LO BROWN 103-1
BLACK (18)
OVERLOAD J4-3 ORN/RED 49-100 11 GENERATOR
YEL/RED 2-90
CAN SHIELD
YEL/RED 2-75
J2 (GRAY)
9 BLU/ORN 52-4 1 2 DRIVE ORIEN.

D 12
YEL/RED 2-20 (16)
226KG/500#CAPACITY J4-4 RED/YEL 54-2 ORN/RED 49-86 PROX. SW

YEL/RED 2-1-99 (16)
453KG/1000#CAPACITY 13 YEL/RED 2-63

J3-4 RED/YEL 54-3-1
BLK 10
DRIVE ORIENTATION J3-3 ORN 55-51 14 DUAL CAPACITY CAPACITY ANGLE SWITCH
WHT 9
MACHINES ONLY BLK 8
GENERATOR ON J4-2 BLU/ORN 52-4-1 15 CAPACITY LENGTH SWITCH
WHT 7
MAIN BOOM LENGTH
GLOW PLUG J4-6 WHT/YEL 48-6 17 GND FROM GND MODULE
J8 (BLACK)
1 BLACK (12) 4 ORN/RED 49-62 5 BLK WHT 6

SPARE 19 GND EMS
2 YEL/RED 2-1-2
TILT SYSTEM J4-1 BRN/WHT 47-10 20
ONLY TIER IVF
ORN/RED 49-76 3 ORN/RED 49-60 2 BLK WHT 1

FAILURE LAMP
NOT TIER IVF
BLACK 18
FULL BRN/WHT 47-4 35 MAIN BOOM ELEVATION
FUEL GAGE
SWING
3/4 BRN/WHT 47-3 23 CABLE SERVICE BROWN 2
1/2 BRN/WHT 47-2 24 5K SWITCH (CE ONLY) 4 1 BLACK 3
1/4 6 A B C
BRN/WHT 47-1 22
{
C ZONE C5 BLACK Lb 25 5 WHITE 1 BLUE 3

BLU 0-27-2 21 1 RED/BLU 5
BRN 15-1 BROWN
SEE SHT 1 ZONE C2
SEE SHT 5 ZONE E2
BOOM ANGLE
J5 (WHITE)
TO ALARM GROUND 1 4 GRN/YEL 2 6

PROX. SWITCH 1 BLACK
BRN 16-1 2 2 GREEN
TO J7-20
SEE SHT 4, ZONE G2
SEE SHT 4, ZONE B5
LIFT
SEE SHT 2, ZONE F7
SOFT TOUCH ORN/RED 49-42 16

3 BROWN 5K
DRIVE ORIENTATION 4
ORN 55-50
OVERRIDE SWITCH 7 BLACK OR BLU/YEL
5 ZONE C8
3 ZONE H8
BLU/ORN 52-3 33 5 WHT/GRN LEFT
14 YEL/RED 2-36 32 STEER
6 WHT/YEL RIGHT
31
4
GRY CAN LO
GRY CAN LO
J6 (BLACK)
30
WHT 2-18-2
SHIELD (18)
SHIELD (18)
BLK CAN HI
BLK CAN HI
COMPONENTS LOCATED
BLACK (18)
BLACK (18)
BLU 0-27-2
2 BLUE
RED ORN/RED 49-92 26
RED (18)
RED (18)
11 RED OR WHT/RED IN PLATFORM BOX

28 1
GREEN 10 ORN/RED 49-91
3 BROWN 5
WHITE 9 ORN/RED 49-90 29 DRIVE
7 BLACK AMP
BLACK/SHIELD 8 ORN/RED 49-89 27
B 8 7 6 5 10 9 4 3 12 11 2 1
1 2 3 4 5
CO99
LSS
ANALYZER TRANSMIT
MS509
ANALYZER GROUND
ANALYZER RECEIVE
ANALYZER POWER
CANBUS
*PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN IS THE

COIL CLOSEST TO THE VALVE CE MARKET ONLY
MDI
GOLD SILVER
ORN/RED 49-103 1 HEST IND
BLACK (18) 3
1 2 3 4 ORN/RED 49-104 2 REGEN IND
RED (18) 4
ORN/RED 49-105 3 INHIBIT IND
BRN 15-1 4 5
BRN 16-1 5 6
6 SEE ZONE H4 BLUE 102-1 1
A FORCE
YEL/RED 2-10 7 DPF SW BROWN 103-1 2
8 INHIBIT
BLACK 9
(CAT ONLY)
SHEET 1
8 7 6 5 4
Figure 7-27. Electrical Schematic - Sheet 1 of 17
7-22 3121631
5 4 3 2 1
SEE
SHT 1
ZONE B2 GROUND CONTROL BOX
30 AMP
BLK/WHT (12) 18 BLACK (12)
RED 1-2(10)
SEE ZONE A5 BLUE 102-1

5 +12 VDC
BLUE 5
AMP YEL/RED 2-40-9 OUTPUT
BROWN (18) 7 24
WHEN ON 17
RED/BLK (18) MAIN TELE IN BROWN 13-2 7 GROUND
9 2
MAIN TELE OUT BROWN 14-2 30 CONTROLS
32
STROBE LIGHT ROTATE RIGHT GRAY 24-2 18 TELEMATICS
TO BATTERY NEG.
10
ROTATE LEFT GRAY 23-2 6
BLU/ORN 52-11 1 21 RED 1-91 1
YEL/BLK(18) 15 LEVEL UP PINK 25-2 17
2
RED 1-90
5 PINK 25-3 BLACK 0-0

LEVEL DOWN PINK 26-2 5 3
2 7 PINK 26-3 SEE SHT 1 ZONE F4 (SEE NOTE) BRN/WHT 47-9
START SWITCH WHT/YEL 48-1 4 4
MTB 3 RED/WHT 50-2-1 SEE SHT 1 ZONE F5 YEL/RED 2-2-2
SELECT AUX POWER/ENABLE BRN/ORN 53-2 16
23
SWITCH 20 NOTE: FOR CE MACHINES CONNECT
1 WIRE BRN/WHT 47-9 TO J4-12 ON GROUND G
YEL/RED 9 8 YELLOW 10-1 RIGHT FRONT STEER
13 ORN/BLK 13 MTB BLUE 27-2 CONTROL BOX.
J4 (BLUE)
2-5 JIB UP 19 19 YELLOW 9-1
EMS LEFT FRONT STEER
JIB DOWN BLUE 28-2 8 9
YEL/RED 2 B1 YEL/RED
10 ORN(12) 10 MAIN LIFT UP TAN 3-2 23
2-2(12) 20
4 2-4 (12) MAIN LIFT DOWN
J2 (GRAY)
SEE YEL/RED 2-2-2 TAN 4-2 33
1 14 BLACK
SHT 1 B YEL/RED SWING RIGHT WHITE 22-2 35
ZONE G1 13 RED/WHT 50-6 MAIN DUMP
2-1(12) SWING LEFT WHITE 21-2 34
3 4 BROWN 13-3 IN MAIN TELE
10 16 BROWN 14-3 OUT MAIN TELE
21
ZONE C4
ZONE C4
ZONE B4
SEE 33 TAN 3-3 LIFT UP DUMP

YEL/RED YEL/RED SHT 1 11 30 BLACK
2-30-4 2-1-3 ZONE G1 22 +12 VDC 31 RED/WHT 50-10 FLOW CONTROL WHT/BLK 12-1
(12) YEL/RED 2-40 25 OUTPUT
BRN/WHT 47-9 35 WHITE 22-3 RIGHT SWING WHT/BLK 11-2
WHEN ON
2 GROUND 34 WHITE 21-3 LEFT SWING WHT/BLK 11-3
30 HOURMETER CONTROLS 22 RED/WHT 50-12 LIFT FLOW CONTROL WHT/BLK 33-7
86 85 BRN/WHT 47-8 12
87a ENGINE LOW 12
87 29
RED (18) 3
OIL PRESSURE BRN/WHT 47-5-1
11 F
ENGINE HIGH
BLACK (18) 2 TEMPERATURE BRN/WHT 47-6-1 28 HEAD/TAIL LIGHT OUTPUT
BLACK
15 TAN 55-3 LIFT DOWN HOLDING VALVE

SHIELD 1 NO CHARGE BRN/WHT 47-8-1 26 87
BLACK (10)
ORANGE (18) 4 SYSTEM 87a

BRN/WHT 47-10-1 27 27 BLU/ORN 52-10 ALARM 85
DISTRESS 86
29 BLACK 30 14 GA.
13 FUSE LINK
J1-19
26 BLU/ORN 52-12 12 BLU/ORN 52-12 RED 1-1 (12)

YEL/RED 2-1-1(12)
15 18 BLACK
PLATFORM
OVERLOAD ORN/RED 49-100 14 24
CRIBBING ENABLED 28 SPARE-GND 4 LED
BRN/WHT 47-75 1
25 BRN/WHT 47-12 FUEL SENSOR (SIGNAL) 1 FUEL GAGE IN
6 GLOW PLUG WHT/YEL 48-6 3 6 BLACK SENSOR (GROUND) 2 PLATFORM.
BLACK 31
{ SEE SHT 4, ZONE D7
SEE SHT 2, ZONE E6
SEE SHT 5, ZONE E4
8 32 1
GND FROM BATTERY 2
1 3 ORANGE 7-2 DRIVE FORWARD WHT/BLK 58-1-1
MTB EMS input E
2 6 ORANGE 8-2 DRIVE REVERSE WHT/BLK 58-1-2
GND TO PLATFORM
J8 (BLACK)
16 BLACK (12) 3 23 ORANGE 55-45 BRAKE

MTB EMS TO PLATFORM
12 YEL/RED 2-1-2(12) 4 20 ORANGE 55-47 2-SPEED
11 5 BLACK
RED (18) CAN HI 18
14 13
CAN LO 27
BLACK (18) 24
17 CAN SHIELD 4 AUXILIARY POWER
18
19 PTF EMS 1 8 NOTE: NOT ALL BLACK GROUND WIRES PUMP
YEL/RED 2-3-1
FOOTSWITCH 9 ARE NUMBERED ON ALL MODELS MOTOR
YEL/RED 2-21 15 M
YEL/RED 2-30 MTB MODE SELECT 3 12
PLATFORM MODE INPUT
YEL/RED 2-2-1 2 13
J1 (WHITE)
MTB MODE OUTPUT BRN/ORN 53-2

YEL/RED 2-30-1 14 28 YEL/RED ANALYZER POWER 1
YEL/RED 2-4 (16) 9 29 ORN/RED 49-91 ANALYZER RECEIVE 2
RED (18) CAN HI 23 30 ORN/RED 49-90 ANALYZER TRANSMIT 3
CAN LO BROWN 103-1 25 31 BLACK ANALYZER GROUND 4
BLACK (18)
CAN SHIELD DRIVE ORIEN. 5 10 YEL/RED 2-1-99 IGNITION
ORN/RED 49-86 PROX. SW 33 11 D
YEL/RED 2-63 ORN/RED 49-106 21 14
BLK 10 ORN/RED 49-66 4 15
YEL/RED 2-1-99 (16)
DUAL CAPACITY CAPACITY ANGLE SWITCH YEL/RED 2-62

WHT 9 16
MACHINES ONLY 22 SEE
BLK 8 ORN/RED 49-65 7 SHT 2, ZONE G5
CAPACITY LENGTH SWITCH 16
WHT 7 YEL/RED 2-61 26 SHT 4, ZONE E6
24
J7 (BLACK)
MAIN BOOM LENGTH 25

10 26
4 ORN/RED 49-62 5 BLK WHT 6 ORN/RED 49-64 29 7 WHT/BLK 58-1
30
21
ORN/RED 49-76 3 ORN/RED 49-60 2 BLK WHT 1 YEL/RED 2-60 11 17
NOT TIER IVF
8 34
MAIN BOOM ELEVATION 32 B+
28
BROWN 2 ORN/RED 49-87 32 33 ORN 100-1
CABLE SERVICE
19
SWITCH (CE ONLY) 4 1 BLACK 3 ORN/RED 49-88 12
A B C 35 CRIBBING
{
BLUE 3 2 ENABLE C
1
BATTERY
SWITCH
12 VDC
ORN/RED 49-94 31 1
BROWN 5
BOOM ANGLE 8 BLU/ORN 52-75 13 12 YEL/RED 2-75 SEE
PROX. SWITCH 1 2 BLACK 6 ORN/RED 49-95 35
9 OPTION SHT 1
J3 (BLACK)
ZONE
SEE SHT 4, ZONE G2
SEE SHT 4, ZONE B5
SEE SHT 2, ZONE F7
6 5
ZONE F5 7 C6
34 WHT/BLK 58-3
ZONE F6 13
22
ZONE C8 11 ORN 100-2
ZONE F5 17
ZONE H8 12
ZONE F6 19 10
14 WHT/BLK 33-7
ZONE F5 27 4 WHT/BLK 11-1
ZONE F6 20
GRY CAN LO
GRY CAN LO
6 WHT/BLK 12-1
WHT 2-18-2
SHIELD (18)
SHIELD (18)
BLK CAN HI
BLK CAN HI
COMPONENTS LOCATED
BLACK (18)
BLACK (18)
BLU 0-27-2
SW1003
RED (18)
RED (18)
IN PLATFORM BOX 3
ORN 101-1 ORN 100-3
5 1 CE MARKET ONLY
AMP 2 BLACK A
MSSO
3 CAN HI C
8 7 6 5 10 9 4 3 12 11 2 1 4 CAN LO D B
1 2 3 4 5
J12
5 CAN SHIELD E DIAGNOSTICS

6 YEL/RED 2-90 H CONNECTOR
CO99 7 WHT/YEL RED 1-90 B
LSS 8
MS509 SEE
CLEARSKY
CANBUS ENABLE
SHEET 1
ZONE H4
*PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN IS THE

COIL CLOSEST TO THE VALVE CE MARKET ONLY
MDI
HEST IND
BLACK (18) 3
REGEN IND
INHIBIT IND
RED (18) 4
5
6
SEE ZONE H4 BLUE 102-1 1
BROWN 103-1
A
2
SHEET 1
5 4 3 2 1
MAE19890M
3121631 7-23
8 7 6 5 4
87a
30
RED 1-2-2 WHT/YEL 48-8
1
87
J1-7 ON SHEET 1, ZONE C3 WHT/YEL 48-15
86
J1-17 ON SHEET 1, ZONE C3 BLACK
PUMP
FUEL
85
G FUEL PUMP RELAY
(LOCATED IN M.T.B.)
BLACK
2
BATTERY +
SHEET 1
SEE ZONE D1
SHEET 1
ZONE C5
STARTER
MOTOR
1 YEL/RED 2-1-99 (16)
2 WHT/YEL 48-3 J1-11 ON SHEET 1 ZONE D3
F
VEHICLE INTERFACE
SEE SHT3 D2
3
4
5
6
RED CAN HI
BLK CAN LO
BRN/WHT 47-8-1 SHIELD } SEE SHEET 1, ZONE C5
120 OHM
BRN/WHT 47-8
SEE VENDOR
87 SCHEMATIC DETAIL
BLU/ORN 52-5 87a
14 SHEET 3 GLOW
BRN/WHT 47-8-2
YEL/RED 2-6-2 86 85 ZONE E/G2 PLUGS

30
YEL/RED 2-4-1 (12) TERMINAL B

J1-10
BLACK
J1-22 MTB STATION

ON SELECT SWITCH
ON
SHEET 1 SHEET 1, ZONE G5
SHEET 1
A B ZONE D3
ZONE D3
14 GA FUSE LINK
GENERATOR
RECEPTACLE SEE
SHEET 1 SEE VENDOR B+
E ZONE E5 SCHEMATIC DETAIL
SHEET 3
D+
ZONE E/G2
REGULATOR
JLG WIRING W
FOR
CAT ENGINE
GENERATOR
PLUG
C
SHEET 2
8 7 6 5 4
7-24 3121631
5 4 3 2 1
GENERATOR
CONTROL
7500 W GENERATOR BOX
(MACHINES BEFORE CN 147965) B A C
BLU/ORN 52-6
G
YEL/RED 2-20
87 87a
A
GENERATOR BLU/ORN 52-5 86 85
PLUG 30
BATTERY + B
SHEET 1 87 87a
ZONE D1
BRN/WHT 47-8-2 86 85
30
STARTER
RED
MOTOR 5 AMP
RED RED
POWERMITE F
2500 W GENERATOR GENERATOR
(DEUTZ TIER IVF MACHINES)
SEE VENDOR BLU/ORN 52-6

SCHEMATIC DETAIL GENERATOR CONNECTIONS AT
SHEET 3 GLOW VEHICLE INTERFACE 2
ZONE E/G2 PLUGS SEE SHT 5 E-1
87 87a
3
TERMINAL B BLU/ORN 52-5 86 85
MTB STATION 30
BLACK
SELECT SWITCH 6
SHEET 1, ZONE G5
14 GA FUSE LINK RED 1-3
SEE VENDOR B+
SCHEMATIC DETAIL
E
SHEET 3
D+
ZONE E/G2 GENERATOR
CONTROL
REGULATOR
(MACHINES AFTER CN 147965) B A C
W BLU/ORN 52-6
YEL/RED 2-20
A 5 AMP
GENERATOR
PLUG BRN/WHT 47-8-2 D
B
GENERATOR
CONTROL
(DEUTZ TIER IVF MACHINES) B A C
4000 W GENERATOR
GENERATOR
CONTROL
BOX BLU/ORN 52-5
YEL/RED 2-20
B A C
A GENERATOR CONNECTIONS AT
BLU/ORN 52-5 VEHICLE INTERFACE 2
GENERATOR
SEE SHT 5 E-1
PLUG
BLACK
B 5 AMP
C
3
5 YEL/RED 2-20
6 BLACK
JLG GENERATOR WIRING
SHEET 2
5 4 3 2 1
MAE19900M
3121631 7-25
8 7 6 5 4
VENDOR SCHEMATIC
CAT ENGINE HARNESS
G BOSCH GPA-S ACTUATOR
PURPLE/LT GREEN 18
1 SENSOR OUT
BLACK/LT GREEN 18
2 5V RTN
TAN/ORANGE 18
3 DBW + F3
PINK/WHITE 18
4 DBW - 10A
LT GREEN/RED 18
5 5V EXT
GLOW
BOSCH_872-860-521 CONN
PLUGS
BOSCH_C-TAB 2 99 00 49262 2 TERMINAL
OIL BOSCH_1 99 00 44435 2 SEAL
PRESSURE
BLACK/LT GREEN 18 2
LT BLUE 18
1
F RED/BLACK 18 2
DEUTSCH_DT06-2S CONN
DEUTSCH_0462-201-16141 TERMINAL BLACK/RED 18 3
AMP23 DEUTSCH_W2S LOCK
RED 18 5
DBW + 1 PINK/WHITE 18 PINK/TAN 18 1
DBW - 2 TAN/ORANGE 18 4
STARTER LOCKOUT 3
RED/BLACK 18
GLOW CONTROL 4
WHITE/BLACK 18
SHUT OFF CONTROL 5
6 GROUND
7
BLACK 14 13MM RING W/
8
STAR WASHER
9
BLACK 16 BLACK 18
GROUND 10
VBAT 11 RED/TAN 16
TPS 12 PURPLE/LT BLUE 18
E 13
LT BLUE 18
OIL PRESSURE 14
PINK/TAN 18 PINK/TAN 18
VSW 15
5V EXT 16 LT GREEN/RED 18
17
TAN/WHITE 18
ECT 18
BLACK/LT GREEN 18 ECM
5V RTN 19
BLUE/PINK 18 TWIST WIRES 10 TURNS(360 DEG)/FOOT FULL LENGTH RED/TAN 16 F2 RED 16
CAN + 20
BLUE/WHITE 18 10A
CAN - 21
CRANK - 22 WHITE/PURPLE 18 TWIST WIRES 10 TURNS(360 DEG)/FOOT FULL LENGTH
CRANK + 23 PURPLE/WHITE 18
TAN/WHITE 18 A 30
WHITE 16
AMP_770680_1 CONNECTOR
AMP_770520_1 TERMINAL (TIN PLATED)
BLACK/LT GREEN 18 B ECT
LT BLUE/PINK 18
PED_12162193 CONNECTOR
PED_12124075 TERMINAL
D BLACK 18
DIAGNOSTIC CONNECTOR WHITE 16
UNUSED 1 ANA RTN

UNUSED 2 5V REF
UNUSED 3 PC TX
UNUSED 4 PC RX
UNUSED 5 VBAT EPC_1F1T-14A624-AA-004 CONN
GTS_0330-930009 TERM (18-29)
UNUSED 6 GROUND GTS_0330-940001 TERM (14-16)
BLUE/PINK 18
7 CAN1 + EPC_E6DB-14A468-DA LOCK
BLUE/WHITE 18
8 CAN1 - EPC_F5AB-14A666-AA CAP
DEUTSCH_0413-204-2005 PLUG
SHUT OFF SOLENOID

C BK/W 18 F4
CRANK SENSOR TYCO_172128-1 CONNECTOR 10A
WHITE/PURPLE 18
2 CRANK -
TYCO_63648-1 TERMINAL
SHUT OFF
PURPLE/WHITE 18
1 CRANK +
DEUTSCH_0462-201-16141 TERMINAL
DEUTSCH_W2S LOCK
SHEET 3
8 7 6 5 4
7-26 3121631
5 4 3 2 1
GLOW PLUG GLOW PLUG

SOLENOID RAIL
RED 8
8MM RING 5MM RING

BOSCH GPA-S ACTUATOR G
GLOW PLUG
PURPLE/LT GREEN 18
BLACK/LT GREEN 18
1 SENSOR OUT
SOLENOID ALTERNATOR
2 5V RTN
TAN/ORANGE 18
3 DBW + F3 BLACK/RED 18 UNUSED
PINK/WHITE 18 1
4 DBW - 10A BROWN/WHITE 18 CAT 1073134 CONNECTOR
LT GREEN/RED 18 2
5 5V EXT BROWN/WHITE 18 CAT 1073135 TERMINAL
GLOW 5MM RING 3
BOSCH_872-860-521 CONN
PLUGS
BOSCH_C-TAB 2 99 00 49262 2 TERMINAL
BOSCH_1 99 00 44435 2 SEAL
18-22 GAUGE INSULATED BUTT CONNECTOR
RED/BLACK 18 2 F
STARTER B+
BLACK/RED 18 3
RED 14 10MM RING
RED 18 5 RED 8
PINK/TAN 18 1
4
GLOW CONTROL
GROUND ALTERNATOR +
BLACK 14 13MM RING W/ RED 8 7MM RING
STAR WASHER
BLACK 18
E
PINK/TAN 18 F1 PINK 18
5A
VSW
ECM VEHICLE INTERFACE
RED/TAN 16 F2 RED 16 RED 16 PINK 18 1
VSW
10A LT BLUE/PINK 18 2
START
BLUE/PINK 18 3 ENGINE CONNECTOR
CAN + SEE SHT 2 F8
87a BLUE/WHITE 18 4
30 CAN -
TAN/WHITE 18 A WHITE 16 BROWN/WHITE 18 5
87 RED 16 ALT. EXCITE
6
BLACK/LT GREEN 18 B ECT UNUSED
LT BLUE/PINK 18 86 DEUTSCH_DT06-6S CONN

PED_12162193 CONNECTOR
PED_12124075 TERMINAL
STARTER DEUTSCH_W6S LOCK
BLACK 18
85
RELAY DEUTSCH_114017 CAVITY PLUG D
DIAGNOSTIC CONNECTOR WHITE 16 STARTER

UNUSED 1 ANA RTN 7MM RING
SOLENOID
UNUSED 2 5V REF
UNUSED 3 PC TX
UNUSED 4 PC RX
UNUSED 5 VBAT EPC_1F1T-14A624-AA-004 CONN
GTS_0330-930009 TERM (18-29)
UNUSED 6 GROUND GTS_0330-940001 TERM (14-16)
BLUE/PINK 18
7 CAN1 + EPC_E6DB-14A468-DA LOCK
BLUE/WHITE 18
8 CAN1 - EPC_F5AB-14A666-AA CAP
DEUTSCH_0413-204-2005 PLUG
WHITE/BLACK 18 2
SHUT OFF SOLENOID
BK/W 18 F4 BLACK/WHITE 18 3 C
CRANK SENSOR TYCO_172128-1 CONNECTOR 10A
RED 18 5
WHITE/PURPLE 18
2 CRANK -
TYCO_63648-1 TERMINAL
SHUT OFF PINK/TAN 18 1
PURPLE/WHITE 18
1 CRANK + 4
SHUT OFF RELAY
DEUTSCH_W2S LOCK
TWIST WIRES 10 TURNS(360 DEG)/FOOT FULL LENGTH
SHEET 3
5 4 3 2 1
MAE19910M
3121631 7-27
8 7 6 5 4
H
RECTIFER
B+ FUSIBLE
STATOR LINK
RED 1-1(10)
STARTER ALTERNATOR
MOTOR
SOL. REGULATOR
STARTER SENSING AND
MOTOR SWITCHING
CIRCUITS D+
WHT/YEL 48-13 (8)
WHT/YEL 48-12(12)
BRN/WHT 47-8-1
IN HEAD GLOW PLUGS
BATTERY CABLE (1 GA.)

sol.
sol.
J1-22
ON
SHEET 1
ZONE D3
F
11
WHT/YEL 48-3
A
BLU/ORN 52-5
WHT/YEL 48-9
GENERATOR
RECEPTACLE BRN/WHT 47-8-2 ENGINE
B
CONNECTOR
{
SEE J1-11
SHEET 1
ZONE D3 J1-12
BRN/WHT 47-8 BRN/WHT 47-8-1
B+
E SHEET 1
87 87a ZONE D1
COOLANT 2 8 GRD(TempAll)
86 85
TEMPERATURE 1 9 ADC7(TEMP3) 1
30
ENGINE 2 13 SPEED 2
SPEED
1 12 GRD (SPEED)
MTB TO EMR2 ENGINE CONTROL
CAMSHAFT 10
EMR2 ENGINE CONTROL TO ENGINE
TERMINAL B 1 23 GRD (ACD2)

11
YEL/RED 2-6-2
YEL/RED 2-4-1 (12) MTB STATION CHARGE AIR 2 4 ADC5(TEMP1)

BLACK
SELECT SWITCH PRESSURE 3 25 +5Vref(ADC2) 12

SHEET 1, ZONE G5 4 24 ADC2
13
1 22 +5Vref(ADC4)
ENGINE OIL
PRESSURE 2 21 ADC4 14
3 20 GND (ADC4)
J1-10
ON 1 14 ActorOut
D SEE 2 15 ActorOut
SHEET 1 EMR
SHEET 1 17 RackMeasCom
ZONE D3 ACTUATOR 3
ZONE E5
19
YEL/RED 2-1-99-1
4 RackMeasSignal
5 18 RackMeasRef
120 OHM
RESISTOR
BLACK (16)
CAN SHIELD
CAN LO
CAN HI
BLACK 0-1
ORN/RED 49-199
YEL/RED 2-1-99
ORN/RED 49-198
YEL/RED 2-1-98
C
BLACK (18)
RED (18)
DEUTZ EMR2 ENGINE

B L K A
C
B
A
J1-8
{
DEUTZ
DIANOSTICS
SEE SHEET 1
PLUG
ZONE C5
SEE SHEET 1, ZONE E3
SHEET 4
8 7 6 5 4
7-28 3121631
5 4 3 2 1
H
RECTIFER
B+ FUSIBLE
STATOR LINK
RED 1-1(10)
ALTERNATOR
REGULATOR
SENSING AND
SWITCHING
CIRCUITS D+
SEE
SHEET 1
ZONE C5
BRN/WHT 47-8-1
IN HEAD GLOW PLUGS

A YEL/RED 2-1-99 (16)
B BRN/WHT 47-8-1
C BLACK FUEL
BATTERY CABLE (1 GA.)
D WHT/YEL 48-8 PUMP

E
F WHT/YEL 48-3 J1-11 ON SHEET 1 ZONE D3
G
H F
J
K
L
M
}
ENGINE N RED CAN HI
CONNECTOR P BLK CAN LO SEE SHEET 1, ZONE C5
R SHIELD
S
BRN/WHT 47-8
E
87 87a
14 BLU/ORN 52-5
YEL/RED 2-6-2 86 85
BRN/WHT 47-8-2
30
J1-10
BLACK
J1-22
ON
ON
SHEET 1
SHEET 1
YEL/RED 2-4-1 (12)

A B ZONE D3
ZONE D3
GENERATOR
RECEPTACLE
SEE
SHEET 1 D
ZONE E5
YEL/RED 2-1-99-1
120 OHM
RESISTOR
TERMINAL B
MTB STATION
BLACK (16)
CAN SHIELD
SELECT SWITCH
CAN LO
CAN HI
SHEET 1, ZONE G5
BLACK 0-1
ORN/RED 49-199
YEL/RED 2-1-99
ORN/RED 49-198
JLG SCHEMATIC
YEL/RED 2-1-98
C
FOR
BLACK (18)
GM/PSI ENGINE
RED (18)
B L K A
C
B
A
J1-8
{
DEUTZ
DIANOSTICS
SEE SHEET 1
PLUG
ZONE C5
SEE SHEET 1, ZONE E3
SHEET 4
5 4 3 2 1
MAE19920M
3121631 7-29
8 7 6 5 4
ECM-J2 EIC BUSSMANN DIODE PACK
BLK 248-33 INJECTOR 1 1.5mm² FUEL PUMP 20A (SW), ECM 30A (CONT)
33 62 (BLUE)
BLK 248-16 INJECTOR 1 1.5mm² YELLOW CONNECTOR
16 35
BLK 248-48 INJECTOR 4 1.5mm² GENERIC
48 42
BLK 248-18 INJECTOR 4 1.5mm² RELAY, POWER MODULE
18 37
BLK 248-32 INJECTOR 3 1.5mm²
32 38
BLK 248-2 INJECTOR 3 1.5mm² 5A 10A
2 61
46 40
3 41
6 2
H 5
BLK 248-5 MPROP ACTUATOR 1.5mm²
20
MS932
BLK 248-4 MPROP ACTUATOR 1.5mm²
RL930-B+
RL930-1
RL930-2
D
H
G
A
C
B
1
2
1
E
F
4 19
RL930
BLK 248-37 ENGINE SPEED CAMSHAFT 0.75mm²
37 14
BUSBAR
BLK 248-52 ENGINE SPEED CAMSHAFT 0.75mm²
BLK 248-23 GLOW SENSE 0.75mm²

52 13
BLK 148-26 FUEL PUMP RELAY CONTROL GND 0.75mm²

YEL 2-1-99 IGNITION 18AWG
SHLD 248-53 ENGINE SPEED CAMSHAFT 0.75mm²
ORG 248-23-1 GLOW SENSE 18AWG

53 9
WHT 48-96 FUEL PUMP 14AWG

BLK 248-39 ENGINE SPEED CRANKSHAFT 0.75mm²
39 15
RED 1-148-135 ECM PWR 8AWG

BLK 248-54 ENGINE SPEED CRANKSHAFT 0.75mm²
54 21
SHLD 248-38 ENGINE SPEED CRANKSHAFT 0.75mm²

38 1
BLK 248-7 RAIL PRESSURE FUEL 0.75mm²
7 32
8 57
9 3
10 4
11 5
12 6
13 7
14 8
A [J2] 15 10
17 11
ECM CONNECTOR 19
BLK 248-19 EHXAUST GAS RECIRCULATION 1.5mm²
47
20 48
G 21
22
12
59
S946
23 16
24
BLK 248-24 BOOST PRESSURE / TEMP 0.75mm²
22 EIC (ENGINE INTERFACE CONNECTION)
25 31
26 25
BLK 248-27 BOOST PRESSURE / TEMP 0.75mm²
27 29
BLK 248-28 COOLING TEMPERATURE 0.75mm²
28 24
BLK 248-29 OIL PRESSURE 0.75mm²
29 27
30 33
31 60
BLK 148-61 FUEL LOW PRESSURE 0.75mm²
34 17
BLK 248-35 GLOW RELAY CONTROL GND 0.75mm²
35 18
36 58
1 30
BLK 248-40 AIR INLET TEMP 0.75mm² BLK 248-40 AIR INLET TEMP 0.75mm²
40 28
BLK 148-56 AIR INLET TEMP 0.75mm²
41 34
42 36
43 23
44 26
45 39
F 47 43
49 44
50 45
51 46
BLK 148-72 THROTTLE FLAP 3 0.75mm²
55 49
56 50
57 52
58 51
59 53
60 54
55
56
ECM-J1
1.5MM (7,29,51,73) 7
8
9
10
11
12
E 13
BLK 148-13 COOLANT LEVEL SIG 0.75mm²
S951
14
BLK 148-15-68 CLUTCH SWITCH
15
16
17
S952
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26 BLK 148-26 FUEL PUMP RELAY CONTROL GND 0.75mm²
27
BLK 148-28 START RELAY CONTROL GND 0.75mm²
28
1.5MM (7,29,51,73) 29 BLK 148-29 COOLANT LEVEL PWR 0.75mm²
30
31
32
D 33
34
BLK 148-35-2 START 0.75mm²
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
1.5MM (7,29,51,73) 51
52
GRN CAN 2 LO DIAG CAN LOW S968
53
C 54
YEL CAN 1 HI CUSTOMER CAN HIGH
55 S953
BLK 148-56 AIR INLET TEMP 0.75mm²
56
BLK 148-57 WATER IN FUEL SW RTN 0.75mm²
57
K [J1] 58 X965
YEL CAN 2 HI DIAG CAN HIGH 120 OHM
59 A A
ECM CONNECTOR 60
GRN CAN 2 LO DIAG CAN LOW
B B
61 BLK 148-61 FUEL LOW PRESSURE 0.75mm² C C
62 X966
63
BLK 148-64 WATER IN FUEL SW 0.75mm²
64
65
66
67 X955
BLK 148-15-68 CLUTCH SWITCH YEL CAN 1 HI CUSTOMER CAN HIGH 120 OHM
68 A A
GRN CAN 1 LO CUSTOMER CAN LOW
69 B B
70 C C
71 X956
72
1.5MM (7,29,51,73) BLK 148-73 START RELAY IGN 0.75mm²
73
B 74
75
YEL CAN 2 HI DIAG CAN HIGH S969
GRN CAN 1 LO CUSTOMER CAN LOW
76
77 S954
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87 BLK 148-87 COOLANT LEVEL GND 0.75mm²
BLK 148-88 IGNITION 0.75mm²
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
RED 148-5 ECM PWR 2.5mm²
A 5
RED 148-3 ECM PWR 2.5mm² S944
3
RED 148-1 ECM PWR 2.5mm²
1
2.5MM (1-6) BLK 148-2 ECM GND 2.5mm²
2 S945
BLK 148-4 ECM GND 2.5mm²
4
BLK 148-6 ECM GND 2.5mm²
6
SHLD CAN 1 SHLD CUSTOMER CAN SHIELD
NC
SHEET 5
8 7 6 5 4
7-30 3121631
C
B
A
3121631
X956
120 OHM
SHEET 5
5
5
MS932
B
A
C
D
E
5A
(BLUE)

F
G
10A
S946 YEL 2-48-1 IGNITION 16AWG

BUSSMANN DIODE PACK
S951
S952
4
4
RL930-B+
BUSBAR 1
RL930
1
BLK 148-26 FUEL PUMP RELAY CONTROL GND 0.75mm²
2
RL930-1
GENERIC
WHT 48-96 FUEL PUMP 14AWG

1
YELLOW CONNECTOR
RL930-2
RELAY, POWER MODULE
RED 1-148-135 ECM PWR 8AWG

1
FUEL PUMP 20A (SW), ECM 30A (CONT)
RL931-87
1
RL931-87
RED 48-14 GLOW 8AWG
1
RL931-87
RED 48-13 GLOW 8AWG 87
1
150A
BUSBAR RL931-30
30
1
150 AMP
GLOWPLUG SOLENOID

MAE19930M
7-31
8 7 6 5 4
PLATFORM SENSOR
H
ORN/RED 49-69
SEE 3 YEL/RED P1 ZONE D6
SHT 1
ZONE E6 YEL/RED 2-63
6 YEL/RED P8 PLATFORM SENSOR
13
YEL/RED P9 ZONE D6
YEL/RED P2 ZONE E2
OR SEE SHEET 7
ZONE E1
SOFT TOUCH AND PLATFORM SENSOR
ORN/RED 49-69 YEL/RED P3

SEE 3 YEL/RED P1 ZONE D6 SEE
SHT 1 SHT 1
ZONE E6 YEL/RED 2-63 ZONE F8
6 BLK L WHT 5
SOFT
13 BLK BLK 4 TOUCH
F R
YEL/RED P9 ZONE D6
YEL/RED P2 ZONE E2
OR SEE SHEET 7
ZONE E1
PLATFORM SENSOR
WHT ORN/RED P4
4
BLK ORN/RED P5
3
E BLK BLK P6
2
WHT YEL/RED P10
1
YEL/RED P1
D
YEL/RED P9
LOW TEMPERATURE CUTOUT OPTION P-J8A

X3
C YEL/RED EMS GND 2-1-3 CONNECT TO P8
2
BLK GND
(MATING CONNECTOR OF J8)
1
MOLEX SHT 1 ZONE D-7

042818-0212
PARKER SENSOR
X1 YEL/RED EMS GND 2-1-3
YEL/RED EMS GND 2-1-5 YEL/RED EMS GND 2-1-4
1
BLK GND S531
2
3
BLK CAN L
RED CAN H BLK GND
BLK GND
BLK GND
X4
4 B
CONNECT TO X1002
NC S532 A
C SHT 1 ZONE F-6
B BLK CAN L
BLK CAN L BLK CAN L DEUTSCH
S533 RED CAN H
RED CAN H RED CAN H JLG PN 4460536
S534
SHIELD CANSHD X5
SHIELD CANSHD SHIELD CANSHD B
CONNECT TO X1001
X2 S535
A
C SHT 1 ZONE F-6
YEL/RED EMS GND 2-1-4
CONNECT TO J8 2
BLK GND
SHT 1 ZONE D-7 1 DEUTSCH
JLG PN 4460539
P-J8
MOLEX
A 042816-0212 LTC OPTION BOOM HARNESS
SHEET 6
8 7 6 5 4
7-32 3121631
5 4 3 2 1
PLATFORM SENSOR
YEL/RED P3 YEL/RED P3 87
1
YEL/RED P9-1 30
1
RELAY, 12V
87a F
1
ORN/RED P5 85
1
ORN/RED P5-1
ORN/RED P4 86
1
PLATFORM SENSOR ORN/RED P4-1
WHT ORN/RED P4
4
BLK ORN/RED P5
3
BLK P6 SEE
BLK 2 SHT 1
E
WHT YEL/RED P10 YEL/RED P2 ZONE F7
1
18 ohm 25W
YEL/RED P1 YEL/RED P1 87
1
YEL/RED P9 YEL/RED P9 D
YEL/RED P9-1 30
1
RELAY, 12V
87a
1
ORN/RED P5-1 85
1
P-J8A ORN/RED P4-1 86
1
X3
YEL/RED EMS GND 2-1-3 CONNECT TO P8
2 C
BLK GND
(MATING CONNECTOR OF J8)
1
NOTE:
MOLEX SHT 1 ZONE D-7 SKYGUARD RELAYS LOCATED ON THE RIGHT SIDE OF THE CONTROL PLATFORM BOX.
042818-0212 IF SKYGUARD RELAYS ARE ON THE LEFT SIDE, SEE SHEET 7.
X4
B
A
CONNECT TO X1002
C SHT 1 ZONE F-6
B
DEUTSCH
JLG PN 4460536
X5
B
CONNECT TO X1001
A
C SHT 1 ZONE F-6
DEUTSCH
JLG PN 4460539
SHEET 6
5 4 3 2 1
MAE19940M
3121631 7-33
7-34
F
B
C
A
G
H
D
BEACON MODULE
8
8
12
WHT - CAN SHIELD
11
BLK - CAN LOW
10
RED - CAN HIGH
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
X2
X5
RED - CAN HIGH
1
BLK - CAN LOW
3
WHT - CAN SHIELD
5
2
1
RED - CAN HIGH
2
X3
BLK - CAN LOW
4
WHT - CAN SHIELD
6
RED - CAN HIGH
7
7
11
BLK - CAN LOW
9
WHT - CAN SHIELD
7
RED - CAN HIGH
12
BLK - CAN LOW
ALERT BEACON OPTION
10
WHT - CAN SHIELD
8
BLK - GROUND
RED - BEACON PWR
TO ENG DIAG CONN (ORIGINAL)

J
WHT - IGNITION
H
G
F
WHT - CAN SHIELD
E
BLK - CAN LOW
D
RED - CAN HIGH
C
RED - BATTERY
S1
B
BLK - GROUND
A
X9
CAN TERMINATOR
6
6
WHT - CAN SHIELD

C
BLK - CAN LOW
B
RED - CAN HIGH
A
BLK - GROUND
X7
TO ENG DIAG CONN (NEW)

J
WHT - IGNITION S3
H
G
F
WHT - CAN SHIELD
E
BLK - CAN LOW
D
RED - CAN HIGH
C
BLK - GROUND
RED - BATTERY
WHT - IGNITION
B
RED - BEACON PWR
BLK - GROUND S2
A
X4
X1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
5
5

BEACON MODULE
WHT P1 87
WHT P9-1 30
87a
WHT P5-1 85
RELAY #1
WHT P4-1 86
PLTFM SNSR
RL503
4
4
IP144
18 OHM
RL502
WHT P4-2
WHT P5-2 86
85
HARNESS,GEN 2
SHEET 7
3121631
5 4 3 2 1
HARNESS,GEN 2 PLAT INTERFACE H
12
11
10
9
8
RED - BEACON PWR
7 PLTFM SNSR
6
BEACON MODULE PLTFM SNSR PLTFM SNSR
5 RELAY #1 RELAY #2
4
3
BLK - GROUND
2
WHT - IGNITION
1
X1
87a
87a
87
30
85
86
86
85
30
87
G
4
3
2
1
RL503
RL502
X500
4
3
2
1
WHT P1
WHT P9-1
WHT P5-1
WHT P4-1
WHT P4-2
WHT P5-2
WHT P9-2
WHT P3
WHT P5
WHT P4
WHT P6
WHT P10
NOTE:
6 PIN CONNECTOR AND RELAYS LOCATED
ON THE LEFT SIDE OF THE CONTROL PLATFORM BOX.
IF SKYGUARD RELAYS ARE ON THE RIGHT SIDE, SEE SHEET 6.
S191 INTERFACE
S2
X5B KL
S192
WHT P6 BLACK SK 2 F
2 SEE SHT 1 ZONE F7
WHT - CAN SHIELD
RED - CAN HIGH

BLK - CAN LOW
RED - BATTERY
BLK - GROUND
WHT P1 ORN/RED 49-69-1

4 SEE SHT 1 ZONE E6
WHT P3 YEL/RED P3
5 SEE SHT 1 ZONE H8
18 OHM
IP144 WHT P2 YEL/RED 2-63-1
1 SEE SHT 1 ZONE E6
X4
YEL/RED P2
3 SEE SHT 6 ZONE F6 OR G6
E
D
C
B
A
SHEET 7
5 4 3 2 1
MAE19950M
3121631 7-35
1 2 3 4
FOR MATING CONNECTOR ON THE ENGINE REFER

SCHEMATIC ZONE H-3
SEE
D SHEET 1 D
ZONE C5
1 YEL/RED 2-1-99 (16)
18 BLACK FUEL
5 WHT/YEL 48-8 PUMP
15 WHT/YEL 48-3 J1-11 ON SHEET 1 ZONE D3
}
ENGINE 28 RED CAN HI
C CONNECTOR 29 BLK CAN LO SEE SHEET 1, ZONE C5 C
SHIELD
BRN/WHT 47-8
87 87a
14 BLU/ORN 52-5
BRN/WHT 47-8-2
YEL/RED 2-6-2 86 85
30
J1-10
BLACK
J1-22
ON
ON
SHEET 1
YEL/RED 2-4-1 (12)
SHEET 1
A B ZONE D3
ZONE D3
B B
GENERATOR
RECEPTACLE
SEE
SHEET 1
ZONE E5
TERMINAL B
MTB STATION
SELECT SWITCH
SHEET 1, ZONE G5
A JLG SCHEMATIC A
FOR
FORD ENGINE
SHEET 8
1 2 3 4
MAE19960M
7-36 3121631
This page left blank intentionally.
3121631 7-37
8 7 6 5 4
HDGCP90
Value
SHEET 9
8 7 6 5 4
7-38 3121631
5 4 3 2 1
EDI FORD ENGINE HARNESS SCHEMATICS

H
ALTERNATOR
Value
NOTES:
ALL WIRE IS SAE J1128 TXL TYPE
HARNESS TO BE LABELED WITH ECI PART NUMBER AND REVISION
SHEET 9
5 4 3 2 1
MAE19970M
3121631 7-39
NOTES:
7-40 3121631
3121631
Corporate Office
JLG Industries, Inc.
1 JLG Drive
McConnellsburg, PA 17233-9533 USA
(717) 485-5161 (Corporate)
(877) 554-5438 (Customer Support)
(717) 485-6417
Visit our website for JLG Worldwide Locations.

www.jlg.com

75 3121631 D 800S, 810SJ, 860SJ JLG Service English

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

75 3121631 D 800S, 810SJ, 860SJ JLG Service English

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Service and Maintenance Manual

June 29, 2018 - Rev D

SECTION A. INTRODUCTION - MAINTENANCE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

B HYDRAULIC SYSTEM SAFETY • BEFORE MAKING ADJUSTMENTS, LUBRICATING OR PER-

Original Issue A - March 3, 2017

SECTION NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

SECTION NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

SECTION NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

SECTION NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

SECTION NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

SECTION NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

FIGURE NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

FIGURE NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

FIGURE NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

FIGURE NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

FIGURE NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

FIGURE NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

TABLE NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

TABLE NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

1.3 CAPACITIES Table 1-6. GM 3.0L

Table 1-8. Deutz TD 2.9 L4 China III Specifications 1.5 TIRES

1.8 PRESSURE SETTINGS

Type Synthetic Biodegradable Table 1-18. Pressure Settings

Figure 1-1. Operator Maintenance and Lubrication Diagram

1.10 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE 2. Wheel Bearings

NOTE: The following numbers correspond to those in Figure 1-1.,

Table 1-20. Lubrication Specifications

NOTE: It is recommended as a good practice to replace all filters at

1. Swing Bearing - Internal Ball Bearing

Lube Point(s) - Level/Fill Plug

4. Hydraulic Return Filter 6. Hydraulic Tank

Interval - Change after first 50 hours and every 6 months

Interval - Change as necessary.

8. A. Oil Change w/Filter - Deutz Comments - Check level daily/Change in accordance

Lube Point(s) - Fill Cap/Spin-on Element

Figure 1-2. Deutz 2011 Engine Dipstick

C. Oil Change w/Filter - Deutz TD 2.9 L4 China III

Lube Point(s) - Fill Cap/Spin-on Element

Lube Point(s) - Fill Cap/Spin-on Element

9. Oil Change w/Filter - GM C. Fuel Filter - Deutz TD2.9 (On Engine)

Lube Point(s) - Fill Cap/Spin-on Element Lube Point(s) - Replaceable Element

Lube Point(s) - Replaceable Element

Lube Point(s) - Replaceable Element

Lube Point(s) - Replaceable Element

12. Fuel Filter (Gasoline) - GM

Interval - 3 Months or 150 hours of operation

Lube Point(s) - Replaceable Element

1.11 SERIAL NUMBER LOCATION

Figure 1-3. Serial Number Locations

Figure 1-4. Torque Chart (SAE Fasteners - Sheet 1 of 5)

Figure 1-5. Torque Chart (SAE Fasteners - Sheet 2 of 5)

Figure 1-6. Torque Chart (SAE Fasteners - Sheet 3 of 5)

Figure 1-7. Torque Chart (SAE Fasteners - Sheet 4 of 5)

Figure 1-8. Torque Chart (METRIC Fasteners - Sheet 5 of 5)

The Pre-Delivery Inspection and Frequent Inspection proce-

Table 2-1. Inspection and Maintenance

Component Disassembly and Reassembly Bolt Usage and Torque Application

Lubrication Hydraulic Oil

3. Cloudy oils indicate a high moisture content which per-

4. It is not advisable to mix oils of different brands or types,

NOTE: Metal particles may appear in the oil or filters of new

2.4 CYLINDER DRIFT TEST Cylinder Leakage Test

Cylinder Thermal Drift